PUB.

(ENROUTE)

SAILING DIRECTIONS

★

★

2011

158

 JAPAN 

VOLUME I

Prepared and published by the

NATIONAL GEOSPATIAL-INTELLIGENCE AGENCY

Bethesda, Maryland

© COPYRIGHT 2011 BY THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT

NO COPYRIGHT CLAIMED UNDER TITLE 17 U.S.C.

THIRTEENTH EDITION

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office

Internet: http://bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800

Fax: (202) 512-2250 Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001
II

Pub. 158

Preface

0.0 Pub. 158, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Japan, Volume 1,

Thirteenth Edition, 2011, is issued for use in conjunction with

Pub.120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean

and Southeast Asia. Companion volumes are Pubs. 154, 155,

157, and 159.

0.0 Digital Nautical Charts 12, 23 and 24 provide electronic

chart coverage for the area covered by this publication.

0.0 This publication has been corrected to 16 April 2011,

including Notice to Mariners No. 16 of 2011.

Explanatory Remarks

0.0 Sailing Directions are published by the National GeospatialIntelligence Agency (NGA), under the authority of Department

of Defense Directive 5105.40, dated 12 December 1988, and

pursuant to the authority contained in U. S. Code Title 10,

Sections 2791 and 2792 and Title 44, Section 1336. Sailing

Directions, covering the harbors, coasts, and waters of the

world, provide information that cannot be shown graphically

on nautical charts and is not readily available elsewhere.

0.0 Sailing Directions (Enroute) include detailed coastal and

port approach information which supplements the largest scale

chart produced by the National Geospatial-Intelligence

Agency. This publication is divided into geographic areas

called “Sectors.”

0.0 Bearings.—Bearings are true, and are expressed in degrees

from 000° (north) to 360°, measured clockwise. General

bearings are expressed by initial letters of points of the compass (e.g. N, NNE, NE, etc.). Adjective and adverb endings

have been discarded. Wherever precise bearings are intended

degrees are used.

0.0 Charts.—Reference to charts made throughout this publication refer to both the paper chart and the Digital Nautical

Chart (DNC).

0.0 Coastal Features.—It is assumed that the majority of ships

have radar. Available coastal descriptions and views, useful for

radar and visual piloting are included in geographic sequence

in each Sector.

0.0 Corrective Information.—Users should refer corrections,

additions, and comments to NGA’s Maritime Operations Desk,

as follows: 

0.0 1. Toll free: 1-800-362-6289

0.0 2. Commercial: 301-227-3147

0.0 3. DSN: 287-3147

0.0 4. DNC web site: http://msi.nga.mil/NGAPortal/

0.0 DNC.portal

0.0 5. Maritime Do0.0 main web site: http://msi.nga.mil/NGAPortal/

0.0 MSI.portal

0.0 6. E-mail: navsafety@nga.mil

0.0 7. Mailing address: Maritime Domain

0.0 National Geospatial-Intelligence

0.0 Agency

Mail Stop D-44

0.0 4600 Sangamore Road

0.0 Bethesda MD 20816-5003

0.0 New editions of Sailing Directions are corrected through the

date of the publication shown above. Important information to

amend material in the publication is available as a Publication

Data Update (PDU) from the NGA Maritime Domain web site.

0.0NGA Maritime Domain Website

http://msi.nga.mil/NGAPortal/MSI.portal

0.0

0.0 Courses.—Courses are true, and are expressed in the same

manner as bearings. The directives “steer” and “make good” a

course mean, without exception, to proceed from a point of

origin along a track having the identical meridianal angle as the

designated course. Vessels following the directives must allow

for every influence tending to cause deviation from such track,

and navigate so that the designated course is continuously

being made good.

0.0 Currents.—Current directions are the true directions toward

which currents set.

0.0 Dangers.—As a rule outer dangers are fully described, but

inner dangers which are well-charted are, for the most part,

omitted. Numerous offshore dangers, grouped together, are

mentioned only in general terms. Dangers adjacent to a coastal

passage or fairway are described.

0.0 Distances.—Distances are expressed in nautical miles of 1

minute of latitude. Distances of less than 1 mile are expressed

in meters, or tenths of miles.

0.0 Geographic Names.—Geographic names are generally

those used by the nation having sovereignty. Names in parentheses following another name are alternate names that may

appear on some charts. In general, alternate names are quoted

only in the principal description of the place. Diacritical marks,

such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to

specific letters in certain foreign languages, are not used in the

interest of typographical simplicity. Geographic names or their

spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political

status of an area by the United States Government.

0.0 Heights.—Heights are referred to the plane of reference

used for that purpose on the charts and are expressed in meters.

0.0 Index-Gazetteer.—Navigational features and place-names

are listed alphabetically in the back of the book. The approximate position, along with the Sector and paragraph numbers

(e.g. 1.1), facilitate location in the text.

0.0 Internet Links.—This publication provides internet links to

web sites concerned with maritime navigational safety, including but not limited to, Federal government sites, foreign Hydrographic Offices, and foreign public/private port facilities.

NGA makes no claims, promises, or guarantees concerning the

accuracy, completeness, or adequacy of the contents of the web

sites and expressly disclaims any liability for errors and omissions of these web sites.

0.0 Light and Fog Signals.—Lights and fog signals are not described, and light sectors are not usually defined. The Light

Lists should be consulted for complete information.

0.0 Ports.—Directions for entering ports are depicted where

appropriate by means of chartlets, sketches, and photos, which

facilitate positive identification of landmarks and navigational

aids. These chartlets and sketches are not always to scale, how-
III

 Pub. 158

ever, and should be used only as a general informational guide

in conjunction with the best scale chart. Specific port facilities

are omitted from the standard format. They are tabulated in

Pub. 150, World Port Index.

0.0 Radio Navigational Aids.—Radio navigational aids are not

described in detail. Publication No. 117 Radio Navigational

Aids and NOAA Publication, Selected Worldwide Marine

Broadcasts, should be consulted.

0.0 Soundings.—Soundings are referred to the datum of the

charts and are expressed in meters.

0.0 Special Warnings.—A Special Warning may be in force for

the geographic area covered by this publication. Special

Warnings are printed in the weekly Notice to Mariners upon

promulgation and are reprinted annually in Notice to Mariners

No. 1. A listing of Special Warnings currently in force is

printed in each weekly Notice to Mariners, Section III, Broadcast Warnings, along with the notice number of promulgation.

Special Warnings are also available on the Maritime Division

web site.

0.0 Wind Directions.—Wind directions are the true directions

from which winds blow.

Reference List

0.0 The principal sources examined in the preparation of this

publication were:

0.0 British Hydrographic Department Sailing Directions.

0.0 Japanese Sailing Directions.

0.0 Various port handbooks.

0.0 Reports from United States naval and merchant vessels and

various shipping companies.

0.0 Other U.S. Government publications, reports, and documents. 

0.0 Charts, light lists, tide and current tables, and other documents in possession of the Agency.

0.0 Internet web sites:

0.0 1. Port of Yokohama Home Page

0.0http://city.yokohama.jp/me/port/index-e.html

0.0 2. Bridges of Japan

0.0http://member.nifty.ne.jp/bridges/japane.htm#AA

0.0
Pub. 158 IV

0.0SECTOR LIMITS—PUB. 158
Pub. 158 V

Conversion Tables

Feet to Meters

Feet 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 0.30 0.61 0.91 1.22 1.52 1.83 2.13 2.44 2.74

 10 3.05 3.35 3.66 3.96 4.27 4.57 4.88 5.18 5.49 5.79

 20 6.10 6.40 6.71 7.01 7.32 7.62 7.92 8.23 8.53 8.84

 30 9.14 9.45 9.75 10.06 10.36 10.67 10.97 11.28 11.58 11.89

 40 12.19 12.50 12.80 13.11 13.41 13.72 14.02 14.33 14.63 14.93

 50 15.24 15.54 15.85 16.15 16.46 16.76 17.07 17.37 17.68 17.98

 60 18.29 18.59 18.90 19.20 19.51 19.81 20.12 20.42 20.73 21.03

 70 21.34 21.64 21.95 22.25 22.55 22.86 23.16 23.47 23.77 24.08

 80 24.38 24.69 24.99 25.30 25.60 25.91 26.21 26.52 26.82 27.13

 90 27.43 27.74 28.04 28.35 28.65 28.96 29.26 29.57 29.87 30.17

Fathoms to Meters

Fathoms 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 1.83 3.66 5.49 7.32 9.14 10.97 12.80 14.63 16.46

 10 18.29 20.12 21.95 23.77 25.60 27.43 29.26 31.09 32.92 34.75

 20 36.58 38.40 40.23 42.06 43.89 45.72 47.55 49.38 51.21 53.03

 30 54.86 56.69 58.52 60.35 62.18 64.01 65.84 67.67 69.49 71.32

 40 73.15 74.98 76.81 78.64 80.47 82.30 84.12 85.95 87.78 89.61

 50 91.44 93.27 95.10 96.93 98.75 100.58 102.41 104.24 106.07 107.90

 60 109.73 111.56 113.39 115.21 117.04 118.87 120.70 122.53 124.36 126.19

 70 128.02 129.85 131.67 133.50 135.33 137.16 138.99 140.82 142.65 144.47

 80 146.30 148.13 149.96 151.79 153.62 155.45 157.28 159.11 160.93 162.76

 90 164.59 166.42 168.25 170.08 171.91 173.74 175.56 177.39 179.22 181.05

Meters to Feet

Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 3.28 6.56 9.84 13.12 16.40 19.68 22.97 26.25 29.53

 10 32.81 36.09 39.37 42.65 45.93 49.21 52.49 55.77 59.06 62.34

 20 65.62 68.90 72.18 75.46 78.74 82.02 85.30 88.58 91.86 95.14

 30 98.42 101.71 104.99 108.27 111.55 114.83 118.11 121.39 124.67 127.95

 40 131.23 134.51 137.80 141.08 144.36 147.64 150.92 154.20 157.48 160.76

 50 164.04 167.32 170.60 173.88 177.16 180.45 183.73 187.01 190.29 193.57

 60 196.85 200.13 203.41 206.69 209.97 213.25 216.54 219.82 223.10 226.38

 70 229.66 232.94 236.22 239.50 242.78 246.06 249.34 252.62 255.90 259.19

 80 262.47 265.75 269.03 272.31 275.59 278.87 282.15 285.43 288.71 291.99

 90 295.28 298.56 301.84 305.12 308.40 311.68 314.96 318.24 321.52 324.80

Meters to Fathoms

Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 0.55 1.09 1.64 2.19 2.73 3.28 3.83 4.37 4.92

 10 5.47 6.01 6.56 7.11 7.66 8.20 8.75 9.30 9.84 10.39

 20 10.94 11.48 12.03 12.58 13.12 13.67 14.22 14.76 15.31 15.86

 30 16.40 16.95 17.50 18.04 18.59 19.14 19.68 20.23 20.78 21.33

 40 21.87 22.42 22.97 23.51 24.06 24.61 25.15 25.70 26.25 26.79

 50 27.34 27.89 28.43 28.98 29.53 30.07 30.62 31.17 31.71 32.26

 60 32.81 33.36 33.90 34.45 35.00 35.54 36.09 36.64 37.18 37.73

 70 38.28 38.82 39.37 39.92 40.46 41.01 41.56 42.10 42.65 43.20

 80 43.74 44.29 44.84 45.38 45.93 46.48 47.03 47.57 48.12 48.67

 90 49.21 49.76 50.31 50.85 51.40 51.95 52.49 53.04 53.59 54.13
Pub. 158 VI

Abbreviations

The following abbreviations may be used in the text:

Units

°C degree(s) Centigrade km kilometer(s)

cm centimeter(s) m meter(s)

cu.m. cubic meter(s) mb millibars

dwt deadweight tons MHz megahertz

FEU forty-foot equivalent units mm millimeter(s)

grt gross registered tons nrt net registered tons

kHz kilohertz TEU twenty-foot equivalent units

Directions

N north S south

NNE northnortheast SSW southsouthwest

NE northeast SW southwest

ENE eastnortheast WSW westsouthwest

E east W west

ESE eastsoutheast WNW westnorthwest

SE southeast NW northwest

SSE southsoutheast NNW northnorthwest

Vessel types

LASH Lighter Aboard Ship ro-ro Roll-on Roll-off

LNG Liquified Natural Gas ULCC Ultra Large Crude Carrier

LPG Liquified Petroleum Gas VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier

OBO Ore/Bulk/Oil

Time

ETA estimated time of arrival GMT Greenwich Mean Time

ETD estimated time of departure UTC Coordinated Universal Time

Water level

MSL mean sea level LWS low water springs

HW high water MHWN mean high water neaps

LW low water MHWS mean high water springs

MHW mean high water MLWN mean low water neaps

MLW mean low water MLWS mean low water springs

HWN high water neaps HAT highest astronomical tide

HWS high water springs LAT lowest astronomical tide

LWN low water neaps

Communications

D/F direction finder MF medium frequency

R/T radiotelephone HF high frequency

GMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety System VHF very high frequency

LF low frequency UHF ultra high frequency

Navigation

LANBY Large Automatic Navigation Buoy SPM Single Point Mooring

NAVSAT Navigation Satellite TSS Traffic Separation Scheme

ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System VTC Vessel Traffic Center

SBM Single Buoy Mooring VTS Vessel Traffic Service

Miscellaneous

COLREGS Collision Regulations

IALA International Association of Lighthouse

Authorities

No./Nos.

PA

Number/Numbers

Position approximate

IHO International Hydrographic Office PD Position doubtful

IMO International Maritime Organization Pub. Publication

loa length overall St./Ste. Saint/Sainte
Pub. 158 IX

Contents

Preface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II

Chartlet—Sector Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . III

Conversion Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V

Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VI

Sector 1

Hokkaido—North, East, and South . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Sector 2

East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Sector 3

Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Sector 4

Nampo Shoto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Sector 5

South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Sector 6

South Coast of Shikoku and East Coast of Kyushu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Sector 7

Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Sector 8

Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Pub. 158

1.Hokkaido—North, East, and South 

1.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 1 — CHART INFORMATION
3

Pub. 158

SECTOR 1 

HOKKAIDO—NORTH, EAST, AND SOUTH COASTS

1.0 Plan.—The coasts of Hokkaido are described in the following sequence: N coast., E coast., and S coast. The W coast of

Hokkaido is described in Pub. 159, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Japan, Volume II.

1.0 The N coast of Hokkaido extends from Soya Misaki ESE to

Shiretoko Misaki and includes the S shore of La Perouse Strait

(Soya Kaikyo). The N shore of La Perouse is described in Pub.

155, Sailing Directions (Enroute) East Coast of Russia.

1.0 The E coast extends from Shiretoko Misaki, S to Nosappu

Saki, the E extremity of Hokkaido. Suisho Shoto, a chain of

small islands, extends NE from Nosappu Saki and is described

with the E coast.

1.0 The S coast extends from Nosappu Saki, WSW to Esan

Misaki. Off-lying islands are described with their adjacent

coasts. The S coast of Hokkaido forms the N shore of Tsugaru

Kaikyo, but a great part of this coast fronts on the Pacific

Ocean. 

1.0 Caution.—Due to the earthquakes that occurred on 11

March 2011, offshore of the Tohoku region in Japan, and the

resultant tsunami, variation of the coastline and seafloor must

be considered and caution exercised. Wrecks and obstructions

may be displaced from previously charted positions and new

obstructions experienced along the E coast of Hokkaido and in

the harbors. Breakwaters may be altered in position and length

and many aids to navigation destroyed. The charts of these

areas have been significantly affected and will be updated as

surveys and time allow. 

General Remarks

1.1 Hokkaido, the farthest N of the main islands of Japan,

has an area of 34,000 square miles. Hokkaido is mountainous

and rises to a height of 2,290m near its center.

1.1 On the N, Hokkaido is separated from Sakhalin by La

Perouse Strait; on the S, Tsugaru Kaikyo separates the island

from Honshu. The Kuril Islands, which extend NE from the E

coast of Hokkaido to Kamchatka, are described in Pub. 155,

Sailing Directions (Enroute) East Coast of Russia.

1.1 The principal ports described in this sector are Abashiri,

Mombetsu, Muroran, Tomakomai, Tokachi, and Kushiro.

There are no harbors with port facilities on the islands E of

Hokkaido.

1.1 The Japanese Coast Guard has instituted the Japanese Ship

Reporting System (JASREP), effective October 1, 1985. The

purpose and participation in this system is similar in intent and

format to the AMVER system. Any vessel desiring to participate in both JASREP and AMVER may do so by sending notice of dual participation to the appropriate coastal station. The

service area of the JASREP system is the area N of 17°N and

W of 165°E. For further information, see Pub. 120, Sailing

Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia.

1.1 Winds—Weather.—Hokkaido is located near the N boundary of the temperate zone and has a cold and humid climate

with seasonal characteristics.

1.1 In winter, the region is dominated by the cold Northwest

Monsoon which prevails from November to February and is responsible for the many days with strong winds and severe cold.

Winter precipitation is mainly snow, which blankets Hokkaido

and the islands to the E, from January through February.

1.1 In spring, the Continental High weakens and violently

shifting pressure patterns cause periodic weather. In March, the

Northwest Monsoon gradually becomes intermittent, and low

humidity anticyclones frequently pass through until May. The

spring pressure often has a low in the N with resulting strong S

winds. At times, a stationary high pressure system covers

Hokkaido, bringing a succession of clear days with extremely

dry air. In the spring, air temperatures gradually rise, and snow

accumulations completely disappear by May. From March

through June the season is relatively dry.

1.1 In summer, the Pacific High dominates the area and Hokkaido then comes under the influence of the warm Southeast

Monsoon winds. On occasion in June, a high pressure system

may cover the Okhotsk Sea producing a relatively mild, but

cold and humid wind that brings temperatures down and periods of damp weather; when this high deteriorates the Southeast Monsoon revives. These monsoon winds are relatively

weak and land and sea breezes predominate. In this period,

humidity reaches maximum levels, sea fogs are prevalent, and

heavy rains are frequent. Visibility is poor along the Pacific

coasts from April through August during the frequent sea fogs.

The summer rainy season extends from the beginning to the

middle of July, however, in places the rainfall is greatest during

September. July and August are the hottest months, but there

are few days of extreme heat. The heavy rain season occurs

from July through October.

1.1 In autumn, the Continental High begins to build up even

while the Pacific High is dominant. Like spring, this too is a

season of violent pressure pattern changes. There is relatively

little danger from typhoons, although precautions must be

taken when a typhoon approaches directly from the Sea of

Japan or reaches Hokkaido, when there is a stationary front in

the vicinity. Migratory anti-cyclones pass through, most frequently in October, giving that month the greatest number of

clear days. The temperature drop in the fall is sharp and some

localities record their first snowfall in October.

1.1 At Wakkanai, winds between the S and SE are common in

spring and summer, and between the NW and NE in autumn

and winter. Gales are frequent in winter and strong, local SW

winds sometimes occur in summer.

1.1 Esashi has strong SW winds that in spring and autumn raise

clouds of fine sand that interrupt communications with shore.

1.1 At Abashiri, NW winds are prevalent from January to

March, SW in April and from September to December, and SE

from May to August. North sea breezes blow on summer afternoons. The average wind speed is 7 knots from November to

January and 4 knots in July and August. The record high velocity is 51 knots from NNW in December.

1.1 With local variations, W to N winds are prevalent during the
4 Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 

Pub. 158

colder season along most of the coast from Nemuro to Esan

Misaki but at Esan Misaki. they begin earlier in the autumn and

last until later in the spring. In the vicinity of Muroran Ko,

strong NW winds, which raise a sea, are frequent from midSeptember until late March.

1.1 In summer, there is a greater frequency of S to E winds, with

the highest development of S to SE directions at Nemuro. In

early winter, the mean velocity, 11 knots, is the same at both of

these extreme points. In summer, the lowest means are 6 knots

in July at Esan Misaki and 7 knots in August at Nemuro. Esan

Misaki has a maximum velocity of 47 knots, NNW in January,

and Nemuro of 60 knots, NW, in February. In Nemuro Strait,

W to NW winds are most frequent from September to April,

often rising to gale force accompanied by snow from November to March. In May and June, squally SE winds are common,

but in July and August light S winds and calms may be expected.

1.1 At Akkeshi, SE winds are most frequent in summer, N winds

in autumn, and E winds in winter, while at nearby Hamanaka

the summer winds are SW and those of winter are NW.

1.1 In wind speed, Kushiro has a low mean range from 8 knots in

November to January, and 6 knots in July to September. The

record high is 48 knots, NNE, in March. Urakawa has a high

mean speed of 13 knots in December and a low mean of 5

knots in July. Its record high is 54 knots, W, in December.

1.1 The mean number of days with fog is highest, 100 days or

more, along the E portion of the Pacific Ocean coast and the

islands to the E. The means for other coastal regions are 20 to

60 days for the W portion of the Pacific Ocean, and 23 to 30

days for the Okhotsk Sea coast. These figures vary mainly

according to the number of sea fog occurrences during the

Southeast Monsoon season.

1.1 The sea fogs appear between April and October and blanket

the E portion of the Pacific Ocean coast and the islands to the E

with great frequency, so that from May through August there

are over 10 days of fog each month; in July there may be as

many as 20 days. Sea fogs that develop over the entire area

tend to be extremely thick, although not uniformly so. They

usually roll in to the coastal areas in the evening or early morning, but may on occasion persist for several successive days. In

the W portion of the Pacific Ocean coast there may be more

than 15 days with fog in July, and sieges of dense long-lasting

fogs are not infrequent.

1.1 From April through June, sea fogs originating in the Okhotsk

Sea and borne by NE winds may cover the Okhotsk Sea coast

and the E portion of the Pacific Ocean coast. These are less

dense than the Pacific Ocean variety and tend to dissipate

during the day. They are extremely cold and wet fogs, so that

even after the mist has dissipated the weather often remains

dank.

1.1 The precipitation calendar in Hokkaido may be divided into

the Northwest Monsoon precipitation period from November

through February, the relatively dry season from March

through June, and the heavy rain season from July through

October.

1.1 The annual rainfall in Hokkaido is relatively light when

compared with Honshu. Regionally, the W portion of the Pacific Ocean and the Okhotsk Sea coasts collect about 1,000mm

of rainfall per year and less than 800mm in places.

1.1 Along the E portion of the Pacific Ocean coast, winter is a

relatively dry season, and the monthly average precipitation is

generally below 550mm. The months of April and May are the

dry months along the Okhotsk Sea coast. The mean monthly

precipitation in this period is from 38 to 76mm.

1.1 In July and August, all areas register from 106 to 165mm

precipitation per month, with the higher measures recorded

along the W portion of the Pacific Ocean coast.

1.1 September marks the beginning of the fall rainy season,

when all areas receive the highest amount of rainfall for the entire year. Average monthly totals approximate 150mm, while

over 200mm is recorded along the W portion of the Pacific

Ocean coast, and some spots may receive as much as 260mm

during the month of September.

1.1 Snow comes to all areas between late October and early

November, but the real snow season is from late November to

late March, when the Northwest Monsoon predominates.

Precipitation during this period is almost exclusively snow;

there may occasionally be some hail or sleet, but rarely any

rain. Thus, the amount of snowfall and the amount of precipitation are the same. Snowfall is heaviest along the W portion of

the Pacific Ocean coast and the Okhotsk Sea coast, and the E

portion of the Pacific Ocean coast coming last. During the

snow season, snow falls on the average 20 days per month

along the W Pacific Ocean and the Okhotsk Sea coasts, and 15

days per month along the E portion of the Pacific Ocean coast.

1.1 Ice.—Ice fields are generally formed throughout the area N

of Hokkaido and E of La Perouse Strait; they are most prevalent from January to early April. The use of icebreakers has

been frequently reported in this area. The worst conditions

apparently occur during late March and the first part of April,

when the counterclockwise ocean current in the Okhotsk Sea

and the N winds drive the ice down from the N, across the E

entrance to La Perouse Strait.

1.1 The N and E coasts of Hokkaido are generally hemmed with

fast ice and drift ice may be found off them. Fast ice may also

fill the shores along the SE coast, but W of Erimo Misaki it is

usually limited to thin ice forming in shallow areas along the

inner shores of the bays. The drift ice brought to the SE side of

the island by the Oyashio Current, also decreases in the region

W of Erimo Misaki.

1.1 Tides—Currents.—In general the tides and currents on the

N, E, and S coasts of Hokkaido are discussed with the coastal

descriptions. Weather factors peculiar to certain bays frequently reduce actual water depths to considerably shallower depths

than those indicated on navigation charts.

1.1 Information concerning the prediction of ocean currents in

Japanese waters is announced weekly by radio fax as “Ocean

Currents Forecast Charts.” The service can also be received by

telephone fax from the Japan Pilot Association.

1.1 The ocean current that flows into Hokkaido waters is the

warm Tsushima Kairyu that flows in a N direction off the W

coasts of Honshu and Hokkaido; branches of this current set E

through Tsugaru Tsugaru Kaikyo and La Perouse Strait, and

are known as the Tsugaru Danryu and the Soya Danryu. The

warm currents are generally stronger in the summer and the

cold currents are more vigorous in winter.

1.1 On the N side of Hokkaido the branch of Tsushima Kairyu

flowing E from La Perouse Strait sets along the coast to the

area N of Shiretoko Misaki, where one part turns toward the
Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 5

Pub. 158

Okhotsk Sea region to the NE, and the other turns S into

Kunashiro Suido and Numero Strait.

1.1 The Higashi Karafuto Kairyu, which flows S along the E

coast of Sakhalin, is the most prominent segment of a current

revolving in a counterclockwise direction inside the Okhotsk

Sea. In winter, its drift is approximately 0.5 knot, and it reaches

the waters off the N coast of Hokkaido. In spring and fall it has

very little strength.

1.1 The summer months are the times of greater strength of the

ocean currents off the N coast of Hokkaido. The drift of the

current is about 1.5 knots in the spring and fall. In the summer,

the drift may increase to 3 knots, but is virtually stagnant in

winter.

1.1 In summer, the cold Oyashio sets S from the E side of the

Kuril Islands and turns W off the SE coast of Hokkaido,

reaching the area off Erimo Misaki. It then combines with the

south-setting Isugaru Danryu, and the resultant flow is S. The

velocity is generally less than 1 knot, but it may exceed 1 knot

when very close to the coast. The area and velocity of the

Oyashio are reported to be somewhat greater in the winter and

spring than in summer.

1.1 A SW ocean current, with a velocity of 1.75 knots, is charted

about 5 miles E and S of Erimo Saki.

1.1 Observations made on the W side of Erimo Saki indicate that

in summer, at a distance about 3 miles off there is a SE ocean

current in the area, about 25 miles long, between the cape and

Urakawa Ko. This set, with a velocity of about 1.3 to 2 knots,

becomes S in the vicinity of the cape. Local reports are that on

rare occasions this current may reverse its direction.

1.1 That branch of the Tsushima Kairyu which flows E through

Tsugaru Kaikyo, after clearing the strait, may set immediately

S or may curve S after it arrives at a point some 40 miles SW of

Erimo Saki. The former course is generally followed in winter;

the latter is generally followed in summer. Current velocities

range from 1 to 3 knots and are higher in winter than in

summer.

1.1 Caution.—Fish havens, which may be on the sea bed, at

intermediate mid-layer depths, or floating on the surface, are

numerous in Japanese waters and are continually being augmented. Fish havens on the sea bed are usually composed of

concrete block, scrap metal, discarded vehicles, or sunken

hulks. Floating or mid-layer havens are often of a temporary

nature. Concentrations of fishing vessels can be expected in

their vicinity. Caution should be exercised as the placement of

fish havens may well precede their inclusion in the Notice to

Mariners.

Hokkaido—North Coast

1.2 The N coast of Hokkaido fronts the Okhotsk Sea and

extends from Soya Misaki, SE for 160 miles to Shiretoko

Misaki.

1.2 From Soya Misaki to Notoro Misaki, the coast has a smooth

regular shoreline. The only major projection is Notoro Misaki,

the W entrance to Abashiri Wan. The only significant bay is

Abashiri Wan, located between Notoro Misaki and Shiretoko

Misaki.

1.2 There are virtually no detached islands or reefs along this

coast and the offshore water depths are regular, with the exception of two large offshore banks which lie N of Notoro Misaki.

1.3 La Perouse Strait (Soya Kaikyo) (45°40'N.,

142°00'E.) is a short, important passage which separates Hokkaido from Sakhalin and links the Japan Sea with the Oknotsk

Sea. This strait is 30 to 70m deep, and 23 miles wide, with a

single lighted offshore danger charted 20 miles NNE of Soya

Misaki.

1.3 Soya Misaki (45°31'N., 141°57'E.), a grass-covered cape

53m high, is the N extremity of Hokkaido; it rises about 2

miles inland to Maru Yama, a rounded hill with a height of

168m. A light is shown from Soya Misaki. Maru Yama can

sometimes be seen when the cape itself is obscured by fog. The

cape is fringed with rocky ledges and the bottom in the vicinity

is uneven; there are no dangers seaward of the 20m line, which

lies up to 2 miles offshore. 

1.3 Caution.—Due to the dangers in the vicinity of Soya

Misaki, and of the tidal currents in La Perouse Strait, Soya

Misaki should at all times be passed at a distance of at least 5

miles.

1.4 From Soya Misaki, the coast trends in a SSE direction

36 miles to Kamui Misaki. The coast is almost a straight

stretch of sandy beach, with a thick growth of bamboo grass

behind it. The hills, covered with a dense forest of fir, recede

inland, leaving lakes and swamps near the coast.

1.4 The 20m line lies from 1 to 3 miles offshore along this coast.

Detached rocks and reefs are numerous. Todo Shima, two

rocks, lie close offshore, 13 miles SSE of Soya Misaki. HamaOnisibetu is a fishing village on the coast 0.9 mile SW of Todo

Shima. A light is shown from a tower in Hama-Onisibetu, with

an auxiliary light that illuminates Todo Shima.

1.4 Chiraibetsu is a small fishing port situated 3.5 miles WNW

of Todo Shima. Sarufutsu, a village situated on the coast 6

miles SSE of Todo Shima, affords exposed anchorage to vessels loading lumber during the summer.

1.4 Hama-Tonbetu is a small fishing port at the mouth of Tombetsu Kawa, situated 6 miles NW of Kamui Misaki. In summer, vessels load lumber in the open roads off the town.

1.4 Kamui Misaki (45°04'N., 142°30'E.), a rocky headland, is

the most prominent landmark on the N coast. It rises steeply

from the sea in two pointed summits; the E peak is 137m high

and the W peak is 162m. A light shown from a cylindrical concrete structure, 18m high, situated on the headland.

1.4 Otoineppu is located 32 miles SSE of Kamui Misaki. The

coastline is cliffy where the foothills of the highlands press

against the seashore. There are rocky headlands between the

low shore cliffs. Between Otoineppu and Mombetsu Ko, 25

miles farther SSE, the coast is mainly sand beach, with growths

of bamboo grass and dwarf oaks; there are only a few small

headlands along this entire stretch of coast.

1.4 Poronupuri Dake (Poronupuri Yama) (44°58'N., 142°24'E.)

is a twin-peaked mountain, 839m high, that rises 7.25 miles

SSW of Kamui Misaki. The mountain, which is quite conspicuous, is not visible from N; it is the last mountain in the

area to lose snow in the spring. Hako Dake, 1,129m high, is the

highest peak in the N section of the interior highlands. The

mountain, which has a conspicuous white precipice on its N

side, rises 18 miles S of Poronupuri Dake.

1.4 Along this stretch of coast dangerous reefs extend about 1

mile offshore. The reefs may be avoided by staying in depths of

20m or more.
6 Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 

Pub. 158

1.5 Esashi Ko (Esasi Ko) (44°56'N., 142°35'E.), situated

on the coast 8 miles SSE of Kamui Misaki, is a base port for

the Okhotsk Sea fishery, and in September and October, during

the mackerel-pike season, the port is crowded with fishing

craft.

1.5 Aspect.—The following navigational marks may be of use

when approaching Esashi Ko:

1. Three temples with green roofs, 0.35 mile SW of

Esashi Misaki.

2. A radio tower, with an elevation of 25m, 183m WSW

of Esashi Misaki.

3. Lights on the SE detached breakwater.

1.5 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be found, in 11m, mud, with

the light on the E mole of the boat harbor bearing 322°, about

0.5 mile distant. This position is sheltered from all winds

except from the W.

1.5 Omu Ko, a small fishing harbor 26 miles SSE of Esashi Ko,

has a boat harbor opening to the SE. When the winds are offshore, temporary anchorage may be found in the area E of the

boat harbor, in a depth of 10m, with the N breakwater light

bearing 260°, 0.55 mile distant.

1.5 Caution.—A dangerous wind, known locally as the hikata,

occurs in the vicinity of Omu Ko. This dry, strong, WSW wind,

which comes up suddenly during clear weather, reaches forces

of 35 knots and more. These storms are most frequent from

March to May and are known to appear on occasion in the

summer and autumn. Normal duration is about 6 hours, but the

hikata have been known to blow continuously for 2 days.

Storm effects are felt up to 12 miles offshore, and from 10

miles N of Omu Ko to Saruru, about 14 miles S.

1.6 Mombetsu Ko (Monbetu Ko) (44°21'N., 143°21'E.)

(World Port Index No. 61110), is a fishing port, which is the

second largest port on the Hokkaido N coast is situated 22

miles SSE of Omu Ko. There is an inner basin and an outer

harbor protected by breakwaters.

1.6 The harbor is vulnerable to penetration by waves and swells

when strong N and SE winds are blowing, and in rough

weather it is dangerous to moor or anchor anywhere except in

the inner port or boat harbor.

1.6 Depths—Limitations.—The 10m line extends to the breakwaters at the harbor entrance; within the breakwaters the general depths are less than 5.4m. The depths alongside the

wharves range from 4 to 7.5m. The largest ship to dock at

Wharf 1 E quay was a lumber carrier of 5,600 grt. The harbor

tends to silt up, so deep-draft vessels need to be alert for

changed depths.

1.6 Aspect.—The courthouse, a red brick building, is situated

about 0.7 mile WNW of the North Breakwater light. Three

radio masts stand 0.6 mile SW of the North Breakwater light.

A temple, with a conspicuous red triangular roof, is situated

130m S of the three radio masts. 

1.6 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory; however, pilots are

available with ample advance notice from Kushiro.

1.6 Anchorage.—Inside the breakwaters, the bottom is soft

mud, poor holding ground. Outside the breakwater, anchorage

may be taken, in 12m, sand, with the North Breakwater Light

bearing 256°, distant 0.3 mile. Anchorages outside the breakwaters have good holding ground, but are unsuitable shelters in

strong NW winds.

1.6 Caution.—Onne Se, with a least depth of 2.7m, lies at the

outer end of an extensive reef ridge that extends 0.6 mile ENE

from Benten Misaki, just N of Mombetsu Ko. A totally submerged sunken vessel lies about 0.3 mile NNE of the North

Breakwater Light. There is an obstruction, comprised of concrete blocks, 0.2 mile E of the North Breakwater Light.

1.7 The coastline from Mombetsu Ko to Notoro Misaki

(44°07'N., 144°15'E.) is 41 miles long. The W entrance point

of Abashiri Wan, trends in a general ESE direction. The

straight sandy coast is backed by a series of narrow hills about

10m high. In this stretch are the mouths of two streams and two

lagoons, Saroma Ko and Notoro Ko. The sand dunes between

Saroma Ko and the sea are thickly wooded with small trees.

There are swamps and low-lying marshes, or wasteland, behind the sand beach on the W side of the lagoon. Further inland the terrain gradually rises toward the highlands of the interior.

1.7 The principal landmarks along this coast are, as follows:

1. Fumi Yama, 437m high, with a ridge resembling a

horse’s mane, located 12.5 miles SSE of Mombetsu Ko and a

summit appearing when viewed from the E, but sharp when

viewed from the N.

2. Naka Yama, a mountain 360m high, with a conical

shape, rising 5 miles ESE of Fumi Yama.

3. Horoiwa Yama, with a flat wooded top and the most

conspicuous landmark in the area, rising to a height of 376m

close S of the S shore of Saroma Ko.

4. Iwakeshu Yama, a mountain 425m high, located 6.8

miles SE of Horoiwa Yama, and conspicuous from all sides.

5. Bushi Yama, 481m high, the highest peak in the

vicinity and conspicuous when viewed from N and NE.

1.7 Along this stretch of coast the 10m curve lies, generally,

between 0.5 and 1 mile offshore. There are no sunken dangers

of less than 10m beyond 1 mile offshore.

1.7 Kitami-Yamatotai, a large elongated bank, lies off the coast

near Notoro Misaki; it extends 42 miles N from a position 14

miles N of Notoro Misaki and has a least depth of 12.3m. The

bank is about 3 to 6 miles wide from E to W.

1.7 Caution.—Between July and December, there are numerous

fish traps within 1.5 miles of shore along this part of the coast.

1.7 Scallop beds, marked by red flags and red lights, may be encountered up to 5 miles off this coast.

1.8 Shimo Yubetsu (44°14'N., 143°37'E.), located on the

coast 14 miles SE of Mombetsu Ko, provides open anchorage,

either in a depth of about 12m, sand, 0.5 mile off the river

mouth, or, in a depth of 15m, with a prominent watch tower in

the town bearing 227°, distant about 1.3 miles.

1.8 Saroma Ko, the largest lagoon in Hokkaido, entrance is

located 7.5 miles SE of Shimo Yubetsu. The entrance was originally dredged to a width of 100m and a depth of 5m, but in recent years it has silted up and become shallow. This entrance is

marked by a light on the W side. Another light is displayed

about 2 miles W.

1.8 Notoro Misaki, the W entrance point of Abshiri Wan, is a

prominent headland marked by reddish cliffs, 42m high,

located 21 miles ESE of the entrance to Saroma Ko. A seasonal

light, is shown from an octagonal concrete tower, 21m high,

situated on the point.
Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 7

Pub. 158

1.8 From Notoro Misaki to Shiretoko Misaki (Siretoko Misaki),

49 miles ENE, the shoreline recedes to form Abashiri Wan

(Abasiri Wan), a large deep bay.

1.8 From Notoro Misaki to Abashiri Ko (Abasiri Ko), 6 miles S,

the coast consists largely of steep cliffs, which are backed by a

hilly terrain 200m high. The 23-mile stretch E of Abashiri Ko

consists of sandy beaches backed by sand dunes. The shore is

backed by a thickly-wooded plain lying at the foot of a

volcano. From this position NE to Shiretoko Misaki, the almost

straight shoreline consists of steep cliffs with a few sand and

gravel beaches. The coastal terrain is high, rising abruptly to

elevations of 300m or more and merging with the higher land

in the interior. 

1.8 The S shore of Abashiri Wan is backed by some conspicuous

peaks and Shiretoko Hanto, which forms the E side of the bay,

also rises to conspicuous peaks.

1.8 Mokoto Yama (43°42'N., 144°20'E.), 1,005m high, rises 24

miles S of Notoro Misaki; it is a conspicuous cone-shaped

mountain. Shari Dake (Syari Take), 17 miles ENE of Mokoto

Yama, is a dark steep-sided peak standing apart from other

mountains to the NE,that rises to a height of 1,545m. Unabetsu

Dake, 1,419m high, is located 9 miles NE of Shari Dake, and

Onnebetsu Dake rises to a height of 1,339m 9 miles farther NE. 

1.8 Io Zan (44°08'N., 145°11'E.), on the peninsula E of Abashiri

Wan, is a bare yellowish-colored mountain, with four peaks

that rise to a height of 1,563m; the W peak is the highest of the

four. Shiretoko Dake, 1,254m high, rises 7.5 miles NE of Io

Zan.

Abashiri Ko (44°01'N., 144°17'E.)

World Port Index No. 61120

1.9 Abashiri Ko (Abasiri Ko), a harbor protected by

breakwaters, is situated at the mouth of the Abashiri Gawa, 5.5

miles SSE of Notoro Misaki. This is a regulated port and a

designated port of entry and local port. The port within the

breakwaters is known as the Inner Port; the area outside the

breakwaters is known as the Outer Port. There is an outer

detached S breakwater. A light is shown 0.2 mile SW from the

elbow in the S breakwater. This is the largest port on the N

coast and serves as the base for the Okhotsk Sea fishing fleet.

There is heavy fishing boat traffic from September to November, which is the mackerel-pike season.

1.9 The Abashiri Port Authority may be contacted as follows: 

1.9 Winds—Weather.—The weather at this port is generally

calm between May and October, but in strong E and S winds,

swells may enter the Inner Port. Between November and the

time the harbor freezes in December, the Northwest Monsoon

winds frequently bring swells that spill over the breakwaters

and make it impossible for vessels to remain at their berths.

The port averages about 27 days of fog each year, with about 6

days each in June, July, and August. Fog is rare during October, November, December, and January.

1.9 Ice.—Shore ice begins to form in Abashiri Wan in late

December and by early January, the entire coast is frozen up.

Pack ice begins to appear in late December, and from early

January until late March, all seaborne traffic in this region

comes to a standstill.

1.9 The pack ice appears in different forms. Initially it consists

of drifting floes made up of rubble ice, but by late January,

tightly packed ice fields cover vast areas of the sea.

1.9 Numerous ice hillocks, some which rise as much as 1.5m

above the surface, form on these ice fields.

1.9 Tides—Currents.—There is a large diurnal inequality at

Abashiri Ko. Off the harbor the tidal current sets NW with the

rising tide and SE on the falling tide. There is normally almost

no wave activity inside the estuary, but about four or five times

a year during the autumn and winter, swells spilling into the

harbor cause a reverse flow in the river, making it difficult for

vessels moored there to get underway.

1.9 Depths—Limitations.—The 10m line extends to the harbor

entrance and there are depths up to 9.7m within the breakwaters. In the W half of the Inner Port the water has a depth of

less than 8m. The principal mooring facilities have depths from

4 to 10m. Shoal depths of 6.3 and 5.2m lie about 0.2 mile SE

and 0.2 mile SSE, respectively, from the Inner Port entrance.

1.9 There is a large reef ridge, covering an area 100m wide and

with a minimum depth of 6.4m, lying between a point 0.2 mile

E and 0.2 mile SSW of the East Breakwater Light. Another

reef, located 0.2 mile E of the North Breakwater Light, has a

depth of 8m. There are also shallows inside the North Breakwater; a reef, with a depth of 3.4m, lies 50m WSW of the

North Breakwater Light.

1.9 Water depths in the estuary tend to be less than charted because of silting. Depths of 4m less than charted are reported

(2007). 

1.9 Aspect.—The courthouse on the hill above the reddishbrown cliff, 0.4 mile SW of the East Breakwater Light provides

a good mark. Bairagi Saki (Futatsu Iwa), 1.3 miles NW of

Abashiri, is a cliffy headland 44m high; a yellowish cylindrical

rock, 46m high, located nearby, is conspicuous when viewed

from the NE. Boshi Iwa (Watara Iwa), 23m high, a remarkable

square rock, lies on a reef on the N side of the harbor; it is

sometimes obscured by the terrain behind it. 

1.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but pilot is available

during daylight hours, with advance notice, from Kushiro

Pilots Association. Entry into the port is allowed at all time.

1.9 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of

15m, sand, with the North Breakwater Light bearing 265°, distant 0.3 mile, or in similar depths with the same light bearing

230°, distant 0.4 mile, but in the latter position swells rebounding off the North Breakwater may cause the vessel to

ride uneasily.

1.9 There is also anchorage, in a depth of about 8m, with the

summit of Boshi Iwa bearing 129°, distant 0.3 mile, or bearing

154°, distant 0.4 mile, taking care to avoid fish traps which extend 110m N from the middle of West Breakwater from July to

November.

1.9 The quarantine anchorage is established within a circle, with

a 300m radius, centered 0.5 mile NE of the North Breakwater

Light.

Abashiri Port Authority

Telephone: +81(0)152446111

Fax: +81(0)152436151
8 Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 

Pub. 158

1.10 Shari Hakuchi (43°55'N., 144°40'E.) is a fishing port

situated in the Shari Gawa estuary, 18 miles ESE of Abashiri

Ko. Except for two training walls, one on each side of the river,

there are no port facilities. The constantly shifting sand bar

across the mouth of the estuary makes access to the port difficult even for small craft.

1.10 From Shari Hakuchi the coast trends in a NE direction, 17

miles to Utoro. Utoro is a small artificial fishing harbor enclosed by breakwaters. There are depths of 4m alongside the

quay on its S shore.

Shiretoko Misaki (44°21'N., 145°20'E.), the NE extremity

of Hokkaido, is also the NE entrance to Abashiri Wan. The

cape is faced with a cliff, 19m high, and is ringed by sunken

and above-water rocks, up to 0.5 mile offshore; a light is

shown. Shiretoko Iwa is an isolated conspicuous rock, 6m

high, located 183m N of the point. An extensive bank, with a

least depth of 16m, extends from 2.5 to 10 miles NE of the

cape; elsewhere in the vicinity, the 200m line lies up to 2 miles

offshore.

1.10 An ocean current sets NNE over the bank NE of Shiretoko

Misaki at rates up to 4.8 knots. Tide rips occur in the vicinity of

the bank.

Hokkaido—East Coast

1.11 The E coast of Hokkaido extends from Shiretoko

Misaki to Nosappu Saki, about 62 miles SSE. The N section of

this coast is the E side of the Shiretoko Hanto and is relatively

unindented. The terrain in the middle and S sections of this

coast is generally low-lying country. Between Nokke Saki and

Nemuro Hanto, 17 miles SE, is a large shallow bay known as

Nemuro Wan.

1.11 Among the very few ports and harbors along this coast, only

Nemuro Ko is capable of accommodating general shipping.

1.11 Nemuro Strait.—The E coast of Hokkaido, from Shiretoko

Misaki to Nosappu Saki, 62 miles S, is fronted by Nemuro

Strait; Ostrov Kunashir (Kunashira Shima) lies on the E side of

the strait. The strait is 40 miles wide at its N end and 20 miles

wide at the S end. The narrowest part, Notsuke Suido, is 8.5

miles wide.

1.11 In the N, the depths of Nemuro Strait are over 2,000m, but S

of latitude 44°N the strait shoals rapidly and, in the area of

Notsuke Suido, there are many shoals of less than 7.3m. No

navigational aids mark the channel, and terrain on either side is

low and featureless. It is difficult to negotiate this channel and

the transit of deep-draft vessels is an especially dangerous undertaking. Since the shoals are constantly changing in size,

location, and depth, it is dangerous to overly rely on the charts.

1.11 Whether or not a vessel can transit Nemuro Strait depends on

pack ice conditions and its ability to negotiate Notsuke Suido.

1.11 Shallower depths than charted have been reported (1995) in

Notsuke Suido. 

1.12 Shiretoko Misaki to Rausu Hakuchi is a 20-mile

stretch of coast with narrow gravel beaches and 100m cliffs

that fringe the water. The terrain behind the shore rises abruptly to heights of over 1,000m, as it merges into the mountain

range that forms the spine of the peninsula. These highlands

are thickly wooded.

1.12 The coast is steep-to and the 200m line lies between 0.5 and

2 miles from shore.

1.12 Caution.—When a low pressure system passes N of Shiretoko Hanto, a violent W to NW wind, known locally as dashikaze, blows down the mountain sides after a cold front passes.

1.12 The dashikaze, that is further intensified by a whirlwind

phenomenon, causes the most damage during the months of

April and May. The duration of the typical dashikaze is short.

1.12 The storm strikes with the strongest force on the downwind

side of breaks in the ridge line of the peninsular mountain

range. The most vulnerable places include the Sashirui Gawa

and Rausu Gawa estuaries. This wind, at times accompanied

by rain, sleet, and snow, has estimated velocities up to 88

knots. It has been concluded from past storms that the dashikaze has its maximum destructive effect on vessels located

within 2 to 3 miles of the coast.

1.13 Rausu Hakuchi (Rausu Ko) (44°01'N., 145°12'E.), a

fishing port, is the only usable port on the E side of Shiretoko

Hanto. From late September to early December, the squid fishing season, the port is crowded with about 300 fishing boats

that take up every bit of available space. There is about 370m

of quays, with depths alongside up to 4m. Vessels may anchor,

in 12.5m, good holding ground, with No. 2 South Breakwater

Light bearing 270°, 0.11 mile distant.

1.13 The principal landmarks of Shiretoko Hanto have been described with the N coast of Hokkaido beginning in paragraph

1.2.

1.13 The 35-mile stretch of coast between Rausu Hakuchi and

Nokke Saki is practically all rock beaches.

1.13 Between Rausu Hakuchi and Uembetsu Gawa, 10 miles

SSW, the E slopes of the mountain range that forms the spine

of Shiretoko Hanto run down to the sea, forming an almost

continuous line of cliffs rising from the water.

1.13 From Uembetsu Gawa, the coast trends in a SSE direction

about 12 miles to Shibetsu. The terrain between these points

consists of terraced plateaus covered with large trees. Sheer

cliffs, 20m high, line the shore. From Shibetsu the coast trends

11 miles SE to Nokke Saki; the coast is backed by low marshland and wooded terrain.

1.13 The 200m line lies 1 mile off Rausu Hakuchi. The waters of

Notsuke Suido became more shallow as the strait is approached. 

1.14 Shibetsu Hakuchi (43°40'N., 145°08'E.), an open

roadstead off Shibetsu, 22 miles S of Rausu Hakuchi, offers

suitable temporary anchorage, except in N winds, for vessels

southbound through Notsuke Suido.

1.14 Nokke Saki (43°34'N., 145°21'E.), the E point of a low spit

extending 7 miles SE from the general coastline, forms the W

shore of Notsuke Suido. The spit lies 11 miles SE of Shibetsu

Hakuchi. Small vessels seeking sheltNokke Saki to Nosappu

Sakier from N winds anchor S of the spit in less than 5.4m.

1.14 Nokke Saki to Nosappu Saki 23 miles SE, the coast recedes

to the S and forms a large shallow bay known as Nemuro Wan.

1.14 The shoreline of Nemuro Wan trends in a NW direction to

the root of the sandspit, which terminates at Nokke Saki. Bekkai, located on the W shore of Nemuro Wan, lies 15 miles S of

the root of the sandspit; then the coast trends SE about 11 miles

to the village of Tobai. From Tobai, the thickly-wooded coast
Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 9

Pub. 158

trends NE 5 miles to Nemuro Ko, then 5 miles farther NE to

Nokkamappu Saki. Nosappu Saki, the E extremity of Hokkaido, lies 7 miles E of Nokkamappu Saki. This stretch of coast

is thickly overgrown with bamboo and stunted trees; the points

and low cliffs are all very dark in color.

Nemuro Ko (43°20'N., 145°35'E.)

World Port Index No. 61130

1.15 Nemuro Ko, in the SE part of Nemuro Wan, is the

only natural harbor on the E coast of Hokkaido; it is designated

as a port of entry and specified port. The Inner Harbor is enclosed by the N and S breakwaters, which extend N and S,

respectively, from Benten Shima, an islet on the NW side of

the harbor. A breakwater extends W from Benikemui Saki, a

point of land on the NE side of Nemuro Ko. The Inner Harbor

has a N and S entrance. General shipping uses the N entrance;

only small vessels with drafts of 3 to 4m can use the S entrance.

1.15 Winds—Weather.—Sudden summer fogs are common here

and are most frequent during July and August; however, May

through August are the months with the greatest number of

days with fog. The average number of days with fog for these

months is 20 days each.

1.15 With strong N winds, a heavy sea and swell sets into the harbor, making entry dangerous and rendering the inner anchorage and dock area hazardous. At Nemuro Ko, a falling barometer with a backing wind predicts N winds.

1.15 Nemuro Ko is closed in winter during the freeze-up, and

from January to April, drift ice may close the port and hinder

navigation in Nemuro Wan. During these periods ships are

diverted to Hanasaki Ko, on the S coast of Nemuro Hanto.

1.15 Tides—Currents.—In the outer harbor of Nemuro Ko, the

tidal current flows toward the shore on the rising tide and away

from the coast with the falling tide. These tidal currents

combine with the E ocean current resulting in a NE or SE set.

1.15 Depths—Limitations.—Depths in the approach are less

than 20m. with the 10m line extending to the breakwaters at the

N entrance. In the N section of the inner harbor depths range

from 6.4 to 7.6m, decreasing to less than 1.8m in the S part.

The SW entrance, S of Benten Shima, has a depth of 2.1m; a

mud flat fronts the SE shore of the inner harbor.

1.15 Vessels up to 2,000 grt can be accommodated. The largest

ship to anchor in the inner port was a vessel of 1,150 grt and in

the outer anchorage a vessel of 6,586 grt.

1.15 Aspect.—There is a radio tower, with a height of 111m,

situated on the E side of downtown Nemuro. Several radio

towers stand about 1.5 miles SE of the north breakwater light. 

1.15 Anchorage.—Good anchorage may be found in the outer

harbor, about 0.4 mile NW of Benten Shima, in 15m, sand

bottom. It is best to use double anchors positioned for maximum holding against NE winds.

1.16 Nokkamappu Saki (43°23'N., 145°39'E.), located

4.5 miles NE of Nemuro Ko, is the NW extremity of Nemuro

Hanto. Tosamporo Saki, the N extremity of Nemuro Hanto, is

located 4.5 miles farther E; Nosappu Saki lies 2.5 miles farther

ESE.

1.16 Kaigara Sendan (43°23'N., 145°52'E.), an extensive foul

area of rocks and islets, lies about 1 mile E of Nosappu Saki.

The sea usually breaks on these shoals, especially during the

summer with SE winds. A light, shown from a cylindrical concrete structure, 19m high, is situated on an islet in the NW part

of the shoal.

1.16 Goyomai Kaikyo (43°23'N., 145°50'E.), the passage between Nosappu Saki and Kaigara Sendan, has a fairway 0.5

mile wide between the 20m line; there is deep water in midchannel. Inside the 18.3m line, there are scattered reefs.

1.16 To pass through this channel safely, navigators must exercise great care, as the low-lying terrain on either side offers few

good landmarks. This is an important waterway joining the

Pacific Ocean and Nemuro Strait.

1.16 Fog frequently blankets this area; dense fogs occur whenever

there is a S wind, and visibility is reduced to almost zero.

These fogs are most frequent between May and July. During

June and September, hundreds of small boats are in the vicinity

of Kaigara Shima to harvest kelp. In poor visibility, extreme

care is needed to avoid collision.

1.16 Currents in Goyomai Kaikyo are extremely unequal, caused

by the inequality of the diurnal tides which is especially great;

the set and drift vary markedly from day to day.

1.16 In the narrows 0.5 mile E of Nosappu Saki, the tidal currents

set SE and N at a maximum drift in both directions of 3 knots.

On the S side of the channel, 2.5 miles SE of Nosappu Saki, the

current sets S from 3 hours after LW to 3 hours after HW,

reaching a velocity of 1.5 knots at HW. From 3 hours after HW

to 3 hours after LW, it sets N and E with a velocity not exceeding 0.5 knot. The stronger S current is believed to be caused by

a strong ocean current flowing S through the narrows. On the N

side of the channel, 2 miles N of Nosappu Saki, the current sets

E and S from 1 hour after LW to 1 hour after HW. It sets NW

from 1 hour after HW to 1 hour after LW. The NW flow

reaches a maximum velocity of 1.5 knots, the S flow does not

exceed 0.5 knot.

1.16 Countercurrents on both sides of the channel produce violent

eddies, but they present no danger if the vessel keeps to the

deepest part of the channel. On the other hand, the strong ocean

currents that occasionally enter the channel can be hazardous.

Suisho Shoto

1.17 Suisho Shoto is a chain of small low islands extending NE from Nosappu Saki. Though these islands are located S

of the main Kuril Islands, they are a part of the Kuril chain.

1.17 Suisho To (43°26'N., 145°55'E.), located 4 miles NE of

Nosappu Saki, is 9.1 to 18.3m high, and is covered with a thick

growth of coarse grass. Above-water rocks fringe the island. A

light is situated on the SW extremity of the island and is displayed from a quadrangular structure, 2.4m high. Akiyuri

Shima, located 3.5 miles SSE of Suisho To, is a small islet

ringed with reefs. Hanare Iwa, the S danger in the group, is a

steep-to above-water rock that lies 1.25 miles S of Akiyuri

Shima. A 3.6m depth is located about 0.5 mile N of Hanare

Iwa.

1.17 Nokano Se (43°22'N., 145°57'E.), a reef surmounted by drying rocks, lies 2 miles W of Akiyuri Shima. The reef obstructs

the S entrance of Suisho Suido.

1.17 Yuri Shima (43°25'N., 146°04'E.), 3.25 miles E of Suisho

To, has a shoreline of sand and gravel beaches between
10 Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 

Pub. 158

stretches of steep cliffs. The island rises to a height of 41m in

its W extremity. Harukaru Shima is a chain of rocky islets,

located 2.8 miles SE of Yuri Shima, that rises to a greatest

height of 39m. Foul ground extends up to 0.5 mile from its extremities.

1.17 Suisho Suido lies between Suisho To and Yuri Shima. There

are irregular depths in the passage and it is not recommended.

1.17 Yuri Suido, the passage between Yuri Shima and Akiyuri

Shima, is a deep navigable channel with a width of less than 1

mile.

1.18 Shibotsu Shima (43°30'N., 146°08'E.), the largest

island in the group, lies 1.3 miles NE of Yuri Shima. The island

rises to a height of 30m on the S end and 9m on the N end. A

black chimney near Aitomari Saki, the W extremity of the

island, is a good landmark. A light, from which a radiobeacon

transmits, is situated on the NE extremity of the island.

Shibotsu Suido lies between Tomari Saki, the S extremity of

Shibotsu Shima, and Yuri Shima. The passage is not navigable.

1.18 Taraku Shima (43°38'N., 146°19'E.) lies 6 miles NE of

Shibotsu Shima. The island is low and treeless, with sandy

beaches between stretches of cliffs.

1.18 Taraku Suido, the strait between Shibotsu Shima and Taraku

Shima, has a width of 2.5 miles between the 6m lines. Depths

in the passage are irregular, and less than 7.6m in places. There

is usually a heavy swell in the strait and the tidal currents are

strong.

1.18 Hira Iso, a steep-to drying rock, usually marked by breakers,

lies 2.5 miles SE of the E extremity of Taraku Shima.

1.18 Todo Shima (43°34'N., 146°25'E.), a cluster of rocks 41m

high, appears as a single islet from a distance. A sunken rock,

that does not break unless there is a swell running, lies 1.5

miles SSW of Todo Shima. Kabuto Shima is a group of four

steep-to prominent rocks, up to 42m high, located 1.3 miles

ENE of Todo Shima. Kanakuso Iwa, formed by two steep-to

isolated rocks 26m high, is located 1.5 miles N of Kabuto

Shima.

1.18 Caution.—The waters off the Suisho Shoto have irregular

depths and are full of detached rocks and reefs.

1.19 Ostrov Shikotan (43°48'N., 146°46'E.), an island

separated from the islands of Suisho Shoto by Shikotan Suido,

is 14 miles long in a NE to SW direction and is 6 miles wide.

Shakotan Yama, 414m high, the highest mountain on the

island, rises near the N extremity of the island. From the N the

mountain’s treeless summit appears rounded, but from NE it is

saddle-shaped.

1.19 On the S coast of the island there are two bays, Matsugahama Wan and Inemoshiri Wan, that provide anchorage for

small vessels; on the N shore there are three bays that will accommodate small vessels. From E to W these bays are Shakotan Ko, Matakoton Ko, and Anama Wan. On the W side of the

island, Notoro Ko indents the island, but is so encumbered it is

difficult for even small boats to enter.

1.19 Pack ice may be encountered around Shikotan To as late as

early April, but is rarely seen after mid-April.

1.19 Sea fogs in the Shikotan To area are most frequent in June,

July, and August. Only rarely during this period is there clear

weather all day, and clear days are normally followed by a

siege of dense fog.

1.19 The 20m curve lies close inshore, except off the W side of

the island, where depths of less than 18.3m extend up to 1 mile

offshore. There is a charted shoal patch, whose existence is

doubtful, 2 miles NE of Eitannotto Saki (Eitannotto Saki), the

E extremity of the island.

1.19 Anchorage is available off Shakotan Ko entrance, in 14.6m,

sand, good holding ground. The anchorage is open to wind and

swell from the W to NE. During January through April, drift

ice may render the anchorage untenable.

1.20 Shikotan Suido (43°40'N., 146°30'E.) is 12 miles

wide with a single obstruction, Amagi Sho, which reduces the

E channel to a width of 8 miles, with depths in excess of 26m.

1.20 Amagi Sho (43°43'N., 146°24'E.), a rocky area some 3 miles

by 2.5 miles in extent, has a least depth of 2.1m.

1.20 The irregular tidal currents in Shikotan Suido set S with a

rising tide and NE with a falling tide. A N ocean current sets

through the middle of the passage, weakening the S and

strengthening the N current. Off the SE entrance to the strait,

the ocean current deflects the S current SE toward Shikotan To.

1.20 Caution.—A Traffic Separation Scheme is located in the

strait.

1.20 East of Taraku Shima, 3 to 4 miles offshore, tide rips may

develop as the N current reaches its maximum strength. When

this happens, it is difficult for slow-speed vessels to make way

against the current.

Hokkaido—South Coast

1.21 The S coast of Hokkaido extends from Nosappu Saki

in a SW direction to Esan Misaki, about 240 miles. The

coastline, which is fronted by the North Pacific Ocean, recedes

and forms bays on which there are several important ports;

among these ports are Akkeshi Ko, Kushiro Ko, Tomakomai

Ko, and Muroran Ko.

1.21 The 145-mile stretch of coast between Nosappu Saki and

Erimo Saki forms the E portion of the Hokkaido S coast. From

Nosappu Saki to Shiriha Saki, 53 miles WSW, there are many

indentations; detached reefs and islands also abound. Beyond

Shiriha Saki, SW to Erimo Saki, the coastline recedes in a

shallow curve and is quite free of irregularities.

1.21 The coast between Erimo Misaki and Chikiu Misaki, 105

miles WNW, recedes toward the N and is quite smooth. The

first 30 miles of this coast runs roughly towards the WNW and

has a relatively large number of indentations. Four ports,

Horoizumi Ko, Samani Ko, Urakawa Ko, and Mitsuishi, lie in

this section. The terrain behind the coast consists of high

ground and hills rising toward and joining the mountain range

in the interior.

1.21 From Mitsuishi to Tomakomai, 50 miles farther WNW, the

coast has few irregularities and no significant ports or harbors.

The first 25 miles of this coast is backed by marine terraces

made up of plateaus that have formed at the SW foot of the

mountain range inland. Small coastal plains are found only

near the mouth of streams entering the sea. Then the coastline

consists entirely of sandy beaches, with many marshes in some

of the lowlands near the Abira Gawa (Yufutsu Gawa) estuary.

1.21 From Tomakomai, the N extremity along this shore, the

coast trends 35 miles SW to Chikiu Misaki (Tikiu Misaki), the

N entrance point to Uchiura Wan (Utiura Wan). This stretch is
Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 11

Pub. 158

almost entirely wave-washed sandy beach, except for two

rocky headlands. Streams meander behind the dunes along the

shore before emptying into the sea. The land rises to mountains

inland that rise to over 1,000m.

1.21 Suna Saki, the S entrance point of Uchiura Wan, lies 15

miles SW of Chikiu Misaki. Uchiura Wan, an important bay,

extends about 28 miles NW from the entrance.

1.21 Esan Misaki lies 29 miles SE of Suna Saki. The intervening

coastline is made up almost entirely of volcanic foothills

reaching down to the sea; there are two active volcanoes along

there.

1.22 Nosappu Saki to Hanasaki Misaki.—The 12-mile

coast between these two points is heavily eroded and highly

irregular. The terrain inland is flat, with elevations of less than

50m.

1.22 Goyomai Saki (43°22'N., 145°49'E.), 1 mile SSW of

Nosappu Saki, is a flat, rocky, bare headland, 15m high. From

Goyomai Saki the coast trends 7 miles SW to Tomoshiri Saki,

then 4 miles farther SW to Hanasaki Misaki.

1.22 The 20m curve lies up to 1.5 miles off Goyomai Saki and as

little as 0.25 mile off other points. Nekogashira Sho is a large

rock, awash, 1 mile SSE of Goyomai Saki. This rock lies near

the navigation routes and is extremely dangerous.

1.22 Isomoshiri To (43°20'N., 145°47'E.), 2.25 miles SW of

Nekogashira Sho, lies on the seaward side of a coastal reef

which extends 0.75 mile offshore. A light shown from a white,

quadrangular, concrete tower, 10m high, is situated on the W

extremity of the island.

1.22 Habomai Ko (43°21'N., 145°46'E.) is a coastal port protected by breakwaters and is 2 to 4m deep. The port faces Isomoshiri To and is almost exclusively used by fishing craft of

less than 100 grt. A light is shown on the head of each breakwater and from a square concrete tower, 11m high, at Habomai, along with a directional radiobeacon. A light is shown off

Onneppu, situated about 3 miles SW of Habomai.

1.23 Tomoshiri To (Tomoshiri Shima) (43°18'N.,

145°40'E.), an islet 19m high, is located on a shallow spit that

extends 1.25 miles SSW of Tomoshiri Saki.

1.23 Tomoshiri Wan is an open bay that lies between Tomoshiri To

and Hanasaki Misaki, 3.75 miles SW. The bay affords good

shelter against W to N winds, but is exposed to swells in S winds.

1.23 When entering and leaving port, care should be taken to

avoid the reefs SW of Tomoshiri To and the fish traps that extend 0.6 mile to the SSE from the SW tip of that island between

May and November.

1.23 Anchorage may be taken in Tomoshiri Wan, in depths of 11

to 13m, sand bottom, on a bearing of 130° to the summit of

Tomoshiri To; it is protected against waves from the E to SE.

1.23 Tatsumino Se (43°15'N., 145°42'E.), a ridge lying 3.25

miles SSE of Tomoshiri To, is the outermost reef on the coast

between Nosappu Saki and Ochiishi Saki and is extremely dangerous. It consists of two reefs separated by fairly deep water;

Yuburinami Sho is the NE reef. The reef on the SW side has

several rocks, awash, which dries at 0.2m, while the reef on the

NE is covered to a minimum depth of 1.9m. Waves constantly

break over these reefs; they can be spotted from 3 to 4 miles

away. Reportedly the waves breaking over the reefs can

sometimes be detected on radar. A sunken wreck, dangerous to

navigation, lies about 1 mile W of Yuburinami Sho. An obstructed fish haven lies about 1.5 miles E of Yuburinami Sho.

1.23 Hanasaki Misaki (43°17'N., 145°36'E.), a cliffy headland,

is the E entrance point of Hanasaki Byochi. A light is shown

from an octagonal concrete tower, 10m high, situated on the

point.

1.24 Hanasaki Ko (43°17'N., 145°35'E.) (World Port

Index No. 61140), situated on the W side of Hanasaki Misaki,

is a designated local port. It is the best port on the S coast of

Nemuro Hanto; it also serves as the auxiliary port for Nemuro

Ko when that port is iced. This port is generally considered to

be an ice-free port, but since the harbor was expanded it has

been known to freeze. In 1966, the harbor froze from January

18 to March 15. Pack ice appears in the vicinity from late

February to late April, and depending on the wind, sometimes

immobilizes the entire harbor; most of the time it drifts away in

2 or 3 days. If pack ice penetrates the inner harbor, it is difficult

to clear and interferes with the movement of small craft. The

pack ice that drifts down in April may be 5 to 6m thick. 

1.24 South Breakwater extends 0.5 mile W from a point on the

shore 0.3 mile NNW of Hanasaki Hana Light. A light is shown

on the breakwater head.

1.24 West Breakwater projects about 0.2 mile ENE from a position 0.4 mile N of Choboshi Saki.

1.24 Another breakwater extends 0.4 mile SSW from the rocks

close S of Hanasaki Hana; a light is shown from its S end.

1.24 Depths—Limitations.—East Wharf No. 1 Quay is 185m

long and has an alongside depth of 10m; vessels of up to

10,000 tons can be accommodated. East Wharf No. 2 and No. 3

Quays have a combined berthing length of 260m and an

alongside depth of 7.5m. 

1.24 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, in 9 to 10.5m, sand,

W of Hanasaki Misaki Light. The roadstead is open to the S,

and with strong S winds, a swell sets into the anchorage.

1.24 A quarantine anchorage is located about 0.5 mile S of Hanasaki Hana Light.

1.25 From Choboshi Saki, the coast trends SSW about 8

miles to Ochiishi Saki. The coast is backed by low land that

rises to less than 50m. The headlands are flanked by steep

cliffs, and the inlets generally have sand beaches.

1.25 A ridge of reefs extend ESE from Choboshi Saki (43°16'N.,

145°34'E.), and about 0.3 mile out on this ridge is Nakano Se,

with a least depth of 4.2m.

1.25 Yururi To (Yururi Shima) (43°13'N., 145°36'E.), a cliffy

flat-topped island, 43m high, lies 1.5 miles offshore, 3.25 miles

SSE of Choboshi Saki. Moyururi To (Moyururi Shima), a

similar flat-topped island, 35m high, lies about 0.5 mile NNE

of Yururi To. These two islands are surrounded by many rocks

and reefs. Todo Shima (Todo Shima), a rock 9m high, surrounded by reefs, lies 0.7 mile NNE of Moyururi To.

1.25 Yururi Kaikyo, the strait between the above-described islands and the shore, is a navigable channel about 1 mile wide

with water over 5m deep. There are covered rocks and reefs on

both sides of the strait and some 6.6 to 8.5m high in the middle

of the channel. It is impossible for deep-draft vessels to use this

strait, although it is a popular route for most other craft.

1.25 A light is shown on the W side of Yururi Kaikyo, 1.75 miles

WNW of Yururi Shima Light.
12 Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 

Pub. 158

1.25 Bokkiriso Wan is a small bay that extends about 1 mile W on

the NE side of Ochiishi Hanto, close N of Bokkiriso Saki.

1.25 Bokkiriso Ko (43°11'N., 145°31'E.), a boat harbor situated

in the SW corner of Bokkiriso Wan, is enclosed by an E and W

breakwater. The harbor, whose depth is 4m between the

entrance and the wharf, is almost entirely used by the local

fishing craft under 100 grt.

1.25 Ochiishi Saki (43°09'N., 145°30'E.), the SW extremity of

Ochiishi Hanto, is a prominent table-topped headland connected to the mainland by a low neck. Vessels report the 91m radio

masts on the cape visible from the ESE up to 22 miles offshore.

1.26 The coast from Ochiishi Saki to Tobutsu Saki, 15

miles WSW, is indented by two large bays and other small

bays. The coast consists largely of sand beaches, except near

the headlands; the interior is made up of low plateaus. The E

half is very rugged with irregular depths. Along the W half of

this coast, scattered reefs are found within a mile of the shore.

1.26 Kombu Se (43°08'N., 145°26'E.) is an extensive reef

stretching W from a position 1.75 miles SW of Ochiishi Saki

for a distance of 3 miles. The E part of the reef is always

awash; the middle part is marked by drying rocks; the W

extremity does not uncover when the sea is calm, and is thus

extremely dangerous.

1.26 Ushima Saki (43°10'N., 145°30'E.) is a reef-fringed point,

0.5 mile NNW of Ochiishi Saki.

1.26 Ochiishi Wan is an open bay entered close N of Ushima Saki. It

is fairly shallow, but offers protection from waves produced by N

to W winds. There is danger that swells caused by strong S winds

may cause the anchor to drag. To obtain maximum shelter, vessels

should anchor as close as their draft will permit to the N of

Ushima Saki. Anchorage may be taken, in 7.8m, fine sand, with

Ushima Saki bearing 190°, distant 0.4 mile.

1.26 The water depths between Kombu Se and the shore N are

irregular, and there are many covered reefs. Particularly dangerous is a rock that covers 5m, 2 miles W of Ochiishi Saki.

1.27 Kombu Se (43°07'N., 145°13'E.), not to be confused

with Kombu Se, 10 miles farther E, is a shoal patch that

extends 1.25 miles offshore from a position on shore 4 miles

NNE of Tobutsu Saki. There is less than 1m depth on the reef.

A dangerous rock, with a depth of less than 1.7m, lies 1 mile

ENE of Kombu Se.

1.27 Hamanaka Wan (43°07'N., 145°10'E.) is enclosed by land

on three sides. The entrance, 3.5 miles wide, opens to the E. In

addition to Kombu Se, off the N entrance, there are reefs off

the S entrance that help to block waves coming in from the E.

1.27 The N shore of the bay has many rocks, which are backed by

cliffs that give way to low hills. The W shore is mainly sandy

beach, backed by marshland, and the S shore is formed by Kiritappu Hanto. Kiritappu Ko is situated near the W end of the S

shore. Depths of less than 1m are fouled by seaweed inside the

breakwaters.

1.27 Oki Se (Okino Se), 3.6m deep, is located 1 mile offshore in

the NW part of the bay. Jino Se (Chino Se), to the W of Oki Se,

consists of submerged rocks dangerous to navigation.

Photograph courtesy Japan Coast Guard

Hanasaki Ko
Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 13

Pub. 158

1.28 Tobutsu Saki (43°04'N., 145°10'E.), the E extremity

of Kiritappu Hanto, is 35m high. The point is fronted by shoal

water with large boulders that extend about 0.3 mile E. A light

is situated on this point.

1.28 Kuro Iwa, 5m high, is located 1 mile NE of Tobutsu Saki.

The islet lies on the W end of a ridge, which is constantly

awash, and extends about 1 mile E. Hokake Iwa, 13m high, lies

on the reef 0.6 mile E of Kuro Iwa.

1.28 Anchorage, in depths of 9 to 10m, rock, is available with

Kuro Iwa bearing 104°, 1.8 miles distant.

1.28 From Tobotsu Saki to Shiriha Saki the coast trends in a SW

direction 8 miles to Chirippu Saki, a headland that rises to a

height of 55m. The coastal marshland close SW of Tobutsu

Saki, rises slowly to plateaus behind Chirippu Saki.

1.28 The water depths along this coastal area are varied and there

are many rocks and reefs inside the 20m line.

1.28 Kemboki Shima (43°03'N., 145°07'E.), a flat-topped 59m

high islet, located 3.3 miles SW of Tobutsu Saki, has two conspicuous rocks, 21 and 16m high, located near its SW end.

1.28 The channel between Kemboki Shima and Biwase Hana, 0.4

mile W, is suitable only for boats. A light marks the entrance of

Biwase Kawa.

1.28 Tate Iwa, a yellowish wall-like rock, 38m high, is located on

the SW of Chirippu Saki. This rock is conspicuous when

viewed from the E or W.

1.28 Mabiro Saki (42°59'N., 144°53'E.), at the E entrance of Akkeshi Wan, lies 6.5 miles W of Chirippu Saki. A light is shown

at the cape. The coast between these two points is deeplyindented cliffs, formed by wave erosion of the 1,000m high

plateau that overlooks the sea. The water is shallow near the

entrance to Akkeshi Wan, but elsewhere the 20m curve lies up

to 183m or more offshore.

1.28 Daikoku Shima, an island with steep cliffs, lies 1.25 miles S

of Mabiro Saki. A shoal, with depths of less than 1.5m, extends

from Mabiro Saki to Daikoku Shima. Ko Shima, with a height

of 32m, is located on the shoal about 0.5 mile S of Mabiro

Saki. A light is shown from a cylindrical concrete structure,

7.6m high, situated on the S extremity of Daikoku Shima.

1.29 Akkeshi Ko (43°02'N., 144°51'E.) a fishing port, is

situated at the NE end of Akkeshi Wan, a circular bay some 6

miles in extent, entered between Daikoku Shima on the E and

Shiriha Saki on the W. Foul ground extending E from Shiriha

Saki reduces the fairway width in the entrance to 1.5 miles; the

channel passes close W of Daikoku Shima. 

1.29 Winds—Weather.—Prevailing winds at Akkeshi Wan are

SE in spring and summer, N in autumn, and E during the

winter. The peak fog period is May through August. From late

June to late July, fogs may occur that last an entire day.

1.29 Fast ice forms along the shores of the bay from February

through March, but the middle of the bay is always open. Drift

ice and floes may enter the area from February until April; it is

usually 1.5m thick and can make navigation difficult.

1.29 Tides—Currents.—During the summer off the entrance of

Akkeshi Wan, the influence of the ocean current results in a W

current with a rate of 1.5 knots. Within the bay, the weak tidal

currents set N with a rising tide and S with the falling tide;

change occurs around HW and LW.

1.29 At the opening into Akkeshi Ko, the flood current sets

toward the E and the ebb current toward the W, reversing 1 to 2

hours after HW or LW. The drift here is 3 knots.

1.29 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, in depths of 7.5 to

9.5m, mud, 1 mile WNW of Aikappu Saki. Aikappu Saki is

located 1.5 miles SSW of Akkeshi Ko.

1.30 The coast from Shiriha Saki to Shireto Hana

(42°58'N., 144°22'E.) has a few indentations along the 19 miles

of coast at the E entrance to Kushiro Ko. The shoreline extends

farthest S near Mataidoki, 13 miles W of Shiriha Saki; then it

trends WNW to Shireto Hana. In this area the beaches are

mainly sand or shingle and the foreshore is extremely rocky.

1.30 The interior consists mostly of plateau-type hills about 100m

high that follow the coastline and are higher and steeper in the

E, gradually falling off toward the W. Sea eroded cliffs are

common, some rising directly from the water. A light stands on

the coast 1.5 miles ENE of Mataidoki; it is shown from a

square concrete tower, 9.4m high. Another light shown close

NE on the coast.

1.30 The 20m line lies about 0.2 mile off Shiriha Saki, and about

1.5 miles off Mataidoki. Kushiro Dashi, a shoal patch with a

depth of 5.8m, lies close off the foul ground that extends 0.8

mile S of Mataidoki

1.30 Foul ground extends 0.6 mile S of Shireto Hana; even small

craft should remain at least 1 mile offshore when in transit

along this coast.

Kushiro Ko (42°59'N., 144°22'E.)

World Port Index No. 61160

1.31 Kushiro Ko (Kusiro Ko), at the mouth of the Kushiro

Gawa, a port of entry, is the most important port on the SE

coast of Hokkaido. It is designated as a specified port. The

harbor limit is a line drawn 180° to a point about 0.2 mile S of

Shireto Hana Light, then 270° for 3.2 miles, then N to the

shore. The port is divided into two separate harbors. The E

section is called Kushiro Ko Higashi Ku (Kushiro Ko Higasi

Ku); the W is called Kushiro Ko Nishi Ku (Kushiro Ko Nisi

Ku). The river, which inundates the plain, now enters the sea

1.5 miles N of Shiro Hana; the old mouth, Kusiro Kawa,

emerges within the E section.

1.31 Ice.—During severe winters, fast ice may form along the shores

of the harbor from mid-December through late March. From early

March until late April, drift ice may enter the roadstead. When

pack ice appears off the S coast of Hokkaido, special caution is

necessary, particularly when entering port at night.

1.31 Winds—Weather.—Prevailing winds at Kushiro Ko are

NNE in autumn and winter, NE to SE in spring, and SE during

the summer.

1.31 Fogs occur from June through September, usually with S or

NE winds. Heavy fogs tend to form when S winds back to SSE

or SE, or when there is a high pressure system off the coast.

1.31 Tides—Currents.—At a distance of 2 to 5 miles from

shore, S of Kushiro Ko, the flood current sets NNW and the

ebb current sets to the SE. Change occurs 1 to 2 hours after

HW and LW; rates seldom exceed 0.5 knot.

1.31 Depths—Limitations.—The Kushiro Ko approach is free of

dangers; the 20m line lies 1 mile off the breakwater entrance

and the 10m line reaches the fairway. There are depths alongside the piers of 2 to 10.8m in the E section. The W section has
14 Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 

Pub. 158

depths alongside the berths that generally range from 3 to 12m.

The S side of No. 4 Wharf in this section has a depth alongside

of 14m; vessels of up to 50,000 dwt can be accommodated.

There are four oil berths at No. 1 Wharf with depths of 5 to

11m alongside. Inside the breakwater, the depths in the

extreme N and E parts of the harbor are less than 5.5m;

elsewhere, there are depths from 5.5 to 10.4m. 

1.31 Aspect.—The two chimneys at the paper mill, 0.5 mile N of

the new entrance of Kushiro Gawa, are conspicuous. The

highest of the two is 123m high. The radar station at the SE extremity of Kushiro Ko, near Shireto Hana, is a white structure,

and is more conspicuous by day than the lighthouse.

1.31 A number of chimneys and tanks, which are floodlit at night,

are situated 5 miles NW of Shireto Hana. 

1.31 Pilotage.—Harbor Radar Control, located at Shireto Hana

Light, is operated during periods of poor visibility, when visibility is less than 3 miles. Service is available to ships of 1,000

grt and above at a distance of 10 miles and to smaller vessels at

a distance of 2 miles.

1.31 Pilotage is not compulsory, but it is available for entry during

daylight and for departure until 2100 and is provided by

Kushiro Pilots Association. The pilot boards, as follows:

1. Higashi Ko Ku:—Approximately 1.1 miles W of Higashi Ku Submerged Breakwater Light.

2. Nishi Ko Ku—Approximately 1.4 miles SW of Nishi

Ku South Breakwater Light.

1.31 Pilotage is also provided for Abashiri Ko.

1.31 The Quarantine Station operates from daylight until sunset.

1.31 Signals.—Vessels may be instructed by the pilot to fly

course indicator signals of the International Code when underway in this port. 

1.31 Anchorage.—The best anchorage is found in the E section,

with the North Breakwater Light bearing 230°, about 0.3 mile

distant, in 10m, mud, good holding ground. With strong S to

SW winds, a swell sets into the Inner Harbor; winds from other

quarters have little effect. Vessels anchor as convenient in the

Outer Harbor during heavy fogs.

1.31 The Quarantine Anchorage is in the Outer Harbor. There are

designated anchorages for vessels carrying hazardous cargoes.

1.31 Caution.—This is the largest base for the northern waters

fisheries and is constantly busy with heavy traffic of both large and

small vessels; it is particularly congested during the summer

fishing season. Marine accidents are not uncommon in this port.

1.31 Exploration for gas or oil may be taking place in the SW

approaches to Kushiro Ko, within about 6 miles of the port.

Exploitation platforms, from which lights are shown and horn

fog signals are sounded, may be encountered in this area.

1.31 Depths in Section I may be up to 2.6m less than charted.

1.32 From Kushiro Ko, the coast trends SSW 65 miles to

Tokachi Ko, then 22 miles S to Erimo Saki. The coastline that

lies between Kushiro Ko and Tokachi Ko consists of sandy

beaches which are backed by high dunes. For 9 miles inland,

the terrain is mostly flat hills, which reach a height of about

400m. The currents that enter the sea along here, both large and

small, are generally trapped behind the dunes and meander

behind them until they eventually find an outlet; lagoons and

marshes surround the estuary areas.

1.32 Between Kushiro Ko and Tokachi Ko (Tokachi Hiroo), the

only ports are small fishing villages.

1.32 Between May and November, fish traps may be encountered

within 1.5 miles of this coast. A fish haven is situated 4.8 miles

ENE of the entrance to Tokachi Ko.

1.32 The 40m curve lies up to 6 miles off this stretch of coast;
Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 15

Pub. 158

there are no charted dangers outside this line.

1.32 Oakan Take (Oakan Dake) (43°27'N., 144°10'E.), a coneshaped peak, 1,371m high, is located 29 miles NNW of

Kushiro Ko. Meakan Take (Meakan Dake), with several summits, rises to a height of 1,503m, 8 miles SW of Oakan Take.

These peaks are prominent from offshore.

1.33 Tokachi Ko (Hiroo) (42°17'N., 143°20'E.), a small

fishing harbor, is a designated important port, and a port to

which port regulations apply.

1.33 The port, which is protected by breakwaters, lies on the N

side of Hiroo Hana. The port has depths of 4.3 to 10.7m alongside the wharves in the N part, where development is taking

place; other berths in the S part have depths of about 5.5m.

1.33 It is well-protected against W winds, but waves and swells

cross over the S breakwater in strong E winds. In bad weather,

it is advisable not to try to enter port and, when the situation

permits, to seek shelter at another port.

1.33 Lights are shown from the breakwaters and a radiobeacon is

situated 1.75 miles N of Hiroo Hana. The South and Outer

North Breakwater were being extended.

1.33 A jetty extends 0.1 mile SE from a position 0.2 mile NNE of

the root of New North Breakwater. There are depths from 5.5

to 7.6m alongside the N face of this jetty.

1.33 A quay, 240m long, with a depth of 5.5m alongside, extends

NNE from the root of the above jetty.

1.33 From Tokachi Ko to Erimo Saki, 22 miles S, the mountain

range comes down to sea. Hyakunin Hama, the beach area

close N of Erimo Saki, is a desert-like expanse of sand about 3

miles long and 0.5 mile wide. The strong winds in this area can

whip up severe sandstorms.

1.34 Erimo Saki (41°56'N., 143°15'E.) is a steep, rocky

cape at the S end of a large, mountainous, promontory. The

cape forms the S extremity of a narrow tableland and is backed

by Toyoni Yama (Toyoni Dake), 1,105m high, which rises 9

miles inland. Foul ground and above-water rocks extend 1 mile

SE of the cape. It is advisable to keep in water over 37m in

depth when rounding the cape.

1.34 From Erimo Saki to Chikiu Misaki, the coast recedes in a

general N curve to Chikiu Misaki, about 105 miles WNW. The

shoreline is broken by several river mouths. In general, the

coast is steep-to with no off-lying dangers. The 20m curve lies

farthest seaward near the head of the bay.

1.34 Erimo Ko (Horoizumi Ko) (42°01'N., 143°09'E.) is a small

fishing harbor situated 7 miles NNW of Erimo Saki. Local

vessels anchor off the town, in 9.1m, or further out, in a depth

of 12.8m, sand. Some shelter is afforded from the N to E

winds, but the anchorage is open S and W. The port has berths

for 1,000 ton ore carriers in a basin at the N end of the harbor.

1.34 Erimo Ko provides shelter during strong winds from between E and N for vessels waiting to round Erimo Saki.

1.35 Samani Ko (42°08'N., 142°55'E.) is a fishing port situated about 12 miles NW of Erimo Ko on the W side of Samani Hana. It is used by ore carriers.

1.35 The headland at the S end of Samani Hana, which is 73m

high, looks like an island from a distance, but can be recognized from 10 miles away; it is the best radar mark on this

coast.

1.35 Urakawa Ko (42°10'N., 142°47'E.) lies 7 miles NW of

Samani Ko. It is primarily a fishing harbor, but it is also used

by lumber and ore carriers.

1.35 Aspect.—A radio tower, 0.4 mile NNW of Urakawa Ko

Light, marked by obstruction lights, is a useful mark at night

only.

1.35 Urakawa Ko Light, shown close inland of the S part of the

harbor from a square tower, is 12m high. A fog signal is

sounded from a position 340m SW of the light.

1.35 There are many shallow reefs within 0.3 mile of the shore N

of the North Breakwater Light and within 0.2 mile of the shore

E of the South Breakwater Light.

1.35 A shoal area, with a depth of 0.9m, lies 0.1 mile NW of the

head of North Breakwater; the SW side of this area is marked

by two special buoys. Water depths on the W side of the breakwater appear to be less than those charted. In 1975, a vessel

with a draft of 5m, touched bottom in an area 119m W of the

North Breakwater Light, where a depth of 8.6m is charted.

1.35 From Urakawa Ko the coast trends about 11 miles NW to

Mitsuishi Ko, a small fishing port. Kamoi Take (Kamui Dake),

a peak 1,593m high, rises 17 miles NNE of Urakawa Ko. The

foreshore between these ports has scattered reefs and rocks.

1.35 Caution.—When a typhoon or developed storm system passes

near this coast, a powerful wind known as the “Hikada Oroshi”

sweeps down the mountain slopes, and the sea surface is assaulted

by violent, gusty, NE winds. In September of 1958, a typhoon

passed through with a mean maximum wind speed of 55 knots;

the absolute maximum on this occasion was 90 knots.

1.36 From Mituishi Ko to Mombetsu Hana, about 25 miles

NW, the coast is backed by plateaus that have formed at the

SW foot of the mountain range that lies inland.

1.36 Sasa Yama (42°28'N., 142°31'E.), located 14 miles N of

Mitsuishi Ko, rises to a height of 806m. It is easily distinguished as it is covered with bamboo grass instead of the trees

found on neighboring peaks. Spring snow melts earliest on this

peak. Toriharai Yama, 7.5 miles SW of Sasa Yama, with a

height of 390m, is conspicuous when viewed from the S. A

brown cliff, 46m high, located on the NW side of an estuary 13

miles NW of Mitsuishi Ko, is conspicuous. A headland, 2.5

miles NW of Mombetsu Hana, is radar conspicuous.

1.36 The 25 miles of coastline between Mombetsu Hana and Tomakomai Ko consists entirely of sandy beaches with many

marshes in the estuary 5 miles E of Tomakomai Ko.

1.36 Many dangerous rocks and reefs, some of which are located

just inside the 20m curve, are scattered along the shoreline and

should be watched.

Tomakomai Ko (42°38'N., 141°38'E.)

World Port Index No. 61165

1.37 Tomakomai Ko, a port of entry, is Japan’s earliest

artificial harbor. Breakwaters protect the entrance to the

fairway that leads to the Inner Harbor. The Inner Harbor, which

is comprised of Districts 1 and 2, extends 4 miles ENE from

the breakwater entrance. The Outer Harbor is comprised of

District 3, the area W of the breakwaters, and District 4, the
16 Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 

Pub. 158

outer port area E of the breakwaters, including Tomakomai

Higashi Ko. The shores of the Inner Harbor are lined with

industrial plants. 

1.37 Winds—Weather.—The weather is relatively mild with a

short snow season. Sea fog is common during April and May

and most frequent in June and July, occurring normally with

SSW winds. Fogs tend to dissipate with the prevailing E wind;

the maximum duration is 8 hours. At their densest, visibility

may be reduced to 27m; however, visibility averages 0.3 to 0.4

mile.

1.37 Tides—Currents.—Currents are seasonal and vary in direction with shifts in the cold and warm ocean currents. From

May to October, the prevailing current is E, and from November to April it is W; velocities seldom exceed 0.5 knot. 

1.37 According to observations, wind wave conditions in the

Outer Harbor are generally as follows:

1.37 In winter, SSW winds are most frequent and the waves produced by these winds rarely exceed 1m.

1.37 From late March to early April, wave heights greater than

3m may occasionally be encountered.

1.37 In spring and summer, there are frequent ocean swells from

the SSE, ranging from 0.8 to 1.5m, with 10 second periods.

1.37 In the fall, an approaching typhoon may produce E and NE

winds that may generate wave heights of 2.5m.

1.37 Depths—Limitations.—The Tomakomai approach is open

and free of dangers. The 10m curve reaches to the breakwater

entrance and the 20m curve lies 0.5 to 0.8 mile farther seaward

and parallel to the shoreline. There is an obstruction about 0.9

mile, bearing 238° from the West Breakwater Light.

1.37 The channel from the Outer Harbor to the Inner Harbor is

dredged to a least depth of 14m. The water shoals suddenly

outside the channel boundaries, so careful navigation is required. 

1.37 The depths alongside the wharves of the Inner Harbor range

from 5.2 to 14m. The berths are designed to accommodate

vessels up to 65,000 dwt.

1.37 Idemitsu-Hokkaido Sea Berth lies about 1.5 miles SE of the

West Breakwater Light, in a depth of 24m. The berth is comprised of seven dolphins that extend in a NW and SE direction,

and is about 503m long. The berth can accommodate vessels

up to 280,000 dwt, having a length of up to 350m. A submersible oil boom encircles the berth; the berth is connected to the

shore by an underwater pipeline running NNE from the center

dolphin. The berth is lighted in the middle and on each side.

1.37 Tomakomai Higashi Ko, part of District 4, lies about 8 miles

E of Tomakomai Ko. The basin is sheltered by an E breakwater

and a large area of reclaimed land on its W side. A detached

and lighted breakwater protects a berth for large tankers.

1.37 A basin is situated W of the reclaimed land, protected by a

breakwater extending 0.5 mile SSW from a position 0.5 mile

NNW of the SW corner of the reclaimed land. A light is shown

at the head of this breakwater. A detached breakwater extends

0.2 mile SSW from a position 183m W of the head of the above

breakwater. Lights are shown from both ends of this

breakwater. There is a berth, with depths from 8.8 to 9.7m

alongside the SE side of this basin, close N of the SW corner of

the reclaimed land.

1.37 The tanker berth, surrounded by a submersible oil boom, is

approached by a channel dredged at its entrance to 17.5m. The

continuation of the channel and the turning area off the berth

are dredged to 16m. A branch channel leading to the basin is

dredged to 14m.

1.37 A bulk cargo wharf, 280m long and within the area dredged

to 14m, is situated on the SE side of the reclaimed land. 

1.37 Range beacons, in line bearing 059°, lead towards the basin.

1.37 Range beacons, in line bearing 082.75°, lead towards the

tanker berth. The approach to the berth is marked by a lighted

buoy moored 0.8 mile WNW of the W end of the detached

Photograph courtesy Japan Coast Guard

Tomakomai Ko
Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 17

Pub. 158

breakwater. Lighted buoys mark the channel and the limits of

the turning area

1.37 A submerged wave meter, connected to the detached breakwater by submarine cable, is moored nearly 2 miles S of the

breakwater elbow.

1.37 Aspect.—A good mark when entering the port are two

chimneys situated about 1.5 miles NW of the West Breakwater

Light. The W chimney is 206m high. A 161m high squareshaped chimney stands about 1.3 miles ENE of the root of the

East Breakwater. Two 104m high transmitter towers stand on

either side of the channel, about 1 mile ENE of the squareshaped chimney.

1.37 Tarumae Yama rises to a height of 1,024m, about 11 miles

WNW of Tomakomai Ko. The mountain is an active volcano,

with a dome-shaped summit rising from the crater; there is a

constant emission of white smoke. This peak is conspicuous

from a distance.

1.37 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but pilots are available from 0430 to 2200 and arrangements for their services

may be made through the Tomakomai Pilotage District Pilot

Association. Vessels should send a request for pilots 12 hours

in advance, stating:

1. Vessel’s name.

2. Tonnage.

3. Total length.

4. Draft.

5. Name and address of owner.

6. Speed.

7. Type of cargo.

8. Time pilotage needed.

9. Pilot boarding position, whether or not quarantine is

required, and other necessary items.

1.37 Any amendments to the pilotage request should be sent 2

hours in advance.

1.37 The pilot boards, as follows:

1. Vessels entering Tomakomai Ko Area No. 1, Area No.

2, and Area No. 3—Approximately 1.3 miles SSW of

Tomokomai Ko Outer East Breakwater Light.

2. Vessels entering Tomakomai Higashi Ko Area No.

4—Approximately 2.3 miles WSW of Higashi Chiku East

Breakwater Light.

3. Vessels entering Idemitsu Sea Berth—Approximately

2.5 miles SE of the berth.

1.37 Signals.—Traffic is regulated by the signals displayed at the

signal station on the W side of the entrance,or from the station

which is situated 2.25 miles ENE of the first station. Course

indicator signal directions are compulsory in this port.

1.37 A vessel is required to display the flags of the International

Code to indicate the position of the wharf to which the vessel is

proceeding, as listed in the table titled Tomakomai Ko—

Berth Signals: 

1.37 Traffic is regulated by the following signals:

1. One black cone, point up by day, or two white lights

over a green light by night—Ships waiting to enter the harbor may now do so; vessels under 500 grt may leave the harbor, but vessels over 500 grt must not move.

2. A square black shape by day, or two white lights over

a red light by night—Ships waiting to depart the harbor may

now sail; vessels over 500 grt entering the harbor must leave

the fairway clear for the outgoing traffic.

3. A black cylinder and a red flag by day or a white light

over a red light over a green light by night—All vessels are

forbidden to enter or depart from port.

1.37 Anchorage.—The port has a sand bottom which provides

good holding, but there is no protection from winds coming

from any direction. Quarantine anchorage, 5.5 miles in diameter, is situated close W of the entrance. An obstruction lies

0.15 mile NNE of this anchorage.

1.37 District 1 of the Inner Harbor and District 4 of the Outer

Harbor are designated anchorages for vessels carrying hazardous cargo.

1.37 Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of the entrance to

Tomakomai Ko: the limits of this area are best seen on the

chart. 

1.37 Caution.—A fish haven has been established 3.7 miles SW

of Tomakomai Ko, in position 42°35.8'N, 141°32.8'E.

1.37 Two wrecks dangerous to navigation lie SW of Tomakomai

Ko in position 42°35.0'N, 141°35.5'E.

1.37 Less water than charted has been reported (1998) in Section

2 and Section 3, on the W side of the entrance channel.

View of Chikyu Misaki from SSE

1.37Tomakomai Ko—Berth Signals

Flags Disposed 

Vertically Position of Wharf

Second substitute 1S Section I—S side.

Second substitute 1N Section I—N side.

Second substitute 2E Section II—E side.

Second substitute 2N Section II—N side. 

Second substitute 2W Section II—W side. 

Second substitute 2S Section II—Wharf on W 

side of approach to basin.
18 Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 

Pub. 158

1.38 Chikyu Misaki (Tikiu Misaki) (42°18'N., 141°00'E.)

is a steep, lofty headland on the S side of a peninsula, located

about 34 miles SW of Tomakomai Ko. A lighthouse, a direction finding station, and a fog signal station are situated on the

summit of Chikyu Misaki.

1.38 The 30-mile stretch from Tomakomai Ko to Washibetsu Saki

is almost entirely sandy beach, except for two rocky headlands.

The mountains behind the coast reach NE; some of them exceed 1,000m high. 

1.38 Kuttara Yama (42°30'N., 141°12'E.) is a mountain with two

peaks; the highest is 534m. This peak, a good radar mark, is

located 21 miles SW of Tomakomai Ko. A mountain rising to a

height of 1,040m, 5.75 miles WNW of Kuttara Yama, has a

pointed peak that is remarkable when viewed from the S.

1.38 Ayoro Bana (42°27'N., 141°12'E.), a tongue-shaped headland, 36m high, is located on the coast 4 miles SSW of Kuttara

Yama. The headland is highly visible despite its low profile.

1.38 Wasibetu Take (Muroran Take), 911m high, 9 miles W of

Ayoro Bana, is easily distinguished as it is the S peak in the

area. Washibetsu Saki, 5.5 miles SSE of Wasibetu Take, is a

dark steep-sided headland, 107m high, that is conspicuous

from a distance because it stands out from flat surroundings.

1.38 The 20m depth contour lies about 1 mile from shore along

this coast; the 10m line is less than 0.6 mile from shore. There

are virtually no detached reefs.

1.38 Caution.—Between April and December, many fish traps

are rigged within 2 miles of shore between Tomakomai Ko and

Ayoro Bana. Aquaculture farms are situated within 1.5 miles of

shore between Tomakomai Ko and Washibetsu Saki.

1.39 Uchiura Wan, a large unencumbered bay, some 26

miles in extent, is entered between Chikyu Misaki on the N and

Suna Saki, 16 miles SW. Muroran Ko is situated in the NE

section of the bay. From Suna Saki, the coastal shoreline of

cliffs and narrow shingle beaches trends SE for 29 miles to

Esan Saki.

1.39 Etomo Hanto (42°20'N., 140°59'E.), a hilly elongated peninsula, forms an elbow-shaped projection on the N side of the

entrance to Uchiura Wan. Several submarine cables lie between Chikyu Misaki and Suna Saki. Reference should be

made to the chart for exact locations. It is joined to the mainland by a low-lying isthmus.

1.39 The outer coastline of Etomo Hanto consists primarily of

eroded cliffs, 50 to 150m high, with scattered, narrow rock, or

sand beaches. Washibetsu Saki, previously described in paragraph 1.38 above, is located at the NE extremity of this peninsula. Itaki Bana, on the E side of the above-mentioned isthmus,

is located 1.5 miles SSW of Washibetsu Saki and then 2.5

miles farther to Chikyu Misaki. On the W side of Etomo Hanto

is Enrumu Saki (Yenrumu Saki), located 3.75 miles NW of

Chikyu Misaki, and 2.25 miles farther NNW is Poroshire Saki

(Porosireto Misaki); Muroran Ko is entered between these two

points.

1.39 Daikoku Shima, 35m high, is located 0.6 mile NNW of

Enrumu Saki.

Muroran Ko (42°21'N., 140°58'E.)

World Port Index No. 61170

1.40 Muroran Ko is a port of entry and the principal industrial city of Hokkaido.

1.40 This excellent natural harbor is 1 to 2 miles wide and extends 4 miles inward from its mouth. The E side of the harbor

is low, flat ground, so a strong W wind can whip up waves even

in the inner harbor.

1.40 The port area is divided into three port districts, which may

be seen on the chart. District 1 and District 2 are generally

known as the Inner Harbor; District 3 is generally known as the

Outer Harbor. Lights are shown from the heads of the N and S,

inner and outer, breakwaters.

1.40 Winds—Weather.—Strong NW winds are frequent in the

vicinity of Muroran Ko from mid-September until late March;

these winds raise a heavy sea off the harbor, which is open to

the W. In September and October, typhoon winds reach their

maximum intensity when the typhoon has passed. The record

maximum wind speed in this area was 72 knots from the S.

There are usually more than 5 days per month between

November and February with wind speeds in excess of 29

knots. The district meteorological observatory is situated on

the seaward side of Etomo Hanto; the wind data recorded there

may differ greatly from the actual wind conditions at Muroran

Ko.

1.40 Snow occurs from early November until early April; rainfall

is heaviest in September and October. Muroran has a mean of

39 days with fog each year. The maximum, 12 days, occurs in

July. April, May, June, and August average 6.3 days each. In

summer, E winds blowing off the Oyashio Current lower the

temperature and are accompanied by fog, which thickens as the

wind increases.

1.40 Ice.—Ice within the harbor area is rare, allowing the port to

be open throughout the year.

1.40 Depths—Limitations.—Wharves line the entire shoreline

of the Inner Harbor, which is enclosed by a N breakwater and a

S breakwater. Other wharves and a sea berth are situated along

the N shore of the Outer Harbor, which is protected by the N

outer breakwater and the S outer breakwater that extends

between Daikoku and Enrumu Saki.

1.40 Muroran Ko approach is open and free of dangers. The 20m

curve lies close outside the outer breakwaters. The fairway

leads E, into the harbor, and is dredged to 16.5m, as is the sea

berth on the N side of the Outer Harbor. The depths at the

principal berths range from 4.5 to 16.5m. There are numerous

berths for smaller vessels that range from 1.5 to 5m.

1.40 The sea berth in the Outer Harbor will accommodate vessels

up to 258,000 dwt, with a maximum length of 321m and a

maximum draft of 15m. The largest wharf in the inner harbor

will accommodate a vessel of 150,000 dwt, with a draft of

16.5m.

1.40 The Muroran Bridge, with a vertical clearance of 54m, spans

the entrance channel in the vicinity of the inner N breakwater.

1.40 Aspect.—The principal landmarks along the shores of the

port are:

1. A conspicuous chimney that may be seen 0.65 mile N

of the head of the N inner breakwater; its height is 185m.

2. The prominent. tower of the oil refinery, about 0.6
Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 19

Pub. 158

mile E of the root of the same breakwater.

3. A wooded hill, 145m high to the tops of the trees, is

0.7 mile S of the root of the inner S breakwater.

1.40 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. A 24-hour notice of ETA

is required. Harbor pilots are available at the outer anchorage.

1.40 Pilots normally embark about 2 miles WSW of South Outer

Breakwater Red Light. VLCCs board pilots approximately 2.3

miles SW of South Outer Breakwater Red Light.

1.40 As a rule, tankers and large vessels (those greater than

30,000 dwt) do not enter at night. 

1.40 Anchorage.—Quarantine anchorage is situated about 1.8

miles WSW of Poroshire Saki. The designated anchorage for

vessels carrying hazardous cargo is in the Outer Harbor, District 3. Small vessels may use District 2 during the winter. The

bottom is mostly sand, inside and outside the port area, and

provides good holding in depths of 9m. 

1.40 Caution.—At times, W and NW winds tend to converge at

the harbor mouth and are funneled E through the port with unexpected force. The resulting high waves have been responsible for many anchor dragging and parted mooring lines each

year.

1.40 During rough weather, the traffic in the bay becomes confused; ships’ captains unfamiliar with these waters and conditions should contact the harbormaster for guidance. A submarine wave meter and submarine power cable extend 0.15

mile SW of the outer S breakwater head. This cable runs along

the breakwater to Daikoku Shima, and from the E side of

Daikoku Shima to Enrumu Saki.

1.40 At night, the various leading lights and lighted buoys, and

the lights on the breakwater, are often difficult to distinguish

against lights in the background, and it is reported that the

breakwaters are covered at HW. Even in daylight, the large

number of vessels in the harbor may make it difficult to see

very far ahead.

1.41 Usu Take (42°32'N., 140°50'E.), located on the NE

shore of Uchiura Wan, is a conspicuous active volcano with

two rounded peaks that rise to a height of 732m, 12.5 miles

NNW of Muroran Ko. White vapor rises from the E peak,

which is the highest, with the volume increasing before or after

a rain.

1.41 The 15 miles of coast between Poroshire Saki and Toyoura

Byochi consists of mountains either pressing against the water

or receding inland.

1.41 Arutori Misaki (Esokusoki Saki) (42°30'N., 140°47'E.)

projects SW from the shoreline, 9.75 miles NNW of Poroshire

Saki. It is 26m high, prominent, and from a distance resembles

an island. It is fringed with reefs and should be given a wide

berth. Usu Wan, located close N of Arutori Misaki, is encumbered with volcanic rock ejected from Usu Take. This

shoal area extends 0.75 mile offshore.

1.41 Toyoura Byochi, a small roadstead off the fishing village of

Toyoura, 6 miles NNW of Arutori Misaki, affords anchorage,

in 7m, sand, good holding ground. The prevailing wind is offshore, but strong S winds are sometimes experienced.

1.41 Lights are shown from the breakwaters.

1.41 Abuta Byochi, located 2.5 miles SE of Toyoura Byochi,

affords good anchorage with protection against E winds, in

The Muroran Bridge
20 Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 

Pub. 158

depths of 12 and 13m. There is good holding ground of sand,

mud, and shells. High waves occur when S winds blow. The

best berth is with Sankaku Yama, a hill 1 mile E of Poronai

Saki, in line with Ganke, a cliff 0.4 mile SSW of Sankaku

Yama, bearing about 020°. Farther E, the anchorage is not bad.

1.42 Ikorishireto Saki (42°34'N., 140°35'E.), in the N part

of Uchiura Wan, lies 6 miles WSW of Toyoura Byochi. The

intervening coast is a series of cliffs and ravines.

1.42 The 5-mile stretch between Ikorishireto Saki and Shizukari

Byochi, to the WNW, is marked by steep cliffs 100 to 200m

high that have been eroded by the sea. Behind the cliffs are

thickly-wooded hills, 300m high, that appear black when

viewed from a distance. A light is shown from a position 5

miles WNW of Ikorishireto Saki.

1.42 The W coast of Uchiura Wan, from Shizukari Byochi S 21

miles to Yurabu Gawa, is a low, flat, crescent of beaches. The

mountains inland are not very high. A radio tower, 185m high,

is situated close SW of the mouth of Oshamambe Kawa, about

7 miles SW of Shizukari Byochi. The radio tower is a good

mark both day and night.

1.42 Along this entire coastal stretch, the bottom suddenly shoals

about 0.3 mile offshore. There are no detached reefs, but a

constant surf makes it difficult even for small boats to land.

1.42 Yakumo (42°16'N., 140°17'E.), a small fishing harbor at the

mouth of the Yurabu Gawa, has only an E breakwater and no

mooring facilities. A light is shown 0.75 mile SSE of the

mouth of Yurabu Gawa.

1.42 The S shore of Uchiura Wan trends SE 16 miles from Yakumo to Mori Ko. The coastline consists mostly of rocky beaches

backed by a few low cliffs; inland is mostly mountainous.

From Mori Ko the coast trends 6 miles ENE to Suna Saki.

Sawara Wan is formed between Dokui Saki, 2 miles W of Suna

Saki, and that point.

1.42 Except for Komaga Dake, 5 miles SSW of Suna Saki, good

landmarks are few. About 9 miles NW of Mori Ko, there is a

cliff, 48m high, that is highly visible from a distance. A light is

shown from the vicinity of the village of Otoshibe, situated

about 8.5 miles NW of Mori Ko.

1.43 Mori Ko (42°07'N., 140°35'E.) is an open roadstead

protected by three breakwaters. The entrance, which is about

69m wide, faces NE. The water depth alongside the piers is 3.5

to 5.5m. The port entrance and inner area are too small to

accommodate ves-sels larger than 1,000 grt. When NW to NE

winds are strong, waves may enter the harbor, making it

impossible for vessels to remain at their moorings. World Port

Index Review 2010

1.43 There is a small basin, with depths of 1.8 to 2.6m, at the W

end of the harbor. There are breakwaters marking the entrance

to the basin. An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of 11m, spans the entrance.

1.43 Aquaculture installations are situated in Mori Ko. Anchoring

is not possible within 1.75 miles of the shore throughout the

area.

1.43 Weather signals are displayed at night from a tower near the

root of the E breakwater.

1.43 Sawara Ko (42°08'N., 140°41'E.), a fishing port situated at

the head of Sawara Wan, is the best port for vessels under 150

grt in Uchiura Wan.

1.43 In winter, strong NW winds may carry waves over the breakwaters, making it impossible for vessels to remain at their

moorings.

1.43 A light is shown from the head of the North Breakwater.

1.43 Anchorage, about 0.5 mile outside the boat harbor, in 10m,

mud, provides good protection from E to W winds.

1.43 Caution.—Since Suna Saki and Dokui Saki are growing

outward, there are shallows near their seaward tips. Five submarine cables extend to Muroran Ko from a point near Suna

Saki.

1.44 Suna Saki (42°08'N., 140°43'E.), the S entrance point

to Uchiura Wan, is a flat sandy spit which is backed by grassy

marshes without trees or houses. A light is situated about 0.2

mile within the point. The lighthouse is a cylindrical concrete

tower, 13m high.

1.44 Dekima Saki, a rock headland 16m high, backed by a series

of low hills which appear as flat land when viewed from a distance, lies 5.5 miles SE of Suna Saki. Matsuya Saki, a headland 32m high, lies about midway between the two above

points. Matsuya Saki can be distinguished from Dekima Saki

by a background of trees and steeper cliffs at the tip.

1.44 From Dekima Saki, the coast trends 23 miles farther SE to

Esan Misaki. There are several notable features along this

coast; within 5.5 miles inland some of the peaks reach a height

of over 1,000m. A light is shown on the coast about 1 mile

SSE.

1.44 Hakamagoshi Dake (41°55'N., 140°49'E.), a conspicuous

mountain, 1,107m high, rises 9 miles S of Dekima Saki.

1.44 E San (41°48'N., 141°08'E.), an active volcanic mountain

618m high, occasionally has clouds shrouding its peak; it constantly emits sulfurous fumes. The E side of the summit is

covered with red rock fragments and the W side has sulfur

blotches that look like clouds from a distance. E San rises 1

mile W of Esan Misaki. This volcano, along with the sharppeaked mountain 690m high that rises 4.25 miles NW, are the

primary marks for vessels making for Esan Misaki from the E.

Esan Misaki Light
Sector 1. Hokkaido—North, East, and South Coasts 21

Pub. 158

1.45 Osatsube Ko (41°54'N., 141°00'E.), 14 miles SE of

Dekima Saki, is a small fishing harbor consisting of a camber

protected by breakwaters. A light is shown from the head of the

N breakwater. A light is shown about 3 miles E. A light is also

shown at the head of the N breakwater at Kakkumi, 1.5 miles

WNW.

1.45 Benten Shima, 3.5 miles NW of Osatsube Ko, consists of

three rocky islets. These islets are 12m high and located on a

reef that dries and extends about 0.3 mile offshore. A light is

shown here.

1.45 Todohokke Ko (41°50'N., 141°09'E.), about 6.5 miles SE of

Osatsube Ko, is a small fishing harbor protected by a breakwater. A light is shown on the breakwater head. The harbor can

provide shelter on a limited basis for small vessels. Todohokke

Wan can provide anchorage for larger vessels.

1.45 Esan Misaki (Esan Saki) (41°49'N., 141°11'E.) forms the S

point of Todohokke Wan. It is a steep promontory, 260m high,

on which there is a lighthouse, a radiobeacon, and a direction

finding station. 

1.45 A conspicuous above-water rock, 8.4m high, stands near the

S corner of the headland. The lighthouse is a cylindrical

concrete tower, 19m high.

1.45 For information on Tsugaru Kaikyo and the W coast of Hokkaido, refer to Pub. 159, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Japan,

Volume II.

Esan Misaki from E
23

Pub. 158

2.

East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki

2.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 2 — CHART INFORMATION
25

Pub. 158

SECTOR 2 

EAST COAST OF HONSHU—SHIRIYA SAKI TO INUBO SAKI

2.0 Plan.—The E coast of Honshu is described from Shiriya

Saki, the NE extremity of the island, S to Inubo Saki. The sector is described from N to S. 

2.0 Caution.—Due to the earthquakes that occurred on 11

March 2011, offshore of the Tohoku region in Japan, and the

resultant tsunami, variation of the coastline and seafloor must

be considered and caution exercised. Wrecks and obstructions

may be displaced from previously charted positions and new

obstructions experienced along the E coast of Honshu and in

the harbors. Breakwaters may be altered in position and length

and many aids to navigation destroyed. The charts of these

areas have been significantly affected and will be updated as

surveys and time allow. See sector-paragraph 2.3 for

operational status of the ports described in this sector.

General Remarks

2.1 This sector describes the coast of Honshu that is

fronted by the Pacific Ocean. The coast extends S from Shiriya

Saki, for about 345 miles, to Inubo Saki. Todo Saki, 116 miles

S of Shiriya Saki, is the E extremity of the island of Honshu.

2.1 The principal dangers along this coast, with a few exceptions,

are contained within the 20m line. Off-lying dangers are described

in order with the appropriate coastal section.

2.1 The mountains which rise inland, N of Same Kaku, offer no

marks from the far offing, but S of Same Kaku there are several

mountains which serve as useful marks.

2.1 An Ocean Data Acquisition System lighted buoy is moored

well offshore in position 36°40'N, 145°40'E.

2.1 Winds—Weather.—Since the E coast of Honshu, fronting

on the Pacific Ocean, is backed by mountainous terrain and

faces Oyashio, the climate is controlled by these features.

2.1 The E coast of Honshu is generally very cold during the

winter. Temperatures are low, and there are frequent blizzards

with strong W to NW winds. On the coast from Shiriya Saki to

Hachinohe Ko, it is reported that there are often snowstorms at

sea E of Ogawara Ko, even when the weather is clear at Hachinohe Ko.

2.1 The summer climate is generally hot under the influence of

the North Pacific high, with relatively light SE winds. Ocean

fogs are frequent. Also, in years when the Okhotsk high is unusually developed, the early summer rainy season front lingers

over Honshu much longer than normal.

2.1 Temperatures in this area are lower, both summer and winter.

Mean annual temperatures are about 7° lower than those of other

localities at the same latitudes in the Northern Hemisphere.

2.1 The number of stormy days in this coast are greater in the

spring than in the winter, except in the vicinity of Shiriya Saki.

2.1 At Shiriya Saki, strong winds persist throughout the year,

especially the seasonal winter wind, which will blow several

days continuously from the W, at speeds of over 19 knots.

Vessels sailing in this area during the winter should pay strict

attention to weather reports. In summer, a SE wind prevails;

however, since fog formation makes navigating hazardous, this

condition should be treated with the same degree of attention

as the winter winds.

2.1 On this coast, weather reports are broadcast from the radiobeacon and direction finding stations at Shiriya Saki, Todoga

Saki, and Kinkasan.

2.1 Tides—Currents.—In general, tidal currents are weak, setting S and N in most places. They are influenced by the S

ocean currents, and often flow in irregular directions and

irregular speeds.

2.1 To the NE of Shiraya Saki, the flood current sets S and the

ebb current sets N.

2.1 On the coast from Shiraya Saki to Kuro Saki, the flood

current sets SW and the ebb tide sets NE, with a weak current.

At maximum strength, there is acceleration as the current sets

S. The N or S flow is strongest N of Same Kaku at the high or

low tide.

2.1 The time of maximum velocity is 5 hours later from the time

of high or low water off Same Kaku, 4 hours afterward off Kuji

Ko, and 3 hours after off Kuro Saki.

2.1 At a point 1.5 miles E of Todoga Saki, a tidal current of 1.8

knots has been measured on the final day of the summer high

tides flowing S; at a point 2 miles off Kobe Saki, the current

was measured at 1.5 knots flowing SSW, also on the final day

of summer high tides.

2.1 Off the area from Kesennuma Wan entrance to the Enoshima

Retto, the flood current sets N and the ebb current sets S. Off

Kinkasan and Enoshima Retto, the flood current sets W while

the ebb current sets E. In all these areas, the strength of the

current is weak.

Shiriya Saki to Same Kaku

2.2 Shiriya Saki (Siriya Saki) (41°26'N., 141°28'E.), the

NE extremity of Honshu, is the termination of a projection

whose outer part is low. There is a light and radiobeacon situated here. A ramark also transmits from the vicinity of the

light. An orange obstruction buoy lies 58 miles E of Shiriya

Saki. From Shiriya Saki to Same Kakul (Same Kado), 55 miles

to the S, the coast consists entirely of a sandy beach, except for

cliffs around Kukidono Saki and Nakayama Saki, 3 and 20

miles, respectively, S of Shiriya Saki. The area S of Nakayama

Saki is especially sandy, marked by low hills, and the outlets of

marshes are connected to the plain. The 20m line lies from 1

mile offshore in the N to 2 miles offshore in the S.

2.2 Dangers.—There are many dangers within a 1 mile radius of

Shiriya Saki, including O Ne.

2.3 O Ne (41°26'N., 141°29'E.), with a least depth of

0.3m, lies 0.9 mile ENE of Shiriya Saki. An abundance of seaweed causes the water to look red, but this is not evident in

poor light. In calm weather, the rocks are difficult to identify,

but swells break over them in rough weather. There are many

wrecks, submerged rocks, and rocks awash in this vicinity.
 Pub. 158

Post-Tsunami Port Status (April 2011)
Sector 2. East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki 27

Pub. 158

2.3 A long rock shelf under 36m in depth runs for 3 miles NNE

of Shiriya Saki. Its E slope is steep, but the N and W sides are

more gradual. Swift violent currents flow continuously above

this shelf.

2.3 Sunken rocks lie 1 mile off the coast, about 1.3 miles S of

Shiriya Saki. Waves will break on the rocks in strong winds.

Todo Shima is a prominent black islet about 16m high, 0.3 mile

NNE of Shiriya Saki.

2.3 Shikkari Hakuchi, about 3.8 miles S of Shiriya Saki, has a

sandy shoreline and bottom. This area is used as a stopping

place by many vessels waiting for the winter westerlies to calm

down. Many ships anchor here when heading toward Isugaru

Kaikyo. Care should be exercised because, close to the shore,

the bottom is rocky and fixed fishing nets are laid out

throughout the year. Further offshore the bottom is sandy and

the holding ground is good.

2.3 Shiranuka Ko is a small fishing harbor on the N side of

Monomi Saki, about 18 miles S of Shiriya Saki. A light is

shown from Shiranuka Ko and Monomi Saki.

2.3 Kitatadai Ne and Minamitadai Ne are two shoals located 8

miles NNE of Monomi Saki, and about 1 mile offshore. The

depths on these shoals are 12.8 and 14.6m.

2.3 From Shiranuka Ko, the coast trends in a southerly direction

about 37 miles to Same Kaku.

2.3 Mutsu-Ogawara Ko (40°57'N., 141°25'E.) consists of a

large lighted superbuoy about 1.5 miles offshore, 4 miles NNE

of the entrance to Takase Kawa. An oil pipeline connects the

mooring buoy to the shore.

2.3 Wave recorders, connected to the shore W by submarine

cables, are situated on the seabed 2 miles SSE and 2 miles

SSW of the superbuoy.

2.3 An orange spherical buoy is moored 5 miles SSE of the

superbuoy.

Hachinohe Ko (Hatinohe Ko) 

(40°32'N., 141°33'E.)

World Port Index No. 61280

2.4 Hachinohe Ko, on the W side of Same Kaku, is an industrial center. The port includes the districts, from E to W, of

Samemachi, Shirogane (Shirokane), Minatomachi, and Konakanomachi. There are fishing harbors at Samemachi and Minatomachi, and there is also a whaling station at Samemachi.

There are extensive breakwaters which protect the harbor area

that is open to the N and is exposed to the strong N winter

winds. Extensive reclamation work has taken place, NE of

Kawajiri East Breakwater, NW of River Mouth Breakwater and

SW of the breakwater which form the SW side of West Fairway. 

2.4 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are from the SW.

When a low pressure moves S of Hachinohe Ko, a strong N or

E wind comes up, causing breakers in waters under 20m.

Heavy fogs may occur from June thru August. During January

and February, the average is 22 days of snow per month. The

snowstorms usually last for several days.

2.4 Tides—Currents.—Extensive recent construction on numerous breakwaters in this general area may have altered the

directions of the currents. Prior to the construction, the S resultant of the current and the tidal currents diverted the outflow

from the rivers, and there was always an easterly set on Kabu

Shima that gave rise to a small countercurrent in the vicinity,

especially for two or three days after a strong W or N wind had

been blowing. Strong SE winds set up a W current.

2.4 Since the completion of an outer breakwater, the port is protected from high waves from the open sea. When there is a

strong N wind, however, swells may penetrate into District 1

and District 2, so that the approach becomes difficult. Also

when there is a strong E wind, the W channel may become impossible to use because of strong oscillatory waves.

2.4 Depths—Limitations.—The 10m curve extends to the entrance of the E breakwaters and to the E breakwater on the W

side of the harbor.

2.4 The depth in the E passage approaching the port is 10m;

Hattaro Passage has a dredged depth of 14m, although shoaling

is liable to occur. Draft limitation in the channel is 12m at LW. 

2.4 There are tanker berths for vessels up to 5,000 dwt, with a

maximum draft of 6.5m, and two LNG berths. The port will

accommodate vessels up to 50,000 dwt, with a maximum

length of 230m and a draft of 13m. 

2.4 Aspect.—Monomi Ishi (Monomi Iwa), a large rock, surmounts a hill 52m high on Same Kaku. Seen from the SE, the

hill appears saddle-shaped; from the NE the summit appears

pointed.

2.4 A power station chimney, painted in red and white bands,

122m high, is the highest of four chimneys situated about 3

miles WSW of Monomi Ishi. A chimney, 82m high, the tallest

of three chimneys, is situated about 2.5 miles NW of the

chimney, 122m high, mentioned above.

2.4 Hashikame Dake (Hasikami Take), 740m high, 8 miles S of

Same Kaku, is a useful mark when approaching from the N.

2.4 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory; however, harbor

pilots are available and arranged by the ship’s agent upon the

master’s request. Vessel must keep the agent advised of its ETA

in order to inform the pilot of the exact ETA. The pilot boards

at the quarantine anchorage. For deep-draft vessels, the pilot

boards from position 40°33.5'N, 141°33.3'E. The pilot boat is

unable to communicate directly with vessels; therefore, vessels

must keep close communication with agents. Pilotage is only

available from 0600 to sunset for entry and 0600 to 2200 for

sailing. Vessels should communicate with the harbor-master on

VHF channel 16.

2.4 Regulations.—Navigation is prohibited within 30m of tankers loaded with flammable dangerous cargo berthed in the harbor, unless specifically authorized by the harbormaster. Vessels so loaded are required to display a notice to this effect,

illuminated at night.

2.4 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage is established 1.5

miles N of the North Breakwater Light. The mid-segment of

the line connecting the W end of the W breakwater with the NE

end of the Shirogane Wharf is 7m deep, with a fine sand

bottom and good holding. Anchorage is good on the S side of

the N breakwater, but in a strong N wind, swells pour over the

breakwater. There is also open sea anchoring, in depth of 22m,

with a sandy bottom in the vicinity of position 40°34.0'N,

141°33.5'E. Pilots will board at this position regardless of

weather conditions. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo should

anchor in District 3 and display the proper signs.

2.4 Caution.—During the fishing season, June to November,
28 Sector 2. East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki 

Pub. 158

400 to 500 fishing vessels leave the port daily, usually between

1200 and 1700.

2.4 A wave meter lies on the sea bed approximately 0.9 mile N

of Kabu Shima; it is connected to the shore by two submarine

cables. 

2.5 Same Kaku (Same Kado) (40°32'N., 141°35'E.) is

fringed with numerous sunken rocks. Kabayama Ne, with a

least depth of 4.1m; Ogomune, with a least depth of 1.7m; and

Ko Ne, with a least depth of 2.2m lie, respectively, 0.6 mile

NNW, 0.6 mile NW, and 1.1 miles WNW of Same Kaku Light.

Hinode Iwa, three rocks between 0.7 to 3.3m high, lie 0.6 mile

NW of the light. Ko Ne is seldom marked by breakers, except

during strong winds. Care should be taken against being set to

the E upon these dangers.

2.5 Dangerous wrecks lie 0.5 mile NE of Same Kaku Light, and

about 0.1 mile SE of Kawaragi East Breakwater Light.

2.5 Rocks, with a depth of 10m, lie 0.9 mile E of Same Kaku

Light.

Same Kaku to Miyako Ko

2.6 From Same Kaku to Miyako Ko, 55 miles SSE, the

land slopes gradually to the sea and terminates for the most

part in steep cliffs or crumbling slopes. There are occasional

sandy beaches along this coast, which is indented by two shallow bays, Kuji Wan and Noda Wan, 24 and 30 miles, respectively, SSE of Same Kaku. There are no good landmarks along

this coast except Hashikame Dake, previously described in

paragraph 2.4, and Kujihira Take (Kuzihira Take) (40°21'N.,

141°37'E.), 706m high, located 3 miles SSE of Hashikame

Dake.

2.6 The coast is generally steep-to and deep, but dangerous

sunken and above-water rocks lie up to 1 mile offshore.

2.6 Caution.—Fog is common on this coast in the summer,

especially in June and July. Traffic is heavy, with squid fishing

vessels in the summer and mackerel-pike fishing vessels in

autumn.

2.7 Yagi Ko (40°21'N., 141°46'E.) is a small fishing

harbor protected by breakwaters situated 14 miles SSE of

Same Kaku. Two leading lights, in line bearing 236.8°, shown

from concrete towers, lead clear of dangers to the harbor

entrance. 

2.7 Shigeta Su (Tsugeta Su), a rock with a depth of 5.9m, lies

near the 20m line, 1.3 miles N of Yagi Ko. Several sunken

rocks are along this coast between Hashikami Light, 7 miles

NW of Yagi Ko, and Yagi Ko. These rocks include Jusanori,

Wakame Ne, and Yahiro Ne, with depths of 2.4m, 5.2m, and

12.8m, respectively.

2.7 Benten Hana (40°13'N., 141°50'E.), a high wooded point,

lies 8 miles SSE of Yagi Ko.

2.7 A semi-circular cedar forest on a hilltop 3.8 miles NNW of

Benten Hana is conspicuous.

2.8 Kuji Wan (Kuzi Ko) (40°12'N., 141°50'E.) is entered

between Benten Hana and Mi Saki, 5 miles SSE. The bay,

which is open to the ocean swell and has a rocky bottom, is not

suitable for anchorage.

2.8 The outer breakwater, which extends NNW from the shore,

is marked at its head by a light shown from a round tower, 12m

high.

2.8 The N breakwater extends 0.2 mile SE from a position 0.5

mile NW of the head of the outer breakwater. A light is shown

at its head.

2.8 O-saku Ne and Ko-saku Ne, drying rocks lying 0.7 mile and

0.85 mile SSE, respectively, of Benten Hana, are illuminated

by a light on Ushi Shima, a small cliffy islet, 63m high, close

off Benten Hana.

2.8 Suwa Lower Region is a dredged port at the head of the bay.

The berths in the outer harbor have depths alongside of 5.5 to

10m. The inner harbor berths have depths alongside of 4.5 to

6m. The channel to the anchorage has a least depth of 4.5m.

Depths within the anchorage range from 4.5 to 6m. 

2.8 Mi Saki (40°08'N., 141°53'E.), the extremity of a bluff headland rising steeply to an elevation of 181m, separates Kuji Wan

from Noda Wan. Todo Iwa, 7.3m high, 0.5 mile E of Mi Saki,

is the outermost rock of the rocks that front that headland.

2.8 Noda Wan lies between Mi Saki and Kuro Saki, a point

about 8 miles SSE. A light is shown about 2 miles SW of Mi

Saki. A light is shown from Kuro Saki. With offshore winds,

local vessels anchor, in 20m, in the N part of Noda Wan.

2.8 Caution.—Extensive fixed fish nets encumber the S sides of

Kuji Wan and both sides of the entrance to Noda Wan.

2.8 A submarine wave meter and its associated cable lie in the

approach to Kuji Ko in the vicinity of the breakwaters. 

2.8 An oil pipeline connects position 40°12”N, 141°50”E with a

point on the shore about 1.2 miles NW. 

2.9 Benten Saki (39°57'N., 141°58'E.) is a high headland

faced with steep cliffs located 4 miles SSE of Ma Saki. A light

is situated on Benten Saki.

2.9 Shimanokoshi (Shimanokosu) (39°55'N., 141°57'E.), situated 2 miles SSW of Benten Saki, is a small fishing harbor protected by breakwaters. A light is shown from the E breakwater.

2.9 Myojin Saki (Myojin Hana), about 9 miles SSE of Shimanokoshi, is a cape of thickly wooded precipices, 101m high,

and easily recognized from the N or S; it is a good radar mark.

The 5m curve lies 0.5 mile E of this point.

2.9 Ma Saki (39°45'N., 142°00'E.) is a steep pine-forested cape

located 1.5 miles S of Myojin Saki. When viewed from the sea,

the cape appears as an island.

2.9 Taro (Tanishi), a small breakwater-protected fishing harbor,

is situated 2 miles SW of Ma Saki. A light is shown from the

W breakwater at Taro.

2.9 Miyako Wan is entered between Anega Saki, 2.8 miles S of

Taro, and Hei Saki, about 2.5 miles SE. The bay extends about

5 miles SSW. A light is shown in the bay. The W shore of the

bay is somewhat irregular; at about the middle of it is the

mouth of Hei Gawa (Hei Kawa). Its E shore is straight and

cliffy. Hide Shima, 50m high, lies 0.3 mile offshore, 1 mile S

of Anega Saki.

Miyako Ko (39°38'N., 141°59'E.)

World Port Index No. 61290

2.10 Miyako Ko lies on both the N and S side of the mouth
Sector 2. East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki 29

Pub. 158

of the Hei Gawa on the W shore of Miyako Wan, about 2 miles

within the entrance. The harbor is built on reclaimed land and

is protected by breakwaters. Vessels up to 20,000 dwt, with a

maximum length of 240m and a draft of 12m, can be accommodated.

2.10 Winds—Weather.—Because the bay is open NE, heavy

winds are frequent, especially during the spring and autumn

equinox. SW to W winds prevail throughout the year, with a

strong NE wind blowing in winter. In the summer, a N wind

blows during the day, and an onshore wind blows at night.

2.10 Depths—Limitations.—The water of the bay is generally

deep, gradually shallowing from 75m in the middle of the bay

entrance toward the head of the bay. The 10m curve extends to

the breakwater.

2.10 Desaki Wharf No. 1 and Desaki Wharf No. 2 have a length

of 214m, with a depth alongside of 7.3m. Desaki Wharf No. 3

is 175m long, with a depth of 9m.

2.10 Fujiwara Wharf No. 1 and Fujiwara Wharf No. 2 are 260m

long, with a depth of 7.5m. Fujiwara Wharf No. 3 is 240m,

with a depth of 12m. Fujiwara Wharf No. 4 is 180m long, with

a depth alongside 4.5m. Fujiwara Wharf No. 5 and Fujiwara

Wharf No. 6 are 130m in length, with a depth alongside both

7.5m. Fujiwara Wharf No. 7 is 180m, with a depth alongside

10m. Hitachi-hama is 120m in length, with a depth alongside

4.5m.

2.10 Kuwagasaki is 397m long, with a depth of 5m. A mooring

buoy, about 1 mile S of the mouth of Hei Gawa, will accommodate a vessel of 10,000 grt, with a draft up to 9m.

2.10 Aspect.—Gas San (Gassan), on the E side of the bay, 2.3

miles SSW of Hei Saki, appears as a sharp peak from NE and

SE. It is surmounted by three television towers. These towers

can sometimes be seen when the coast is enveloped by fog. A

tall chimney, remarkable from the NE, is 246m high and stands

1.3 miles SW of the mouth of Hei Gawa.

2.10 Pilotage.—Pilots are available, but not compulsory; arrangements can be made at the master’s request. The pilot boards

around the quarantine anchorage 1.5 miles N of Heisaka Light.

2.10 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available ENE of the mouth of

Hei Gawa, in depths of 12.8 to 16.4m.

2.10 Quarantine anchorage is situated 0.8 miles ESE of the rivers

mouth. Depths at the anchorage range from 16 to 22m, with a

bottom of mud and sand.

2.10 Caution.—From March to September, fish nets are laid in the

vicinity of Tatega Saki, about 1 mile N of the mouth of Hei Gawa.

Miyako Ko to Kinkasan To

2.11 Between Hei Saki and Kinkasan To, 87 miles S, the

irregular, mountainous shoreline is heavily indented by numerous bays and coves. In general, the coast is steep-to with deep

water close inshore. Occasional islets, sunken rocks, and

above-water rocks are found off the headlands and in the bays.

The 200m line lies from 5 miles offshore in the N to 12 miles

off in the S along this section of the coast. There are no isolated

dangers more than 2.5 miles offshore, except in the vicinity of

Onagawa Wan.

2.11 Hei Saki (39°39'N., 142°02'E.), the SE entrance point of

Miyako Wan, is a rounded point faced with low cliffs; it

appears black. Close off the point are some rocks lying above

and below-water. A light is shown from the point. 

2.11 Saku Ne, awash, lies 0.2 mile offshore, 5.3 miles SSE of Hei

Saki, and a rock, that dries, lies 0.2 mile offshore about 1 mile

farther SSE. A light is shown in position 39°36'N, 142°02'E

and also in position 39°34.5'N, 142°02'E.

2.11 Todoga Saki (39°33'N., 142°05'E.), the E extremity of

Honshu, is a steep-to point faced with low cliffs and backed by

Todo Yama, 465m high, rising close W of the cape. From N

and S, Todo Yama appears as a sharp peak; from NE and SE,

four peaks in a row are visible. The lighthouse on Todoga Saki

is sometimes difficult to distinguish against the background

when approaching from the N. 

2.11 Ne Saki (39°31'N., 142°04'E.), located 1.75 miles SSW of

Todo Saki, is the S extremity of a small peninsula which is

faced with cliffs. From the NE, the point is a good landmark.

2.12 Yamada Ko (39°28'N., 141°58'E.) is a small

landlocked fishing harbor lying at the head of Yamada Wan,

which is entered between Ne Saki and Konega Saki (Kone

Saki), 2.25 miles S. 

2.12 The town of Yamada is located on the W shore of the bay

and a breakwater-protected pier is situated at Osawa in the N

part of the bay, within the harbor limits of Yamada Ko.

2.12 A light is shown from Kasano Hana and lights are shown at

the heads at the E and W breakwaters at Osawa Ko. The S

breakwater off Yamada is marked by a light as the breakwater

heads are at Orikasa and Oura.

2.12 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in the bay do not

exceed 0.5 knot. Off the entrance to the bay, the ocean current

sets S at 1 knot, but may attain a velocity up to 3 knots when

strengthened by the tidal current.

2.12 Depths—Limitations.—O Ne, an isolated 5m rocky depth

located 1.25 miles SE of Ne Saki, obstructs the approach to

Yamada Wan. There are general depths of over 37m from the

sea to inside Yamada Ko harbor limits.

2.12 There are set nets and breeding grounds at many places in

the bay.

2.12 Anchorage.—Yamada Wan affords sheltered anchorage,

good holding ground, mud bottom. In the spring, heavy W

squalls off the mountains may set up a rough sea in the anchorage. At Osawa Gyoko, sheltered anchorage during NW winds

is advised for large and average-sized craft. During E to S

winds, anchorage can be taken at Oura Gyoko; at the downtown Yamada frontag, anchorage can be taken during S to NW

winds.

2.13 Konega Saki (Kone Saki) (39°29'N., 142°03'E.), the

S entrance point to Yamada Wan, is cliffy, wooded, and 119m

high; it is fringed with rocks extending a short distance

offshore. When the summit is enveloped in fog, this point can

be identified from the E by a remarkable triangular rock, 5.2m

high, lying close inshore.

2.13 Karoga Dake (Karoga Take) is a prominent hill which attains

an elevation of 504m, 1.25 miles SW of Konega Saki.

2.13 Okama Saki is a steep point located about 3.5 miles S of

Konega Saki.

2.13 O Shima (39°24'N., 142°00'E.), with a height of 57m, is

located 0.25 mile offshore about 2.5 miles SW of Okama Saki.

Benten Shima, 64m high, a prominent landmark covered with

trees, is located about 1 mile NW of O Shima. Lights are

shown from O Shima and Benten Shima.
30 Sector 2. East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki 

Pub. 158

2.13 Funakoshi Wan (39°23'N., 141°58'E.), open to the E, is entered between O Shima and No Shima, 1.75 miles SW. There is

a bight at the S and N ends of the bay. There is good anchorage, in 36m, at the head of the bay, where Funakoshi Gyoko is

situated.

2.13 Fukuura Wan, directly S of Funakoshi Wan, is protected on

all sides by surrounding mountains. Clear of dangers and

having depths of 15 to 70m, this harbor serves as an excellent

anchorage in any season. At the head of the bay is Fukuura

Gyoko, having a breakwater with a lighthouse at its outer end.

2.13 No Shima lies on a spit extending about 0.35 mile NE from

No Shima Saki.

2.14 Otsuchi Wan (39°21'N., 141°57'E.) is entered between No Shima Saki and Ohako Saki, 2 miles SE; the bay is

surrounded by mountains. The depth is over 73m between the

entrance points, and the 20m line lies about 0.8 mile offshore

in the head of the bay. Vessels anchor, in 14.6m, mud, good

holding ground off Otsuchi, a fishing center in the NW section

of the bay.

2.14 The bay supports a large number of seaweed and oyster

farms situated throughout its S part.

2.14 Ohako Saki (39°21'N., 142°00'E.), the S entrance point of

Otsuchi Wan, has a rock with a depth of 4.6m, located about

137m N of it. O Ne, not to be confused with a rock of the same

name 10 miles northward, has a depth of 9.5m, and is located

about 2 miles E of Ohako Saki. Strong oscillatory waves, with

complex tidal currents, have been reported E of Ohako Saki.

2.14 Abumi Saki, a conspicuous white cliff, is located 2 miles

SSE of Ohako Saki.

2.14 Sangan Shima, a wooded island, 133m high, lies 0.6 mile S

of Abumi Saki.

2.14 Ryoishi Wan (39°18'N., 141°56'E.) lies between Abumi Saki

and Mada Saki, 3.75 miles SSW. The exposed bay is open to the E

and is unsuitable for anchorage. Naka Ne, a drying rock, obstructs

the middle of the inner part of the bay. Asa Ne, an isolated rocky

depth of 2.7m, lies 1.2 miles ENE of Mada Saki.

Kamaishi Ko (39°16'N., 141°54'E.)

World Port Index No. 61310

2.15 Kamaishi Ko, handles grain, iron ore and coal

imports, and is situated in the NW arm of two arms that lie at

the head of Kamaishi Wan. Kamaishi Wan is entered between

Mada Saki and O Saki, 2.25 miles SE. The port includes a

fishing center at the inner harbor and is heavily congested

during the fishing season (September-January). This port is

protected from winds and waves, being surrounded by

mountains on the S, W, and N. Waves entering the harbor

during E and NE winds may affect mooring. 

2.15 A detached breakwater lies in the entrance to Kamaishi Wan,

extending NW from the shoal area of Techigane Shima. It is

surrounded by a restricted area best seen on the chart. 

2.15 Winds—Weather.—Dense fog prevails from the end of

May to mid-July.

2.15 Depths—Limitations.—There are depths of 33 to 79m in

the approach from the sea to the quarantine anchorage E of

Kamaga Saki.

2.15 Yakushi Dashi, a sunken rock, lies 0.2 mile offshore S of

Mada Saki. A wave meter is situated approximately 0.4 mile

ESE of Mada Saki; a submarine cable from the wave meter

WNW to the coast. Foul ground extends up to 0.3 mile seaward

along the S shore of Kamaishi Wan. 

2.15 Vessels are limited to a maximum draft of 14m. 

2.15 Vessels up to 160,000 dwt may berth at the 288m-long pier,

which has an alongside depth of 14m. Smaller vessels may dock at

berths having alongside depths of 7.5 to 11.5m.

2.15 A detached breakwater protects a reclaimed area where

harbor development is taking place on the N shore of Kamaishi

Ko, between Washinosu Saki and Konawa Saki, 0.4 mile W.

2.15 Aspect.—Goyo San (39°12'N., 141°44'E.), 1,341m high,

rises 8 miles inland WSW of Kamaishi Ko. A westbound vessel has reported being able to recognize it from a distance of 55

miles.

2.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory. Pilots ordinarily

board at the quarantine anchorage (39°15.4'N., 141°54.6'E.),

but they are also available 1 mile NNE of O Saki Light. Pilots

may be arranged for after dark and there are no restrictions on

times of arrival or departure. Pilotage is provided by Kamaishi

Pilot Association.

2.15 Anchorage.—There are depths of 31 to 43m at the

discharging anchorage.

2.15 Quarantine anchorage is situated about 0.3 mile E of Kamaga Saki.

2.15 Vessels of less than 2,000 grt usually anchor NW of Minami

Naka Ne, in 20m, mud and sand, good holding ground. Larger

vessels anchor NE of Minami Naka Ne and at the quarantine

anchorage.

2.15 Caution.—Numerous fish traps are often moored in the

vicinity of Kamaishi Ko. 

2.16 O Saki (39°15'N., 141°58'E.) is the extremity of a

narrow wooded peninsula which appears black. There is a

rounded hill on the peninsula, close within the point, 159m

high, that is prominent. Kashiwagi Shima, 51m high, lies about

183m offshore, 0.25 mile SSW of O Saki Light. An isolated

depth of 4.5m lies about 0.4 mile SE of O Saki Light. Reference should be made to the chart for the locations of

numerous rocks and reefs close off O Saki.

2.16 One Saki, the N entrance point of Toni Wan, lies 2 miles

SSW of O Saki.

2.16 Shikotsu Saki (39°11'N., 141°56'E.), a barren headland

faced with gray cliffs, separates Toni Wan on the N from Yoshihama Wan to the S. Shoal water extends 0.5 mile ENE from

the point and there is a rock islet. Hiru Shima, on this reef, has

several trees on its summit and a lighthouse.

2.16 Yoshihama Wan, entered between Shikotsu Saki and Kobe

Saki, 4.5 miles S, is open to the E. Anchorage is possible in

Yoshihama Wan, but only in W winds.

2.16 Kobe Saki (39°06'N., 141°55'E.), a prominent high cape, is

backed by Soto Yama, 445m high. Oshio Saki lies 2.25 miles

SW of Kobe Saki.

2.16 Okkirai Wan is entered between Oshio Saki and Sune Saki,

1.25 miles S. Sakihama, a fishing harbor, is situated on the N

shore of the bay. Okkirai Wan affords the best shelter from O

Saki to Ryori Saki, but it is vulnerable to heavy swells, and

local knowledge is necessary.

2.17 Sune Saki (39°04'N., 141°53'E.) rises sheerly from
Sector 2. East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki 31

Pub. 158

the sea in high, steep cliffs. A peak, with a height of 254m, is

located 0.5 mile inland, W of the point. Ryori Wan is entered

between Sune Saki and Ryori Misaki, 2.5 miles SSW. Ryori

Misaki is faced with low cliffs. Naka Ne, with a depth of 8.2m,

lies 0.2 mile E of Ryori Misaki; another rock, with a depth of

9.9m, lies 0.3 mile S of Naka Ne. Ryori Misaki Light is shown

from a white square tower. A radar beacon transmits from a

position 0.5 mile W of the light structure.

2.17 Kokuro Saki is located 2.5 miles W of Ryori Misaki. A rock,

with a depth of 5.5m, lies 0.6 mile SE of the point.

2.17 Ryori (Minato Ko) (39°02'N., 141°48'E.), a small fishing

harbor, lies at the head of a small bay N of Kokuro Saki.

2.17 Koori Saki, the N entrance point to Ofunato Wan, is located

about 2 miles WSW of Kokuro Saki. There is a light on this

point. Several rocks are charted N of a line between these two

points. A ridge extends 0.6 mile SE from Koori Saki. On this

ridge are reefs such as Okinoka-miojin Dashi, 5.9m deep, and

Ohira Iso, rocky and 3.2m deep.

Ofunato (39°03'N., 141°44'E.)

World Port Index No. 61320

2.18 Ofunato (Ohunato), an industrial and fishing center,

lies at the center, near the head of Ofunato Wan, a narrow inlet

which extends inland about 4 miles in a general N direction.

The approach is marked by a lighted buoy in position 39°01'N,

141°47'E. The bay is entered between Koori Saki on the N, and

Goishi Saki, 2 miles SSW. The harbor limits are those waters

W of a line drawn between these two points. Breakwaters,

about 1.3 miles W of the harbor limits, protect the entrance to

the harbor.

2.18 Winds—Weather.—High wooded mountains protect the

landlocked port area; however, sudden gusty squalls blow

down the inland slopes and strong NW winds sometimes blow.

2.18 Depths—Limitations.—There are depths in excess of 20m

in the fairway from the sea to the anchorage off the port area at

the head of the bay, except at the entrance between the

breakwaters, where the controlling depth is 14.6m. Between

the breakwaters the channel is 200m wide. 

2.18 The channel to the W of Sango Shima, in the middle of the

harbor, is 28 to 39m deep, and the channel to the E of the island

is 11 to 19m deep. There are depths alongside the piers from

4.5 to 9m. The main commercial wharf, lies at the NW head of

the harbor; it has a length of 330m and depths of 8 to 9m along

its face. Port limit-ations for tankers at Kamei Oil Pier are

35,000 dwt, a length of 220m, and a draft of 11m. Large

tankers should moor at the mooring buoy 180m SE of the pier

and unload through the available pipelines. The largest tanker

ever to moor here was 51,000 dwt. There are three mooring

buoys for tankers up to 15,000 dwt NW of Biwa Shima, with

depths alongside of about 20m. The draft of log and coke

carriers is restricted to 8m.

2.18 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but is advisable because of fishing obstructions in the harbor. Pilots board vessels, in daylight hours only, as follows:

1. Vessels over 5,000 grt—In position 39°00.3'N,

114°45.3'E.

2. Vessels under 5,000 grt—In position 39°00.6'N,

141°44.7'E.

2.18 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage is charted about 0.8

mile WSW of Koori Saki on the N side of the entrance range.

There is anchorage off the port area, in 10.9 to 18.3m, mud,

poor holding ground. Sudden squalls blowing off the mountains may cause vessels to drag anchor.

2.18 Caution.—Numerous fixed fish nets and oyster beds are

situated throughout the bay.

2.18 Approaching Ofunato Wan from the E, care should be taken

to avoid the ridge extending 0.5 mile SE from Koori Saki, having reefs with a depth of 5.9m and the rock, Ohiri Iso, which

dries.

2.18 There is a 14.8m depth 0.5 mile SW of O Saki. A tidal wave

meter is situated 1 mile NNW of Benten Yama, with a cable

extending from it E to the coast. Another wave meter and

lighted buoy are situated 0.3 mile SW of the Koori Saki Light,

with a submarine cable extending NNW to the coast. A submarine power cable runs W from Sango Shima’s W shore to

the coast.

2.19 Goishi Saki (38°59'N., 141°45'E.), the S entrance

point of Ofunato Wan, is fronted by a cliff. Oashi Ne, a rock

with a depth of 4.6m, and Asa Ne, with a depth 5.8m, lie 0.5

mile E and ESE, respectively, of Goishi Saki. Asane Iso, a reef

with above water rocks on it, extends 0.35 mile S of Goishi

Saki; the reef is usually marked by breakers. A light is shown

from Goishi Saki.

2.19 Kuro Saki is situated 2 miles SSW of Goishi Saki; between

them, from the N to S, lie Kadonohama Wan, Tadaide, and Ono

Wan. The first and last of these are exposed SE and are unsuitable for anchorage. Tadaide is a small fishing port and is

only available for small craft with local knowledge.

2.19 Hirota Saki (38°56'N., 141°42'E.), the E entrance point of

Hirota Wan, is located 1.25 miles SW of Kuro Saki. The point

is fringed with numerous islets and above-water and sunken

rocks. Tsubaki Shima, a round-topped light yellow-colored

islet surmounted by dwarf trees, is 40m high; it lies near the

extremity of the foul ground extending SE from Hirota Saki.

There is a light on the N side of this islet.

2.19 A rock, which dries, 1m lies 0.13 mile S of Tsubaki Shima,

and Okiakairoku Ne, with a depth of 9.1m, lies 0.2 mile SE of

the islet.

2.20 Hirota Wan (38°58'N., 141°40'E.), entered between

Hirota Saki and O Saki (Karakuwa Saki), 5 miles S, recedes

about 6 miles inland in a NNW direction, terminating in a

sandy beach marked by breakers. The other shores are, in

general, cliffy and fringed with sunken rocks.

2.20 Tomari, a small fishing village, is situated on the E shore of

the bay, 1 mile NNW of Hirota Saki. Osabe Ko, also a fishing

harbor, is situated on the NW shore of the bay, near its head.

2.20 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, in 18.3m, 1.25 miles

from the head of the bay, mud and sand, good holding ground.

The bay is open from the S through E and there is usually a

swell off the head of the bay even with offshore winds.

2.20 Numerous fixed fish nets, oyster beds, and seaweed nurseries

are situated throughout Hirota Wan.

2.20 Hakone Yama (39°01'N., 141°42'E.), 447m high, located

4.75 miles NNW of Hirota Saki, and Hinokami Yama, 875m
32 Sector 2. East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki 

Pub. 158

high, rising 3 miles farther NNW, provide good landmarks to

vessels making Ofunato Wan and Hirota Wan.

2.20 O Saki (38°51'N., 141°41'E.) is faced with steep cliffs.

Kooki Iwa, an isolated rock 12m high, lies 137m SE of the

point.

2.21 Kesennuma Wan (38°51'N., 141°38'E.) is entered

between O Saki and Iwai Saki, 2.75 miles SW. The center of

the bay is divided into two parts by O Shima, which is 3.25

miles long in a N to S direction, and is 1.5 miles wide near its

N end. To Wan lies on the E side of O Shima and Sei Wan lies

on the W side of the island.

2.21 To Wan, the E bay, leads N into Oshima Seto, the narrow

channel between O Shima and the mainland. Vessels of less

than 1,000 grt generally use this bay, which has a least depth in

the fairway of 20.1m. An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of 26m, spans the W end of Oshima Seto. Kara Shima,

surrounded by shoal water, rises to a height of 25m, 1.5 miles

WNW of O Saki. The E shore of To Wan is jagged and from

each projection rocks including Naka Ne, Nakataira Ne, and

Aka Iso extend 0.1 to 0.2 mile offshore. A light is shown from

Naka Ne.

2.21 Sei Wan, the W bay, has a least depth of 7.3m in the buoyed

fairway to the head of the bay. There is a reclaimed area at the

mouth of O Gawa, about 3.5 miles within the mouth of the bay.

From the narrows N of the reclaimed area, a narrow dredged

channel, with a depth of 5.1m, leads into Kanaega Ura.

2.21 Anchorage.—Anchorage in Sei Wan is impossible due to

the oyster beds on each side of the fairway.

2.21 Sei Wan is crossed by submarine cables and pipelines 1.5

and 2.5 miles N, respectively, of Iwai Saki.

2.21 Caution.—The fairway to Sei Wan is narrow, and very

careful shiphandling is necessary. The outer limits of the oyster

beds on each side of the channel are marked in places by

buoys, some of which show lights.

2.22 Kesennuma Ko (38°52'N., 141°36'E.) (World Port

Index No. 61325), at the mouth of O Kawa, is a regulated,

immigration, quarantine, and local port lying about 3 miles N

of the Sei Wan entrance. The harbor limit line extends W from

Ushi Kora to the opposite shore of Sei Wan. Kesennuma

Gyoko lies N of Kesennuma Ko, and lines the W side of Kanaega Ura with fish landing quays.

2.22 Winds—Weather.—Summer winds are generally S; winter

winds are generally NW.

2.22 Depths—Limitations.—The least depth in the fairway

through Kesennuma Ko and Kanaega Ura is 5m, but the width

of the fairway narrows to 100m SW of Hachiga Saki.

2.22 The commercial berths, comprised of private dolphin berths

having alongside depths of 6m, with each having a length of

40m. The Asahi Wharf, on W side of Kesennuma Ko, has a

length of 365m and a depth of 7.5m alongside.

2.22 Oyster beds lie on either side of the range line leading into

Kesennuma Ko, extending up to 0.1 mile from the E shore, and

up to 0.3 mile from the W shore of the bay.

2.22 An overhead cable spans the narrows at Hachiga Saki, with a

vertical clearance of 38m, which has a channel width of about

100m at this point.

2.22 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but recommended.

Pilots are available at Kamaiski during daylight hours only.

2.22 Anchorage.—Well-sheltered anchorage may be taken in

Kanaega Ura, in depths of 5 to 9m, mud, good holding ground.

2.22 Both To Wan and Sei Wan are open to S seas and swell.

Local vessels find anchorage in the coves along the E shore of

To Wan, but there is no anchorage in Sei Wan, as the water

outside the fairway is utilized for oyster beds.

2.22 The quarantine anchorage, a semi-circular area with a radius

of about 0.3 mile, lies centered about 1.3 miles W of O Saki

Light, in the entrance to To Wan.

2.22 Caution.—O Ne (38°48'N., 141°38'E.), an isolated rocky

depth of 10m, obstructs the center of the approach fairway to

Sei Wan; it lies 1.5 miles SE of Iwai Saki. Ashi Ne, with a

depth of 4.9m, and Take Ne, with a depth of 6.7m, lie 0.85 mile

WNW and 1.1 miles NW, respectively, of O Ne.

2.23 Iwai Saki (38°49'N., 141°36'E.), the W entrance

point of Kesennuma Wan, is conspicuous. Foul ground extends

1.25 miles S of the light structure on the point. Mokko Ne

(Maru Iso), with a rock on it which dries 0.9m, is the farthest S

of these dangers.

2.23 Kurosaki Shima lies at the end of a rocky reef extending 0.3

mile SSE of Ryumau Saki Light. There is a depth of 10m about

0.2 mile SSE of Kurosaki Shima.

2.23 In the entrance waters to Sei Wan, between Iwai Saki and

Ryumau Saki, within the 20m line, lie several rocky depths of

5.9, 8.7, 11.9, and 12.3m. Vessels should navigate this area

with caution, and reference should be made to the chart.

2.23 Sueno Saki (38°44'N., 141°34'E.) lies 5.5 miles S of Iwai

Saki. Koizumi Wan, an open bight, lies between these two

points. Tomari Saki (Utatsu Saki), a low flat sparsely-wooded

point which appears black when viewed from a distance, is

located 3 miles S of Sueno Saki. A light is shown on the point.

2.23 Shizukawa, a small fishing harbor, is situated in a cove at the

head of Shizukawa Wan. Local vessels anchor off the town.

Shizukawa Wan, whose coast is indented by numerous small

coves, is entered between Tomari Saki and Kamiwari Saki, 3.5

miles SSW.

2.24 Osashi Saki (38°36'N., 141°32'E.) lies 2 miles S of

Kamiwari Saki. Foul ground, comprised of sunken rocks and

islets, extends up to 1.5 miles offshore between these two

points. Oppa Wan, entered close S of Osashi Saki, is open to

the E. The coves on the S shore of the bay are suitable for

anchoring small vessels, with local knowledge.

2.24 Osu Saki lies S of Oppa Wan, about 6.8 miles SSE of Osashi

Saki.

2.24 Ogatsu Wan (Okachi Wan) is entered between Shirogane

Saki (Shirokane Saki), which lies 2 miles S of Osu Saki, and

Izu Shima (Isu Shima), which lies 2 miles farther S. Shoal

water extends 0.5 mile N from Izu Shima into Ogatsu Wan, and

O Nabakari (Onahari Ne), a rock, 6.7m high, lies in the fairway

0.25 mile farther NNE. Ogatsu (Okachi), a small fishing

harbor, lies at the NW extremity of Ogatsu Wan.

2.24 Izu Shima (38°27'N., 141°32'E.) is a wooded island, 88m

high, fringed with above-water and sunken rocks. A light

stands on the S shore of this island. O Ne, a rocky depth of

6.7m, lies 2 miles offshore E of Izu Shima.

2.24 Onagawa Wan is entered between Izu Shima and Haya Saki,
Sector 2. East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki 33

Pub. 158

2.25 miles to the S. A submarine pipeline is laid between Izu

Shima and Ino Shima.

Onagawa (38°27'N., 141°27'E.)

World Port Index No. 61330

2.25 This small commercial port and fishing center is

situated at the NW extremity of Onagawa Wan. The dock area

lies off the town and is protected by breakwaters that project

from the N and S shores, about 1 mile E of Onagawa. 

2.25 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are from the S in

summer, NW in winter, and SE during spring and autumn.

2.25 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents may attain a rate of 1

knot in the approaches to the outer bay.

2.25 Depths—Limitations.—There are depths in excess of 27m

in the channel from the sea to the breakwaters, where there is a

fairway width of about 146m, with a depth of 15m between the

heads of the breakwaters. General depths off the dock area

range from 5 to 20m. Vessels of 3,000 grt berth alongside.

2.25 There is a wharf 155m long, 0.5 mile NW of the root of the S

breakwater.

2.25 Anchorage.—Local coasting vessels anchor within the

breakwaters. Small vessels anchor within the S arm of Onagawa Wan and are protected from S winds, but the holding

ground is poor.

2.25 Caution.—Fixed fish nets fringe the shores of the bay, and

the inner harbor is encumbered by oyster beds.

2.26 Haya Saki (38°24'N., 141°32'E.) is the S entrance

point of Onagawa Wan. A rounded hill, 154m high, rises about

0.8 mile SW of Haya Saki. The hill is wooded and appears

black; it is prominent.

2.26 Onagawa Nuclear Power Station, at which there is a chimney about 178m high, is situated about 1.8 miles W of Haya

Saki. A light is shown from the breakwater head of a harbor

serving the power station. Several lighted buoys are moored

about 1.5 miles WNW of Haya Saki.

Enoshima Retto, a group of islets and rocks, extends 4 miles

E from Haya Saki. Kasagai Shima (Kasugai Shima), 45m high,

the N island, appears pointed when seen from the E and

rounded from the other directions. Eno Shima, the largest island of the group, is 77m high. Foul ground extends 0.5 mile E

of the island and isolated rocky depths of 2.3 and 8.2m lie 0.6

and 1.5 miles ENE, respectively, of the light structure on the

island. Asha Shima, 6m high, rocky, and whitish in appearance,

is the S island. Foul ground, with above-water rocks on it, extends about 0.4 mile SW from the island. Other islands and

above and below-water rocks lie within this group.

2.26 Hayasaki Suido, the channel that lies between Haya Saki and

Enoshima Retto, has a depth of 40m in the fairway, which has a

width of 0.25 mile. The channel is used by coastwise shipping.

2.26 Two submarine cables run from Haya Saki to Eno Shima. A

submarine pipeline lies between Izu Shima and Eno Shima.

2.26 Yorii Saki, fronted by foul ground to a distance of about 0.3

mile, lies 0.85 mile S of Haya Saki. Samenoura (Sameura)

Wan, entered SW of Yorii Saki, is exposed E, and even light

onshore winds send in a heavy sea.

2.26 Kuro Saki (38°16'N., 141°32'E.) is the S extremity of

Oshika Hanto. This point lies 6 miles S of Samenoura Wan. A

light is shown from Kuro Saki.

2.26 Kinkasan To (38°17'N., 141°34'E.), whose S extremity lies

2.75 miles E of Kuro Saki, rises to a height of 445m. The peak of

the island is conical and wooded; it has been reported to be visible

at a distance of 50 miles. A light stands on the SE point of Kinkasan at Awabiare Saki.. Kinkasan Seto, between Kinkasan To

and the mainland, has a depth of 5m and a navigable width of

293m at its narrowest point. The channel is used by local coasting

vessels. 

2.26 A submarine cable is laid across Shishi Watashi. An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of 29m, spans the channel

0.2 mile farther N.

Kinkasan To to Shioya Misaki

2.27 The 80-mile stretch of coast from Kinkasan To to

Shioya Misaki includes Ishinomaki Wan and Matsushima Wan

in the N part and includes numerous islands. In the 77 miles

from the entrance of Matsushima Wan to Shioya Misaki, the

shoreline is low and marshy with sandy beaches in the N half,

and low cliffs and sandy beaches comprise the shore in the S

half.

2.27 The 10m line lies 0.5 to 1 mile offshore and the 20m line 2 to

4 miles offshore. There are no isolated dangers, except in the

vicinity of Unoo Saki.

2.27 Winds—Weather.—At Shioya Misaki, summer winds

ranging from NE to SE usually are followed by rain; whereas,

S winds that are weak contribute to good weather. A westerly

will sometimes blow after a rain, but then will change direction

soon after. N winter winds frequently bring snow, but rains

come with Northeasterlies or Easterlies. There are many foggy

days from May through September, especially during the rainy

season.

2.27 Tides—Currents.—The flood current sets W and the ebb

current sets E, on a line from Kinkasan To to Shioya Misaki,

reversing direction at the times of H and LW. Their velocities

seldom exceed 0.5 knot.

2.27 Off Shioya Misaki the flood current is to the WNW, and the

ebb current is to the ESE, changing directions about the times

of H and LW Their velocities are less than 0.5 knot. However,

when the declination of the moon is the greatest, the tides are

affected by diurnal tidal currents and directions and velocities

of the currents become complicated.

2.28 Ishinomaki Wan (Isinomaki Wan) (38°20'N.,

141°20'E.) lies between Kuro Saki (38°16'N., 141°32'E.) on

the E, and Kayano Saki, 21 miles to the W. The E shore of the

bay is irregular, with the islands Azi Shima (Aji Shima) and

Tasiro Shima (Tashiro Shima) lying at the SE end of the bay.

Sandy beaches line the N shore, the SW shore is mostly steep

cliffs, fringed with rocks and reefs.

2.28 On the E side of Ishinomaki Wan the 10m line lies close to

the coast, and on the N from 0.5 to 1 mile off. There are isolated depths of less than 10m, 1.25 miles off the W coast.

2.28 Caution.—There are numerous fish havens in the S approach to the bay. Their locations may best be seen on the

chart.
34 Sector 2. East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki 

Pub. 158

2.29 Azi Shima (38°15'N., 141°29'E.), 101m high, lies 1.5

miles offshore and 1.5 miles W of Kuro Saki. The island is flat,

but is a good landmark. A light is shown from the SE point of

Azi Shima. Several submarine cables lie between the N shore

of this island and the mainland. A submarine pipeline runs

from the N coast, NE to the mainland. Miyagasane Sho, a

rocky patch with a least depth of 6.8m, lies 1.5 miles SW of the

island’s W extremity.

2.29 Tasiro Shima rises to a height of 96m in its N part. This

island lies 1.5 miles offshore about 1.5 miles NW of Azi

Shima. Pine trees grow on a hill near Naginoma Saki, the SE

extremity of the island. Nigishiro Saki Light is shown near the

N extremity of the island. A light is shown on the NE coast between four submarine pipelines running to the mainland. Another submarine pipeline runs from the SE end of the island to

the mainland.

2.29 A channel between Azi Shima and Tasiro Shima, on the SW

and the mainland on the NE, provides a heavily-traveled shortcut for small vessels from Kinkasan Suido to the ports in the N

part of Ishinomaki Wan.

2.30 Ayukawahama (38°18'N., 141°31'E.) is a whaling

station, protected by a breakwater, situated at the head of Ayukawa Wan. Ayukawa Wan is entered 1.25 miles NW of Kuro

Saki. Azi Shima and Tasiro Shima protect the harbor from

offshore winds; however, in strong SE winds, waves are

deflected from Azi Shima and enter the bay. 

2.30 Anchorage.—Ayukawa Wan affords good anchorage for

large vessels, in a depth of about 20m, sheltered by the off-lying island, except during strong SE winds, which send a heavy

sea into the bay.

2.30 Kugunarihama Wan, located W of Ayukawa Wan, is protected by Azi Shima and Tasiro Shima, especially in NW

winds. The bay provides good anchorage, in depths of 10 to

16m. Caution is required when anchoring to avoid the submarine cables and water pipelines.

2.30 Ohara Wan opens WSW and has three coves at its head.

Usagi Shima, 34m high, in the S entrance of the bay, lies 1.25

miles NW of Kugunarihama Wan, and Kimaga Ne, which dries

0.9m, and a rocky patch, with a depth of 4.7m, lie off the N

entrance of Ohara Wan, 1.75 miles NNW of Usagi Shima.

Vessels over 1,000 grt, with local knowledge, may anchor in

Ohara Wan, with Hitoisi Yama, a wooded sharp peak 293m

high, located 2.25 miles ENE of Usagi Shima, bearing between

080° and 090°.

2.30 Caution.—Numerous oyster and seaweed cultivation areas

lie inside the bay.

2.31 Oginohama Ko (38°22'N., 141°27'E.), a fishing harbor, is the SE of four coves at the head of Oginohama Wan,

which is situated N of Ohara Wan. Oginohama Wan has depths

of 11 to 15m, mud bottom, and provides anchorage in all but S

to W winds. There are many oyster beds within the bay and

Oginohama Ko is used as an oyster cultivation area; entry to

the port is difficult without local knowledge. A light is shown

from a concrete tower on Kitsuneana Saki, the N entrance point

of Oginohama Ko.

2.31 Watanoha (38°25'N., 141°22'E.), a fishing center protected

by breakwaters, is situated at the NE end of Ishinomaki Wan,

NW of Oginohama Wan. 

2.31 Ishinomaki Gyoko is situated 1.5 miles W of Watanoha. The

harbor, which is protected by breakwaters, has quays with

depths of 6.1m alongside.

2.31 A detached breakwater extends 0.3 mile E and ESE from a

position 0.2 mile SSW of the head of W breakwater. A light is

shown from its E end. This breakwater sometimes covers at

HW.

2.31 Three short detached breakwaters lie close off and parallel to

the coast from near the root of the W breakwater to 0.2 mile W.

Ishinomaki Ko (Isinomaki Ko) 

(38°24'N., 141°19'E.)

World Port Index No. 61340

2.32 Ishinomaki Ko is a fishing center at the mouth of

Kitakami Gawa. Breakwaters protect the channel entrance

leading to the berths along the banks of the river.

2.32 A newer commercial port is situated 2 miles W of the fishing

harbor. A breakwater extends about 0.9 mile SSW from the E

side of the new harbor entrance leading to the turning basin and

dock area. Lights are shown on each side of the entrance.

2.32 Hibarino Breakwater extends 0.9 mile SSW from the E side

of the harbor entrance. A light is shown at the head of this

breakwater. An area in which navigation and fishing are prohibited extends 0.5 mile SE, 1.4 miles ESE, and 0.8 mile NE of

Hibarino Breakwater Light. 

2.32 Three short detached breakwaters lie close off and parallel to

the coast from near the breakwater on the W side of the entrance to about 0.8 mile WSW.

2.32 Another detached breakwater, about 0.3 mile long, lies on a

NNE/SSW axis, 0.8 mile SE of Hibarino Breakwater head.

2.32 Winds—Weather.—Winds out of the NW prevail from

September to April; the rest of the year SE winds predominate.

2.32 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents off the harbor set NE on

a rising tide and SW on a falling tide.

2.32 Depths—Limitations.—The depths in the waterway at the

mouth of Kitakama Gawa are approximately 4m. The river

depths fluctuate greatly after heavy precipitation. Vessels up to

1,000 grt berth within the harbor on the W bank of the river.

2.32 At the industrial area, there is a channel between the breakwaters dredged to a depth of 13m (2005). The berths in the

harbor have alongside depths of up to 11m. 

2.32 Aspect.—Maki Yama, a wooded peak 219m high, located

2.25 miles NE of the mouth of Kitakami Gawa, is a good mark.

The E and W breakwaters to the Kitakama Gawa entrance are

good radar targets. A light is shown from each breakwater.

There are various tanks and chimneys charted in the port area.

The tallest chimney is painted red and white; the others are

painted grey.

2.32 The Hiyori Bridge, at the mouth of the Kyu Kitakami Gawa,

approximately 17m in higth shows red and yellow lights.

2.32 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but is advisable from

sunrise to sunset. Pilots embark about 2.25 miles S of Hibarino

Breakwater, except in rough weather, when special arrangements will be made with the vessel concerned. Pilotage is provided by Sendai Wan Pilots; pilots board in position

38°21.7'N., 141°15.8'E.
Sector 2. East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki 35

Pub. 158

2.32 Caution is required as there may be fishing nets in the vicinity of the pilot boarding position.

2.32 Anchorage.—A rectangular quarantine anchorage is centered 2 miles SW of the mouth of the Kitakami Gawa. Two

areas in which entry is prohibited are situated between the

quarantine anchorage and the head of Hibarino Breakwater.

Vessels should refer to the chart, as hard materials are on some

areas of the sea bottom and these areas are a suspected menace

to anchoring.

2.32 Caution.—A sunken ship lies 9.8m below the surface 1 mile

SSW of the West Breakwater Light of Kitakami Gawa. Wrecks

also lie 2 miles SW and 2.8 miles WSW of the West

Breakwater Light, with depths of 9.8m and 12.4m,

respectively.

2.32 Nobiru Wan is situated in the NW corner of Ishinomaki Wan,

about 7 miles WSW of Ishinomaki Ko. The bay is entered between the mouth of Naruse Gawa and Yoroi Ne, 1.5 miles SSE.

2.33 Yoroi Ne (38°21'N., 141°11'E.), above-water, is the

NE of the numerous rocks and shoals which fringe the E coast

of Miyato Shima.

2.33 Miyato Shima (38°20'N., 141°10'E.) lies in the W part of

Ishinomaki Wan and is the largest of a number of islands that

lie on the NE side of the approach to Shiogama Ko. Kayano

Saki is the SE extremity of the island. Ha Shima is located 0.4

mile SE of this point. This island is marked by a lighthouse and

has many off-lying rocks.

2.33 Matsushima Wan (38°20'N., 141°05'E.) is entered between

Kayano Saki and Hanabuchi (Hanabuti) Saki, 4.5 miles WSW.

Most of the bay is shoal and the land in the vicinity is comparatively low. The bay is fronted by a group of islands and the

irregular shoreline is fringed with numerous rocks, obstructed

fish havens, islets, and reefs up to 1.5 miles offshore. The

entrance of the bay, which opens SE, is encumbered with offlying rocks and reefs.

2.33 Off-lying dangers.—Jinotaka Ne, Naka Ne and Okinotaka

Ne (Okikajitaka Ne) (38°17'N., 141°09'E.) are isolated rocky

depths, with least depths of 2.7m, which lie 1 mile SE of the

entrance to the dredged channel. O Ne, a rocky depth of 0.9m,

lies 3.5 miles offshore about 2.5 miles SSE of the dredged

channel entrance. Hashimano Ne, with a least depth of 12.8m,

lies 1.4 miles W of O Ne.

2.33 A ridge runs 0.8 mile to the SSE, past Ki Shima and Kuro

Shima, from Karato Shima at the N side of the harbor entrance.

South of the ridge lies a reef called Horakake (Horagake) Ne,

with a least depth of 3.6m. A lighted buoy is situated close S of

Horakake Ne. Another ridge, with an outermost depth of 7.3m,

extends 0.6 mile SW from Ki Shima.

 Sendai-Shiogama Ko (38°19'N., 141°02'E.)

World Port Index No. 61350

2.34 Sendai-Shiogama (Siogama), an important

commercial port and fishing center, is a port of entry. The port

is divided into two districts which are called the Shiogama

district and the Sendai district. The Shiogama district is divided

into four sections. The Sendai district is a dredged harbor

situated 2.5 miles SW of Hanabuchi Saki, and has been

developed as an industrial port.

2.34 Winds—Weather.—Winds blow mostly from the NW and

the N between the months of September and April, with S and

SE winds the rest of the year.

2.34 Tides—Currents.—Seaward of the outer district the tidal

current sets NW with the rising tide and SE with the falling tide

at a rate up to 1 knot. In Yogasaki Suido, the E current may

attain a rate of over 2 knots, while the W current may have a

rate of 2 knots.

2.34 Depths—Limitations.—The fairway, which is entered 2.5

miles WSW of Kayano Saki, has a dredged depth of 8.5m over a

width of 100m, although depths of as little as 7.5m extend into the

N side of the channel between Zizo Shima and a point 0.2 mile

further E; it has also been reported (1997) that depths of up to 3m

less than charted may exist in the dredged channel. This channel,

which is about 3.8 miles long, passes through Yogasaki Suido,

between Mahanasi Shima on the N and the mainland on the S,

then into the inner sections of Shiogama. A prohibited area lies

close W of the entrance to the channel.

2.34 In Shiogama, there are berths alongside that will accommodate

a vessel up to 8.5m draft, a length of 170m, and of 18,000 dwt.

Depths alongside the berths range from 4.5 to 9m. 

2.34 In the Sendai district (38°15'N., 140°59'E.) there is a channel

and turning basin with depths of 15 to 17m, although it has

been reported that depths of up to 2m less than charted may

exist in the channel; farther within the harbor the channel is

dredged to depths of 9 to 14m. 

2.34 The Tohuku oil pier will accommodate one vessel of up to

150,000 dwt with a maximum draft of 18m at the dolphin berth

on the N side of the harbor, 

2.34 Aspect.—Ha Shima, a flat island 40m high, located 0.5 mile SE

of Kayano Saki at the E end of the harbor entrance, is conspicuous

with a lighthouse on the W end. Otaka Mori, a conical peak 106m

high, rises 2 miles NW of Ha Shima. Hanabuti Saki, 4.75 miles

WSW of Ha Shima, is a good mark. Sukano Hana, (Sugano

Hana,), a point 3 miles WNW of Ha Shima, and Tomi Yama, a

conical hill 117m high, 4.5 miles NNW of Sukano Hana, serve as

an entrance range for vessels approaching from the S. 

2.34 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory. Pilots are available

during daylight hours only and embark in position 38°17.7'N.,

141°10.3'E. In bad weather, the pilot boards in the vicinity of

Takashima Northeast Lighted Buoy by arrangement. Vessels

may arrive and depart at night.

2.34 In the Sendai district, pilots embark in the area S and E,

respectively, of a line drawn 3 miles from Sendai Lighted Buoy

A to the E, and a line drawn from the same buoy 3 miles to the

S. For crude oil tankers, pilots embark in the quarantine

anchorage W of Sendai Light.

2.34 Pilots may be contacted on VHF channels 16 and 6. 

2.34 Regulations.—In the Sendai district, priority of entry and

departure is given to ferries. The movement of other vessels is

restricted to the time of ferry schedules.

2.34 The entry of tankers is controlled by the oil refinery under

the supervision of the harbormaster.

2.34 Anchorage.—Circular quarantine anchorages are centered 2

miles WSW of Ha Shima and 4.5 miles SSE of Hanabuchi

Saki.

2.34 Anchorage is available in the outer section in a depth of 12m,

sand and rock bottom. Anchorage is not suitable in inclement
36 Sector 2. East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki 

Pub. 158

weather, no shelter is available, it is advisable for vessels to

proceed offshore.

2.34 Caution.—Vessels in the vicinity of the quarantine anchorage should avoid the ridge extending from Ki Shima and the

sunken rock, Kajikake Ne. Vessels should consult the charts for

the dangers near the fairway outside Shiogama Ko. A wave

height meter, marked by a lighted buoy, is situated 1.3 miles SE

of the S Sendai Breakwater; a submarine cable runs from its

site to the lighthouse. Another wave meter is situated 0.75 mile

SW from this breakwater, with a submarine cable running from

it to the shore.

2.35 Shiogama to Unoo Saki.—From Shiogama, the coast

trends in a general S direction about 28 miles to Unoo Saki.

This is a bow-shaped sandy beach; inland features are generally low and landmarks are rare.

2.35 The 10m line runs about 0.5 mile offshore; there are virtually

no hazardous rocks except near Unoo Saki.

2.35 Ara Hama (38°02'N., 140°55'E.) is a fishing port near the

mouth of the Abukuma Kawa, situated on the coast 18 miles

SSW of Shiogama.

2.35 Soma Ko (37°50'N., 140°57'E.) is situated 12.5 miles S of

Ara Hama and is protected by a S breakwater and a wharf

breakwater.

2.35 No. 1 Wharf, 275m long, is situated 0.2 mile NW of the root

of the S breakwater. There are depths of 4.8 to 8m alongside,

and 6.3m in the approach to the wharf.

2.35 No. 2 Wharf is situated about 0.5 mile SW of the head of the

S breakwater. There are depths of 5.2 to 7.6m alongside the S

face of this wharf. 

2.35 Matsukawaura Gyoko, situated in the SE part of Soma Ko, is

a fishing harbor entered W of Unoo Saki; it is suitable only for

small craft with local knowledge.

2.35 Unoo Saki (37°49'N., 141°00'E.), close E of Matukawaura

Ko, the E end of an isthmus, is a pine-covered point faced with

cliffs of red earth. Obstructions are situated 4.75 miles NE and

5.75 miles E of Unoo Saki. Fish haven obstructions are situated

13 miles NNE and 10.75 miles E of Unoo Saki. A submarine

wave meter and cable are located approximately 10 miles SSE

of Unoo Saki. 

2.36 Unoo Saki to Shioya Misaki.—From Unoo Saki, the

coast trends 50 miles S to Shioya Misaki, with no noticeable

indentations, and consists of cliffed coasts with alternate

stretches of sand and rock. The coast is backed by a plateau 46

to 183m high, with a range of mountains farther inland; the

coast is without prominent peaks or points.

2.36 The 10m line lies 0.5 to 1 mile from the shore; there are

rocky shoals in places that lie within 1 mile of the coast.

2.36 A prominent tower, 168m high, stands on the coast, 18.8

miles S of Unoo Saki. An oil exploration platform is situated in

position 37°17'49"N, 141°27'47"E. A submarine pipeline is

laid from the platform to the shore in position 37°14'14"N,

141°01'00"E.

2.36 Fukuura (37°33'N., 141°02'E.) is a small fishing harbor situated 16 miles S of the Unoo Saki. Uketo, another small

fishing port, lies 4 miles S of Fukuura.

2.36 Huku Shima Daiiti (37°25'N., 141°02'E.), a nuclear power

plant protected by breakwaters, is situated 3.8 miles S of

Fukuura. Within the breakwaters there is a basin dredged to

6m. There is shelter here in an emergency. There is a light

shown from the breakwater and several conspicuous chimneys

close to the shore.

2.36 Hisanohama Ko lies 16.5 miles S of Huku Shima Daiiti and

affords anchorage for small vessels and motor-powered sailing

boats during winter W winds. The E half has been dredged to a

depth of 5m. These waters are not calm during SE winds.

2.36 Yotsukura Ko (Yotukura Ko) (37°06'N., 141°00'E.), a small

fishing port divided into three parts by wharves and breakwaters,

is situated 19 miles S of Hukushima Daiiti. There are six lights

shown from the breakwaters. A wave meter lies 0.8 mile SE from

the S breakwater and a submarine cable runs from the wave meter

NW to the shore. It is dangerous to enter the harbor during N and

E winds, which cause large waves.

2.36 All basins have a tendency to become silted up with sand.

Fish havens are situated 1.8 miles E and 2.5 miles ESE of Yotsukura Ko.

2.36 Shioya Misaki (Sioya Misaki) (37°00'N., 140°59'E.), 7

miles S of Yotsukura Ko, is 55m high. A reef extends SE from

the cape for 1.5 miles to a rocky depth of 5.4m. There is a light

on this cape.

Shioya Misaki to Inubo Saki

2.37 From Shioya Misakito Inubo Saki, this 77-mile

stretch of coast is bow-shaped with few indentations. The area

S of Oarai Misaki is mostly a straight sandy beach backed by

wooded hills.

2.37 Generally, the 20m line lies 2 miles offshore, but it is irregular and extends seaward up to 3 miles in places There are

several isolated depths of less than 20m seaward of the 20m

line. Deep-draft vessels should sail with caution near O Ne, N

of Inubo Saki.

2.37 Caution.—Cold and warm currents meet in the area 60 to

110 miles offshore, between Shioya Misaki and Inubo Saki,

and generate whirlpools. Drifting wood, seaweed, and schools

of fish are found here and may be mistaken for rocks or reefs.

2.38 Shioya Misaki to Oarai Misaki.—From Shioya

Misaki to Otu (Otsu) Misaki, 13 miles SW, the coast is straight,

except for Mi Saki, which extends out to form the E side of

Onahama Wan.

2.38 Ena Ko (36°58'N., 140°58'E.), a small fishing harbor, is

situated close SSW of Shioya Misaki and protected by breakwaters.

2.38 Two outer detached breakwaters lie 0.3 mile seaward of the

harbor. A light is shown on the S head of the N of these breakwaters. A third detached breakwater lies nearly 183m ESE of

this light. A fourth detached breakwater, 40m long, is situated

0.3 mile SE of the same light. Special traffic rules are in force

in these two fishing harbors. Vessel should navigate anchor

along this coast carefully, as many shoals are outside the 10m

curve.

2.38 Depths—Limitations.—The shores of the basins are lined

with quays. There are general depths of 3 to 6m, and a number

of mooring buoys have been laid in each basin.

2.38 Guzubo, with a least depth of 1.6m over rock, lies 0.4 miles

SE of Kasso Misaki (Gasso Misaki). Karakai Dasi, with a least

depth of 6.5m over rock, lies 0.8 miles S of Kasso Misaki.

2.38 Onahama Wan (36°55'N., 140°52'E.), consisting of white
Sector 2. East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki 37

Pub. 158

cliffs on the shore, is located between Mi Saki and Ohama

Hana, 4 miles SW. Onahama Ko lies in the NE part of the bay.

Conspicuous yellow cliffs line the shore in the vicinity of Mi

Saki. West of the harbor area, from Has Saki to Ohama Hana,

the coast is backed by white cliffs.

2.38 Caution.—Fishing nets extend from 0.1 to 0.4 mile SE of

Mi Saki from March to January. A number of fish havens have

been established in the approaches to Onahama Ko.

Onahama Ko (36°56'N., 140°54'E.)

World Port Index No. 61355

2.39 Onahama Ko, an open port, is protected by a breakwater which projects SW from the shore; it is an important

commercial harbor and fishing center.

2.39 Winds—Weather.—Prevailing winds in the area are W

through N in winter, N during the spring and fall, and S in summer.

2.39 Locally, NE through SE winds in summer predict rain and S

winds predict good weather. In winter, snow with a NW wind

often changes to rain with the wind shifting to NE through E.

2.39 Frequent fogs begin in May; the foggiest month is July, with

an average of ten days; there is a subsequent drop by

September. Fogs here normally form offshore at night, and

enter the harbor on a weak E to S wind by morning, dissipating

with the rise of the sun and a N wind.

2.39 Tides—Currents.—Seaward of the breakwater the tidal

currents set clockwise to the S with the rising tide and counterclockwise to the N with a falling tide; the rate of flow is 0.5

knot. The directional change occurs at about the times of the

HW and LW. Within the breakwaters the currents are negligible. The maximum tidal range is 2.6m. The range of the tide

is about 1.4m.

2.39 Depths—Limitations—The draft limit in the channel is

9.7m to the port, 13.5m to the tanker sea berth, and 12.3m to

Pier No. 7. The 20m curve lies off the W breakwater. The

depths alongside range from 4.5 to 124m.

2.39 Onahama Sekiyu Sea Berth, a dolphin berth for tankers up to

80,000 dwt, is situated on the N side of No. 2 W breakwater. A

light is shown and a horn fog signal is sounded from the center

dolphin; an auxiliary light is shown on the dolphin at each end

of the berth. There is a depth of 15m alongside. A submarine

pipeline is laid from the center dolphin to the shore in the

vicinity of an oil refinery, 0.8 mile W. A submarine cable runs

from the sea berth to the shore at the root of Misaki Breakwater.

2.39 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory. Pilots normally

board in the vicinity of the quarantine anchorage. During

strong S winds and high running seas, vessels should not approach too close to the harbor entrance, as there is danger of

being set down onto the breakwaters. Large tankers are boarded 2 miles SSE of the Offing Breakwater Light.

2.39 Vessels berth in daylight.

2.39 Anchorage.—A circular quarantine anchorage is centered

2.3 miles SSW of Mi Saki, in 30m. Another anchorage is situated 0.4 mile SSE of the center of the quarantine anchorage,

also in a depth of 30m.

2.39 Vessels not equipped with spark screens on their smokestacks, or carrying open flame, or with inadequate fire fighting

equipment are prohibited (except by special permission of the

harbormaster) from anchoring within 33m of tankers carrying

hazardous flammable cargo.

2.39 Caution.—Turikurai Iso, a rock with a depth of 7.4m, is

located 0.7 mile SW of the light on the head of the W breakwater. Enomori Iso, with a least depth of 16.9m, lies 2.2 miles

E of Mi Saki. Fish haven obstructions lie 0.5 mile E of Enomori Iso. Fishing reefs lie 0.3 mile N and 0.5 mile NE of Enomori Iso. A wave meter, marked by a lighted buoy, is on the

bottom 1 miles SSE of the Mi Saki Breakwater Light; a submarine cable runs from this meter to the light. Another fish

haven, constructed of concrete blocks, lies 1.5 miles SE of the

Onahama Ko No. 1 West Breakwater South Light.

2.40 Hirakata Ko (35°51'N., 140°48'E.), a small fishing

harbor, is situated 6 miles SW of Onahama Ko. It is suitable

only for small vessels with local knowledge, as the approach is

encumbered with numerous dangers with depths of 2m or less.

The harbor is protected by breakwaters. A light is shown at the

head of the E breakwater. Vessels with local knowledge may

obtain anchorage off Hirakata Ko, in a depth of 20m, mud and

sand, with the head of the S breakwater bearing 219°, distant

0.9 mile.

2.40 Caution.—Fixed fishing nets are laid between 2 and 3.25

miles ENE of Hirakata Ko, between March and January.

2.41 Otu (Otsu) Misaki (36°50'N., 140°48'E.) is a steep

point, 40m high, located 1.75 miles SSE of Hirakata Ko. On a

plateau about 0.8 mile W of it is a conspicuous grove of pine

trees.

2.41 Otu (Otsu) Ko, a small harbor protected by breakwaters, is

situated 0.5 mile W of Otu Misaki. There are three basins

within Otu Ko. The W basin shelters quays having lengths of

150m, with alongside depths of 6m on the N side and 4m on

the E side of the basin. Depths in the center and E basins are

less; mooring buoys occupy the center of these two basins.

2.41 From Otu Misaki, the coast trends in a SSW direction 11

miles to Kawajiri Saki (Kawaziri Saki), a flat point 20m high,

with a few pine trees on it.

2.41 A shoal, with a depth of 9.4m, is located 1.5 miles offshore,

2.5 miles S of the light structure on Kawajiri Saki. A rock,

which uncovers, lies 4 miles NNE of Kawajiri Saki. A fish

haven obstruction lies 2 miles SE of this same point. Ose Ko, a

small fishing harbor enclosed by breakwaters built on the

fringing reef, is situated 5.3 miles SSW of Kawajiri Saki.

Lights are shown from this harbor.

Hitachi Ko (Hitati Ko) (36°30'N., 140°38'E.)

World Port Index No. 61356

2.42 Hitachi Ko is an open port protected from the E and S

by breakwaters. Kuji Gyoko (Kuji Ko), a Kuji Ko fishing port,

is enclosed within the breakwater, in the N extremity of the

harbor. Momiya Kawa discharges into the harbor and Kuzi

Kawa (Kuzi Kawi) flows out between two breakwaters into the

S part of the harbor limits.

2.42 Winds—Weather.—Northeast and SE winds prevail in the

spring, while the summer winds are mainly from the S or NE.

2.42 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance to the harbor is from
38 Sector 2. East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki 

Pub. 158

the SSE and is entered between the E and S breakwaters. The

10m curve extends within the harbor entrance; there is a width

of 0.13 mile between the 10m line at the entrance between the

breakwaters. The draft limitation in the channel is 8.5m. The

depths alongside the wharves range from 4 to 10m. The maximum draft permissible alongside the wharf is 9.5m, and 15,000

dwt.

2.42 A harbor has been constructed N of Kuji Ko. There are

depths of at least 10m W of the breakwater head, and 7.5 to

10m alongside Suwasita Quay on the S side of the reclaimed

land. Reclamation continues W of the breakwaters.

2.42 Aspect.—A power station stands on the coast 5 miles N of

Iso Saki. Its chimney is marked by obstruction lights, and

attains a height of 140m. Another chimney, which attains a

height of 90m, stands close S. A framework observation tower,

close W of the power station, is also marked by an obstruction

light. There are two radio towers, 54m high, situated on the N

side of the mouth of the Momiya Kawa, and there are numerous tanks situated about 0.4 mile NE of the radio towers. Hitachi Light is shown from a white concrete tower on Kobochi

Hana, 1 mile NE of the wharves. Lights are shown from the

breakwaters.

2.42 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory; however, pilots are

available and board at position 36°28'13''N, 140°39'11"E between sunrise and sunset. Vessels should arrange pilotage if

needed through their agent. 

2.42 Anchorage.—A quarantine anchorage, semicircular in

shape, bound on the SE by the harbor limit, has a radius of

about 0.2 mile. The depths in the anchorage range from 9.6 to

15m. There is an area prohibited to anchorage on the W side of

the E breakwater.

2.42 Caution.—Onne Iso, which dries 1.6m, is located about 0.4

mile E of the N extremity of the E breakwater.

2.42 A fishing harbor, protected by breakwaters, is situated 1.3

miles S of Hitachi Ko. A light is shown at the head of the N

breakwater. Beacons, in line bearing 330°, lead between the

heads of the breakwaters into the harbor, which has general

depths of 6m.

2.43 Hitachi-Naka Ko (36°24'N., 140°37'E.) lies

approximately 5 miles S of Hitachi Ko Breakwater. The port is

protected by a 2.5-mile long detached breakwater marked by

lights. There are also two detached breakwaters marked by

lights which shelter the N wharf area and outer trade quay.

2.43 Depths—Limitations.—There are more than 40 berths

available, with depths of 5.5 to 18m. Vessels up to 130,000 dwt

can be accommodated. Quays on the N and S wharf areas have

been completed; there is a central area which remains under

construction. 

Iso Saki (36°23'N., 140°38'E.), a low sandy cape with a

number of pine trees on it, is located 7 miles S of Hitachi Ko;

the cape is fringed with reefs. A light is shown from a round

concrete tower, 14m high, on Iso Saki. A lighted buoy is

moored 1.5 miles ENE of Iso Saki. Two lighted buoys are

moored 3.5 and 4.5 miles N, respectively, of Iso Saki and mark

the ends of two submarine water pipelines extending from the

shore WSW.

2.43 Nakaminato Ko (36°20'N., 140°36'E.) is a fishing harbor in

the mouth of Naka Kawa and is situated about 3 miles SSW of

Iso Saki. The harbor consists of a series of quayed basins, with

depths up to 3m. A wave meter, lying 3 miles offshore, is 3.2

miles SSE of Nakaminato Ko.

Kashima Ko (35°56'N., 140°42'E.)

World Port Index No. 61357

2.44 Kashima Ko is a coastal harbor, protected by breakwaters, situated 25 miles SSE of Nakaminato Ko; it is an open

port. The area between the breakwaters is called the outer port,

and the dredged area inland is called the inner port. 

Hitachi-Naka Ko—Berth Information

Length Depth Maximum 

vessel size

Number of 

vessels

North Wharf

400m 18.0m 130,000 dwt 1

310m 14.0-15.0m 40,000 dwt 1

250m 12.0m 30,000 dwt 1

170m 10.0m 10,000 dwt 1

390m 7.5m 5,000 dwt 3

200m 7.5m 2,000 dwt 2

300m 5.5m 2,000 dwt 3

South Wharf

260m 6.5-7.0m 5,000 dwt 2

180m 3.0-5.0m 2,000 dwt 2

270m 5.5m 2,000 dwt 3

Kashima Ko—Signals

Day signal Night signal Meaning

A flashing white light every 2 

seconds, or a black cone point up

A flashing white light every 

2 seconds

Vessels may enter.

Vessels of 1,000 grt or over, intending to depart, must

stop and wait.

Vessels of under 1,000 grt may depart.
Sector 2. East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki 39

Pub. 158

2.44 This artificial port, the largest single port in Japan, with over

9 miles of wharves serves a new industrial zone E of Tokyo.

2.44 Depths—Limitations.—There are depths of 19 to 30m in

the approach from the sea to the quarantine anchorage. The

channel is entered on a range line that has been dredged to a

depth of 24m (1979) for a distance of 1.5 miles over a width of

494m. The depths decrease to 22m and then to 19m in the inner

harbor. In the N and S fairways there are depths of 10 to 13m.

There are depths at the berths from 5 to 22m.

2.44 The crude oil pier on the W side of the S breakwater will

accommodate a vessel up to 252,059 dwt and 19m draft. Other

berths have no length limitations, but are governed by draft and

tonnage. South Public Wharf has eight berths with depths of

6.1 to 10.3m alonsgide. 

2.44 Aspect.—On the S side of the harbor there is a chimney,

234m high, situated 0.8 mile SW of the root of the S breakwater. There are two chimneys, about 205m high, situated

close E of the above chimney. There are two conspicuous radar

towers situated 2.3 miles NW of the head of the N breakwater.

2.44 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50,000

grt. Pilots are available between 0645 and 1600 in the summer

and 0645 and 1430 in wenter off the S breakwater for oil,

chemical, and LPG tankers. For sailing, pilots are available

from 0600 to 1700 in summer and 0630 to 1600 in winter. The

pilot boards within a circle of radius 1.5 miles centered on

position 36°00'N, 140°46'E, about 3.8 miles NE of the light on

the S breakwater. All movements at the port are controlled

from the signal station near the NW of the harbor entrance.

2.44 If weather conditions make boarding vessels of less than

10,000 tons difficult, then with the agreement of the ship’s

master, the pilot vessel may display flags UH and guide the

vessel into the harbor, where the pilot will board. 

2.44 Signals.—There is a signal station on the N side of the harbor, 0.7 mile SW of the head of the N breakwater. The traffic

control signals are given in the table titled Kashima Ko—Signals. The signals described in this table apply to any vessel intending to enter or depart from the fairway leading from the

harbor limit into the port area.

2.44 Vessels of 15,000 grt or over and tankers of 1,000 grt or over

must report their ETA off the entrance to Kashima Fairway

before noon of the preceding day, and their ETD. Any change

in ETA must be promptly reported to the Captain of the Port.

2.44 A vessel is required to display, disposed vertically, the

following flags of the International Code to indicate the

position of the wharf to which it is proceeding:

1. Second substitute CN—Central Fairway, N side.

2. Second substitute CS—Central Fairway, S side.

3. Second substitute NW—North Fairway, W side.

4. Second substitute NE—North Fairway, E side.

5. Second substitute SW—South Fairway, W side.

6. Second substitute SE—South Fairway, E side.

2.44 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage, rectangular in

shape, is situated in the N extremity of the harbor limit, 1.8

miles NNW of the head of the S breakwater. The recommended anchorage for large vessels is 2.75 miles NE of the head of

the S breakwater, in depths from 21 to 26m. Vessels should

stay clear of the approach to the entrance channel.

2.44 Vessels not equipped with a spark screen, using open fires, or

with inadequate fire controlling equipment are prohibited from

approaching within 30m of facilities or vessels involved in

handling petroleum products within the port.

2.44 Caution.—In rough weather, waves may break over the S

breakwater, rendering it invisible to shipboard radar. An overhead cable runs from the NW end of the Kashima Ammonia

and Urea Company quay to the SW. The height of the lowest

cable is 37m. Fish haven obstructions are situated 5 miles N

and 7.6 miles NNW, 2.4 miles and 1.8 miles offshore, respectively, of Kasimo Ko.

2.44 Great care is required when entering or leaving the harbor

between May and the end of September due to fixed net fishing

operations.

2.44 From Kashima Ko, the coast trends in a SSE direction for a

distance of 13 miles to Tone Gawa (Kawa). O Ne, with a depth

of 17m, lies 5.5 miles NE of the mouth of Tone Gawa.

2.44 Sunken wrecks, dangerous to navigation, lie 9.1 miles N, 3.6

miles NE, and 4.4 miles NE of the Tone Kawa entrance.

A flashing red light every 2 

seconds or a black cube

A flashing red light every 2 

second

Vessels may depart.

Vessels of 1,000 grt or over, intending to enter, must

wait outside the fairway, keeping clear of vessels

leaving.

Vessels of under 1,000 grt may enter.

An alternating flashing red and 

white light every 3 seconds, or 

two black cones points together

An alternating flashing red 

and white light every 3 

seconds

Tankers of 1,000 grt or over and other vessels of 15,000

grt or over, intending to enter, must wait outside the

fairway, keeping clear of vessels leaving.

Tankers of 1,000 grt or over and other vessels of 15,000

grt or over, intending to depart, must stop and wait.

Tankers of under 1,000 grt and other vessels of under

15,000 grt may enter or depart.

A flashing light, three red and 

three white flashes every 6 

seconds, or two black cones 

points together, over a red square 

flag

A flashing light, three red 

and three white flashes every 

6 seconds

No vessel shall enter or depart without directions from 

the Captain of the Port.

Kashima Ko—Signals

Day signal Night signal Meaning
40 Sector 2. East Coast of Honshu—Shiriya Saki to Inubo Saki 

Pub. 158

2.45 Choshi Ko (Tyosi Ko) (35°44'N., 140°51'E.) (World

Port Index No. 61360), a fishing port, is situated inside the

mouth of the Tone Gawa. Breakwaters protect the channel

leading into the river. A power transmission cable, with a vertical clearance of 26m, spans the mouth of the river.

2.45 A breakwater, marked on its N end by a light, is situated on

the S side of the approach to Tone Gawa. A training wall extends in a NE direction toward the mouth of the river and is

separated from the breakwater by an opening about 114m

wide. There are several boat harbors in this vicinity. There are

several dangers within the 10m curve off this river entrance

within 1.3 miles of the shore.

2.45 Inubo Saki (35°42'N., 140°52'E.), a prominent high point at

the E end of Choshi Hanto, which forms the S shore of Tone

Gawa, is fringed with reefs and above-water and sunken rocks,

up to 0.4 mile offshore. Inubo Saki Light is shown from a

round white tower. The E side of Choshi Hanto is a sandy

beach; the W side consists of a 20 to 40m high red earthcovered dark cliff. 

2.45 Atago Yama, close W of the point, is 74m high and covered

with trees; it is conspicuous.

Inubo Saki Light
Pub. 158

3.Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki

3.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 3 — CHART INFORMATION
43

Pub. 158

SECTOR 3 

SOUTHEAST COAST OF HONSHU—INUBO SAKI TO IRO SAKI

3.0 Plan.—The sector describes the SE coast of Honshu from

Inubo Saki in a SW direction to Iro Saki including Sagami

Nada, Sagami Wan, and Tokyo Wan. The island of O Shima

lies almost in the middle of the entrance to Sagami Nada, and

although a member of the Izu Shichito group, it is described in

this sector. 

3.0 Caution.—Due to the earthquakes that occurred on 11

March 2011, offshore of the Tohoku region in Japan, and the

resultant tsunami, variation of the coastline and seafloor must

be considered and caution exercised. Wrecks and obstructions

may be displaced from previously charted positions and new

obstructions experienced along the E coast of Honshu and in

the harbors. Breakwaters may be altered in position and length

and many aids to navigation destroyed. The charts of these

areas have been significantly affected and will be updated as

surveys and time allow. See sector-paragraph 2.3 for

operational status of the ports described in this sector. 

General Remarks

3.1 From Inubo Saki, the coast trends SW for about 120

miles to Iro Saki. Between Inubo Saki and Noshima Saki, the

NE half of this stretch, consisting of two bights, has no

pronounced indentations, but between Noshima Saki and Iro

Saki, about 55 miles WSW, lies the entrance to Sagami Nada.

This extensive bay, with Tokyo Wan, its inner arm, penetrates

the Honshu mainland in a N direction for a distance of almost

60 miles.

3.1 Caution.—Vessels making the coast, between Inubo Saki

and Noshima Saki from the E, must exercise great care as the

complex current system and the prevalance of fog, especially

in the summer, render this section particularly hazardous. Continuous soundings and frequent readings of the sea temperature

may afford warnings. During the summer months, a swell usually causes heavy breakers on this coast.

Inubo Saki to Katsuura Wan

3.2 From Inubo Saki the coast trends SSW for 44 miles to

Katsuura Wan. The middle of this stretch, for a distance of 27

miles, is composed of a flat sandy beach known as Kujujuri

Hama (Kuzyukuri Hama). The coast on either side of the beach

is considerably more rugged.

3.2 The land backing this coast consists mainly of low hills. It

has been reported that the mountain located about 3 miles N of

Katsuura Wan gives good radar returns up to 40 miles when

approaching this coast.

3.2 The 20m curve lies nearly 8 miles from shore in the vicinity

of Kujujuri Hama, but is less than 1 mile from shore to the S of

Toriyama Hana. There are no depths under 10m beyond 2

miles from the shore.

3.2 Winds—Weather.—From spring through autumn, a NE

wind blows offshore while a strong N wind blows near the

shore in the vicinity of Katsuura Ko. This is caused by the NE

wind being deflected to a N wind by the mountains of the

lower Boso Hanto.

3.2 Tides—Currents.—The Kuroshio flows close offshore S of

Katsuura Ko, becoming a strong NE flowing current; N of

Katsuura Ko the current directions become unstable, with the

velocity never going over 1 knot.

3.2 From Inubo Saki, the coast trends S for 1 mile to Nagasaki

Hana; the water between these two points is foul and a small

islet lies 0.25 mile SE of Nagasaki Hana.

3.2 Togawa Ko (35°42'N., 140°51'E.), a small fishing village, is

situated about 0.8 mile W of Nagasaki Hana.

3.2 Inuwaka Hana, with a breakwater close W with a light on it,

lies about 0.3 mile W of Togawa Ko.

3.2 Naarai Ko (35°42'N., 140°51'E.), a small fishing harbor N

of Inuwaka Hana, provides refuge when weather and sea conditions make it impractical to enter Choshi Ko.

3.2 Byobuga Ura, a cliffy red coast, extends 5 miles WSW from

a position 1.5 miles NW of Naarai Ko. A light is situated on a

point at the W extremity of this cliff.

3.2 There are several fish haven obstructions and wrecks dangerous to navigation beyond the 10m and 20m curves along Kujujuri Hama; vessels should navigate with caution. Fish havens

are situated 2 miles S, 2.1 miles SSE, 6 miles SE, 8.4 miles

SSE, and 10.5 miles SW of the light on Byobuga Ura. Sunken

wrecks lie 3.5 miles SSE, 7 miles SE, 5.7 miles SSE, 12.6

miles S, and 12.6 and 16 miles SSW of this light.

3.3 Taito Saki (35°18'N., 140°25'E.) lies at the S end of

Kujujuri Hana. This prominent wooded point has a white and

red bluff on its N side and a vertical white chalk cliff on its S

side, 69m high. A light is displayed from an octagonal concrete tower, 8.2m high, situated on the point. Fish haven obstructions lie 8.4 and 12 miles NE of Taito Saki Light.

3.3 An irregularly-shaped area, about 4.5 miles in extent from E

to W, lies with its center about 7 miles ESE of the lighthouse

on Taito Saki; this area has been wire dragged to a depth of 9m

in the W part and 10m elsewhere. There are other areas in the

vicinity that have been wire dragged; their positions may be

seen on the chart.

3.3 Hatiman Saki, 3.5 miles S of Taito Saki, is composed of reddish-yellow cliffs 30m high. A light is situated on the point and

lights are also situated on the rocky area that extends about 0.5

mile N of Hatiman Saki.

3.3 Toriyama Hana (35°11'N., 140°22'E.) is located 4.75 miles

SSW of Hatiman Saki; there is a white monument on the point

rising to a height of 79m. When seen from the SW, Toriyana

Hana appears round and is easy to distinguish, but from the E it

greatly resembles Hachiman Saki, on the E side of Katsuura

Ko entrance. Vessels approaching from the E should bear this

in mind.

3.3 There are shoals lying within 0.8 mile SSW and 1 mile E of

Toriyama Hana. The sea breaks heavily on these shoals with S

and E winds.

3.3 Hachiman Saki (Hatiman Saki) (35°08'N., 140°19'E.), the E
44 Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 

Pub. 158

entrance point of Katsuura Ko, is a black, wooded point 50m

high, located 5 miles SW of Toriyama Hana. Three dangerous

rocks are charted outside the 10m lcurvee, 1 mile E of

Hachiman Saki, and a 4.1m patch is charted close S of the E

rock. There is a lighthouse on this point.

3.4 Katsuura Ko (35°08'N., 140°18'E.) is a small harbor

protected by breakwaters situated on the E side of Katsuura

Wan. In the harbor are depths of about 4m. A lighted tower

stands at the head of each of the W and S breakwaters. The

harbor limit is bound on the S by a line extending from

Hachiman Point to a point 1 mile WNW. Small vessels may

anchor here, in depths of 6.5 to 9.5m. The holding ground is

not good and anchoring is not possible when strong SW winds

occur. 

3.4 Vessels passing Katsuura Wan should keep at least 3 miles

offshore, as the depths are irregular and the bottom is rocky.

Katsuura Wan to Emino Saki

3.5 From Katsuura Wan, the coast trends in a SW direction 25 miles to Noshima Saki (Nozima Saki), then continues

in a NW direction 8 miles to Suno Saki.

3.5 For a distance of 12 miles WSW of Katsuura Wan, the coast is

steep and much indented, consisting for the most part of continuous whitish cliffs. From this point, the coast consists of sandy

beaches and a much less indented shoreline to Suno Saki. The

mountains which back this shore are under 400m high.

3.5 Myoken Yama (35°10'N., 140°09'E.), located 8 miles W of

Katsuura Wan, rises to a height of 418m and is the highest

point on Boso Hanto. The tall dark cedars make this a good

mark, and inbound vessels spot this point first. Takatsuka Yama

(Takatuka Yama), 214m high, located 3.25 miles NE of

Noshima Saki, is a wooded peak which is a good mark from

the offing.

3.5 The 20m curve lies from 0.2 mile to 2 miles offshore along

this coast. There are dangers and shoal patches close outside

this curve which are charted.

3.5 Winds—Weather.—In summer, relatively weak SE winds

dominate and blow across the Kuroshio and the temperatures

become extremely high. During the winter period of the Northwest Monsoon, the climate is generally mild, due to the influence of the Kuroshio.

3.5 Tides—Currents.—The Kuroshio flows at a rate of 1 to 3

knots toward the NE, 20 miles off the coast between Toriyama

Hana and Noshima Saki. South of Katsuura Ko, the Kuroshio

flows much closer to shore, becoming a strong NE current.

3.5 Between Toriyama Hana and Noshima Saki, the tidal flood

currents set SW, while ebb currents set NE less than 1 mile

from shore. When the tidal currents and ocean currents meet,

the rate will exceed 3 knots.

3.6 From the W entrance point of Katsuura Wan to Emino

Hana, about 12 miles distant WSW, the coast is steep and much

indented, consisting for the most part of continuous whitishcolored cliffs.

3.6 Uchiura Wan (35°07'N., 140°12'E.), located about 5 miles

WSW of Katsuura Wan, has numerous shoals and gradually

shallows from the 25m curve to the shore. There are rock

ledges on the E and W side of the bay, with the E half of the

bay being especially rocky. Small vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor, in 5.5 to 28m, sand. However, heavy SW

winds bring waves into the bay.

3.6 Kamogawa, a small port sheltered by islets and a series of

breakwaters, is situated about 4.5 miles WSW of Uchiura Wan.

There are a N and E entrances to the harbor.

3.6 Emino Hana (Yoshiurano Hana) (35°03'N., 140°04'E.), 3

miles SW of Kamogawa, is fringed by a rocky ledge. A hill,

93m high, lies close within the point. This densely-wooded hill

is conspicuous from the NE and SW.

Emino Saki to Suno Saki

3.7 From Emino Hana to Kottono Hana, about 8.5 miles

SW, the coast recedes in a gentle curve of sandy beach. The

coast in the vicinity of Kottono Hana is fringed by foul ground

and a vessel should not approach within 0.5 mile of it; tide rips

frequently occur off the point. It has been reported that Kottono

Hana is a good radar target up to 40 miles.

3.7 Between Kottono Hana and Noshima Saki, 4.5 miles SW, the

coast consists of a series of rocky and sandy beaches backed by

low hills.

3.7 A 1.4m patch lies close inside the 20m curve, 1.5 miles ESE

of Noshima Saki. A 4.6m rocky patch lies outside the 20m

curve, 0.4 mile SE of the 1.4m depth, and an isolated 12m

rocky patch lies 0.5 mile farther SE.

3.7 Noshima Saki (Nozima Saki) (Nojima Saki) (34°54'N.,

139°54'E.), a long flat cape, extends about 0.3 mile S. A light is

situated on the point and is shown from an octagonal concrete

tower, 29m high. The light structure was reported to be a good

radar target from 18 miles.

3.7 A signal station is situated on Noshima Saki at the

lighthouse. 

3.8 From Noshima Saki, the coast trends WNW for about

3.3 miles to Dottsuno Hana and then NW for about 5 miles to

Suno Saki. This coastline consists of sand beaches and rocky

shores backed by low hills.

3.8 The 20m curve lies 0.3 mile S of Noshima Saki, about 1.8

miles SW of Dottsuno Hana, and closes to 0.25 mile off a point

0.75 mile S of Suno Saki. There are no charted dangers outside

the 20m curve. However, overfalls occur in some seasons in an

area which extends from 2.5 to 5.75 miles SW of Dottsuno

Hana.

3.8 Suno Saki (34°58'N., 139°46'E.) rises to an elevation of 35m

and appears from the S or N as a row of small hills.

3.8 O Yama, the highest hill in the vicinity, lies 1.25 miles SE of

Suno Saki and is 193m high and conical. A lighthouse stands

on Suno Saki.

3.8 Tides—Currents.—The current 1.5 miles SW of Dottsuno

Hana sets regularly between the E and SE, with a velocity of 2

to 4 knots, but at times, this current runs in a reverse direction

for a week or more at a time.

3.8 In a position 1.5 miles W of Suno Saki, the flood current has

a maximum rate of 1.5 knots and sets NW, while the ebb current has a maximum rate of 2.2 knots and sets S. The currents

reverse about 1 hour after maximum flood and maximum ebb.
Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 45

Pub. 158

Further, in this vicinity, a strong onshore tide occasionally

occurs from the W producing overfalls in an area close NW of

Suno Saki. Vessels should navigate with care in the vicinity of

Suno Saki, as the strong E currents may change to W currents

in some seasons.

3.8 Caution.—A voluntary traffic separation scheme has been

established by the Japan Captains’Association W of Suno Saki.

The traffic scheme should be adhered to as far as practicable in

the interest of safe navigation. Further information can be

found in Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific

Ocean and Southeast Asia. 

Suno Saki to Tokyo Wan

3.9 Oniga Se (34°54'N., 139°49'E.), with a depth of

4.1m, lies near the extremity of a reef extending about 1.3

miles SW of Dottsuno Hana. The least depth over the reef, less

than 1.9m, lies about 0.3 mile NE of Oniga Se.

3.9 Kohage Dashi (Kahage Dashi), a detached rocky patch with

a depth of 5.8m, lies about 0.8 mile NW of Suno Saki.

3.9 Sagami Nada (35°00'N., 139°30'E.) is an extensive bay

which, with Tokyo Wan, deeply indents the SE coast of Honshu. It lies between two peninsulas, the Boso Hanto on the E

and the Izu Hanto on the W, with its entrance between their S

extremities, Noshima Saki and Iro Saki, about 55 miles WSW.

O Shima lies almost in the middle of the entrance and the

channels on either side are wide and deep. A peninsula named

Miura Hanto projects from the head of Sagami Nada; that part

of the bay to the W of this projection is known as Sagami Wan.

Uraga Suido leads off the E side of Sagami Nada and into

Courtesy of Japan Captains Association

Suno Saki and Tsurugi Saki—Voluntary Traffic Separation Schemes
46 Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 

Pub. 158

Tokyo Wan, passing between the E side of the Miura Hanto

and the W side of the Boso Hanto.

3.9 Winds—Weather.—Doyo Nami is the name given a wave

phenomenon which occurs in Sagami Nada at about the time of

the greatest heat of summer. This phenomenon lasts for several

days, and its effects are felt as far as Uraga Suido. Typhoons,

which normally form far to the S of Japan, send out in all

directions a long swell which becomes higher as it approaches

the shallow coastal waters and causes great waves to break on

the shore. Doyo Nami can be expected during the typhoon

season particularly in August and September. A sign of its

approach is the gathering of a dense bank of clouds high up to

the E of O Shima. As it nears the coast, its size and velocity

increase. It is reported that a 3m wave in the offing will

increase in height to more than 6.1m in the proximity of the

coast, and that the strength of the wind does not materially

affect this characteristic. There is a relation between the acceleration of force and the duration of this phenomenon; if the

acceleration is rapid the duration is shortened, and if the acceleration is gradual the duration tends to be lengthened. After the

subsidence of this phenomonen, it is reported that light S winds

and a calm sea prevail. Vessels expecting to encounter this disturbance should maintain a good offing.

3.10 O Shima (34°44'N., 139°24'E.), the largest and northernmost of the Izu Shichito, lies in about the middle of the

entrance to Sagami Nada, in a position almost 20 miles SW of

Suno Saki. The N and E sides of the island are steep and rocky,

but the S and W sides have some sandy beaches. Habu Ko, a

small landlocked inlet, indents the SE end of the island. Okada

Ko, a small harbor, lies about 1 mile SE of the N extremity of

the island.

3.10 Tides—Currents.—The effect of the current in the vicinity

of O Shima is greatly modified by the tidal currents. The E

Kuroshio impinges on the island in the vicinity of Semba Saki,

the SW extremity of the island, and divides, with one branch

flowing N along the W coast and the other flowing E along the

S coast. The N branch flows NE past Chiga Saki, the island’s

NW extremity, at a rate of about 3 knots; tide rips occur here.

The S branch flows E past Habu Ko, at a rate of 3 knots, but

during spring tides in the summer, a resultant W set has been

observed during the flood. Tide rips occur off this SE point.

Off the E side of O Shima, the flood sets N and the ebb sets S

at respective rates of 0.5 and 1.5 knots.

3.10 Aspect.—O Shima (Mihara Yama) is volcanic; its summit is

an active volcano which continuously emits smoke. A light is

situated at Kazahaya Saki on the N coast. The island was reported to be a good radar target from 26 miles. 

3.10 Caution.—A voluntary traffic separation scheme has been

established by the Japan Captains’Association NW of O

Shima. The traffic scheme should be adhered to as far as practicable in the interest of safe navigation. Further information

can be found in Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide)

Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia. 

Tokyo Wan

3.11 Tokyo Wan is an open bay entered between Suno Saki

and Ken Saki (Tsurugi Saki), 10.5 miles NNW. It trends in a

general N direction for about 14 miles to the narrows between

Futtsu Saki and Kannon Saki; then it curves NE for about 25

miles. The coast immediately adjacent to Tokyo Wan is low,

but to the N and NW are high mountains, which afford some

protection against wind from the NW quadrant. The S portion

of the bay is called Uraga Suido; its middle and N portions are

the locales of the major ports of Tokyo, Yokohama, Yokosuka,

Tiba Ko (Chiba Ko), and Kisarazu Ko.

3.11 Winds—Weather.—In Tokyo Wan, fog is most frequent in

the months of May, June, July, and December. In fine weather

fog, usually sets in from midnight to early morning and lifts as

the sun rises high, but there are exceptions. Fog is comparatively frequent in the vicinities of Kannon Saki, Suno Saki, and

Joga Shima, but the visibility is rarely less than 0.1 mile.

3.11 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in Tokyo Wan are

weak and irregular and are usually stronger on the W side than

on the E. In the narrows between Futtsu Saki and Kannon Saki,

the flood sets NW and then follows the trend of the shore to

Yokohama; the ebb sets in the opposite direction. At springs, a

drift of 1 to 1.5 knots is experienced.

3.11 Depths—Limitations.—The depths through Uraga Suido

vary from over 200 to 37m in the narrows. In the inner part of

the bay depths of more than 37m prevail on the W side for a

few miles, and over the central part the depths range from 18.3

to 33m, but depths of less than 18.3m extend for almost 10

miles from the head.

3.11 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory in Tokyo Wan and its

approaches, including Uraga Suido, for vessels of 10,000 grt or

over; pilotage is recommended for all other vessels. The pilot

boards in a position 2 to 3 miles S of Lighted Buoy No. 1

(35°12'30"N., 139°46'48"E.)

3.11 Regulations.—Pre-Entry Reports.—The Tokyo Wan

Traffic Advisory Service Center must be notified of a vessel’s

ETA by noon of the day prior to the date of entering Uraga

Suido and Naka-no-Se Traffic Routes. Notification may be

made by telephone, telegram, VHF, or in writing. Notification

may also be sent directly to the coastal radio station of the

Maritime Safety Agency in Yokohama.

3.11 Vessels carrying dangerous cargo should further advise

concerning their arrival 3 hours prior to entering the traffic

route. 

3.11 Any change of ETA should be reported immediately.

Kazahaya Saki Light
Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 47

Pub. 158

3.11 Tokyo Wan Traffic Advisory Service Center (Tokyo

MARTIS)—Vessels must maintain continuous contact with

Tokyo Wan Traffic Advisory Service Center on VHF channels

16 and 13 while navigating in the traffic routes, approaches to

the traffic routes and in the adjacent sea area. 

Navigation of the following ports is coordinated through

Tokyo Wan Traffic Advisory Service (TAS):

1. Chiba, including Funabashi

2. Kawasaki

3. Kisarazu

4. Tokyo

5. Yokohama

6. Yokosuka

3.11 Additional information is available at the Tokyo MARTIS

website: 

3.11 Vessels of 50m or more in length, excluding vessels which

are equipped with and operating AIS, and vessels of 100 grt or

more having a carrying capacity of 30 persons or more,

inclusive of crew, passengers, and other members onboard,

should report to Tokyo Wan Traffic Advisory Service Center

(Tokyo MARTIS) on VHF channel 16 or by telephone when

crossing the following position reporting lines, the limits of

which are best seen on the appropriate chart: 

1. The reporting line for vessels leaving Tokyo West,

Tokyo East, Chiba passages, and Funabashi fairway.

2. The reporting line for vessels leaving Ichihara,

Anegasaki passages and Sodegaura fairway.

3. The reporting line for vessels leaving Kawasaki

passage, and Ogishima East fairway.

4. The reporting line for vessels leaving Yokohama,

Tsurumi passages and Ogishima fairway.

Courtesy of Japan Captains Association

O Shima—Voluntary Traffic Separation Scheme

Tokyo MARTIS

http://www6.kaiho.mlit.go.jp/tokyowan

Reporting Lines

Name of Reporting Lines Abbreviation Description

Urago Suido Traffic Route South US A line bearing 270° from Hamkanaya Ko Breakwater Light to the 

coast.
48 Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 

Pub. 158

3.11 The following information should be included in the report:

1. Vessel’s name and call sign.

2. Abbreviation of Reporting Line .

3. Time of crossing.

4. Destination of vessel.

3.11 Outbound vessels or vessels shifting in Tokyo Wan should be

governed as described above.

3.11 Steering and Sailing Rules: The following regulations

apply to vessels transiting Tokyo Wan:

1. A vessel navigating in Tokyo Wan should not use an

automatic pilot.

2. Sailing rules in the vicinity of each entrance and exit

of the traffic routes; refer to accompanying illustration.

a. A vessel navigating in the vicinity of the N exit of

Naka-no-Se Traffic Route leaving Kisarazu Ko should

pass Kisarazu Ko Lighted Buoy (35°24.9'N., 139°47.2'E.)

on its port side.

b. A southbound vessel from Tokyo or its vicinity in

the offing of Kawasaki should pass Kawasaki Ku Lighted

Buoy No. 2 on its starboard side at a distance of 1,000m or

more.

c. A southbound vessel in the area W of Naka-no-Se

should keep a distance of 1,000m or more from Tokyo Wan

Naka-no-Se Lighted Buoy D, Lighted Buoy C, and Lighted

Buoy B on its port hand. A vessel intending to anchor W of

Naka-no-se should keep at least 1 mile from a line joining

Lighted Buoy B, Lighted Buoy C, and Lighted Buoy D.

d. A southbound vessel from Tokyo, Chiba, or their

vicinity, approaching Naka-no-Se at an oblique angle,

should navigate on the W side of Tokyo Wan Naka-no-Se

Lighted Buoy A, keeping distance as far as practicable.

e. A southbound vessel leaving Uraga Suido Traffic

Route should not take such action as greatly altering its

course which might impede the passage of a vessel entering the traffic route.

f. A vessel entering Uraga Suido Traffic Route from

the open sea, after passing through the Ken Saki, should

navigate in the middle part of the entrance of Tokyo Wan

so as to avoid a crossing situation with a southbound vessel in the vicinity of the entrance of the route.

Note.—The Naka-no-Se traffic route and applicable rules

are not mandatory for vessels having drafts of less than 20m. 

3. Restriction on Overtaking.—Huge vessels or other

particular types of vessels in the traffic route should not

overtake a vessel of 500 grt or more, except when there are

unavoidable reasons.

4. Restrictions on Speed.—A vessel shall not navigate at

a speed exceeding 12 knots in the traffic routes. Outside the

traffic routes, vessels should not navigate at a high speed.

5. Notification of Traffic Routes and Notification of

Change.—A vessel of 10,000 grt or more should give the

“Notification of Traffic Routes” and the “Notification of

Change” following the example as set forth for a huge vessel.

6. Position Report.—Huge vessels, other particular

types of vessels, and vessels of 10,000 grt or more intending

to enter or leave Tokyo Wan or shift their positions in the

bay, should report their positions to Tokyo Wan Traffic Advisory Service Center when they arrive at the first reporting

line.

7. Maintenance of Communications with the Center.—

Huge vessels, other particular types of vessels, and vessels of

10,000 grt or more should guard VHF channel 16 while

navigating within the radar service of the center even after

leaving the traffic route.

8. Vessels of 10,000 grt or more may not enter the traffic

route when the visibility is less than 0.5 mile, except with the

permission of the Maritime Traffic Advisory Center.

9. Provision of Emergency Fire Wires.—A vessel

carrying dangerous cargo specified in the Maritime Traffic

Safety Law should provide, on board, the following emergency fire wires and auxiliary ropes, on her bow and stern.

a. Fire wires, with an eye in the end, strong enough to

tow the vessel and long enough to reach the water.

b. Auxiliary ropes, with an eye in the end, strong

enough to lead the fire wires to the water surface, hanging

down by the board, as close to the water surface as practicable, without impeding safe navigation.

10. The owner or operator of tankers of 220,000 dwt or

Urago Suido Traffic Route West UW A line connecting Yo-kosuka Ko Northeast Breakwater Light to 

the N end of Saru Shima.

Urago Suido Traffic Route North UN A line bearing 270° from Lighted Buoy B at Nakanose in Tokyo 

Wan to the coast.

Off Honmoku HE A line bearing 090° and extending 8,400m from Homoku Signal 

Station.

Off Kawa-saki Ogi-shima KE A line bearing 090° and extending 9,900m from Tonen Ogishima 

East Sea Berth Light.

Tokyo Wan North BN A line bearing 269°30’ from Chiba Light through Tokyo Light for 

2,600m.

Off Chiba TW A line bearing 225° and extending 15,900m from Chiba Light.

Kisarazu Traffic Route KW A line bearing 210° from Kisarazu Ko Lighted Buoy No. 5 

through Lighted Buoy No. 6 to the boundary line.

Reporting Lines

Name of Reporting Lines Abbreviation Description
Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 49

Pub. 158

more carrying dangerous cargo into Tokyo Wan for the first

time should first submit “The Written Pledge for Safety

Measures” to the Maritime Safety Agency and fulfill its requirements. These same requirements apply also to liquified

gas tankers of 25,000 grt or larger, entering Japanese waters

for the first time.

3.11 Vessels of more than 150 grt carrying hazardous and noxious

substances, in liquid form, as defined in MARPOL 73/78

Annex II, and calling at ports or terminals within Tokyo, Wan

Ise Wan, and the Naikai, must comply with regulations

effective April 1, 2008. 

3.11 Vessels may be instructed by the captain of the port to

evacuate the port in the event of abnormal weather or condtions

such as typhoons or martime accidents. 

3.11 Further information can be found in Pub. 120, Sailing

Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia. 

3.12 Between Taibu Saki and Myogane Saki, about 7 miles

N, the coast is indented and shows three lights. Between

Myogane Saki and Huttu Saki (Futtsu Saki), about 9.5 miles

farther N, the coast recedes to form a comparatively large

shallow bay. A blunt point named Isone Misaki projects from

the head of the bay.

Uraga Suido (35°05'N., 139°45'E.) leads off the E side of

Sagami Nada into the inner part of Tokyo Wan. From the

middle of its entrance between Suno Saki and Ken Saki, it

trends in a general N direction for about 14 miles; its N limit

lies between Kannon Saki on the W and Futtsu Saki, about 4

miles NNE.

3.12 Winds—Weather.—Fog is frequent during May, June, and

July.

3.12 Tides—Currents.—In Uraga Suido, the tidal currents set

generally N on the flood and S on the ebb; they are greatly

affected by the wind.

3.12 Depths—Limitations.—With the exception of Yebi Ne, a

rocky patch with a depth of 11.9m, and Yoshino Se, a rocky

patch with a least depth of 16.8m, which lie 1.75 and 2.5 miles

SE, respectively, of Ken Saki, the fairway is deep and clear.

3.13 Tateyama Wan (35°00'N., 139°48'E.) (World Port

Index No. 61370) is an open bay, entered between Suno Saki

and Taibu Saki, 4.5 miles NE, which affords good protection

against winds from the SE quadrant. Tateyama Ko is in the SE

section of the bay and Funakata Ko in the NE section.

3.13 Winds—Weather.—Prevailing winds are from the S in the

summer and from the NW in winter.

3.13 Tides—Currents.—The mean range of the tide in the N part

of the bay is 0.8m, and the spring range is 1.1m.

3.13 Depths—Limitations.—The depths in the middle of the

entrance to Tateyama Wan shoal quickly to the 10m curve, 0.3

to 0.5 mile off the beach at its head. Shira Ne, a dangerous

rock, lies outside the 10m curve, 0.45 mile SSW of Taibu Saki.

Okina Shima, surmounted by a light, lies close off the S shore

of Tateyama Wan, 3.5 miles ENE of Suno Saki. Shoals, with a

least depth of 4.2m, lie about 0.5 mile N of this island.

3.13 Kohage Dashi, about 1 mile NW of Suno Saki, has a least

depth of 5.9m. Vessels should navigate with caution in this area

as tide rips occur off of Suno Saki.

3.13 There is a cargo wharf on the SE shore of the port, with a

length of 190m and depths alongside of 3 to 4m; on the W side

of the cargo wharf is a pier 130m long with a depth alongside

5.5m. Tateyama Pier, on the NE side of the cargo wharf, is a

230m long wooden pier having a depth alongside of 3.5m.

3.13 Aspect.—Taibu Saki, the N entrance point of Tateyama

Wan, is covered with a dense growth of pines; from a distance

it appears black and is easy to identify.

3.13 Okino Shima is prominent, wooded, and surmounted by a

lighted tower. An aero light is shown from a metal framework

tower at Tateyama Airport, which lies close SE of Okino

Shima.

3.13 Signals.—Storm signals are displayed at the head of Tateyama Ko.

3.13 Anchorage.—The recommended anchorage lies about 1

mile ENE of Okino Shima, in a depth of 17m, mud. The anchorage is sheltered from N, E, and SW winds. During strong

W winds, high waves and rough seas are experienced, and the

anchorage is untenable. Due to the prevailing wind from the

NW, use of the port in winter is considered hazardous.

3.13 Caution.—Mariners are advised when approaching Tateyama Wan to observe the two lines of fixed fishing nets, which

extend 1 mile N from a position on the S shore of Tateyama

Wan 1.5 miles E of Suno Saki. Fish havens are also prevalent

throughout the approach.

3.13 Tomiura Wan lies between Daibusano Hana and Namuya

Saki, 1.75 miles NNE. It is encumbered with reefs and rocks

and a light is shown within.

3.13 Uki Shima (35°06'N., 139°49'E.), 48m high, with steep

cliffs and surmounted by a light, lies 4 miles N of Daibisano

Hana.

3.13 Depths—Limitations.—Portions of this coast are fringed

with off-lying dangers to a distance of 1.5 miles. The 10m

curve lies 0.1 mile off Myogane Saki and about 2 miles off

Isone Misaki.

3.13 A rectangular area, 3 miles long in a N and S direction and

about 1.25 miles wide, centered about 4.5 miles N of Myogane

Saki, has been wire dragged to various depths, with the least

depth being 8.2m.

3.13 Aspect.—Tomi San, a wooden hill with two peaks, the S and

higher of which is 370m high and prominent, lies 3.75 miles

ESE of Uki Shima. It does not appear twin-peaked from the S.

3.13 Nokogiri Yama, 330m high, rises 1.25 miles ENE of

Myogane Saki. This hill has a sawtooth profile, but resembles a

helmet when viewed from the W. A conspicuous white monument, illuminated at night, stands on an eminence about 1 mile

ESE of Isone Misaki.

3.13 Anchorage.—There is an open bay S of Huttu Saki that has

depths of 5 to 10m; it provides good temporary anchorage

when the wind is not too strong.

3.13 There are numerous lava beds and set nets in this area.

3.13 Caution.—An abandoned submerged wave meter lies

approximately 2 miles NW of Myogane Saki; a submarine

cable runs from this obstruction SE to the shore. 

3.14 Ken Saki (Tsurugi) (Turugi) (35°08'N., 139°41'E.) is

the SE extremity of Miura Hanto, and is the W entrance point

to Uraga Suido.
50 Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 

Pub. 158

3.14 The coastline between Ken Saki and Kannon Saki, 8 miles

N, is indented by Kaneda Wan, in the S portion, and by

Kurihama and Uraga inlets, in the N portion. There are many

peaks along this coast as well as continuous stretches of low

hills.

3.14 Except near Kannon Saki, the water along this coast is

shallow, and detached rocks and sunken reefs are numerous.

3.14 Kaneda Wan is formed by an open bight that indents the

coast for about 2 miles. It is entered between Ame Saki, which

is about 1 mile N of Ken Saki, and Senda Saki, which lies

about 3.8 miles NNE. The 10m curve lies about 0.8 mile offshore. There are numerous dangers in Kaneda Wan, especially

in the N part, where they extend as much as 0.8 mile offshore.

The outermost danger is Kakari Ne, with a depth of 5.5m, lying

2 miles NNE of Ame Saki. A lighted tower stands close offshore, about 0.7 mile WNW; lighted piles stand close offshore

0.5 mile WNW and 1.5 miles NW of Ame Saki.

3.14 Anchorage can be taken in the SW part of the bay, in depths

of 8 to 18m, sand, good holding ground. There are several

fixed fishing nets, that are in place year-round, near the center

of the bay; care must be exercised when entering and anchoring.

3.14 Caution.—The Doyo Nami enters the bay with destructive

force and vessels should not anchor here if this phenomenon is

anticipated. Many shallow, rocky depths lie up to 2.5 miles E and

SE of Turugi Saki; vessels should refer to the chart for this area.

3.14 A voluntary traffic separation scheme has been established

by the Japan Captains’Association ESE of Ken Saki (Tsurugi)

(Turugi). The traffic scheme should be adhered to as far as

practicable in the interest of safe navigation. Further

information can be found in Pub. 120, Sailing Directions

(Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia. 

3.14 Asika Shima (35°13'N., 139°44'E.), located 4.5 miles NE of

Ame Saki, is formed of two black rocks. A light is shown from

a black round tower on the W rock of Ashika Shima, and there

is a white observation tower on the E rock. A lighted buoy is

moored 0.1 mile ESE of Kasa Shima, which dries 0.9m, situated near the SE end of the shoal. A wave meter, connected to

Asika Shima by a submarine cable, is moored about 160m S of

the rocks.

Kurihama Wan (35°13'N., 139°43'E.)

3.15 Kurihama Wan is a bay open to the E, which is

entered between Senda Saki and Otuka Hana, about 1 mile to

the NE; it is an open bight and indents the coast for about 0.7

mile. The port consists of a harbor protected by reclamation

and breakwaters on its S side. It provides anchoring and berthing facilities for medium-size vessels. 

3.15 Kurihama Wan lies within the harbor limits of Yokosuka Ko

and is known as District No. 7.

3.15 Winds—Weather.—The wind is primarily SW in summer

and NE in winter. The harbor is relatively calm, even during

the NE winds of the winter season; however, when E to SW

winds are strong during a typhoon, it is not safe to remain in

port and all vessels are evacuated. Especially during a SW

wind, waves approaching from the SE enter the harbor at right

angles to the depth curves, when care must be exercised.

3.15 Tides—Currents.—The flood current sets NE and the ebb

current sets SW, NW of Asika Shima. The NE flow reaches

maximum velocity 2.5 hours after LW; the SW flow reaches

maximum velocity 2.5 hours after HW. The velocity during

spring tides averages 0.5 to 0.6 knot.

3.15 Depths—Limitations.—Otuka Ne, with a depth of 3m, lies

about 0.1 mile SSE of Otuka Hana, in the entrance to the bay

and is marked close SSE by a lighted buoy. The main mooring

facilities range in depth from 2.5 to 9m. A vessel, with a length

of 220m, and a draft of 5.2m can berth alongside.

3.15 Aspect.—A gray monument commemorating Commodore

Perry, who landed here in 1853, stands at the head of the bay.

There are three chimneys situated 0.65 mile SSE of the monument; the tallest of these chimneys is 204m high. There are two

chimneys, 0.15 mile farther S, that are about 183m high.

3.15 Pilotage.—Pilots are available 24 hours. The pilot boarding

station is situated 0.5 mile NNE of Ashika Shima.

3.15 Anchorage.—There is good anchorage 0.2 mile E of the NE

end of the inner breakwater, in a depth of 8m, sand. Inside the

harbor the holding ground is generally poor.

3.15 At the time of a typhoon, the anchorage is dangerous and

vessels must seek shelter elsewhere.

3.15 Caution.—When tankers carrying dangerous cargo are

moored at Quay C and Quay D at the electric power plant,

general shipping must not approach within 50m of them.

Uraga Ko (35°14'N., 139°43'E.)

World Port Index No. 61410

3.16 Uraga Ko is entered about 1.5 miles SW of Kannon

Saki, and is located close NNE of Kurihama Wan. It consists of

an inner and outer harbor. The inner harbor penetrates about

0.6 mile and is surrounded by a rim of hills, 50 to 80m high.

Most of the shores of the inner as well as part of the outer harbor are occupied by shipways, docks, workshops, and quays of

a heavy industries company.

3.16 Uraga Ko lies within the harbor limits; it is a part of Yokosuka Ko and is known as District No. 6.

3.16 Winds—Weather.—North winds in the winter and S winds

in the summer are characteristic. The harbor is calm, except

when the winds are SE to SW. Even when there is a strong NE

wind in District No. 1 or District No. 3 of Yokosuka Ko, there

is only a breeze present in this district.

3.16 Tides—Currents.—The mean range of tide is 0.9m, and the

spring range is 1.2m. The tidal currents are weak, with the

maximum velocity of less than 0.3 knot reached about 4 hours

after HW and LW. The flood current sets N and the ebb current

sets S.

3.16 Depths—Limitations.—Depths in the fairway range from

15m in the entrance to 5.9m at the head of the bay. There is a

private mooring buoy for use by vessels of 10,000 grt.

3.16 There are two drydocks available for repairs, with capacities

of 9,000 grt and 12,500 grt.

3.16 Aspect.—Myojin Yama, a thickly-wooded hill 71m high, is

located N of the inner harbor entrance. Three radio towers,

marked by red obstruction lights, stand on Toriga Saki.

3.16 Anchorage.—Vessels over 2,000 grt should anchor about

0.8 mile E of Tomyo Saki, on the S side of the entrance, in a

depth of 25m, sand. Vessels under 2,000 grt may anchor about
Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 51

Pub. 158

0.3 mile NNE of Tomyo Saki, in 13m, sand and mud, good

holding ground. Vessels should anchor so as not to obstruct

large vessels entering or leaving the inner harbor.

3.16 These anchorages may be untenable during strong E to S winds.

3.17 Kannon Saki (35°15'N., 139°45'E.) is a steep conspicuous bluff, 72m high, densely covered with trees, which

lies 1.5 miles NE of Uraga Ko. It lies on the SW side of Uraga

Suido, at the entrance to the inner part of Tokyo Wan. A light is

shown from an octagonal concrete tower, 14.9m high, situated

on Kannon Saki.

The Tokyo Wan Traffic Advisory Service is situated about

0.2 mile NW of Kannon Saki Light. The purpose of the center

is to provide vessels with information, to control traffic routes,

and to ensure the safe navigation of vessels leaving or entering

Tokyo Wan. The center consists of a two-story building

sumounted by a lookout tower.

3.17 Uraga Suido—Naka-no-Se Regulations.—Yokohama

Maritime Safety Division, which is responsible for these

channels, has established safety rules for all ships navigating

Uraga Suido and Naka-no-Se.

3.17 Vessels having a length of 50m or more are obliged to follow

the traffic routes.

3.17 Ships should carefully observe the directions, signals, and

traffic routes mentioned and the Japan Maritime Safety Laws

and Regulations. The Maritime Traffic Safety Law of Japan

must also be used with the applicable charts.

3.17 Vessels navigating Uraga Suido Traffic Route should keep to

the starboard side of the centerline of the route.

3.17 When a vessel intends to navigate the Naka-no-Se Traffic

Route along the course of the route, the vessel should navigate

northward. 

3.17 The term “huge vessel” means any vessel whose length is

200m or more.

3.17 A vessel (other than a huge vessel) navigating so as to

involve risk of collision with a huge vessel navigating Uraga

Suido Traffic Route and intending to enter Naka-no-Se Traffic

Route, shall keep out of the way of the huge vessel.

3.17 Huge vessels navigating Uraga Suido Traffic Route shall

keep out of the way of huge vessels intending to enter the

Naka-no-Se Traffic Route.

3.17 Southbound vessels navigating through the W area of Nakano-Se should pass Naka-no-Se Traffic Separation Lighted

Buoy No. 1, Traffic Separation Lighted Buoy No. 2, and Traffic Separation Lighted Buoy No. 3 on their port hand.

3.17 Northbound vessels navigating through the W area of Nakano-Se except those enroute Negishi section 5, Yokohama Ku

and Keihin Ko, should pass the separation lighted buoys on

their port side until they have set their course for their destination.

3.17 Northbound vessels, with draft 17m and over, should pass at

a distance of 400m from the line that connects Lighted Buoy

A, Lighted Buoy B, Lighted Buoy C, and Lighted Buoy D at

Naka-no-Se.

3.17 Vessels wishing to anchor in the W area of Naka-no-Se

should do so at a distance of 1,000m from the line that connects the lighted separation buoys.

3.17 Vessels with VHF radio should listen to VHF channel 16

while navigating through the radar service area to receive

possible transmissions information from the Tokyo Wan Traffic Service Center. 

3.17 A vessel of 50,000 grt or more carrying dangerous cargo, or

a vessel of 25,000 grt or more carrying liquified gas, is prohibited from entering the traffic routes from sunset until 1 hour

before sunrise

3.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 10,000 grt

or more, and is recommended for foreign flag vessels and

Japanese flag vessels whose master has no experience in

navigating Tokyo Wan. Pilot boards 2 to 3 miles S of Lighted

Buoy No. 1 (35°12'30"N., 139°46'48"E.)

3.17 The request for pilots is addressed to T1 3852-451 ANJIN

YOKOSUKA, giving the ship’s name.

3.17 A huge vessel or other particular types of vessel, or a vessel

which carries dangerous cargo, or is a long tow, or other

particular types of vessels as provided in Maritime Traffic

Safety Law, should arrange for guarding the course until it

confirms its safe navigation even after leaving the traffic

routes.

3.17 The Traffic Advisory Service Center may place restrictions

on entering the traffic routes, for the purpose of ensuring the

safety of these routes. The following vessels may be affected:

huge vessels, vessels of 25,000 grt or more carrying liquified

gas, vessels towing or pushing long objects, and vessels of

10,000 grt or more carrying dangerous cargo.

3.17 Vessels should notify the Maritime Safety Agency and

provide the following information:

1. The abbreviation of the addressee for each traffic

route the vessel intends to navigate. (For the Uraga Suido

and Naka-no-Se traffic routes (URAGA and NAKANOSE),

the addressee is, Chief, Tokyo Wan Traffic Advisory Service

Center, abbreviated as TOKYO WAN).

2. Name and gross tonnage of vessel.

3. Length of vessel in meters.

4. Maximum draft, in meters, down to two decimals

places.

5. Types of dangerous goods carried and amount (in

tons) of each type. Vessels of 1,000 grt or over which have

carried inflammable liquids or high pressure gas loaded in

bulk, and are still subject to risk of fire or explosion, should

indicate the amount of dangerous cargo as O.

6. Distance between the bow of a towing vessel and the

stern of the object being towed, or the distance between the

stern of a pushing vessel and the bow of the object being

pushed, in meters.

7. Description of the object being towed or pushed.

8. Port of destination.

9. Section of the traffic route to be navigated, using

abbreviations.

10. Estimated date and time of entry into a traffic route

from outside the traffic route. Times are denoted by the 24-

hour system.

11. Estimated date and time of departure from a traffic

route.

12. Call sign or call name of the ship’s radio station.

13. Method of communications with Maritime Safety

Agency.

3.17 Vessels should start the report with the word NOTIFI-
52 Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 

Pub. 158

CATION and include the information listed above, using the

corresponding number as a prefix to the message. If an item is

not applicable, use NA.

3.17 Vessels can communicate by radio with the coastal radio

station at Yokohama. The stations call sign and call name are

JGC and Yokohama-hoan. The watch frequencies and communication frequencies are 500 kHz, 2,182kHz, 156.8MHz, and

444 kHz, 2,150 kHz, 156.6 MHz, respectively.

3.17 The Maritime Safety Office must be notified no later than 72

hours prior to a vessel’s transiting of a traffic route.

3.17 Signals.—The following signals are required in Tokyo Bay:

1. Huge vessels shall show, by day, two black cylindrical shapes, 0.6m by 1.2m in size, displayed vertically

1.4m apart, and by night, a green all-round light, flashing at a

frequency of 180 to 200 times per minute, visible at a distance of at least 2 miles, in addition to the conventional

lights.

2. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo shall show, by day, the

International Code of Signals Flags First Substitute over Bravo;

by night, a red all-round light flashing at a frequency of 120 to

140 times per minute, visible at a distance of at least 2 miles, in

addition to the conventional lights.

3.17 Note.—It has been reported that vessels proceeding to Tokyo

Ko display the following signals:

1. When transiting the Urgao Suido Traffic Route—First

Substitute over Sierra.

2. When altering course into the Naka-no-Se Traffic

Route—Second Substitute over Sierra.

3.17 Caution.—The fairway in the vicinity of Daini Kaiho (Fort

No. 2) and the ruins of Daisan Kaiho (Fort No. 3), is heavily

congested, making radar identification difficult. Vessels have

grounded by confusing Daini Kaiho for Daiiti Kaiho (Fort No.

1), mistaking Daiiti Kaiho for Futtsu Harbor, or the inability to

identify Daisan Kaiho. Care should also be taken particularly

in the vicinity of Daisan Kaiho (Fort No. 3), due to the

dangerous shoal areas surrounding the former fort. Entering,

leaving, or crossing the route in the section between Buoy No.

4 and Buoy No. 5 is prohibited. 

3.18 West side of Tokyo Wan.—The narrows between

Kannon Saki and Daini Kaiho, about 3.3 miles N, constricts

the N part of Uraga Suido and forms the inner part of Tokyo

Wan. The least width in the narrows, between the 20m curve is

about 2 miles.

3.18 The W shore of the bay extends about 1 mile NW of Kannon

Saki to Hatayama Saki. Most of this coast is fronted by a seawall, which makes it conspicuous. From Hatayama Saki, the

coast extends in a bight about 3.5 miles WNW to the peninsula

which forms the E side of Yokosuka Ko. The bight thus formed

contains numerous dangers which lie up to 1.5 miles offshore.

3.18 Sara Shima lies in this bight about 0.75 mile offshore.

Yokosuka Ko (35°17'N., 139°40'E.)

World Port Index No. 61400

3.19 Yokosuka Ko is a designated Special Port, Open Port,

Quarantine Port, and Port of Entry. The port is a building and

repair facility and comprises the bays of Nagaura Ko,

Yokosuka Ko, and Otsu Wan.

This port complex is divided into seven port districts, No. 1

through No. 7. The island of Azuma Hanto lies between Nagaura Ko and Yokosuka Ko. Most of the facilities in Yokosuka

Ko are for the use of the U.S. Navy. District No. 1 through District No. 4 include the dockyard of Yokosuka Ko, Nagaura, the

inner approaches to Yokosuka Ko, and the outer approaches,

respectively. Kurihama Wan, Uraga Ko, and Otsu Wan are also

included within the harbor limits of Yokosuka Ko and lie,

respectively, in District No. 5, District No. 6, and District No.7.

3.19 Tides—Currents.—The spring rise of the tide of Yokosuka

Wan is 1.7m, the neaps rise 1.3m.

3.19 Depths—Limitations.—The depths vary from 12 to 15m in

the passages and from 15 to 36m in the anchorages. The maximum permissible draft for a vessel at Nagaura Ko Pier is 9.6m,

with a length of 180m, and 18,000 dwt. The mooring buoys in

this section will accommodate a vessel up to 40,000 dwt, with

a maximum draft of 11.7m, and a maximum length of 200m.

3.19 New Port (Yokosuka Shinko) will accommodate a vessel

200m long, draft of 10m, and 15,000 dwt.

3.19 Five berths, with depths of 7 to 11m alongside, lie on reclaimed land 1.5 miles WSW of Northeast Breakwater Light.

3.19 Aspect.—A hill, with a flagstaff and signal station on its

summit, rises near the SW part of Azuma Hanto. The towers on

the the S entrance point of Kurihama Wan (35°12.5'N.,

139°43.2'E.) are conspicuous. Kananzaki Light (35°15.5'N.,

139°44.5'E.) provides a good navigational mark. A racon is

situated at Fort No. 2 (35°18.7'N., 139°44.6'E.). 

3.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels exceeding 300

grt. Pilots will embark about 1.5 miles E of Northeast Breakwater Light or off Kurihama Wan. In rough weather, the pilots

board inside Northeast Breakwater Light or off Kurihama Wan.

3.19 Outbound vessels or a vessel shifting berths in Tokyo Bay

are requested to advise the ship’s ETD 24 hours and 6 hours

before departure. Any change in ETD should be immediately

reported. However, the pilotage service for vessels arriving and

leaving New Port Wharf and Nagaura Pier in Yokosuka Harbor

are subject to the following conditions:

1. At New Port Wharf No. 1, New Port Wharf No. 2, and

Nagaura Pier, arriving vessels may pass Yokosuka Lighted

Buoy No. 1 until 30 minutes before sunset. Departing vessels may leave the quay until 30 minutes before sunset.

No pilot is available when wind velocity is 19.5 kts or

more.

2. At Nagaura Pier, arriving vessels, if berthing alongside, head out, may pass the breakwater entrance until 30

minutes before sunset. If berthing alongside, head in, the

vessel may pass the breakwater entrance until sunset.

Departing vessels, if berthed alongside, head out, may leave

the quay until 2200. If berthed alongside, head in, the vessel

may leave the quay until 30 minutes before sunset.

3.19 Signals.—Signals are displayed from the signal station on

Azuma Hanto. Another station is at the Harbor Office at the

head of Yokosuka Wan. Local storm signals are displayed at

the Navy Yard and from the signal station on Hoha To.

3.19 Anchorage.—Yokosuka Ko is reported to be a good typhoon

anchorage.

3.19 The quarantine anchorage lies NNE of the NE breakwater.

The quarantine station is situated at Nagahama, 2 miles NW of

the anchorage.
Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 53

Pub. 158

3.19 Vessels carrying dangerous cargo also anchor in the quarantine anchorage.

3.19 A Prohibited Anchorage Area extends 1.5 miles E and 2

miles SE of Kannon Saki.

3.19 Caution.—In addition to the regular aids in this area,

numerous buoys for naval use are moored about the harbor, and

other lights are situated on piers, landing stages, etc. An

obstructed fish haven lies about 4 miles E of Kurihama Wan.

Another fish haven lies nearly 2 miles NE.

3.19 Dangerous wrecks lie in the approaches to Yokosuka Ko,

about 1.3 miles SE of Okino Ne and 2.3 miles SE, as indicated

on the chart. 

3.19 It has been reported (1997) a foul ground lies 0.6 mile E of

the pilot boarding station.

3.19 Okino Ne, with a least depth of 5.6m, lies in the NE part of the

quarantine anchorage and is marked close S by a lighted buoy.

3.19 A submarine cable is laid between a position about 0.5 mile

SW of Northeast Breakwater Light and the shore SW.

3.20 Koshiba Saki (Kosiba Saki) (35°21'N., 139°39'E.)

marks the N limit of Yokosuka Ko and the coast trends N for

about 1.8 miles to Konosu Bana, the S limit of Yokohama Ko.

The land E of Koshiba Saki is being reclaimed to a distance of

about 0.7 mile. The land N and S of the point is also being

reclaimed to an even larger extent. The waters SW of Koshiba

Saki are within a prohibited area; reference should be made to

the chart.

3.20 Koshiba Sea Berth mooring buoy lies off reclaimed land

fronting Koshiba Saki, 2.25 miles NNW of Northeast Breakwater Light (35°19'N., 139°41'E.). Anchorage is prohibited

within 0.2 mile of the bay.

Keihin Ko occupies the NW portion of Tokyo Wan; it includes Yokohama Ko, Kawasaki Ko, Tokyo Ko, and the water

areas immediately adjacent to the intervening coast. The three

districts of the port will be described separately.

3.20 Keihin Ko is a designated Special Port, Open Port, Quarantine Port, and a Port of Entry.

3.20 Regulations for Turumi Fairway, Kawasaki Fairway, and

Keihin Canal.—Vessels of over 1,000 grt, intending to

navigate the Turumi Fairway or the Kawasaki Fairway and

enter Kawasaki District No. 1 or Yokohama District No. 4,

must notify the harbormaster by noon of the day prior to the

planned date of arrival. Similarly, vessels over 1,000 grt,

Yokohama Ko—Honmoku Pier
54 Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 

Pub. 158

intending to shift berths within Kawasaki District No. 1 or

Yokohama District No. 4 (except when shifting berths within

waters other than the Keihin Canal), or intending to navigate

the Turumi (Tsurumi) Fairway or the Kawasaki Fairway after

getting underway from berths in Kawasaki District No. 1 or

Yokohama District No. 4, must notify the harbormaster by

noon of the day prior to the planned date of getting underway.

Any vessel that changes its schedule, after having reported the

above information to the harbormaster, is required to notify the

harbormaster immediately of any such change in schedule.

3.20 Maritime Traffic Information Stations at Honmoku, Shiohama,

and Tokyo Jusangochi disseminate pertinent communications

concerning traffic control, construction in progress, weather, visibility, or abnormalities in aids to navigation in the Keihin ports of

Yokohama, Kawasaki, and Tokyo.

3.20 Information is regularly broadcast for a period of approximately 8 minutes by radiotelephone frequency 1665 kHz,

A3H, as follows: 

1. At Honmoku—From 45 to 53 minutes after evennumbered hours from 0600 to 1900.

2. At Shiohama—From 52 minutes after even-numbered

hours, to the hour, from 0600 to 1900. 

3. At Tokyo Jusangochi—From 45 to 53 minutes after

odd-numbered hours from 0500 to 1800.

3.20 The common call sign for Honmoku, Shiohama, and Tokyo

Jusangochi stations is Keihin Harbor Radar on VHF channels

14 and 16.

Yokohama Ko (35°27'N., 139°35'E.)

World Port Index No. 61390

3.21 Yokohama Ko, a great port, has complete facilities for

the accommodation of large vessels. The principal wharves and

other port installations are situated in a bight that indents the coast

between the NE end of the reclaimed land N of Negisi, and the

artificial island protecting Kawasaki Ko, about 3 miles N.

3.21 The port is divided into five areas, as follows:

1. Area No. 1 lies within the E and N breakwaters.

2. Area No. 2 lies S of the inner part of Yokohama Fairway.

3. Area No. 3 lies N of the inner part of Yokohama Fairway.

4. Area No. 4 lies N of Ogishima, between lines drawn

NNW near the middle of the island and a line drawn WNW

from the W extremity of the island to the opposite shore.

5. Area No. 5 lies on either side of the outer part of

Yokohama Fairway and includes Negisi Wan.

3.21 Winds—Weather.—Winds are N in the winter and SSW in

summer. Dense fog is reported to average 30 to 50 days a year.

3.21 Tides—Currents.—The mean range of the tide at Yokohama Ko is 1.1m; the spring range is 1.4m.

3.21 The tidal currents in Yokohama Ko are weak. Outside the

breakwaters, the currents set NNW and SSE with the rising and

falling tides, respectively. Between the N and E breakwaters,

the current sets WNW with the rising tide. With strong S

winds, there is a rise of about 0.3m sea level.

3.21 Depths—Limitations.—The draft limitation in Yokohama

channel is 12m. Vessels with a maximum draft of 11.6m, when

entering through the channel, must wait for the tide. The Yokohama Bay Bridge, with a vertical clearance of 56m at midspan, crossed Yokohama Channel from Jetty A to Daikoku

Wharf.

3.21 The general depths alongside the piers in Area No. 1 range from

7.3 to 12m. 

3.21 In Area No. 2, depths range from 9.4m to dredged depths of

up to 16m. Daikoku Wharf, 1 mile N of Honmoku Pier, has a

container terminal on its N side, passenger berths on its N and

E sides, and public quays on the SE and SW sides. The

container terminal has two berths, each 350m long with

dredged depths alongside of 16m; vessels of up to 105,000 dwt

can be accommodated. 

3.21 A bridge, with a vertical clearance of 17m, spans the channel

between Sekiyu Pier and the N side of Daikoku Wharf.

3.21 A prohibited area lies about 0.3 mile NW of Daikoku

Breakwater Light. 

3.21 Area No. 3 contains numerous berths for container vessels.

Vessels can berth here in depths of 7.9 to 12.0m. 

3.21 Area No. 4 contains some wharves with depths of 5.8 to

9.1m alongside; other berths have depths of 8.5 to 10.4m

alongside. There is a detached oil pier, with dolphins off each

end, which has a depth of 11.9m. 

3.21 In Area No. 5 the wharf extends 0.2m SE from shore; an

additional four jetties, with depths of 5.0 to 6.4m alongside,

extend from the wharf. 

3.21 Three additional dolphins have been established at position

35°24.1'N, 139°38.4'E. There is a least charted depth of 17m

alongside the pier. On the S side of the area, there is a wharf

with an approach dredged to a depth of 12.5m.

3.21 Osanbashi passenger terminal (35°27'N., 139°39'E.) has a

total of four berths; Berths A and B have a combined length of

450m with an alongside depth of 12m; Berths C and D have a

combined length of 450m with alongside depths of 10 to 11m. 

3.21 Land reclamation works are being carried out at various sites

in Yokohama Port. These include the provision of extra land

for improved container facilities at Honmoku Pier, the Kanazawa waterfront project providing a modern industrial site, and

the ongoing works at the new Daikoku Pier Area. Work is

being carried out on reclamation throughout the harbor.

3.21 Yokohama Sea Berth Lighted Mooring Buoy is moored in

about 21m of water, about 1 mile SE of the S extremity of

Ogishima. This berth is designed to accommodate vessels with

a draft up to 19.5m and a capacity of 200,000 dwt. The buoy

moorings extend up to 0.15 mile from the buoy. 

3.21 Toden Ogishima LNG Berth, 1.25 miles NNE of Yokohma

Sea Berth, consists of a central platform flanked by dolphins

extending 183m NNE and SSW. Lights are exhibted from the

platform and from the outer dolphins. A catwalk connects the

platform to the N shore. There is a depth of 15.5 to 16.1m at

the berth. A quarantine anchorage lies close SW.

3.21 Aspect.—The Yokohama observation tower, 104m high,

shows a light and stands nearly 2 miles W of Honmoku

Breakwater. There are several chimneys on Ogishima that are

con-spicuous. The chimneys NE of the West Fairway also

provide good landmarks for obtaining a position. Honmoku

signal station and radar tower stands approximately 0.3 mile E

of the root of Honmoku Breakwater.

3.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for berthing all vessels

over 3,000 grt and also for all oil tankers, LPG carriers, or vessels of at least 300 grt carrying dangerous cargo. Pilots should
Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 55

Pub. 158

be requested 24 hours in advance. Pilots board, as follows: 

1. Tsurumi Fairway—In position 35°26.7'N, 139°45.3'E.

2. Yokohama Fairway and Nissan Honmoku Wharf

District—In position 35°25.2'N, 139°42.8'E.

3. Negishi Fairway and Area No. 5—In position

35°22.2'N, 139°41.8'E.

3.21 Vessels are requested to advise the ship’s ETD 24 hours and

6 hours before departure. Any change in ETD should immediately be reported. Ships are not berthed at night and must

clear quarantine prior to sunset. Mooring should be completed

before 2200. Pilotage is provided by Tokyo Wan District Pilot

Association.

Yokohama Ko—Kanazawa Timber Pier

Keihin Port—Tokyo Quarter

Signal Station 

Signal Meaning Ship’s reply

Desig. A Anchor with two anchors in Section II, S of No. 6 Daiba (Fort).

Signal Desig.C.1 through C.5 below—Anchor with two anchors within a circle 

whose radius is 130m and whose center is at the following bearing and distance 

from the W chimney of the New Tokyo Power Station of Tokyo Electric Power 

Company:

Ans. A

Desig. C.1 292°, 570m Ans. C.1

Desig. C.2 273°, 740m Ans. C.2

Desig. C.3 262°, 960m Ans. C.3

Desig. C.4 256°, 1,200m Ans. C.4

Desig. C.5 251°, 1,450m Ans. C.5
56 Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 

Pub. 158

Desig. D Anchor with two anchors within the area surrounded by the line drawn from the 

point 217°, 400m from the NW extrem-ity of Fishery Quay (Suisan Futo) to 

Mooring Buoy No. 8, the line drawn then to Mooring Buoy No. 15 and the line 

drawn then to the S extremity of Fishery Quay.

Ans. D

Desig. M.1 Moor to Mooring Post No. 1 at the lumber-unloading an-chorage. Ans. M.1

Desig. M.2 Moor to Mooring Post No. 2 at the lumber-unloading an-chorage. Ans. M.2

Desig. M.3 Moor to Mooring Post No. 3 at the lumber-unloading an-chorage. Ans. M.3

Desig. M.4 Moor to Mooring Post No. 4 at the lumber-unloading an-chorage. Ans. M.4

Desig. M.5 Moor to Mooring Post No. 5 at the lumber-unloading an-chorage. Ans. M.5

Desig. M.1.0 Moor to Mooring Post No. 10 at the lumber-unloading anchorage. Ans. M.1.0

Desig. M.1.1 Moor to Mooring Post No. 11 at the lumber-unloading anchorage. Ans. M.1.1

Desig. 1.A Anchor with the stern moored to Mooring Buoy No. 1 and the bow headed about 

185°.

Ans. 1.A

Desig. 1 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 1 and Buoy No. 2. Ans. 1

Desig. 2 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 2 and Buoy No. 3. Ans. 2

Desig. 3 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 3 and Buoy No. 4. Ans. 3

Desig. 4 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 4 and Buoy No. 5. Ans. 4

Desig. 5 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 5 and Buoy No. 6. Ans. 5

Desig. 6 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 6 and Buoy No. 7. Ans. 6

Desig. 7 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 7 and Buoy No. 8. Ans. 7

Desig. 8 Anchor with the stern moored to Mooring Buoy No. 8 and the bow headed about 

000°.

Ans. 8

Desig. 9.A Anchor with the stern moored to Mooring Buoy No. 9 and the bow headed about 

185°.

Ans. 9.A

Desig. 9 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 9 and Buoy No. 10. Ans. 9

Desig. 1.0 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 10 and Buoy No. 11. Ans. 1.0

Desig. 1.1 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 11 and Buoy No. 12. Ans. 1.1

Desig. 1.2 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 12 and Buoy No. 13. Ans. 1.2

Desig. 1.3 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 13 and Buoy No. 14. Ans. 1.3

Desig. 1.4 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 14 and Buoy No. 15. Ans. 1.4

Desig. 1.5 Anchor with the stern moored to Mooring Buoy No. 15 and the bow headed about 

000°.

Ans. 1.5

Desig. 1.7.A Anchor with the stern moored to Mooring Buoy No. 17 and the bow headed about 

195°.

Ans. 1.7.A

Desig. 1.7 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 17 and Buoy No. 18. Ans. 1.8

Desig. 1.8 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 18 and Buoy No. 19. Ans. 1.9

Desig. 1.9 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 19 and Buoy No. 20. Ans. 2.0

Desig. 2.0 Anchor with the stern moored to Mooring Buoy No. 20 and the bow headed about 

000°.

Ans. 2.1.A

Desig. 2.1.A Anchor with the stern moored to Mooring Buoy No. 21 and the bow headed about 

195°.

Ans. 2.1

Keihin Port—Tokyo Quarter

Signal Station 

Signal Meaning Ship’s reply
Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 57

Pub. 158

3.21 Regulations.—Vessels entering, to which berths have been

allotted, should display the specially notified signal, as follows,

from the time that they are near the harbor until they mus are

secured at the berth. It is reported (2009) that designation flags

should be verified with the pilot, as the instructions and

applicable moorings are subject to change. 

3.21 Yokohama Port Radio can be contacted on VHF channel 16. 

3.21 For other regulations pertaining to this area, refer to Pub.

120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean and

Southeast Asia, and Maritime Traffic Safety Law.

3.21 Signals.—The signals contained in the tables entitled

Keihin Port—Tokyo Quarter and Keihin Port—Yokohama

Quarter are for the designation of anchorages and the assignments of the mooring facilities for Keihin Port. These signals

are displayed from the Tokyo Lighted Beacon Signal Station, 

3.21 Shibaura Quay Signal Station, Nihon Sekiyu Kagaku Electric Signal Board (for vessels mooring to Nisseki Ukishima

No. 1 Berth, Nisseki Ukishima No. 2 Berth, Nisseki Ukishima

No. 3 Berth, and Nisseki Ukishima No. 5 Berth), Kawasaki-Ko

Waste Oil Disposing Station Control Room, and the Yokohama

Ship Waste Oil Station Signal Pole. Desig means the Designation Flag and the letters and numbers refer to the International Code of Signals Flags; Ans means the Answering Pennant. The order the flags are listed in refers to the location of

the flags from top to bottom.

3.21 Traffic controls for Yokohama Passage and Turumi

(Tsurumi) Passage are made at signal stations on Honmoku

Wharf, Naiko, Dai-koku, and Turumi. 

3.21 Signal letters and meaning for Turumi Passage and Yokohama Passage are, as follows:

1. Flashing I—Entering signal.

2. Flashing O—Leaving signal.

3. Flashing X—Warning signal.

4. Fixed X—Prohibition signal. (For Yokohama Passage

only.)

5. Flashing F—Free signal.

6. Alternating flashing XI or XF—Preliminary signal for

changeover. 

Desig. 2.1 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 21 and Buoy No. 22. Ans. 2.2

Desig. 2.2 Anchor with the stern moored to Mooring Buoy No. 22 and the bow headed about 

000°.

Ans. 2.3

Desig. 2.3 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 23 and Buoy No. 24. Ans. 2.3

Desig. 2.5 Moor between Mooring Buoys No. 25 and No. 26. Ans. 2.5

Desig. 2.6.A Anchor with the stern moored to Mooring Buoy No. 26 and the bow headed about 

320°.

Ans. 2.6.A

Desig. 2.7 Anchor with the stern moored to Mooring Buoy No. 27 and the bow headed about 

000°.

Ans. 2.7

Keihin Port—Tokyo Quarter

Signal Station 

Signal Meaning Ship’s reply

Keihin Port—Yokohama Quarter

Signal Station 

Signal

Meaning Ship’s reply

Desig. G Anchor with two anchors in a place designated by the Cap-tain of the Port in 

Section I.

Ans. G

Desig. H Anchor with two anchors in a place inside of breakwater, designated by the 

Captian of the Port in Section III.

Ans. H

Desig. I Anchor with two anchors outside breakwater designated by the COTP in 

Section III.

Ans. I

Desig. 1.A Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 1 and Buoy No. 2 in Section I. Ans. 1.A

Desig. 2.A Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 2 and Buoy No. 3 in Section I. Ans. 2.A

Desig. 6.A Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 6 and Buoy No. 7 in Section I. Ans. 6.A

Desig. 8.A Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 8 and Buoy No. 9 in Section I. Ans. 8.A

Desig. 9.A Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 9 and No. 10 in Section I. Ans. 9.A

Desig. 1.1 Moor to Mooring Buoy No. 11 in Section I. Ans. 1.1

Desig. 1.2 Moor to Mooring Buoy No. 12 in Section I. Ans. 1.2
58 Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 

Pub. 158

3.21 Anchorage.—Quarantine anchorages, which serve both

Yokohama and Kawasaki, are situated in Section III, to seaward of Daikoku Breakwater, and in Section II, approximately

0.8 mile WSW of Tonen-Ogishima Sea Berth. If a vessel must

wait for a berth, it may anchor in the quarantine anchorage or

as near as safety permits.

3.21 Berths for vessels exceeding 500 grt, intending to stay 72

hours or longer in the quarantine anchorage, will be allocated

by the harbormaster through the shipping companies concerned. Anchoring in the vicinity of such allocated berths by

other vessels is prohibited. Ships anchoring in the area W of

Naka No Se should avoid anchoring within 1 mile of a line

connecting Lighted Buoy B, Lighted Buoy C, and Lighted

Buoy D.

3.21 Anchorage is prohibited in Yokohama Fairway, Kanagawa

Fairway, and Tsurumi Fairway. Anchorage is also prohibited in

the area indicated on the chart between the outer harbor limit

and the entrances to Yokohama Fairway and Tsurumi Fairway.

3.21 Caution.—Vessels should navigate with caution when

entering Tokyo Bay, N of Kannon Saki, in the vicinity of the

forts. Numerous groundings have occurred here due to not

identifying the forts correctly, even in favorable weather with

local knowledge and radar.

3.21 Navigation is prohibited within an area with a radius of

366m centered on position 35°21'37N, 139°39'33E when the

area is in use by U.S. vessels. 

3.21 Depths of 1.0 to 3.5m less than charted were reported (2007)

to lie in the vicinity of position 35°23.1'N, 139°37.8'E. 

Kawasaki Ko (35°30'N., 139°46'E.)

World Port Index No. 61385

3.22 Kawasaki Ko lies adjacent to Yokohama Ko. It consists of a number of basins leading N from Keihin Unga and

also includes the mouth of Tama Kawa at the NE end of the

harbor area. The port is entered through Turumi Passage or

Kawasaki Passage.

3.22 Kawasaki Ko is divided into two areas, as follows:

1. Area No. 1 lies NW of Ogishima and HigashiOgishima, and N of Kawasaki Fairway.

2. Area No. 2 lies between Ogishima and HigashiOgishima, and the seaward harbor limit.

3.22 Depths—Limitations.—The draft limitation for vessels in

transit of Kawasaki Channel is 12m, and 11.7m for those

vessels utilizing Turumi Passage. The Turumi-Tubasa Bridge,

with a vertical clearance of 49m, crosses Turumi Passage between Daikoku Wharf and Yokohama.

3.22 In Section 1, near the middle of the NW side of Ogi Shima,

there is a wharf with depths of 12.5 to 12.8m alongside. On the

N side of Keihin Unga, and in the channel and basins leading

N, there are numerous piers and wharves with depths up to

12.9m alongside. 

3.22 An approach channel, dredged to 21m and marked by lighted

buoys, leads to Nippon Kokan Wharf on the E side of Ogishima; the two outermost channel buoys lie between Yokohama Sea Berth and Kawasaki Sea Berth. Range lights, shown

from metal posts and in line bearing 331°, lead towards Nippon

Kokan Wharf. Quays on the SE side of Higashi-Ogishima are

also approached by this channel. Depths alongside Nippon

Kokan Wharf are 7.5 to 22m. Higashi-Ogishima Wharf, NE of

Ogishima, has nine berths, with alongside depths of 10 to 12m. 

3.22 In Section 2, there are three berths on the E end of Ogi-shima

that are approached on a range bearing 331°. These berths have

charted depths of 8.2 to 23m alongside. Toden LNG Berth,

with depths of 17.2 to 17.7m alongside, extends S from

Ogishima. 

3.22 Tonen-Ogishima Sea Berth lies 0.5 mile S of Kawasaki

Passage. This berth has depths of 26m alongside and will accommodate a vessel with a draft of 20.5m and of 250,000 dwt. 

3.22 Kawasaki Sea Berth, which lies 0.8 mile SSW of the above

sea berth, is a buoy moored in a depth of 30m. The maximum

safe draft at the berth is 20.5m, and a maximum of 250,000

dwt. The buoy moorings extend up to 0.15 mile from the buoy.

3.22 There are two dry docks on the N side of Keihin Unga,

where repairs for vessels of up to 60,000 grt may be undertaken.

Desig. 1.3 Moor to Mooring Buoy No. 13 in Section I. Ans. 1.3

Desig. H.1 Moor to Mooring Buoy No. H1 in Section I. Ans. H.1

Desig. H.2 Moor to Mooring Buoy No. H2 in Section I. Ans. H.2

Desig. H.3 Moor to Mooring Buoy No. H3 in Section I. Ans. H.3

Desig. 2.0 Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 20 and Buoy No. 21 in Section II. Ans. 2.0

Desig. 2.2.A Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 22 and Buoy No. 23 in Section II. Ans. 2.2.A

Desig. 2.4.A Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 24 and Buoy No. 25 in Section II. Ans. 2.4.A

Desig. 3.2.A Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 32 and Buoy No. 42 in Section III. Ans. 3.2.A

Desig. 3.6.A Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 36 and Buoy No. 37 in Section III. Ans. 3.6.A

Desig. 3.7.A Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 37 and Buoy No. 38 in Section III. Ans. 3.7.A

Desig. 4.3.A Moor between Mooring Buoy No. 43 and Buoy No. 44 in Section III. Ans. 4.3.A

Keihin Port—Yokohama Quarter

Signal Station 

Signal

Meaning Ship’s reply
Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 59

Pub. 158

3.22 Several submarine cables and pipelines are laid across Keihin Unga and the channels leading N of it; some landing places

are marked by beacons. Two tunnels also cross Keihin Unga.

Overhead cables cross some of the channels N of Keihin Unga;

the least vertical clearance is about 38m.

3.22 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory in Kawasaki Ko for berthing for all vessels over 3,000 grt and for all oil tankers, LPG carriers, or vessels of at least 300 grt carrying dangerous cargo. Pilots

should be requested 24 hours in advance. Pilots are available

from sunrise to 1 hour before sunset. Outbound vessels or vessels shifting berths are requested to advise the ship’s ETD 24

hours and 6 hours before departure. Any change of ETD

should be reported whenever it occurs.

3.22 Pilots board, as follows:

1. Kawasaki Fairway—In position 35°28.7'N,

139°48.3'E (Large vessels are boarded within a circle with a

radius of 1 mile centered on a position 2.5 miles SSE of

Lighted Buoy No. 1.)

2. Ogi Shima No. 2 Fairway—Within a circle with a

radius of 1 mile centered on a position 1 mile ESE of

Lighted Buoy No. 1.

3.22 Regulations.—See sector-paragraph 3.11 for position

reporting regulations required in Kawasaki Ko. 

3.22 Signals.—Traffic controls for Kawasaki Passage and Turumi Passage are made from signal stations situated on Turumi,

Tanabe, Ikegami, Mizue, Siohama, Daisi, and Kawasaki.

3.22 Signal letters and their meaning for Turumi Passage and

Kawasaki Passage are, as follows:

1. Flashing I—Entering signal.

2. Flashing O—Leaving signal.

3. Flashing X—Warning signal.

4. Fixed X—Prohibition signal.

3.22 Anchorage.—A quarantine anchorage, which serves both

Yokohama Ko and Kawasaki Ko, is situated SE of Yokohama

breakwater, to seaward of Daikoku Breakwater. If a vessel

must wait for a berth, it may anchor in the quarantine anchor or

as near as prudent. A quarantine anchorage has been designated in a circular area, with a 300m radius centered at a position about 0.5 mile SW of Ogishima Sea Berth.

3.22 Anchorage is prohibited in the fairways and the area marked

on the chart.

3.22 Anchoring is also prohibited in the vicinity of pipelines and

cables.

3.22 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies 1 mile NE of TonenOgishima Sea Berth. 

Tokyo Ko (35°40'N., 139°45'E.)

World Port Index No. 61380

3.23 Tokyo Ko, in the NW part of Tokyo Wan, lies at the

mouth of the Sumida Kawa and occupies that part of Keihin Ko

not included in the port of Kawasaki and Yokohama. Tokyo Ko

is divided into four districts. District No. 1 and District No. 2

lie well within the mouth of the Sumida Kawa. District No. 3

and District No. 4 include the outer harbor NE and SW,

respectively, of Tokyo Fairway. The principal piers and

wharves lie in District No. 2.

3.23 Tides—Currents.—The mean range of the tide at Tokyo Ko

is 1.1m, and the spring range is 1.4m.

3.23 Within the harbor, the tidal currents follow the direction of

the channel. At the entrance to District No. 2, the flood and ebb

currents reach their maximum rate of about 0.8 knot, 2 to 2.5

hours before HW and LW. A rate of 2.5 knots has been

experienced off the docks and the first line of mooring buoys.

3.23 Depths—Limitations.—Access to Tokyo Inner Harbor is

through Tokyo West Passage, entered 0.5 mile SW of Tokyo

Light. The channel is dredged to a depth of 15m (2005). The

channel then continues N, with a least charted depth of 11m.

District No. 2 lies N of the dredged fairway and contains

Shibaura Quay, Hinode Pier, Takeshiba Pier and, Harumi

Wharf to the NE, and Toyosu Wharf to the SE. Depths

alongside range from 5.4 to 10.4m. There are several mooring

buoys in this area. District No. 1 lies N of District No. 2;

reclamation and construction are underway in this area

Shinagawa Pier from NE
60 Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 

Pub. 158

3.23 Tokyo East Passage (Tokyo Passage No. 3) lies between the

NE end of the Middle Breakwater and the East Breakwater.

This channel leads to three basins and is dredged to a depth of

12m. Channel No. 2, dredged to 10m, also leads to these basins

from Tokyo West Passage; it is marked by lighted buoys and

has a least charted depth of 9m. A bridge, having a vertical

clearance of 52m, crosses Tokyo East Passage close inside the

breakwaters. 

3.23 Anchorage is prohibited in Tokyo East Passage. 

3.23 District No. 3 and District No. 4 lie E and W of the Tokyo

West Passage, respectively. Shinagawa and Oi Wharves, having container and ro-ro facilities, are situated on the W side.

Shinagawa Terminal also handles general cargo. Depths alongside range from 6.7 to 13m. On the E side of Tokyo West Passage are the Foreign Trade, Odaiba Public, and General Cargo

Wharves. Depths alongside range from 4.5 to 11.5m.

3.23 Aomi Container Wharf, on the E side of Tokyo West Fairway, has three berths. Berth 1 has depths of 11.1 to 12.0m

alongside; Berth 2 and Berth 3 have been dredged to a depth of

14m alongside.

3.23 There is a tanker berth at Toyosu Gas Wharf. The wharf has

a berthing face of 41m and a depth alongside of 10m, with five

dolphins. Oi Wharf has container and ro-ro facilities capable of

berthing several 50,000 grt vessels simultaneously. The passenger ship terminal is at Takeshiba. Terminal 10 serves vessels

of up to 5,000 grt with facilities for ro-ro, container, and general cargo. Terminal 15 is principally a lumber terminal. The

Harumi Terminal receives foodstuffs, lumber, and cement;

there is also a passenger terminal on the S side. The Asashio

Terminal, to the W of Harumi Terminal, handles steel, chemical products, and fertilizers. The Rainbow Bridge, with a vertical clearance of about 50m, spans the S end of District No. 2.

3.23 Aspect.—The most prominent landmarks are Tokyo Tower,

350m high, situated in the NNW part of Tokyo, and the World

Trade Center Building, 160m high, situated 0.55 mile ESE of

Tokyo Tower. There are many chimneys that are useful in fixing a position.

3.23 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in the

vicinity of the quarantine anchorage and Tokyo Light. The

ship’s ETA should be sent 12 hours in advance. All communications with the pilot should be by radio. Requests for pilotage should be made by 1200 on the previous day. Pilots are

normally available during daylight hours only.

3.23 Regulations.—Passenger ships and large vessels using

mooring facilities must submit applications for use to port

managers through shipping firms or agents 3 days before entry

into port, so that they may have berths designated. Small

vessels, less than 300 grt, do not need to apply for anchorage.

3.23 When a vessel wants to use the anchorage facilities, they

must submit an application for use of the anchorage areas to

the Tokyo-Yokohama Port Director, to have anchorage sites

designated. Small vessels, less than 300 grt, do not need to

request anchorage.

3.23 A ship carrying explosives or any other dangerous cargo

must submit two copies of the application in advance to the

Port Director for permission to use the port. Such ships are required to stay outside the port, in the Third District. However,

they may enter at the discretion of the Port Director.

3.23 Vessels over 500 grt that want to enter the port at night

(between sunset and sunrise) must apply to the Port Director in

advance and receive permission.

3.23 Tankers must enter port at dead slow speed preceded by a

patrol boat, with one tug boat on each side of the vessel, and

followed by a patrol boat. When moored, the tanker’s engines

should be kept ready for immediate use in case of an

emergency. In addition, tow lines are to be placed over the bow

and stern, with eyes close to the water surface.

3.23 Signals.—Flashing light traffic signals for vessels using

Tokyo Fairway are shown from Tokyo Light (35°34'N.,

139°50'E.). Illuminated letter traffic signals are shown from the

three signal stations on Oi Wharf No. 2, Maritime Museum,

and Harumi Wharf. The signals, shown by day and night, apply

to vessels over 500 grt, as given in the table titled Tokyo Ko—

Tokyo Fairway Signals.

3.23 Vessels of 500 grt or more, intending to depart District No. 1

and District No. 2, shall hoist the signal from the International

Code of Signals for preparing to get underway by day, and by

night, illuminate two vertical white lights, both plainly visible,

30 minutes prior to scheduled time of getting underway. Such

vessels shall also sound two prolonged blasts on whistle or

siren, and shall follow signal instructions from Shibaura Wharf

Signal Station.

3.23 Anchorage.—Vessels requiring pratique must anchor in the

quarantine anchorage, which is situated about 1 mile SE of

Tokyo Light. 

Tokyo Wan—East Side

3.24 The E shore of the inner part of Tokyo Wan extends

NE from Huttu Saki for a distance of 20 miles, then NW about

9 miles to the head of the bay.

3.24 The bank that lies N of Huttu Saki dries out as much as 1

mile offshore in places.

Tokyo Ko—Tokyo Fairway Signals

Flashing Light Illuminated 

Letter Meaning

White light 

flashing every 2 

seconds.

Flashing I

Outbound vessels 

stop and wait clear 

of the fairway.

Red light flashing 

every 2 seconds. Flashing O

Inbound vessels stop 

and wait clear of the 

fairway.

Alternating white 

and red lights 

flashing every 3 

seconds.

Flashing F

Vessels exceeding 

5,000 grt and tankers 

stop and wait clear 

of the fairway.

Light exhibiting 

three red flashes 

and three white 

flashes every 6 

seconds.

Fixed X All traffic prohibited.

Alternating 

flashing of X 

and I, X and 

O, or X and F

Preliminary signal 

for changeover.
Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 61

Pub. 158

Kisarazu Ko (35°22'N., 139°53'E.)

World Port Index No. 61372

3.25 Kisarazu Ko is an open port established on reclaimed

land, situated about 3.3 miles NE of Huttu Saki. The N side of

the harbor is protected by a breakwater extending about 1.8

miles W on the N side of the dredged channel, and on the S

side by the reclaimed land that forms the wharves. The harbor

limits may be seen on the chart.

3.25 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is entered through a

channel, about 4 miles long, that has been dredged to a depth of

19m, and has a width of 440m. A turning basin at the E end of

the 19m dredged area, is about 700m in width. A 12m dredged

channel leads NE from the turning basin, and an 11m channel

extends SE from the turning basin. On the SW side of the

reclaimed land there is a channel, leading to the berths, that is

dredged to a depth of 11m; these berths are referred to as West

Pier. Center Pier is situated at the turning basin and East Pier is

situated SE of the turning basin.

3.25 Center Pier can accommodate vessels up to 270,000 dwt and

a draft of 19m at HW.

3.25 East Pier can accommodate vessels up to 30,000 dwt and a

draft of 11m.

3.25 West Pier can accommodate a vessels up to 40,000 dwt and a

draft of 11m.

3.25 Huttu Passage is entered 4 miles NNE of Futtsu Misaki and

leads 2.75 miles SSE to Huttu LNG Tanker Berth (35°20'N.,

139°50'E.). The fairway and turning basin are dredged to a

depth of 14m and are marked by lighted buoys.

3.25 Kisarazu Ko is one of the largest ports in Japan. There are

various piers within the port which can accommodate vessels

with drafts from 7.6 to 10.8m.

3.25 Aspect.—There are several chimneys on the reclaimed area

that rise above 100m. In the W part of the area, the most prominent chimney rises to a height of 224m.

3.25 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels exceeding

10,000 grt. Requests for pilots should be sent via ship’s agent

24 hours in advance. Pilots board, as follows:

1. Kaisarazu Fairway and Kimutsu Fairway—within a

Rainbow Bridge from E
62 Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 

Pub. 158

circle of radius 1 mile centered on Harbor Entrance Lighted

Buoy No. 2.

2. Futtsu Fairway—on the E side of a circle of radius 1

mile centered on Nako-no-Se Fairway Lighted Buoy No. 6.

3.25 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage is centered about 2

miles ENE of the dredged channel entrance buoys. There are

depths of 15.6 to 22m in the anchorage.

3.25 Signals.—A signal station is situated near the NW corner of

reclaimed land W of Center Pier.

3.25 Caution.—Seaweed cultivation is being carried out in the

area SW of the West Pier. It should be noted that the discharge

of oil or oily waste into the water is strictly prohibited by the

Marine Pollution Law and other related laws. Similarly, proceeding to the cultivated area is prohibited.

3.25 Banzu Hana (35°25'N., 139°54'E.) is situated about 1.5

miles N of Kisarazu Ko harbor limit. From Banzu Hana to the

S harbor limit of Chiba (Tiba) Ko, 3 miles ENE, the coast is

low and fronted by shoal water up to 1 mile offshore.

Chiba Ko (Tiba Ko) (35°35'N., 140°04'E.)

World Port Index No. 61375

3.26 Chiba Ko is an industrial harbor complex, designated

as an open port, situated in a bight between 3 miles ENE and

13 miles NE of Banzu Hana. The harbor consists of a number

of dredged basins and sections on reclaimed land. It consists of

an inner and outer harbor, whose limits may be seen on the

chart. Chiba Ko fronts the cities of Chiba and Itihara (Ichihara). There are five sections in this harbor and four fairways.

The fairways include Chiba Passage, Anegasaki Passage, Itihara Passage, and Siizu Passage.

3.26 Depths—Limitations.—Chiba Passage, marked by lighted

buoys, has been dredged to a depth of 18m. It extends in a NE

direction from the outer harbor for a distance about 8 miles to

Section No. 1. There is a basin within this section that is also

dredged to 18m. The draft limitation in the channel is 17m. Itihara Passage, dredged to a depth of 12m, leads to berthing

spaces close S of those accessed by way of Chiba Passage.

3.26 Anegasaki Passage, dredged to 15.7m, is also marked by

lighted buoys, as are Chiba and Itihara Passages. Siizu Passage,

dredged to 15.8m, leads to a basin on the S side of Anegasaki

Power Station. Kitasode Fairway is the southern-most passage

in Chiba Ko and has a least depth of 10.5m.

3.26 Section No. 1 and Section No. 2 contain the main berthing

facilities for public use. Depths alongside range from 3 to 18m.

Mitsui Dry Dock, having a capacity of 150,000 dwt, is situated

in Section No. 2, 2.5 miles SE of Chiba Light.

3.26 In Section No. 3, depths alongside range from 3 to 12.8m.

Marubeni Sea Berth has alongside depths of 14 to 14.4m. 

3.26 In Section No. 4, depths alongside range from 4.5 to 16m.

Petro-chemical, oil, gas, and power companies are situated

there.

3.26 Tokyo Gas Terminal (35°28'N., 139°59'E.), in the S part of

the harbor, consists of a dolphin berth, with a depth of 15.5m

on its E side and 15m on its W side. A basin W of Tokyo Gas

Terminal is approached by a channel dredged to 14m and is

marked by lighted buoys.

3.26 East of the gas terminal there is a basin with Sodegaura

Wharf at its head. Lighted buoys mark the W side the entrance

to the basin. The LNG terminals, to the S of a passage about

1.5 miles long and dredged to a depth of 14m, can accommodate vessels up to 70,000 dwt, having a draft of 16m.

3.26 Keiyo Sea Berth can accommodate a vessel of 258,000 dwt

and a maximum draft of 20.5m.

3.26 Reference should be made to the charts for location of the

prohibited areas and submarine cables and pipelines in this

harbor.

3.26 Aspect.—Conspicuous landmarks include a chimney, 204m

high, situated about 0.6 mile S of the liquid natural gas pier;

three chimneys in a line, 205m high, about 2.5 miles NE of the

above chimney; and the government building at Chiba and a

lighted tower 0.25 mile NW of it. A light is shown from the

shore 3.25 miles NNE of Chiba Light. There are numerous

tanks and chimneys with flares charted in this area.

3.26 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available from

sunrise to 1 hour before sunset. Requests for pilots should be

sent 24 hours in advance. Pilots board, as follows:

1. Chiba, Ichihara, Ane-ga-Saki, and Shiizu Fairways—

within a circle of radius 1 mile centered on the Harbor Entrance Lighted Buoy; however, the pilot normally boards

vessels with a draft of 10m or less in the vicinity of the quarantine anchorage and vessels with a draft of greater than 10m

about 1 mile WSW of Chiba Ko Harbor Entrance Lighted

Buoy No. 1.

2. Funbashi Fairway—within a circle of radius 1 mile

centered on a position 1 mile WSW of Lighted Buoy No. 1.

3. Kita Sode and Minami Fairways and the Tokyo Gas

LNG Berth—within a circle of radius 1 mile centered on a

position 1.5 miles SW from the SW end of Kei Yo sea berths.

4. Kei Yo sea berths—within a circle of radius 1 mile

centered on a position 2 miles WSW of Kei Yo sea berths.

3.26 Vessels unfamiliar with Uraga Channel may receive a pilot at

Uraga Channel No. 1 Lighted Buoy. This is especially

recommended for tankers exceeding 100,000 dwt and liquified-gas carriers.

3.26 Signals.—Flashing light traffic signals for vessels using

Chiba Passage are shown from Chiba Light (35°34'N.,

140°03'E.) and Shinko Signal Station (35°35.6'N.,

140°05.2'E.). Flashing light traffic signals for Ichihara Passage

are shown from Chiba Light. Illuminated letter traffic signals

for vessels using Chiba Passage are shown from Chiba Light.

3.26 The signals, shown by day and at night, are as given in the

table titled Chiba Ko—Signals.

Chiba Ko—Signals

Flashing Light Illuminated Letter Meaning

White light flashing every 2 seconds. Flashing I

Inbound traffic and outbound small craft may 

proceed. Out-bound vessels over 500 grt stop and 

wait clear of passage.
Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 63

Pub. 158

3.26 The flashing light signals are the same for both Chiba Passage and Ichihara Passage.

3.26 From the N limit of the outer harbor of Chiba Ko, the coast

trends N to Funabashi and Itikawa. The entire coastal area is

under reclamation.

3.26 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage is situated on the N

side of Chiba Passage, about 2.8 miles NE of its entrance. The

depths in the anchorage vary from 11 to 14.2m.

Katsunan Ku (35°40'N., 139°59'E.)

World Port Index No. 61378

3.27 Katsunan Ku lies N of the outer basin of Chiba Ko

and embraces the former port of Funabashi Ichikawa Ko. The

port consists of a number of quayed basins. Breakwaters

protect the S side of the port, and the W part is protected by the

reclaimed land. Edo Kawa flows into Tokyo Wan through the

W part of the harbor. 

3.27 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is approached from the

S through a channel 4.25 miles long, dredged to a depth of

12m. Close within the breakwater the channel is dredged to

10m. The quays have depths from 5 to 12m alongside and will

accommodate vessels up to 15,000 dwt.

3.27 The basins in the E mouth of the Edo Kawa can be approached through Ichikawa Channel, dredged to 6.5m. This

channel is buoyed and its entrance is about 3 miles N of the

entrance to the main channel.

3.27 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels exceeding

10,000 grt. Pilots embark at Chiba quarantine anchorage.

There are no restrictions on entry or sailing, however, pilots are

only available during daylight hours until 1 hour before sunset.

3.27 Anchorage.—Vessels for Katsunan Ku may use Chiba Ko

quarantine anchorage. The depths in the anchorage range from

11 to 14.2m.

3.27 Between the W limit of Katsunan Ku and the E limit of Keihin Ko, 3 miles W, is an area of reclaimed land. The W mouth

of Edo Kawa flows out close E of the E limit of Keihin Ko.

Urayasu Light is shown from a square metal framework tower,

8m high, situated off the S extremity of the reclaimed land

3.27 Caution.—Depths of 0.5 to 1.5m less than charted were reported (2006) in Katsunan Ku. 

3.28 South side of Miura Hanto.—From Ken Saki. the

coast trends in a W direction about 3 miles to Misaki Ko. The

coast is indented by several small bays. There are many rocks

and reefs along the coast, with depths ranging more than 20m,

0.5 mile offshore and beyond.

3.28 Joga Shima (Zyo-ga Shima) (35°08'N., 139°37'E.), a flat

trapezoidal shaped island, 30m high, lies about 0.2 mile offshore, and forms the S side of Misaki Ko. A bridge, with a

vertical clearance of 22m, spans the channel. A breakwater

extends toward the mainland from both the NE and NW ends

of the island. A breakwater also extends from the mainland in a

SSW direction toward the W breakwater; there is an opening

about 100m wide. A detached breakwater extends NW from

the NW extremity of Joga Shima.

3.28 Misaki Ko (35°08'N., 139°37'E.) is a small harbor enclosed

by the above-described breakwaters.

3.29 Misaki Seto—West entrance.—A light stands on the

head of the S outer breakwater, which extends 0.18 mile WNW

from Nadaga Saki, the NW extremity of Joga Shima. A light

stands on the head of the N outer breakwater, which extends

NNE to the shore from a position 0.1 mile NE of the S outer

breakwater. The W entrance to Misaki Seto lies between the

outer breakwaters. Inner N and S breakwaters lie about 0.3

mile inside the outer breakwaters. There is a basin bordered by

quays between the inner and outer N breakwaters.

3.30 Misaki Seto—East entrance.—A breakwater

projects 91.5m NE from the NE extremity of Joga Shima on

the S side of the E entrance to Misaki Seto. A light stands at the

head of this breakwater. A 2.1m patch, located about 0.2 mile

SE of the head of the breakwater, is the outermost of several

rocky patches lying off the E side of Joga Shima. Drying reefs,

lying on the N side of the E entrance to Misaki Ko, are marked

by a lighted buoy.

3.30 Tides—Currents.—Off Misaki Ko, the tidal currents are

affected by the ocean current, but the flood usually sets W or N

and the ebb S. During te summer, there are occasional periods

when a constant S set is experienced. In Misaki Seto the flood

sets W, attaining a rate of 1.5 knots, and about 0.5 mile W of

Joga Shima it sets NW at a rate of 2.75 knots. In a position

more than 2 miles W of Joga Shima, a S set of 1 knot has been

observed.

3.30 Depths—Limitations.—The fairway channel has depths of

Red light flashing every 2 seconds. Flashing O

Outbound traffic and inbound small craft may 

proceed. In-bound small craft may proceed. Inbound vessels over 500 grt stop and wait clear of 

passage.

Alternating white and red lights flashing 

every 3 seconds. Flashing F

Both inbound and outbound traffic un-der 5,000 

grt (but over 1,000 grt for tanker) may proceed. 

Vessels over these limits stop and wait clear of 

passage.

Light exhibiting three red flashes and 

three white flashes every 6 seconds. Fixed X All traffic prohibit-ed except the one vessel 

permitted by the Port Captain.

Chiba Ko—Signals

Flashing Light Illuminated Letter Meaning
64 Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 

Pub. 158

5.5m, and the depths in the N part of the harbor are between 4

to 5.9m.

3.30 At night, buoys on the N side of the channel, in the vicinity

of the bridge, are difficult to distinguish against the lights of

the town.

3.30 Signals.—Local storm signals are displayed from a hill to

the W of the town of Misaki, which is situated on the mainland.

3.30 Anchorage.—A quarantine anchorage is situated close NE

of the E extremity of Joga Shima.

Sagami Wan

3.31 Sagami Wan (35°12'N., 139°22'E.) is a large open

bay between Joga Shima and Manazuru Misaki, 22 miles W.

This bay lies at the head of Sagama Nada. The E shore of the

bay is formed by the W coast of Miura Hanto, which extends in

a general NNW direction for about 10 miles; it has many

indentations with a few sandy beaches and many rocks. The N

shore of the bay is a long sandy beach with no dangers except

in the vicinity of Uba Shima (Ubaga Shima). The W shore has

few indentations, except for the projecting Manazuru Misaki,

and consists mostly of a stone beach.

3.31 The depths in the bay generally are deep, especially in the W

where the 20m curve lies within 0.4 mile of the shore near

Odawara (35°15'N., 139°10'E.).

3.31 Winds—Weather.—At Ken Saki, E of Sagami Wan, in

winter when the NW seasonal winds are strong, the wind direction is affected by geographical features. The velocity of the

winds from the N or NE is relatively low, and the weather is

mild.

3.31 In the summer, land and sea breezes develop and it is fairly

cool. Wind direction is S or SW. Offshore, fog often develops

in the spring when the area is covered by a high pressure system and a weak wind blows. In the summer, fogs are common

late at night or in early morning when there is a weak wind.

3.31 Tides—Currents.—Near Joga Shima, tidal currents are

changeable due to the effects of ocean currents. In general, the

flood tide current flows to the W, and the ebb tide current to the

E. West of Joga Shima, the flood current is NNW at a rate of

0.5 knot and the ebb is SSW at a rate of 1 knot. At a distance of

5 miles NNW of Joga Shima, the flood current flows N at 1.25

knots and the ebb current flows SSW at 1 knot.

3.31 In the NW extremity of the bay near Odawara, swells begin

to hit the shore a few days before a typhoon reaches it, and

when the center of a typhoon actually passes, high tides occur,

sometimes causing substantial damage.

3.31 Caution.—Submarine exercises are conducted in Sagami

Wan, N of a line joining Joga Shima and Kawana Saki, a point

25 miles SW.

3.31 Vessels should used extreme caution while transiting in the

vicinity of position 35°10'N, 139°25'E due to naval operations

which involves frequent maneuvers.

3.32 East coast of Sagami Wan.—There are many coves

on the W side of Miura Hanto, N of Joga Shima, none of which

are useful as anchorages. Miyata Wan, 3 miles N of Joga

Shima, is too shallow; Shinjuku Wan (Sinzyuku Wan), 6.5

miles farther N, is exposed to WSW winds and is used as an

anchorage only when winds blow from the land.

3.32 Submarine cables indicated on the chart are landed on the N

shore of Miyala Wan. A light is shown in Koaziro Wan

(35°10'N., 139°36'E.). A light is shown off Miura in position

35°16'N, 139°34'E.

3.32 Syonan Ko (35°18'N., 139°29'E.) is a small harbor protected

on the W by Eno Shima and a causeway that extends from the

island in a NNE direction about 0.2 mile to the mainland. A

light stands on the mainland, 0.8 mile NE of Eno Shima Light.

There are depths in the outer harbor up to 7m. There is a yacht

marina enclosed by three breakwaters. Vessels should navigate

with caution when approaching from the S in order to avoid

Kamo Ne, a shoal with a least depth of 1.5m. Kamo Ne lies

close S of the light on the breakwater extending from the SE

end of Eno Shima.

3.33 West coast of Sagami Wan.—Sagami Gawa flows

into Sagami Wan, about 5.5 miles W of Syonan Ko. Teruga

Saki lies about 2.5 miles farther W. This coast is flat and sandy.

3.33 Uba Shima (Ubaga Shima) is a group of rocks lying about 1

mile offshore, 2.5 miles ESE of the mouth of Sagami Gawa.

Hira Shima is a chain of rocks lying 1 mile NW of Eboshi Iwa,

the largest island of the Uba Shima group.

3.33 Odawara (35°15'N., 139°10'E.), a small village situated 8.5

miles WSW of Teruga Saki, is fronted by a basin protected by a

breakwater.

3.33 Aspect.—A conspicuous cliff is located about 3.5 miles NE

of Odawara.

3.33 Signals.—Storm signals are displayed in the village.

3.34 From Odawara, the coast trends S about 6 miles to

Manazuru Misaki, a point which projects 1.5 miles E from the

mainland. A hill, 128m high to the top of the trees, is located

near the E extremity of the point.

3.34 Kasa Shima, 18m high, is located 0.25 mile SE of Manazuru

Misaki.

3.34 Manazuru Ko (35°09'N., 139°09'E.) is a small harbor protected by two breakwaters, situated on the N side of Manazuru

Misaki. The town is situated at the head of the harbor. There

are quays inside the breakwaters with depths of 2 to 5m alongside. Two radio masts stand on a hillock SE of the town and

storm signals are displayed.

3.35 West side of Sagami Nada.—The W side of Sagami

Nada is backed by Izu Hanto and extends from Manazuru

Misaki SSW 37 miles to Iro Saki, the S extremity of Izu Hanto.

This coast is indented by numerous small bays and is backed

close inland by a mountain range that parallels the shoreline for

much of its length.

3.35 There are no dangers charted outside the 200m curve, which

lies from 0.25 mile to 6.75 miles offshore.

3.35 Winds—Weather.—Along the W coast of Sagami Nada the

seasonal winds are NW in winter, NE or SW in spring, and SW

in the summer. Along the coast it is warm in the winter, as the

seasonal winds are obstructed by the chain of mountains on Izu

Hanto, and because of the effect of the Kuroshio.

3.35 In the vicinity of Ajiro Ko the winds are N or W in winter,

the wind speed is fairly low and most days are clear. In spring

N or NE winds blow; in June, it is mostly S; from July to

autumn NE winds dominate.

3.35 Near Mikomot Shima. the weather is especially changeable

due to the geographical features. Strong SW winds change to
Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 65

Pub. 158

strong NE winds, and suddenly reverse directions with no advance indications. Due to the strong winds and the strong

oceanic and tidal currents, the sea in the area often develops

violent swells and waves.

3.35 Near Iro Saki, the W wind in winter and the E wind in summer dominate. There are many days of strong winds in winter,

and during a typhoon, gusts of more than 87 knots have been

recorded.

3.35 Tides—Currents.—Between Izu Hanto and O Shima, there

is a tendency of a drift to the W during HW and to the E during

LW; the flood current flows WSW and the ebb current ENE.

The velocity of the tidal currents in this area is fairly high, and

it sometimes reaches 3 knots when the ebb tide current

coincides with the ocean currents.

3.35 The flood tidal current not only loses its velocity through

contact with the ocean current, but sometimes it overcomes the

ocean current and creates a SW flow. For navigation in this

area, the effect of the resultant flow of tidal and ocean currents

must be taken into account. Near Izu Hanto, the flow depends

completely on tidal current, and its velocity becomes about 1

knot.

3.35 Near Mikomoto Shima, the flood tidal current flows to the W

and the ebb tidal current flows to the E. The directions change

about 2 hours after the LW and HW. The maximum velocity of

the E flow, during the spring tides, is more than 3 knots, and it

was once observed that the current flowed to the E all day with

a maximum velocity of 5 knots. Rapid currents caused by an

irregular sea bottom are sometimes found NW and N of

Mikomoto Shima.

3.36 Yoshihama Hakuchi (35°08'N., 139°08'E.) is an

open bay situated W of Manazuru Misaki and the coast 2.5

miles W, in front of Yoshihama. Its depths are 10 to 20m, sand

and mud. Vessels with local knowledge can obtain temporary

anchorage off the village with an offshore wind.

3.36 Two chimneys on the SW entrance point to the bay are

prominent.

3.36 From Yoshihama Hakuchi the coast trends 3 miles SSW to

Atami.

3.36 Atami Hakuchi (35°05'N., 139°05'E.) is a small basin with

depths up to 8m that lies in the SW corner of Atami Hakuchi. It

is protected from the NE by an area of reclaimed land

extending NNW from Uomi Saki, and by an outer breakwater

projecting NNE from the N end of the reclaimed land. A light

stands on the NNW end of the reclaimed land. Within the basin

are two quays used by ferries. Three detached breakwaters lie

between 0.1 to 0.5 miles N of the basin.

3.36 A white tower at the top of a mountain, 254m high, situated

close W of Uomi Saki, is conspicuous. Iwado Yama (Iwato

Yama), 734m high, rises 2.5 miles NNW of Uomi Saki.

3.36 Temporary anchorage can be obtained in offshore winds, in a

depth about 14m, mud and sand, off Atami.

3.36 Ajiro Ko (35°03'N., 139°05'E.) is entered between Egawa

Saki and Iso Saki, about 1 mile NW. The port is open to the

NE, but is the best harbor on the E side of Izu Hanto. The inner

harbor is protected by breakwaters. A light stands at the head

of the N breakwater.

3.36 Tides—Currents.—The mean range of tide at Ajiro Ko is

0.8m and the spring range is 1.1m.

3.36 Signals.—Local storm signals are displayed at Ajiro Ko.

3.36 Anchorage.—Good anchorage can be had off the town of

Ajiro, on the W side of Egawa Saki, in a position about 0.4

mile W of the point. The depth is about 41m, sand and mud.

3.36 Caution.—Fishing nets may be laid throughout the year in

Ajiro Ko and its approaches.

3.37 Hatsu Shima (35°02'N., 139°10'E.), a low flat island

51m high, is located about 3.3 miles E of Ajiro Light. A light

shown from a white cylindrical concrete structure, 15m high, is

situated in the SE part of the island. The island is surrounded

by a rocky coast, and a 6.4m patch lies close off its NW extremity. A submarine pipeline lies between Izu Aziro Light and

Hatsu Shima.

3.37 From Egawa Saki, the coast trends 2.5 miles S to O Saki,

which rises to a height of 157m close within.

3.37 Ito Ko (34°58'N., 139°06'E.) is a small artificial harbor situated close W of a point that lies 2 miles SSE of O Saki.

3.37 Teishi Shima, a small islet 40m high, lies on the foul ground

that extends about 1 mile E of the S entrance point of Ito Ko.

3.37 A submarine volcano lies in a position about 1 mile N of

Teishi Shima.

3.37 The bay that is formed between O Saki and Teishi Shima is

obstructed with a number of fish havens.

3.37 From Ito Ko, the coast trends 2 miles SE to Kawana Saki,

then 4 miles SSW to Nichiren Saki.

3.37 Komuro Yama, 321m high, lies 1.25 miles SW of Kawana

Saki, and Omuro Yama, 589m high, rises 3 miles farther SW.

Both hills are rounded, but Komuro Yama is heavily wooded

while Omuro Yama is grassy.

3.37 From Nichiren Saki the coast trends SSW about 8.5 miles to

Inatori Saki (Misaki). A hotel on the N side of Inatori Saki is

conspicuous.

3.38 Inatori Ko (34°46'N., 139°03'E.), a small artificial

harbor, lies on the N side of Inatori Saki. The harbor is

protected by four breakwaters, one of which is detached. A

light stands at the head of each of the N and S breakwaters and

at the N end of one of the detached breakwaters.

3.38 Anchorage is afforded to small vessels in Inatori Ko except

when the wind is between NE and E. Anchorage may be

obtained in a position about 0.3 mile ENE of the head of the N

breakwater.

3.38 From Inatori Saki, the high bold coast trends 7.25 miles

SSW to Tsumeki Saki. For most of this section of the coast, it

is steep-to and bordered by flat rocks.

3.38 Shoal water fringes Tsumeki Saki to a distance of 0.4 mile,

and a rock, 33m high, is located on this shoal area about 0.2

mile NE of the point.

3.38 Tsumeki Saki is the E extremity of SuSaki Hanto, which

forms the E shore of Shimoda Ko (Simoda Ko).

3.38 From Tsumeki Saki, the S coast of SuSaki Hanto trends 1.5

miles WSW to Susari Saki. This coast is indented by several

coves and is fringed by a number of islets and sunken rocks extending up to 0.5 mile in places. A light shown from a round

concrete tower, 8.2m high, is situated on Susari Saki.
66 Sector 3. Southeast Coast of Honshu—Inubo Saki to Iro Saki 

Pub. 158

Shimoda Ko (Simoda Ko) (34°40'N., 138°57'E.)

World Port Index No. 61420

3.39 Shimoda Ko consists of a town that sits on the W side

of a river in the NW part of the bay that is entered between

Susari Saki and Norosi Saki, about 0.9 mile NW. A line drawn

between these two points forms the harbor limits. The harbor is

protected by two breakwaters. One extends WNW about 0.2

mile from a position on shore, 0.6 mile N of Susari Saki. The

other breakwater extends E from a position close S of the

river’s mouth to an islet and then about 45m E of the islet. The

head of each breakwater is marked by a light. A detached

breakwater extends SE from the vicinity of the cape of Akanejima, close N of the harbor limit. 

3.39 Winds—Weather.—East winds are dominant during the

summer and fall; Northwest Monsoon winds prevail during the

winter. During the winter the port is protected against winds by

the mountains behind it. Vessels may obtain weather reports

from the Maritime Safety Office.

3.39 Tides—Currents.—The mean range of tides at Shimoda Ko

is 0.9m; the spring range is 1.2m.

3.39 Depths—Limitations.—Depths range from 37m in the entrance to 5.5m in the anchorage area. Within the mouth of the

river, depths are less than 3.5m.

3.39 Aspect.—Take Yama, 181m high, rises close inland on the N

side of the harbor. A hotel 0.4 mile NNW of Norosi Saki is a

good mark both day and night. Akane Shima, 87m high, whose

S side is a steep red cliff, is located close within the W entrance

point of the harbor.

3.39 Anchorage.—This port is congested, especially in winter,

when the W winds prevail, or during a typhoon. Occasionally

vessels that arrive late may not be able to enter.

3.39 An area prohibited to anchoring, the limits of which are best

seen on the chart, lies in the approaches to the port and extends

inside the S breakwater. 

3.40 From Norosi Saki, the coast extends 6 miles SW to Iro

Saki, the S extremity of Izu Hanto. Iro Saki is a high steep

rocky cape which is marked by a light shown from a white cylindrical concrete tower, 11m high.

3.40 Caution.—Mikomoto Shima (34°34'N., 138°57'E.) is a

rocky islet, 32m high, that lies 5 miles SE of Iro Saki. A light is

shown on the island; it is displayed from a round stone tower

23m high.

A racon is located here. It has been reported that Mikomoto

Shima is a good radar target up to 17 miles.

3.40 The area N of Mikomoto to the mainland is fouled with

rocks and wrecks. It is recommended that large vessels pass

seaward of Mikomoto Shima when transiting this area.

3.40 A voluntary traffic separation scheme has been established

by the Japan Captains’Association SE of Mikomoto Shima.

The traffic scheme should be adhered to as far as practicable in

the interest of safe navigation. further information can be found

in Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean

and Southeast Asia. 

Courtesy of Japan Captains Association

Mikomota Shima—Voluntary Traffic Separation Scheme
67

Pub. 158

4. 

Nampo Shoto

4.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 4 — CHART INFORMATION
69

Pub. 158

SECTOR 4 

NAMPO SHOTO

4.0 Plan.—This sector describes the islands in the Nampo Shoto

group in a N to S direction, with Izu Shichito the first group of

islands described, then Ogasawara Gunto and Kazan Retto in

order. The off-lying reef Okino-tori Shima (20°25'N.,

136°05'E.) is described, then the off-lying island of Minamitori Shima (24°17'N., 153°59'E.). 

4.0 Caution.—Due to the earthquakes that occurred on 11

March 2011, offshore of the Tohoku region in Japan, and the

resultant tsunami, variation of the coastline and seafloor must

be considered and caution exercised. Wrecks and obstructions

may be displaced from previously charted positions and new

obstructions experienced by vessels navigating the Nampo

Shoto islands and iharbors. Breakwaters may be altered in

position and length and many aids to navigation destroyed. The

charts of these areas have been significantly affected and will

be updated as surveys and time allow. 

General Remarks

4.1 Nampo Shoto, a chain of islands, extends about 650

miles S from O Shima, previously described in paragraph 3.10,

to Minami-Io Shima. The Nampo Shoto are volcanic islands

and eruptions of submerged volcanoes frequently occur, with

new shallows being formed from time to time.

4.1 Winds—Weather.—Izu Shichito (Izu Shoto) is a warm area

with considerable rainfall. It is considered one of the windiest

areas in Japan, with over 20 days of gale strength wind per

month during the winter. The air temperature is high throughout the year. In the winter the air temperature is somewhat

higher than Tokyo; however, strong winds make the air feel

cooler.

4.1 Ogasawara Gunto is dominated by the monsoons. During the

cold season, December to March, the winds are NE to N, while

during the warm season, April to November, SE winds prevail.

Because it is on the N edge of the NE trade wind belt, this area

frequently has NE winds in April and September as the

monsoons weaken. Air temperatures are higher than in Izu

Shichito throughout the year.

4.1 The four seasons in the Ogasawara Gunto vary only slightly.

A warm and a cold season can be distinguished, but neither

registers extreme temperatures. On Chichi Shima, the average

temperature ranges between 17°C and 20°C during the cold

season, December to March. During the warm season, April to

November, the hottest period is from July to September, when

the average monthly temperature is 27°C.

4.1 Tides—Currents.—The main current of the Kuroshio

generally flows ENE in the vicinity of Miyake Shima. When a

cold water mass is present off Enshu Nada, the current flows W

of Miyake Shima, otherwise it flows to its N.

4.1 Generally, tidal currents flow E and W between the islands.

When they are not affected by ocean currents, the tidal currents

flow 1 hour after HW and LW. Tidal currents between the

islands may actually flow in several directions depending on

the topography. In the narrow channels there are places where

the maximum velocities may range from 2 to 4 knots.

4.1 The ocean current in this area affects the tidal currents;

directions, velocities, and the reversing times are irregular.

Near Izu Shichito, the NE or E set of the ocean current is so

strong that tidal currents are suppressed, and at times there is

no W tidal current. In the area between To Shima and Kozu

Shima, the tidal currents flow E and W from about 1 hour after

LW or HW, until 1 hour after the next HW or LW, with maximum velocities reaching 3 to 4 knots in places.

4.1 Tidal characteristics of the Nampo Shoto are virtually identical to those along the S coast of Honshu. High water occurs

earliest in the N, gradually later moving S. The range is 1m in

the N and 0.5m in the S.

4.1 Within the area of predominating tidal currents, to the S of

the Izu Shichito, conditions in the vicinity of Mukoshima

Retto, a subgroup of the Ogassawara Gunto, situated near the S

end of the chain, the flood tidal current flows in a direction

between NNW and WSW, with a velocity of about 0.5 to 2.3

knots, and the E ebb current has a strength of about 1 to 3.5

knots. Near and between the islands of Chichishima Retto,

another sub-group of the Ogasawara Gunto, the flood and ebb

current take the usual W and E directions, but they may follow

the E and W coasts of the islands in a N to S direction with

weakened velocity. The same conditions are found in the vicinity of Hahasshima Retto, the islands about 20 miles farther S

that form the outermost subgroup of Ogasawara Gunto.

4.1 Caution.—When navigating in the vicinity of Nampo Shoto,

vessels should bear in mind that this is an active volcano area

and even though the area has been surveyed, there may be

dangers that have not been reported.

4.1 Intense and continuous volcanic activity was reported in

1984 through a stretch of area about 30 miles wide, commencing 65 miles S of Hatizyo Shima and running 480 miles SSE to

the vicinity of Minami Io Shima, then SE to Asuncion Island,

the N extremity of the Mariana Islands.

Izu Shichito

4.2 Izu Shichito (Izu Shoto) (32°20'N., 130°50'E.) is the

N group of the chain of islands known as Nampo Shoto. The

group extends SSW from O Shima to Sofu Gan, a distance of

300 miles. Many of the islands reveal continuing volcanic

activity, such as the pouring forth of steam and sulfurous

fumes, the appearance of new cones, and eruptions and earthquakes of varying intensity.

4.2 The islands are generally wooded and there are sand beaches

in places. There is also heavy surf and in most anchorages

there is difficulty in landing.

4.2 O Shima (34°44'N., 139°24'E.), the N island in the Izu Shichito group, was previously described with the approach to

Tokyo Wan in paragraph 3.10.

4.2 To Shima (34°31'N., 139°17'E.) has a slightly conical summit which rises to a height of 508m and lies about 11 miles

SSW of O Shima and about 22 miles ESE of Iro Saki. The is-
70 Sector 4. Nampo Shoto 

Pub. 158

land is covered with vegetation and has many camellia trees.

The sides of the island consist of steep cliffs, and huge volcanic

rocks cover the coastline. To Shima Light is shown from the N

side of the island.

4.2 When the sea is calm, vessels of 200 to 300 grt may anchor

about 119m off Toshima Ko, on the N coast, in depths of 20 to

25m, rock.

4.2 A pier, with depths alongside of 2.6 to 8.2m, extends 183m

N of the N side of To Shima.

4.2 Tides—Currents.—The current sets NE past both sides of

To Shima at rate of 2 to 3.75 knots. Off the N point of the island it forms eddies and sets E at a rate of 4 knots.

4.2 Udone Shima is a wooded, cliffy island, 210m high, located

about 2.3 miles SSE of To Shima. There are many rocky islets

that lie within the 20m curve that extends from 0.15 mile off

the S side to 0.6 mile off the NW extremity.

4.2 Nii Shima (34°23'N., 139°16'E.) lies about 2.5 miles S of

Udone Shima. The island is about 6 miles long in a N to S

direction. It rises to a height of 429m in the N part and 301m in

the S part; low flat land lies between these hills. Habushi Ura is

a sandy beach, 4.5 miles long, located on the E side of the

island; other parts of the coast consist mostly of steep cliffs.

4.2 Niishima Ko is located on the middle of the W side of Nii

Shima. It is a port of call for scheduled ships. It consists of a

breakwater with a jetty extending NW from its end. The jetty is

unusable in N to W winds. Hommura is situated on shore here.

A high sand wall, built onshore to protect the settlement from

the W wind, makes it impossible to see most of the settlement

from seaward.

4.2 The S part of the beach at Niishima Ko is a conspicuous

slope of white sand extending to the foot of a hill, 132m high.

4.2 Niishima Ko affords anchorage, in depths of 10 to 20m, to

vessels with local knowledge over a sandy bottom; the holding

ground is not good and the anchorage is only safe during E

winds. During winds from the S and W, temporary anchorage

can be obtained off the E side of Jinai Shima, an islet lying off

the W extremity of Nii Shima. Two pairs of beacons in line

indicate the limits of the prohibited anchorage in the vicinity of

the landing place of a submarine cable.

4.2 Asa Ne, which dries at 1.5m, is an isolated rock lying 2.5

miles N of Honmura. It is steep-to on its NW side, but reefs

extend from its E side.

4.3 Shikine Shima (Sikine Shima) (34°19'N., 139°13'E.),

the only flat-topped island in the Izu Shichito, is located 1.5

miles SW of Nii Shima. Shikine Shima is about 105m high.

The coastline is well-indented with a number of coves which

afford shelter for small vessels from various winds. The coast

is mostly rocky beach and is cliffy on the W side. Taibusa Iwa,

close S of the SW extremity of the island, is a steep pointed

rock 53m high.

4.3 Small vessels with local knowledge can obtain shelter from

all winds by selecting whichever anchorage around the island

gives a lee.

4.3 A submarine pipeline is laid between Shikina Shima and Nii

Shima.

4.3 Kozu Shima (34°12'N., 139°09'E.), 5 miles SSW of Shikine

Shima, rises to a height of 574m near its center; this summit is

the W edge of an extinct volcano.

4.3 Two islets lie about 0.8 mile off the E extremity of the island.

The S islet, which rises to a height of 87m, is conspicuous.

4.3 Onbase Shima is a group of rocks lying about 2.3 miles W of

the SW extremity of the island; the largest rock in this group is

65m high. All except the S edge of these rocks are covered by

the red sector of Ichinokubi Saki Light, situated on the SW side

of Kozu Shima.

4.3 A light is shown on the SE side of the island by Tako Wan, a

small bay with a sandy beach and bottom.

4.3 Tides—Currents.—In a position 2 miles W of Kozu Shima

the tidal current is NW on the rising tide and S on the falling

tide. Between Kozu Shima and Shikine Shima the tidal current

is N on the rising tide and E on the falling tide. The E current is

the stronger and has a rate of 3.75 knots off the N end of

Shikine Shima.

4.3 Kozushima Ko (34°12'N., 139°08'E.) is situated near the

center part of the W coast of Kozu Shima. There is a small harbor protected by breakwaters. There is an entrance, 35m wide,

on its N side. A quay, with depths of 4.8 to 7.9m alongside, lies

on the N side of the W breakwater. A light stands on the quay

near its center. The six chimneys of the power company may be

seen to the NE of the boat harbor entrance.

4.4 Miyake Shima (34°05'N., 139°32'E.) is a roughly circular dormant volcano located 17 miles SE of Kozu Shima.

The summit of the island, 814m high, is frequently obscured by

clouds from May to July.

4.4 Ha Hana is the SW extremity of the island; a conspicuous

hill covered with trees rises to a height of 117m, about 0.6 mile

N of the point.

4.4 Onohara Shima, a small group of pinnacle rocks, lie about 5

miles W of Ha Hanna. When seen from the NNW the group

appears as a small sailing vessel, and when viewed from the

SW they appear as one rock. On a clear day, the rocks may be

sighted from a distance of more than 20 miles.

4.4 Vessels can anchor off the SE side of Miyake Shima, in 30m,

or, in 14 to 16m, with the light on the breakwater at Tsubota

Gyoko bearing 315°, distant about 0.5 to 0.3 mile, respectively.

The bottom is unsuitable for anchorage between Yoko Ne and

Tsurune Misaki to the SE. During S winds, vessels can anchor

on the N side of the island, in 15m, sand, about 1.3 miles ENE

of the NW extremity of the island.

4.4 A light is shown on the coast close W of Akron Saki on the

N coast.

4.4 The depths for a distance of almost 1.3 miles off the NE side

of Miyake Shima are irregular; this vicinity should be avoided.

4.4 Reference should be made to the chart for exact location of

the submarine cables in this area.

4.4 Mikura Shima (33°53'N., 139°36'E.), the summit of which

is 853m high, is located 9.5 miles SSE of Miyake Shima. From

a distance the top of the island appears to be rounded, but it is

frequently obscured by clouds.

4.4 Shoji Ne, close off the N extremity of Mikura Shima, is 16m

high, and Moto Ne, close off the S extremity, is 67m high.

Numuri Ne, 19m high, lies close offshore on the SW side of the

island. About 0.5 mile N of Numuri Ne, on Mikura Shima,

there is a waterfall visible from seaward.

4.4 The village of Sato is situated on the NW side of the island;

there is a jetty, used by the ferry, at Mikurashima Ko, at the

foot of the cliff below the village.
Sector 4. Nampo Shoto 71

Pub. 158

4.4 Tides—Currents.—An ENE current with a rate of 3.5 knots

has been observed off Mikura Shima.

4.4 Caution.—Zeni Su (33°57'N., 138°49'E.) are two groups of

rocky islets located in the middle of a shoal area, about 20

miles SW of Kozu Shima. The two groups of rocks are about

1.5 miles apart in a NE to SW direction. The tallest rock in the

N group is 6.5m, and in the S group the tallest rock is 13m. A

shoal depth of 21m lies about 3.5 miles SSW of Zeni Su.

4.4 These rocks are the most dangerous of the islands and rocks

lying S of Sagami Nada.

4.4 Inamba Shima (33°39'N., 139°18'E.) is an uninhabited

rocky islet lying 19.5 miles SW of Mikura Shima. Its E side is

a steep cliff and its W side is a gentle slope. The water around

the islet deepens rapidly. The islet, 75m high, is reported to be

radar conspicuous at 14 miles.

4.5 Hachijo Shima (Hatizyo Shima) (33°06'N.,

139°48'E.), located 42 miles SSE of Mikura Shima, is 8 miles

long in a NW to SE direction. Nishi Yama, 854m high, is

located in its NW section and Higashi Yama, 701m high, is in

its SE section, with a flat area about 90m above sea level lying

between the two mountains. The coastline is fairly even and

mountains come down to the coast, making it cliffy in most

parts. A light is shown close SE of Kanado within Yaene Ko.

The cliffs on the SE side are particularly steep, with maximum

heights of 200m. Mihara Yama is 70m high with a flat top on

the SE side.

4.5 A prominent radio mast stands at the E side of Mihara Yama.

4.5 There are no dangerous reefs outside the 20m curve except

for an 11m reef, 0.75 mile SSE of the S extremity of the island.

4.5 Ko Shima is a small island, 617m high, that lies 2 miles W of

the W extremity of Hachijo Shima. The islands are separated

by Koshimano Seto, which is deep and free of dangers.

4.5 Fishing nets may be laid around Hachijo Shima up to 3 miles

offshore at night from February to October.

4.5 Winds—Weather.—On Hachijo Shima, the W winds prevail throughout the year, especially during winter when they

blow on the average of 20 days a month during the monsoon

season. The winters are generally warm with the coldest month

registering about 10°C. As the summers are fairly cool, the

climate is mild throughout the year.

4.5 Precipitation is especially high even for Izu Shichito; the

annual total being more than 2,920mm, with the month of

October having the greatest amount with a maximum of

380mm. Heavy rainfall and W winds in winter are the hallmarks of Izu Shichito.

4.5 Tides—Currents.—The flood tidal current sets NW following the contour of Hachijo Shima, and the ebb tidal current sets

SE. Reversal of flow occurs about the time of HW and LW,

although this is affected by both the ocean current and the

weather.

4.5 On the N side of the island tidal races and overfalls occur

during ebb tides. Tidal currents in Kaminato Ko, on the NE

coast, have no slacks and are affected in their velocity and

direction by the weather and the ocean current. Visually the

flood tidal current sets NW along the coast, with reversal occurring at the time of LW and HW. The maximum velocities

for both the ebb and flood current is about 2.5 knots.

4.5 About 1 mile E of Uro Ne in Borawazawa Hakuchi, the current makes a complete circle in 12 hours, flowing in a counterlockwise direction. The SW setting current reaches its maximum velocity of 1.3 knots 3 hours after LW, while the NE

current reaches its highest velocity of 0.5 knot 3 hours after

HW.

4.5 Overfalls occur during ebb tides off the S extremity of the

island, and a rapid SW current occurs during ebb tide near the

SW end of the island.

4.5 The flood tidal current sets NNW at 2.5 knots and the ebb

tidal current sets SSE at 2 knots, 1 mile offshore of Yaene Ko.

Reversal occurs at the time of HW and LW.

4.5 In Ko Shimano Seto the flood current sets N and the ebb current sets S. At times, the S setting current may be completely

overwhelmed by the ocean current.

4.5 Abnormal magnetic variation may be experienced in the

vicinty of Hachijo Shima.

4.6 Kaminato Ko (33°08'N., 139°49'E.), located on the

NE coast of Hachijo Shima, is open N and E, and is only protected from S or W winds. Hatsuzo Bana, close SE, is piled up

with reddish-colored lava and has numerous dangers extending

0.25 mile offshore from this point.

4.6 Aspect.—Katto Yama, 200m high, lies 1 mile W of Hatsuzo

Bana and is a good mark for approaching Kaminatu Ko, as is a

195m high hill close NW.

4.6 The shores of Kaminato Ko consist generally of black uneven volcanic rocks. A breakwater projects NNW from the E

entrance point of the inner harbor and there is a quay, 60m

long, on the W side of the breakwater. A light also stands at the

head.

4.6 A light stands 0.25 mile SSW of the E breakwater head. The

boat harbor was dredged to 3m in 1973. There is good anchorage, in 35m, coarse sand, with Katto Yama bearing 237° and

Hatsuzo Bana bearing 153°. Another good anchorage, in a

depth of 23m, sand and rock, is located on the range line with

Tatsunega Bana bearing 307°.

4.6 Vessels may drag anchors in these anchorages when a ESE

to E wind is accompanied by ocean swells.

4.6 A submarine cable runs N for 0.75 mile to a wave measuring

instrument off the coast by Katoure Bana. Another submarine

cable is laid ENE from Kaminato Ko.

4.6 A pier, with depths of 4.9 to 10m off its S side, stands about

0.7 mile SE of Kaminato Ko.

4.6 Borawazawa Hakuchi (33°04'N., 139°51'E.) is an open

roadstead situated on the SE coast of Hachijo Shima. It is protected from W to NW winds, but it is not protected from the

heavy swells that set into the bay.

4.6 Uro Ne are two black rocks, aligned E to W, that lie 0.5 mile

SSE of the boat harbor. The area around the rocks is foul.

4.6 Yaene Ko (33°06'N., 139°46'E.) is situated between Nakona

Hana (Miko Saki), 3 miles NW of the S extremity of the island,

and Funado Hana, 2.5 miles farther NNW. The E side of the

bay is deep with a sand bottom, and is protected from E to N

winds. A boat harbor has been excavated from the black rock

of the shore. World Port Index Review 2010

4.6 Anchorage can be obtained by vessels with local knowledge,

in about 27m, sand, with the meteorological observatory about

0.8 mile inland bearing 042°, and Horikiri Yama, the 215m

hill, about 0.9 mile N of Nakona Hana, bearing 126°. Another

good anchorage, in 23m, sand, can be found with the

breakwater light bearing 072° and Funado Hana bearing 311°.
72 Sector 4. Nampo Shoto 

Pub. 158

4.7 Aoga Shima (32°27'N., 139°46'E.) is a dormant volcanic island located 35 miles S of Hachijo Shima. The island is

about 6 miles in circumference and rises to a height of 423m in

the S part of the island; steam discharges in places from this

summit. The island is bordered by steep cliffs on all but the SW

side. Scheduled vessels call here once each month, but are

often cancelled due to bad weather.

4.7 Kuro Saki is located on the N side, where a black pointed

rock, 2m high, lies close offshore, enabling the landing place to

be identified.

4.7 A light is shown in the vicinity of Aoga Shima Ko.

4.7 Anchorage can be obtained by vessels with local knowledge,

in a depth of about 27m, rock, with Kuro Saki bearing 266°.

The holding ground is not good, but vessels can remain at anchor with a wind force of 5 from between SSW and SW. If the

wind veers to WSW, a berth about 0.8 mile S in a depth of 46m

is recommended. The sea bed is foul off Aogashima Ko.

4.7 Beyoneisu Retsugan (31°55'N., 139°54'E.) is a group of

rocks 32 miles SSE of Aoga Shima. The highest of these rocks

lies in the N part, 9.9m high, and can be identified at 10 miles

on a clear day. When the swells are high, they are easily seen

because of breakers in this area.

4.7 Caution.—It is dangerous to navigate in an area with a

diameter of 21 miles that is centered 5 miles ENE of Beyoneisu

Retsugan. Extensive submarine volcanic action has occurred in

this area, with islands appearing and disappearing at irregular

intervals. Vessels navigating in the area of a volcano should

keep at least 10 miles from the area, leaving the area immediately if there is any indication of an impending eruption.

4.7 Generally, just prior to an eruption the surface immediately

above the volcano forms a waterdome with white smoke rising

from the center. However, in many cases eruptions have taken

place without such a sign, and the area can be completely calm

after an eruption, leaving no indication that it ever took place.

4.8 Sumisu Shima (31°27'N., 140°02'E.) is a large

pointed rock, 136m high, located 30 miles SSE of Beyoneisu

Retsugan. Vessels have reported sighting the rock from 23

miles to the SE, 2 hours before sunrise. It has been sighted at 6

to 7 miles on a clear moonless night and at 15 miles in moonlight.

4.8 Several rocks are found in the vicinity of Sumisu Shima, and

Shira Ne, with deep water around it, lies about 4 miles NNE of

Sumisu Shima; Shira Ne is steep-to and in calm weather shows

a white color. When tidal currents are strong there are tide rips

in the vicinity and the sea breaks over the rock.

4.8 Caution.—South and SW of Sumisu Shima, islets and

rocks, which subsequently disappeared, have been reported at

various times. The ocean floor probably changes considerably

in the area under the influence of volcanic activity. The area

should be avoided.

4.8 It was reported (1972) that discolored waters existed in position 31°29'N, 141°14'E, a position about 61 miles E of Sumisu

Shima.

4.9 Tori Shima (30°29'N., 140°19'E.), an active volcanic

island 60 miles SSE of Sumisu Shima, can be distinguished

from 40 miles on a clear day. The central crater of the island is

403m high; it emits steam. The periphery of the island is

mostly crumbled cliffs, except for a small portion in the NW,

and rocks are scattered along the coast, which is extremely

sheer. The white electric cables, which extend from the disused

meteorological station on the W coast to the high altitude

observation tower, are conspicuous.

4.9 The island has been set aside as a natural wild bird preserve.

4.9 Several shoal areas are charted in the vicinity of Tori Shima.

4.9 Sofu Gan (29°48'N., 140°21'E.) is a solitary, conspicuous

black rock 100m high, located 40 miles S of Tori Shima. There

are patches of guano on the rock. Sofu Gan can be seen from

25 miles on a clear day.

Ogasawara Gunto

4.10 Ogasawara Gunto (Bonin Islands) (27°09'N.,

142°05'E.) consists of numerous islands and islets lying SSE of

Izu Shichito, extending from 27°45'N, to 26°30'N. This group

is divided into three main groups; from N to S they are Mukoshima Retto, Chichishima Retto, and Haha Retto. Nishino

Shima, an isolated island, lies about 70 miles W of Chichi

Shima.

4.10 Ogasawara Gunto is volcanic and has many hills and peaks.

The valleys are steep and deep and there are few flat places.

The land is mostly rock, but it is covered by black soil and a

number of areas are suitable for agriculture.

4.10 A mountain range runs N and S through the islands. Its peaks

are barren and are mostly bare rocks, but grass and small trees

are found in some places. Tropical vegetation, such as hemp

and palm, is found on the mountain sides.

Mukoshima Retto

4.11 Mukoshima Retto (27°37'N., 142°11'E.) is located at

the N end of the Ogasawara Gunto, about 156 miles SE of Sofu

Gan. The principal islands of this chain include Kitano Shima,

Muko Shima, Nakadachi Shima, and Yome Shima, in that

order from N to S.

4.11 Tides—Currents.—In the Mukoshima Retto area the flood

tidal current sets, in general, WSW at a rate of 0.5 to 2.3 knots,

and the ebb tidal current sets E at a rate of 1 to 3 knots, changing directions at HW and LW.

4.11 In the channel between Kitano Shima and Muko Shima, the

flood current sets SW at a maximum rate of 2.33 knots. In the

E part of this channel the ebb current sets E at a maximum rate

of 3.5 knots.

4.11 In the channel between Muko Shima and Harino Iwa, 0.7

mile SSE, the ebb sets E and the flood current sets W; both are

considerable.

4.11 North of Yome Shima the flood current sets N, between 0.11

and 0.12 mile offshore, without reference to the ebb or flood

tides when the tide is a maximum. South of the island the ebb

current sets mostly E.

4.11 Kitano Shima (27°43'N., 142°06'E.) is located at the NW

end of the Mukoshima Retto. Dangerous rocks are scattered to

the NE of Kitano Shima. Ichino Iwa, lying 1.5 miles NNE of

Kitano Shima, is the farthest N of the rocks. The tidal currents

are strong among these rocks.

4.12 Muko Shima (27°41'N., 142°08'E.), the largest island

in Mukoshima Retto, lies 2 miles SSE of Kitano Shima. O

Yama, the highest point on the island, rises to 88m in the E part
Sector 4. Nampo Shoto 73

Pub. 158

of the island. Minamihama, on the SW side of the island, provides good anchorage for small vessels with local knowledge.

There are many rocks in the bay that are dangerous when SW

winds prevail, due to high swells and waves.

4.12 Harino Iwa, 0.7 mile SSE of Muko Shima, rises to a height

of 136m in the N part and 80m in the S part.

4.12 Nakadachi Shima (Nakodo Shima) (27°38'N., 142°11'E.),

located 2.5 miles SE of Muko Shima, has two peaks, Tsurugi

Yama and Byobu Yama, that rise to a height of 121m and

155m, respectively.

4.12 Fukuro Minato is a small rock-infested bay that penetrates

the island’s S side. It will protect small vessels with local

knowledge from all except S winds.

4.12 Yome Shima (27°30'N., 142°12'E.), located 7 miles SSE of

Nakadachi Shima, is mostly rocky and precipitous, but there

are small beaches on either side of the S extremity of the

island. There is a small open bay on the NE side of the island

where landing can be affected; this beach is steep and there are

numerous above-water and sunken rocks.

4.12 Yome Shima rises to a height of 67m and Ushiro Shima, off

the E side, and Mae Shima off the SW side, rise to heights of

46m and 127m, respectively. There are several above-water

rocks in the vicinity of Yome Shima and a rocky patch, with a

depth of 14.6m, lies 0.4 mile W of Mae Shima.

4.13 Chichishima Retto (27°06'N., 142°12'E.) is a group

of islands lying 18 miles S of Yoma Shima; the three principal

islands, from N to S, are Ototo Shima, Ani Shima, and Chichi

Shima. These islands fall in line 10 miles long.

4.13 These islands, surrounded by several islets, are volcanic and

mountainous; their coastlines consist mostly of steep cliffs,

except for one section of Chichi Shima. Landing places are few

and there are always high waves along the E coast.

4.13 Tides—Currents.—To the N and S of Chichishima Retto,

and between the islands, the flood current sets W and the ebb

current sets E with considerable velocity, turning at HW and

LW. On the E and W coast of the island chain, the currents flow

N and S following the contours of the islands. In the Anishima

Seto. the ebb current sets E at a rate of 4.5 knots and the flood

sets W at 2.25 knots; rips occur at ebb tide.

4.13 Between Chichi Shima and Nishi Shima, the flood current

sets SW or NW at a rate of 0.8 knot and the ebb current sets

ENE at a rate up to 1 knot. Between Nishi Shima and Hyotan

Shima the flood current sets NW and the ebb current sets SE;

the rate of each is 1.5 knots.

4.13 Ototo Shima (27°10'N., 142°11'E.), the farthest N of

Chichi-shima Retto, rises to a height of 229m in the S part. The

coast is comprised of steep cliffs, but there are small beaches

on the W side. A landing place is situated close S of Kitano

Hana, the NW extremity of Ototo Shima.

4.13 Mago Shima, 134m high, is precipitous and covered with

grass; it lies 0.35 mile NE of Ototo Shima.

4.13 Kito Iso, a flat rock 2m high, lies 0.2 mile N of Mago Shima.

4.14 Ani Shima (27°07'N., 142°13'E.), a mountainous

rocky island 254m high, lies close S of Ototo Shima. The two

islands are separated by Ototoshima Seto, a shallow channel

that is unsafe even for small craft.

4.14 Ani Shima has few trees and its landscape is desolate; its

shores are steep cliffs. The NE coast has many indentations,

but it is deep, beset with waves, and lacks a safe area for

anchorage.

4.14 Takinoura Wan is located on the SW coast; it lies between

Sujiiwa Misaki and Hakidashi Hana, 1 mile SE. It is protected

from all except SW winds, which bring in swells and waves.

Vessels can anchor in Takinoura Wan, in depths of 10 to 42m,

sand. A sunken rock, 10m deep, lies 0.22 mile NW of Hakidashi Hana.

4.14 Chichi Shima (27°04'N., 142°12'E.) lies S of Ani Shima and

is separated from that island by Anishima Seto. Chichi Shima

is the largest and farthest S of Chichishima Retto group, and is

the principal island of Ogasawara Gunto. The island is 4 miles

long in a N to S direction and has a width of 3 miles. The highest peak, 327m high, is located near the center of the island.

The W part of the island is lower, but more uneven than the E

part. The E and S coast are smooth with steep cliffs, but there

are some sandy beaches toward the head of the coves.

4.14 Tatsumi Wan indents the SE coast and Maruen Wan and two

other bays indent the S coast. However, all of them are open

and there is no place for a vessel to land or moor. The SW coast

of the island is also indented with several small shallow bays

that have many drying rocks.

4.15 Futami Ko (27°05'N., 142°12'E.), situated on the

NW coast of Chichi Shima, is entered between One Saki and

Yayo Saki, 0.85 mile S. The bay extends about 1.3 miles NE of

a line between the entrance points. Futami Ko is protected from

the S by a breakwater extending W from the shore across

Futami Iwa, 11m high, to the edge of the drying reef 0.24 mile

NE of Omuga Breakwater; a light stands at its head.

4.15 This is a Quarantine Port, a Port of Entry, and a Local Port.

4.15 This harbor provides the best anchorage in Ogasawara Gunto. The W and S part of the bay is encumbered with submarine

cables, anchorage is confined to the N and E parts of the bay, in

depths of 37 to 44m. The quarantine anchorage is centered

about 0.5 mile ENE of Yayo Saki.

4.15 Caution.—Kuchino Se, with a depth of 3.4m, is located near

the center of the entrance to Futami Ko. There are other obstructions and dangers in the bay which may best be seen on

the chart.

4.15 Nishino Shima (27°15'N., 140°53'E.), the farthest W of the

Ogasawara Gunto group, lies 70 miles WNW of Chichi Shima.

It is a flat island, 24m high, covered with grass. There is

usually a heavy surf on all sides of the island. When seen from

the NW at 10 miles, it appears as two islets. Nishino Shima is

reported to be radar conspicuous at 14 miles.

4.15 Discolored water was reported (1987) 16 miles SSW and 43

miles ESE of Nishino Shima.

Hahashima Retto

4.16 Hahashima Retto (26°38'N., 142°08'E.) is a group of

islands lying about 20 miles S of Chichi Shima that cover an

area of 11 miles long in a N to S direction. This group consists

of the principal island Haha Shima, which lies at the N end of

the group, and five smaller islands. The islands’ coasts are

steep and cliffy. In general, the water is deep near the shore, but

ridges are found within 0.5 to 1 mile offshore, in the N and

middle parts of the islands. These islands lie at the S extremity
74 Sector 4. Nampo Shoto 

Pub. 158

of a 0.1 mile bank that encompasses all the islands of

Ogasawara Gunto, with the exception of Nashino Shima.

4.16 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in Hahashima Retto

set W with rising tide and set E with the falling tide. On the E

and W sides, the currents set S and N with the rising and falling

tides, respectively, and generally follow the shape of the land.

The current NW of Innui Saki is considerable and wave

patterns occur; NW of Sawara Ne, the ebb current sets N at

1.75 knots. Near Okinohae and Jinohae, the tidal currents are

especially strong; the ebb current sets NNE at a rate of 1.4 to

3.5 knots and the flood current sets SW to W at a rate of 1 to 2

knots. These currents change at HW and LW. There are tide

rips in this area.

4.16 One mile off Higashi Saki, off the E coast, the flood current

sets SE and the ebb current sets SW, both at a rate of 1 knot.

4.16 At the center of Aneshima Seto the flood current sets WSW

at a maximum rate of 3.5 knots and the ebb current sets SE.

Between Ane Shima and Imoto Shima the current always flows

S or W at a maximum rate of 1 knot.

4.17 Haha Shima (26°39'N., 142°09'E.) is the largest and

N island in Hahashima Retto; it is 7 miles long in a N to S

direction and has a maximum width of 2.25 miles. Chibusa

Yama, 462m high near the center of the island, is the highest

peak of the mountain range which extends N and S.

4.17 Inui Saki, the N extremity of the island, is a cliffy point

190m high. Jinohae, 2.1m high, and Okinohae, 1.8m high, lie

0.58 mile and 0.65 mile NNW, respectively, of Inui Saki; Oni

Iwa, 91m high, lies 0.18 mile NNW of the same point.

4.17 Kita Minato is entered between Inui Saki and Kita Misaki, a

point 1 mile SE. A vessel of 2,734 grt has anchored in the bay,

with Kita Misaki bearing 068°, 0.3 mile distant, in a depth of

29m, sand. However, tidal currents are strong and during W

winds, swells and waves are heavy and it is occasionally

unsuitable for anchorage; at times strong winds blow off the

mountains. A sunken rock, 12.8m deep, is located about 0.3

mile NW of Kita Misaki.

4.17 Gagyu Kaku, a steep cliffy point 136m high, located 1.25

miles ESE of Kita Misaki, is the N entrance point of Higashi

Minato. Sekimon Saki, the S entrance point of the bay, is a

rocky cliff 130m high; it lies 0.75 mile SSE of Gagyu Kaku.

4.17 Higashi Minato is protected against winds, except from the

E, by the high cliffs of the shore. A good anchorage, in 22m,

sand, is situated with Higashi Yama bearing 354° and Gagyu

Kaku bearing 054°. Anchorage can be taken farther out, in

29m, with Higashi Yama bearing 347°.

4.17 Okuzure Wan is an open bay entered between Sekimon Saki

and Higashi Saki, a rocky point that rises to a height of 128m

close inland, located 2 miles SE.

4.17 This bay is protected from SW to NW winds, but swells will

enter from the E. 

4.17 Anchorage.—A temporary anchorage is situated 0.4 mile

off the SW section of the bay, in a depth of 27m, sand.

4.17 Higashisaki Wan is an open bay penetrating 0.5 mile to the

W on the S side of Higashi Saki; the general depths in the bay

are from 20 to 40m. The coast from Higashi Saki to Minami

Saki, 3.25 miles SSW, consists of steep cliffs with no landing

areas.

4.17 Oki Minato (Oki Ko), situated on the SW coast of Haha

Shima, lies between Minami Saki and Samega Saki, 2 miles

NNW. The bay is open to the W, but is protected against winds

and waves from the SW.

4.17 Oki Minato is divided into two harbors. The inner harbor is

situated between Samega Saki and Oki Misaki, 0.5 mile SE.

Okimura Asane extends 0.45 mile WSW from Oki Misaki and

blocks the entrance to the inner harbor. The inner harbor is

shoal but a channel that leads to Okimura was being dredged to

a depth of 4.5m. A directional light on Oki Misaki marks the

fairway to avoid Okimura Asane.

4.17 Large vessels may anchor temporarily in Oki Minato with

Maru Shima bearing 171° and Kita Ne, close off the N end of

Muko Shima bearing 254°, in a depth of 18.3m, sand. The anchorage is calm in NE winds; however, in SE to NW winds,

swells enter and cause a vessel to drag.

4.17 From Samega Saki to Inui Saki, 5 miles NNW there are

several indentations in the coast, but none provide protection.

Megane Iwa, 1 mile NW of Samega Saki, and Sawara Ne, 1

mile SW of Inui Saki, are two of the many rocks and islets that

are charted off the W coast of Haha Shima.

4.17 Hira Shima is located 1.5 miles SSW of the S extremity of

Haha Shima. There are several islets and straits charted

between these two islands; these straits are narrow, with many

rocks and reefs and are only navigable by small craft.

4.18 Muko Shima (26°36'N., 142°08'E.) is located 1 mile

NW of Hira Shima; it is a wooded island mostly bordered by

steep cliffs, and on its E and W sides there are occasional

beaches of sand and rock.

4.18 Ane Shima is located 1 mile S of Hira Shima. A chain of

mountains run from the N to the S along the E and W coasts.

The periphery of the island consists of steep cliffs and there is

no place to land. Dobu Iso, which uncovers 0.3m, lies 0.85

mile ESE of the S extremity of the island.

4.18 Aneshima Seto, between the islands Ane Shima and Hira

Shima, is about 0.28 mile wide between the 20m curves. Passage through this channel is difficult for small vessels because

of strong tidal currents.

4.18 Imoto Shima (26°33'N., 142°12'E.) about 2.25 miles E of Ane

Shima, is densely covered with trees. The coast consists of rocks

and steep cliffs, but landings can be made on the W coast.

4.18 Mei Shima about 0.5 mile ENE of Imoto Shima is ringed by

steep cliffs, but small boats can reach the beach on the W side.

4.18 Sukezo Asane, two detached rocks, lie 0.25 mile off the S

coast; the sea frequently breaks over them.

4.18 Caution.—The approach to the islands of this group and the

passages between the islands are encumbered with reefs, rocks

and islets, whose positions may be seen on the charts.

Kazan Retto

4.19 Kazan Retto (24°52'N., 141°20'E.), also known as

the Volcano Islands and Io Retto, extend along a line about 70

miles long from N to S. Kita-Io Shima, the farthest N of the

group, lies 85 miles SSW of Haha Shima. There are three islands comprising the group; from N to S they are Kita-Io

Shima, Io Shima (Iwo Shima), and Minami-Io Shima.

4.19 These islands are of volcanic origin, and gas continues to

escape from them, especially on Iwo Shima, and from the sea

that surrounds them. It has been reported (1992) that sulpherous smoke has been erupting from the sea about 55 miles
Sector 4. Nampo Shoto 75

Pub. 158

SSE of Minami Io Shima in the vicinity of Minami Hiyosi Seamount.

4.19 Kita-Io Shima (25°26'N., 141°17'E.) contains a chain of

mountain peaks running N to S through its middle. Sakakiga

Mine, the highest peak, 804m high, is located in the S part of

the island. The coast is precipitous cliffs except for sections on

the E and W coasts. The 20m curve lies about 0.2 mile offshore

and the 20m curve lies from 0.75 mile to 1.25 miles offshore.

4.19 Maguro Asane, with a depth of 14.6m and Funka Asane,

with a depth of 13.7m, lie 0.6 mile WSW and 2.5 miles WNW,

respectively, from the island’s N extremity.

4.19 Kaitoku Kaizan (Kaitoku Seamount), a submarine volcano,

lies approximately 48 miles NNW of Kita-Io Shima. In 1984, a

bank with a depth of 10m, was reported in position 26°11.5'N,

141°00.9'E, about 6 miles NW of Kaitoku Kaizan.

4.19 Winds—Weather.—During the spring and summer, the SW

winds are dominant; NE winds prevail during autumn, and W

winds prevail in January and February. There is considerable

rain from April to June, and frequent fogs. Strong winds often

blow from August to October, and the sea is fairly calm in June

and July.

4.19 Tides—Currents.—The flood current flows NW and strikes

the SE end of the island. Part of the flood flows N along the E

coast while the other part flows W at 1 knot S of the island. At

the N extremity of the island, the flood current that flows along

the E coast joins a current from the W and makes an E current,

whose velocity reaches 1.8 knots. Between Funka Asane and

the island, flood currents set NNW at a maximum velocity of

1.5 knots; ebb currents set SSE at a maximum velocity of 1

knot. Off the N coast of Kita-Io Shima, the ebb current flows E

at a rate of 1.75 knots. Elsewhere on the ebb tide the directions

are reversed and the velocity increased by 50 per cent.

4.19 Anchorage.—Kita-Io Shima has no good anchorage, but an

unprotected berth can be obtained 0.4 mile SE of the village

Ishino, on the E side of the island.

4.19 The interisland steamer usually anchors, in 24m, with warehouses on the shore bearing 276° and the SE extremity of the

island bearing 200°. The rocky holding ground is poor.

4.20 Io Shima (Iwo Shima) (24°47'N., 141°19'E.) is

located at the mid-point of Kazan Retto, about 36 miles S of

Kita-Io Shima. The island, which is about 4.5 miles long in a

NE to SW direction, consists of two volcanoes, Moto Yama in

the NE and Suribachi Yama at the SW end with a narrow strip

of land, Chidoriga Hara, between them.

4.20 Moto Yama, 112m high, is a domed hill with a flat peak

located near the airstrip. Steam and sulfur gas, visible from

offshore, escape from the fissures, or vents, in the hill.

4.20 Chidoriga Hara is a volcanic dune, with sandy beaches at its

E and W ends.

4.20 Suribachi Yama (Mount Suribachi), 161m high, an extinct

volcano in the form of a truncated cone, rises at the SW end of

the island.

4.20 Io Shima is reported to be radar conspicuous at 17 miles.

4.20 Tides—Currents.—North of Kitano Hana, the N extremity

of the island, the ebb current sets E at 1.5 knots; SW of

Tobiishi Hana, the S extremity of the island, the flood tide sets

NW at 1.75 knots; W of Kama Iwa the flood current sets SW at

1.3 knots; and NW of Kangoku Iwa the flood current sets W at

2.5 knots.

4.20 Anchorages.—Anchorage can be obtained about 2.8 miles

NE of Tobiishi Hana, close S of a line connecting Suribachi

Yama and Higashi Iwa, off the village of Minami. The depth at

the anchorage is 12m, sand, good holding gound.

4.20 Caution.—Higashi Iwa are a group of uncovered rocks, 6m

high, located about 2 miles E of the E extremity of Iwo Shima.

Kama Iwa lies 0.55 mile off the W coast and Kangoku Iwa,

8.2m high, lies 0.75 miles N of Kama Iwa. There are two rocks

located on the shoal area 0.35 mile W of Kangoku Iwa that

uncover at LW. 

4.20 There are numerous wrecks on the W coast of Io Shima, N of

Tobiishi Hana and close off the beach, as indicated on the

chart.

4.20 Due to volcanic action, the contour of the shoreline and the

depths in the approach to Io Shima are constantly changing.

Great care should be exercised when approaching or anchoring

in these waters.

4.21 Minami-Io Shima (24°14'N., 141°28'E.) is a volcanic

island located 33 miles SSE of Io Shima. The island is about 1

mile long in a N to S direction and has a height of 918m; this

peak is often covered by fog and clouds. The island is bordered

by cliffs and rocky beaches. The 20m curve lies from 0.1 mile

off the W coast to 0.6 mile off the E coast.

4.21 In 1974, an islet was reported to lie 1.75 miles NE of the NE

extremity of the island. In 1982, discolored water was observed

in the vicinity of position 24°16.6'N, 141°29.2'E. In 2005, discolored water, with submarine volcanic activity, was observed

in position 24°17.4'N, 141°29.1'E.

4.21 Fukutuku-Okano-Ba, a submarine volcano, lies 2.5 miles NE

of Minami-Io Shima, and a reef, with a depth of 18.3m, lies 0.5

mile farther NW. In 1904 and in 1914, an island was reported

in this area, which has subsequently subsided below the

surface. In 1986, the volcano erupted and an islet was formed,

but three months later the islet had disappeared, leaving a least

depth of about 1m in the area. 

4.21 Kita-Hukutoku Tai, a submarine volcano, lies about 11 miles

NNW of Minami-Io Shima.

4.21 Discolored water and a suspected volcanic eruption were reported (1987) in the vicinity of Fukutuku-Okano-Ba. An additional account of discolored water was reported in this position

in 2006. 

4.21 Caution is necessary when navigating in this area.

Okino-tori Shima

4.22 Okino-tori Shima (20°25'N., 136°05'E.) is located

about 375 miles SW of Minami-Io Shima. It was formerly

known as Parece Vela or Douglas Reef. This coral reef extends

about 2.8 miles in an E to W direction, is about 0.8 mile wide,

and encloses a reef-encumbered lagoon. A number of small

islets and above-water coral heads, 1 to 3m high, lie on the

reef. Two small towers stand near the W extremity of the reef.

It is a Japanese possession.

4.22 Caution.—A below-water reef, with estimated depths from

2 to 3m, has been reported to extend about 3 miles NW from

the W part of Okino-tori Shima. Numerous tide rips were

observed in the vicinity.

4.22 Breakers extend 0.5 mile off the E and W ends of Okino-tori

Shima. It has been reported that breaking seas have been ob-
76 Sector 4. Nampo Shoto 

Pub. 158

served about 1 mile N of the W extremity of Okino-tori Shima,

but were not observed in 1997.

4.22 Okino-tori Shima and the reported reefs should be given a

wide berth, as there has been no recent survey.

4.22 Boat passages have been reported on the SE and NE sides of

the reef, but they have not been examined.

4.22 A large platform, about 20m high and supported by six rows

of supporting pillars oriented approximately E and W, stands

close E of the small towers. This platform, which appears

abandoned, was reported (1997) visible on radar at a distance

of 20 miles. 

4.22 Another off-lying danger was reported in 1971. It appeared

to be a coral-like shoal breaking in position 20°18'N, 135°28'E,

bearing 259°, 36 miles from Okino-tori Shima. In 1988, it was

reported that a vessel transiting the area failed to see this danger. Vessels are urged to exercise caution when navigating

within the vicinity.

Minami-tori Shima (Marcus)

4.23 Minami-tori Shima (Marcus) (24°17'N., 153°59'E.)

is an isolated triangular-shaped island lying 695 miles E of

Minami-Io Shima. The island has sides about 1 mile long, and

rises to a flat surface 18m high. It is bordered by a wide beach

consisting of white coral stones and shells with some sand. The

beach is strewn with large boulders and debris consisting of

scrap metal and broken concrete. The island is covered with

sparse vegetation; there are a few buildings.

4.23 Minami-tori Shima is a good radar target from 21 miles. It

was reported that a radar fix obtained from 13 miles was

accurate.

4.23 Winds—Weather.—An E wind is dominant all year, averaging 14 knots from October to April, but is slightly less during

the summer. The temperatures are high with a yearly average of

26°C. The highest temperature recorded was 36°C and the lowest

was 16°C. Rain is frequent all year round but precipitation

amounts are relatively low, about 1,000mm per year. Mild fog

occasionally forms during September and October.

4.23 Tides—Currents.—The current in the vicinity of Minamitori Shima is variable, with rates up to about 1 knot. During

most of the year the predominant set is E, but in September to

November it may be W.

4.23 Aspect.—A stone tower, a building with a red roof and a

concrete building are situated in the vicinity of East Point, the

E extremity of the island. 

4.23 An aero radiobeacon transmits from the middle of the E side

of the island.

4.23 Both the shore line and surf line give good radar responses

and care must be taken to distinguish between them when closing the island, particularly from NW.

4.23 Anchorage.—The best anchorage area lies about 0.25 mile

off the S side of the island, in depths of 70 to 80m.

4.23 Caution.—Because of its low elevation, small size, and lack

of off-lying reef structure, Minami-tori Shima offers no lee in

any weather. The bottom is of volcanic rock, dead coral, boulders and some sand; it has a steep incline and affords poor holding ground. In the face of the slightest weather, a vessel should

stand clear of the island.

4.23 There is a pier 20m long in a boat basin formed by the opening in the reef on the S side of the island.

4.23 A dangerous pinnacle rock lies in deep water nearly 0.3 mile

W of West Point.

4.23 There is a dangerous rock 0.2 mile ESE of West Point, about

0.1 mile offshore.
Pub. 158

5.South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki

5.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 5 — CHART INFORMATION
79

Pub. 158

SECTOR 5 

SOUTH COAST OF HONSHU—IRO SAKI TO HINO MISAKI

5.0 Plan.—This sector describes the S coast of Honshu from Iro

Saki SW about 175 miles to Shiono Misaki, then NW to Hino

Misaki. 

5.0 Caution.—Due to the earthquakes that occurred on 11

March 2011, offshore of the Tohoku region in Japan, and the

resultant tsunami, variation of the coastline and seafloor must

be considered and caution exercised. Wrecks and obstructions

may be displaced from previously charted positions and new

obstructions experienced along the E coast of Honshu and in

the harbors. Breakwaters may be altered in position and length

and many aids to navigation destroyed. The charts of these

areas have been significantly affected and will be updated as

surveys and time allow. 

General Remarks

5.1 The E part of this area includes the large bays known

as Suruga Wan and Ise Wan; the coast between these two bays

is a straight and almost unbroken stretch of sandy beach.

5.1 From Daio Saki, the coast trends SW for 75 miles to Shiono

Misaki, the S extremity of the Kii Hanto, a broad mainland

peninsula projecting S between the E end of Naikai on the W

and Ise Wan on the E. This section of coast, known as the

Kumano Nada, is generally rocky and faced with steep cliffs.

The bays and coves of the irregular shoreline are relatively

small and afford little protection, from, wind and sea.

5.1 Between Shiono Misaki and Hino Misaki, 45 miles NW, the

coast forms the SW side of Kii Hanto and the E shore of the S

approach to the Kii Suido. Sand and shingle beaches interspersed with rocky stretches make up the broken shoreline.

There are no sheltered harbors, the small bays and inlets are

open to the SW.

5.1 Winds—Weather.—Since the S coast of Honshu is fronted

by the Pacific Ocean and backed by mountainous terrain, when

face either the Kuroshio or Oyashio, its climate is controlled by

these features and differs from the rest of Honshu.

5.1 During winter, there is a buildup of the continental high in

the W and low pressure in the E, with the Northwest Monsoon

dominating. As the continental high moves E, they bring

behind them violent W winds that may blow for several days.

On the Pacific seaboard, there is a high incidence of clear days

with low humidity and dry air. Snowfall is generally light,

although occasional heavy snows may be encountered on the S

coast.

5.1 During spring, the change of pressure patterns is violent, and

the weather shifts periodically. When low pressure systems originating on the continent move E and build up, fronts, especially cold fronts, are distinct and frequently generate violent storms.

5.1 The period from mid-June to mid-July is the early summer

rainy season. The pattern of the rainy season front varies

according to the strengths of the N (Okhotsk) and S (North

Pacific) highs. Thus, if the Okhotsk high does not form or is

weak, the rainy season precipitation is minimal. The rainy season is quite pronounced in S Japan where it brings abundant

precipitation, but it is less pronounced and not as wet in N

Japan. When the rainy season front moves N and dissipates,

summertime pressure patterns move into place, and true summer begins.

5.1 During summer, hot humid, relatively weak, SE and S winds

are frequent. The weather is generally fair, but with many

sultry days and the highest incidence of thunderstorms for any

season of the year. The frequency of onshore winds is notable.

Summer is also the peak season for fogs. The end of the early

summer rainy season marks the beginning of the typhoon

season and coastal areas and the surrounding seas are often

struck by torrential storms.

5.1 The autumn months of September and October are the peak

months for typhoons and the autumnal rains, when the highest

amount of precipitation for the year is recorded. Rainfall totals

increase as one moves from N to S, in contrast to early summer

rains, which are not so pronounced.

5.1 The climate on the S coast of Honshu, even during the winter

period of the Northwest Monsoon, is generally mild due to the

influence of the Kuroshio, and there are many days of good

weather. However, when the Northwest Monsoon is strong, the

air becomes extremely dry and chilly.

5.1 In summer, since relatively weak SE winds dominate and

blow across the Kuroshio, temperatures become extremely

high. Throughout the summer offshore winds in various parts

of the S coast serve to alleviate the humid heat.

5.1 The Enshu Nada coast, centering around Omae Saki, has an

extremely strong Northwest Monsoon during winter.

5.1 Winter temperatures on the S coast of Honshu have an

average minimum range of 1° to 4°C. During summer most of

the S coast is hot, but during the early summer rainy season

from mid-June to mid-July, the high number of rainy and

cloudy days keep the temperature down. Following the rainy

season, the temperature rises sharply to a peak in August, when

maximum temperatures average about 30°C.

5.1 Tides—Currents.—The Kuroshio is the largest of the ocean

currents in Japanese waters, and globally only the Gulf Stream

in the Atlantic compares to it in magnitude. This is the principal current that affects the current along the S coast of Honshu.

5.1 The average speed of the Kuroshio is 2 to 3 knots, with maximums of 4 to 5 knots. Since the current shifts its course in unexpected and violent manner, and exerts such a powerful influence on navigation, mariners must always keep its movements in mind.

5.1 The Kuroshio, in its N flow from Luzon, generally skirts the

S coast of Honshu and then flows E and NE. However, when a

large cold water mass appears in the Enshu Nada, the course of

the current undergoes a spectacular shift between the Kii Suido

and the Izu Shoto, as it makes a wide detour around the cold

water mass. Once such a cold water mass appears, the zigzag

route of the Kuroshio tends to become fixed and to remain

unchanged for a period of 2 to 9 years. According to a survey
80 Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 

Pub. 158

of the 47-year period from 1921 thru 1967, cold water masses

appeared and persisted three times.

5.1 When the cold water mass appears off Omae Saki, the Kuroshio may be deflected as far S as 31°S, S of Daio Saki, when

the average flow without the presence of the cold water mass is

34°S.

5.1 The Kuroshio is a relatively narrow current, and the width of

the portion flowing faster than 2 knots ranges from 15 to 25

miles.

5.1 Tidal currents along the S coast of Honshu flow along the

coast. The flood tide current sets W and the ebb current sets E.

The direction changes within 1 hour after each LW and HW;

the rate is nominal. The tidal currents are affected by the

diurnal tide. Sometimes there is only one tidal current a day

when the declination of the moon is great.

Suruga Wan

5.2 Suroga Wan (34°50'N., 138°35'E.), a large deep bay,

lying between the W side of Izu Hanto and the mainland is

entered between Iro Saki and Omae Saki, about 30 miles W,

and from its entrance it extends almost 35 miles ENE.

5.2 Winds—Weather.—The seasonal winter winds blow N,

often becoming stronger in the afternoon. Along the coast of

Suruga Wan the average temperature in winter is 6° to 7°C,

while in summer it is cool due to land and sea breezes. The W

wind prevails on the W coast of Izu Hanto due to the effect of

the seasonal wind in winter.

5.2 At Omae Saki, the prevailing winds are WNW in winter and

WSW in summer. The W wind prevails throughout the year,

except during September and October.

5.2 During SW winds a heavy swell runs into Suruga Wan.

5.2 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in Suruga Wan set N

on the flood and S on the ebb at a slight rate. At the entrance to

Utiura Wan (Uchiura Wan), the flood tide current flows into the

bay and the ebb flows out of the bay. The directions change

within 1 to 2 hours after LW and HW. The flood current is

irregular and the current following an extremely low tide is

stronger than usual.

Suruga Wan—East Side

5.3 From Iro Saki, the E coast of Suraga Wan trends 7

miles NNW to Hagati Saki (Hakachi Saki) (34°41'N., 138°

45'E.). This coast is indented by Mera-Koura Ko and is bordered by rocks for a distance of 0.5 mile offshore in places.

The coast then trends irregularly N for 7 miles to Ima Yama.

Matu Saki Ko indents the coast about halfway between Hagati

Saki and Ima Yama. Ima Yama, a rounded headland, is a good

mark.

5.3 The 20m curve lies 1.25 to 0.7 mile offshore along the coast.

A 26m patch lies 0.9 mile W of Iro Saki; fish havens are

charted 2 miles W of Iro Saki and outside the 20m curve in

Mera-Koura Ko. A patch with a depth 2.9m, lies 1.25 mile SW

of Ima Yama. Tago Shima, consisting of two sharp rock islets,

lies about 0.8 mile SW of Ima Yama. The W rock is 47m high;

the E rock has a light situated on it. Both rocks are visible at

some distance. Foul ground extends from Tago Shima SE to

the coast. A fish haven lies 0.25 mile SE of Tago Shima Light.

5.4 Tago Ko (34°48'N., 138°46'E.), a small deep port

surrounded by hills, lies close S of Ima Yama and is fronted by

Tago Shima. The village of Tago is located at the SE part of the

bay. A light is shown close NW of Tago village on the point.

Anchorage for vessels with local knowledge can be taken in the

harbor, in a depth of 39m, mud. The harbor is open NW and is

not tenable in winter. Small vessels can anchor, in a depth of

30m, mud, off the village of Tago, in the inner part of the

harbor.

5.4 Ose Saki (35°02'N., 138°47'E.) is located 12.75 miles N of

Ima Yama; there are cliffs and several small inlets in the intervening coast. The 20m curve lies no farther than 0.4 mile off

this coast. A light is shown from the N part of the inlet.

5.4 Daruma Yama, 982m high, is located 9 miles NNE of Ima

Yama; it is the most prominent mountain on Izu Hanto. Sototakumi Yama, 221m high, is located on the coast 3.5 miles NW

of Daruma Yama. It is a round mountain covered with short

grass and has steep cliffs at its base.

5.4 Enasi Yama (Enashi Yama) (35°00'N., 138°48'E.), 1.75

miles NE of Sototakumi Yama, rises to a height of 437m. It has

a sharp peak, without trees, and can be seen from a point 4 to 5

miles W of Hagati Saki when entering Suraga Wan from the E,

and it can also be seen, on a clear day, immediately after

passing Omae Saki when entering the bay from the S.

5.5 Ugusu Ko (34°51'N., 138°46'E.) is an open harbor

situated 2 miles N of Ima Yama. The entrance is open to the W,

and the other three sides are surrounded by mountains.

5.5 A basin protected by two breakwaters, is situated in the S

part of the bay and in it are quays used principally by small

vessels loading ore. A light stands at the head of one of the

breakwaters. There are mooring facilities within the breakwaters with depths of 2.5 to 5.5m alongside. There is a breakwater projecting NE from a point on the S side of the bay, and

there are mooring facilities within the breakwater, with depths

of 2.5 to 5.5m alongside.

5.5 Koshino Hana, a conspicuous red, wooded cliff, is located in

the middle of the E beach in the harbor. Anchorage can be

taken, in a depth of 13m, W of Koshino Hana.

5.5 Caution.—Caution should be used to clear the fish haven

obstruction charted near the middle of the bay.

5.6 Toi Ko is an open roadstead that is located 3.5 miles N

of Ugusu Ko. A breakwater is located on the N side of the

river’s mouth, which discharges into the harbor on its E side. A

breakwater, with a light at its head, projects from the E shore of

the bay. There is anchorage, in a depth of 26m, sand and mud,

off a pier in the S part of Toi Ko.

5.6 Heda Ko (Heta Ko) (34°58'N., 138°46'E.), located 4 miles N

of Toi Ko, is open to the NW and is surrounded by mountains

on the N, E and S. On the W side, Mihama Saki (Ohama Saki)

extends 0.4 mile NNE and forms a natural breakwater to

protect the port against all winds except from the NW. The

entrance between Mihama Saki and the N shore is 0.2 mile

wide. The harbor is deep and shoals quickly on nearing the

shoreline, where depths drop abruptly from 18 to 2m. 

5.6 A breakwater, with a light at its head, is situated at the inner

end of Heda Ko. A landing jetty, with depths from 2.5 to 4m

alongside, lies to the S of this breakwater. A vessel may find
Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 81

Pub. 158

good anchorage with the peak of Inari Yama bearing 048° and

the NE extremity of Mihama Saki bearing 310°, in a depth of

34m, mud.

5.7 Utiura Wan (Uchiura Wan) (35°03'N., 138°50'E.) is

an open bay that lies 4 miles NNE of Heda Ko, in the NE extremity of Suruga Wan. The bay is about 5 miles in length in a

N to S direction and recedes about 5 miles E.

5.7 Mito Hakuchi is a small, deep harbor located in the SE

corner of Utiura Wan. It is entered by passing between Awa

Shima, 147m high, on the N, and Nagai Saki about 0.4 mile to

the S. Nishiura Kisho Breakwater extends 0.2 mile NE from a

point 0.4 mile W of Nagai Saki. A light stands at the head of

the breakwater. A light stands at the head of Mito Breakwater

situated about 1.5 miles ESE of Nishiura Kisho Breakwater

Light.

5.7 There is good anchorage, protected from all but NW winds

with the E extremity of Awa Shima bearing 343° and the N

extremity of Nagai Saki bearing 282°, in 35m, mud. A shoal,

with a depth of 8.8m, is located 0.14 mile S of the anchorage.

5.8 Shizuura Ko (35°02'N., 138°54'E.) lies at the head of

Utiura Wan, in its E extremity. Shizuura Ko is entered between

Awa Shima on the S, marked by a light on its N extremity, and

Okubono Hana, about 0.7 mile to the N. Okubona Hana, which

has reclaimed land on its S and E side, rises to a height of

142m. In general the bay is too deep for anchoring, however,

there is good anchorage with Okubona Hana bearing 293°, and

the N end of Awa Shima bearing 211°, in 50m, mud. The water

is choppy in a W wind, and when winds blow down off the

mountains, as a NE wind prevails.

5.8 Numazu Ko (35°05'N., 138°51'E.), situated 2.5 miles NW

of Okubona Hana, is comprised of an inner and outer harbor.

The port is located at the mouth of the Kano Kawa (Kano

Gama), which flows out between training walls on each bank.

The inner and outer harbors are connected by a channel 40m

wide that has a least depth of 3.2m. The outer harbor is located

on the N bank and is protected by an E and W breakwater. The

depth of the channel to the outer harbor is over 6m, with a

width of 55m between the 5m curves. Vessels may moor at the

N seawall in depths of 5 to 7.5m. The E and S seawalls have

depths from 3.5 to 5.5m. 

Suruga Wan—West Side

5.9 Omae Saki (34°36'N., 138°14'E.), marking the W entrance to Suruga Wan, is about 50m high and heavily wooded.

Its E and S sides decline sharply and lead to a flat sand beach.

The point appears as two belts whose upper half is green and

the lower half white. The white belt is particularly conspicuous

from the S. The point is fringed with reefs that dry out about

0.2 mile offshore, and shoals with depths of less than 5.5m, lie

within 1 mile of the shore.

5.9 A light is shown the S side of Omae Saki. A radio tower,

standing about 0.7 mile NW of the light, is prominent. Gozen

Iwa dries 0.9m and lies 1.75 miles E of Omae Saki on One

Bae, a reef with a least depth of 3m. A light is shown from a

round iron tower on a tripod, 11m high, situated on Gozen Iwa. 

5.9 Caution.—Due to dense fog, vessels entering Suruga Wan

from the W may not recognize the landmarks near Omae Saki;

and upon entering the bay they may mistake the pine trees on

Yaizu for those further N near Miho Saki; Takakusa Yama is

often mistaken for Udo Yama. The light on Gozen Iwa should

be given a berth of at least 1 mile and vessels should never pass

between the light and Omae Saki. Gozen Iwa is difficult to see

at HW when the sea is calm.

5.9 A dangerous wreck lies 3.5 miles S of Omae Saki.

5.9 Fish havens lie 2 miles and 4 miles W of Omae Saki Light. 

5.10 Omae Saki to Wada Hana.—Motone Bana is the NE

extremity of the peninsula and is located 0.6 mile NNE of

Omae Saki; it is a flat point. From Motone Bana, the coast

recedes to the NNW, then trends NNE to Wada Hana, a

distance of 16 miles; this coast is low and sandy. Between

Omae Saki and the coast abreast the town of Haibara, 8 miles

N, the coast is backed by a plateau less than 91m high. A light

is shown from position 35°38'N, 138°12'E. From this position

a white sandy beach, backed by rows of pine trees, trends about

8 miles NE to Wada Hana, and for 4 or 5 miles inland the

country is flat.

5.10 The 20m curve lies up to 2.3 miles off the S part of this area

and closes the coast in the vicinity of Wada Hana.

5.10 Notari (34°37'N., 138°15'E.), a rocky patch with a depth of

9.4m, is located 1 mile NE of Montone Bana. A fish haven is

situated 0.15 mile SE of Notari; other shoal patches lie between Notari and the coast.

5.10 A rocky patch, with a depth of 8.3m, is located 0.75 mile N

of Gozen Iwa.

5.11 Omaesaki Ko (34°36'N., 138°14'E.) (World Port

Index No. 61425) is an open port protected by breakwaters and

is entered between the breakwaters about 1.3 miles NW of

Motone Bana. 

5.11 A detached breakwater lies close NE of the entrance to the

outer harbor.

Depths—Limitations.—The maximum draft limitation in

the channel is 10.8m. There are 11 berths having general

depths of 5 to 12m. Additionally, Nishi No. 10 container berth,

situated at the West Wharf, is 280m long with a depth

alongside of 14m; vessels of up to 50,000 dwt can be

accommodated. 

5.11 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory but is available. Pilots

board close NE of the outer breakwater. Berthing is done during daylight hours only; unberthing may be done until 2100.

5.11 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken outside the inner

breakwater, in depths of 5 to 8m, mud and sand. The holding

ground is not very good.

5.11 Small vessels can anchor within the breakwaters.

5.12 From Omaesaki Ko, the coast trends N about 4.8

miles to Sagara Ko; a small boat harbor situated in the mouth

of a river. A light is shown near the river entrance.

5.12 Aitaka Iwa (34°40'N., 138°14'E.), about 1m high, lies 1

mile SE of Sagara Ko; it consists of two small rocks that lie in

an E to W direction. There are other obstructions charted up to

1.5 miles N.

5.12 From Sagara Ko, the coast trends NE 6.5 miles to the mouth

of the Oi Kawa, which empties into the bay.

5.12 Along this coast is Yosida Gyoko (34°45'N., 138°16'E.),

which is protected by a breakwater and has a light on it.
82 Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 

Pub. 158

5.13 Oigawa Ko (34°46'N., 138°18'E.) consists of a small

harbor protected by two breakwaters, with an inner harbor and

facilities; it is located close N of Oi Kawa. The harbor has

depths of 2.6 to 11m and is approached through a channel

about 59m wide. There are wharves with depths of 1 to 7.5m

alongside.

5.13 Ordinary vessels are not allowed within a 50m radius of the

oil wall when vessels carrying LPG and other flammables are

moored.

5.13 Caution.—During the Oi Kawa flood periods, caution is

necessary since vessels will be pushed to the N. A wave meter

is located 0.75 mile NE of the S breakwater. This meter is

marked by a red light and a submarine cable runs from here to

the coast. There are wharves here with depths of 1 to 7.5m

alongside.

5.13 From Oigawa Ko the coast trends NNE 4 miles to Wada

Hana. There are fish havens located along this coast as far as

1.5 miles offshore, reference should be made to the chart.

5.13 Seno Umi, located 10.75 miles ESE of Oigawo Ko, is a fish

haven obstruction.

5.14 From Wada Hana the coast trends in a general NE

direction to Hukiai Saki, a distance of 15 miles. The 20m curve

lies up to 1.8 miles offshore in this segment of the coast. The

dangers outside the 20m curve are fish havens which are

charted.

5.14 Kogawa Gyoko (34°51'N., 138°20'E.) is a fishing harbor

protected by two breakwaters. A light tower stands on each

breakwater. The channel leading through the entrance is about

50m wide. A detached breakwater lies 0.1 mile NW of the S

breakwater head. A light is shown at the SE end of the detached breakwater.

5.14 A submarine pipeline extends 0.13 mile ENE from the coast,

0.3 mile NW of the S breakwater head.

5.14 Takakusa Yama rises to a height of 501m, 1.5 miles inland,

4.25 miles N of Wada Hana. Udo Yama, 308m high, is located

near the coast 4 miles SW of Hukiai Saki. When approaching

this area in a fog, Takakusa Yama has often been mistaken for

Udo Yama, since the coasts are low and similar to each other.

5.14 Yaizu Ko (34°52'N., 138°20'E.) is an open roadstead, with

two basins lying at the head of a bight, 2 miles NNW of Wada

Hana. There is an outer, central, and inner district, protected by

a N and S breakwater. Within the basins there are depths of 5 to

7m.

5.14 The middle harbor is entered between the N breakwater and

the S breakwater; a light stands at the head of each. The entrance to the harbor is exposed to E winds which send in a

swell and hamper maneuvering. A detached breakwater, 150m

long lying in NNE to SSW direction, is situated about 0.2 mile

SW of the S breakwater.

5.14 Reclamation work has been carried out 1 mile S of the harbor. A light stands at the head of a breakwater extending about

0.4 mile N from the shore, about 1.3 miles S of Yaizu Ko.

5.14 Ogawa, a boat harbor protected by a N and S breakwater, is

situated 1 mile S of Yaizu Ko, and is considered part of Yaizu

Ko. The depths in Ogawa are from 2 to 3.8m.

5.14 From Yaizu Ko the coast trends NNE 5 miles to Abe Kawa,

which flows into the bay, then 8.5 miles NE to Hukiai Saki

(Miho Saki).

Simizu Ko (Shimizu Ko) (35°01'N., 138°30'E.)

World Port Index No. 61460

5.15 Simizu Ko, located in the NW portion of Suruga Wan

Special Port, is the most important port in the bay. It is a

Special Port, Open Port, Quarantine Port, and Port of Entry.

5.15 Winds—Weather.—In the spring and summer SW and W

winds prevail and the sea is calm. During the fall and winter,

NE and E winds prevail; the most frequent wind direction is

ENE, and its maximum velocity is 24 knots.

5.15 Tides—Currents.—The flood tidal current sets W into the

harbor and the ebb current sets E. The change of directions

occur at HW and LW; the rate is less than 0.3 knot.

5.15 Depths—Limitations.—The port is divided into three

sections. Section 1, the S part of the harbor, is approached

through a channel dredged to a depth of 12m (1991). The

depths at the berths in this section range from 5.5 to 12m. 

5.15 Orido Wan, in Section 1, is a large basin with depths from

4.2 to 10.5m. Section 2 lies at the W end of the entrance

fairway and has berths within the basin from 3.3 to 11.2m.

Section 3 lies on the S and N side of the entrance fairway. 

5.15 The approach to the Tonen Dolphin Sea Berth is dredged to a

depth of 21.5m. Vessels of up to 250,000 dwt, with a draft of

20m, may use this berth. Numerous oil tanks and chimneys

stand on the reclaimed land. 

5.15 There are two container berths in this section at Okitsu

Wharf No. 2, with depths of 11 to 12m alongside. Vessels of

30,000 dwt can be accommodated. Shin-Okitsu Wharf

provides a container berth, W of the detached outer harbor

breakwater, with a dredged depth of 15m. 

5.15 Sodesi Wharf No. 1 will accommodate vessels of 30,000 dwt

and has depths of 12m alongside. The Nikkei Bauxite Wharf

has a depth of 11m alongside for vessels of up to 32,000 dwt.

5.15 The harbor offices stand on the S side of Shimizu basin,

about 1 mile SW of Ma Saki. 

5.15 Aspect.—There are numerous charted chimneys and radio

towers which are conspicuous.

5.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory. A request for pilotage should be sent 24 hours in advance through the vessel’s

agent. The pilot boards in an area about 1 mile NE of Shimizu

Light. Pilots for 250,000 dwt vessels embark about 0.8 mile

NE of Fukiaino Misaki Light.

5.15 Anchorage.—Quarantine anchorage is situated on the E side

of the N breakwater. Depths in the anchorage range from 18.4

to 29m, mud and sand. Vessels with dangerous cargo are required to anchor in Section 3. The best anchorage here is SW

of Ma Saki, in depths of 21 to 26m. This anchorage is frequently congested; vessels may have to wait offshore before entering.

Suruga Wa—Head

5.16 From Simizu Ko to Numazu Ko, 18 miles ENE, there

is a long, low crescent shaped, continuous sand beach. Fuji

Kawa (Huzi Kawa) enters the bay 9 miles NE of Simizu Ko.

The area E of Fuji Kawa to Kano Kawa is known as Tagono

Ura.

5.16 The depth of the water is 200m, 0.3 mile from the shore near
Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 83

Pub. 158

Tagonoura Ko. Depths continue to be unusually deep closer to

the shore along the coast.

5.16 Fuji San (Huzi San) (35°22'N., 138°44'E.) rises to a height

of 3,776m, 13 miles N of Tagono Ura Ko. This volcano, with a

symmetrical cone shape, is the highest point in Japan. Its peak

is often enveloped in clouds and there are few days when the

entire mountain is visible.

Tagonoura Ko (35°08'N., 138°42'E.)

World Port Index No. 61415

5.17 Tagonoura Ko is situated at the head of Suruga Wan,

11 miles NE of Simizu Ko. The port is protected by an E and

W breakwater; a light is situated on the head of each breakwater. There are three public wharves in the port. Leading

lights are shown in line bearing 323.5° and lead through the

dredged channel into Tagonoura Ko.

5.17 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance channel is maintained

at a minimum depth of 9m at HW. The maximum size vessel to

enter the port is limited to a loa of 213m and a beam of 30m.

The draft may vary, therefore, it is requested that the allowable

draft should be verified by ships agent before arrival. There are

depths alongside the wharves of 5 to 9m. The entrance is about

91m wide and the basin affords little room for maneuvering.

5.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but is available and

should be ordered at least 24 hours in advance through the

ship’s agent. Pilot will board the vessel about 2 miles SSW of

Taganoura West Breakwater Light in position 35°06.2'N,

138°41.0'E. In bad weather, the pilot boards inside the breakwaters. Service is available from 0500 to 1600 for berthing and

anytime for sailing.

5.17 Anchorage.—The approach to the harbor is deep and exposed. It affords no anchorage; ships having to wait entry

should proceed to Simizu Ko.

5.17 There are three anchorages in the port, known as Suzukawa,

Chuo, and Gyoko.

5.17 Ordinary vessels are prohibited from entering an area within

a 50m radius of vessels carrying petroleum and other dangerous cargo. Vessels (ordinary) are not allowed to move within a

30m radius of loaded tankers or vessels alongside. Fuji Wharf

and Asahi Kasei Wharf use by vessels which are carrying high

pressure gas. Vessels carrying this gas are marked by red buoys

during the day and three red lights at night. 

Enshu Nada

5.18 Enshu Nada is the name given to the open bight

formed in the coast between Omae Saki and Daio Saki, located

70 miles WSW. Between Omae Saki and Irago Saki, the E entrance to Ise Wan, 60 miles W, the coast is almost unbroken,

while the coast from Irago Saki to Daio Saki, 14 miles S, is

much indented.

5.18 From Omae Saki, a sandy beach stretches 21 miles W in a

gentle arc to the delta of Tenryu Kawa, which projects slightly

and has two mouths. Lights are shown close W and E of the entrance to the river mouth.

5.18 Hamana Ko (34°40'N., 137°36'E.), an extensive salt water

lagoon, indents the coast 10 miles W of Tenryu Kawa. Lights

are shown at the entrance. From Hamana Ko the coast trends

WSW 30 miles to Irago Saki and consists of yellow cliffs

broken by a number of gorges. Irago Saki is a small rocky peninsula and forms the E entrance point of Ise Wan.

5.18 The 20m curve lies within 1 mile from shore in the E part of

the coast, and gradually leaves the shore W of the entrance to

Hamana Ko and lies 6.5 miles from shore in the offing to Irago

Saki. There are no dangers less than the 10m depth which is

about 1 mile from shore or beyond along this coast, however

there is an 8 mile stretch W of Omar Saki with less depths.

5.18 Winds—Weather.—Strong W winds are common in the

winter throughout Enshu Nada. In the summer, high waves

often occur with sudden S or SE winds. Water spouts occur in

the summer in the vicinity of Daio Saki.

5.18 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents S of Enshu Nada

flow WSW on the flood and ENE on the ebb tide current. The

direction changes at almost the time as LW and HW water S of

Omae Saki, while it changes within 1 and 2 hours after LW and

HW at the center of Enshu Nada. The average current velocity

at the time of a major tide is 1 knot S of Omae Saki and 0.25

knot at the center of Enshu Nada.

5.18 Tidal currents 1 mile E of Matoya Ko, in the vicinity of Daio

Saki, are circuitous. The flood current is almost an inshore

flow, turning toward the N and S through W, while the ebb

current flows S almost parallel to the coast. Current velocity is

low it does not attain a speed of more than 0.8 knot. Tidal

currents 2 miles E of Daio Saki are controlled by the season,

wind direction, and ocean currents; both current direction and

current velocity are changeable; the velocity is less than 1 knot.

5.18 Fukuda Ko (34°40'N., 137°54'E.) is located at the mouth of

Ota Kawa, 17 miles WNW of Omae Saki; it can only be used

by small vessels.

5.18 Only small vessels with local knowledge can navigate the

mouth of the Tenryu Kawa, 5 miles WSW of Fukuda Ko. The

depth of the water is inconsistent, becoming deepest during the

months of August through October and shallowest from March

through May. Strong winds are common in this area and there

are few days without wind. There is a sand spit at the river

mouth. When there is a W wind, anchorage is available, in

depths of 12 to 18m, at places on the leeward side of the spit.

Ise Wan

5.19 Ise Wan (34°45'N., 136°45'E.) is an extensive bay

entered between Irago Saki (Misaki) and Kaburako Saki, a

mainland projection about 9.25 miles SW. The fairway through

this entrance is greatly restricted by islands and reefs; the

principal passage, Irago Suido, lies between Irago Saki and

Kami Shima, an island 2.25 miles SW. Within the entrance

Mikawa Wan leads off in an NNE direction, and is further

divided into Atsumi Wan on the E and Tita Wan on the N. The

principal part of Ise Wan recedes about 35 miles N of Irago

Saki and is bound by Tita Hanto on the E and the mainland on

the W. The important port of Nagoya Ko is located at the head

of the bay.

5.19 Winds—Weather.—In Ise Wan, the N wind prevails in

winter. Strong winds in Ise Wan are generally caused by S or

SSE seasonal winds in summer and by typhoons. Studies have

shown that wind direction and velocity vary in separate parts of

the bay. In the vicinity of Irago Saki, over a 30-year period, the

wind direction was NW for the months of September through
84 Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 

Pub. 158

May at an average velocity of 11 knots. During the months of

June, July, and August, the winds were S at an average velocity

of 8 knots. During the month of January, there were 20 days of

gale force winds observed.

5.19 In the vicinity of Nagoya, in the same period of time, the

wind direction from January through April was NW at an average velocity of 7 knots. The winds in May were from the N at 7

knots, shifting to SSE during the months June, July, and

August at about 5 knots velocity. From September through

December, the winds were from the N at an average daily rate

of about 5.5 knots. In the month of March, there was an

average of 10 days of gale force winds observed.

5.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. The pilot

will board from an orange pilot boat. Vessels carrying liquified

gas will embark the pilot 6.5 miles E of Yori Saki (34°24.6'N.,

136°55.8'E.).

5.19 Vessels with a draft of more than 14m will embark the pilot

in position 34°25'N, 137°00'E, about 3.4 miles E of Yori Saki.

5.19 Vessels with a draft of less than 14m, approaching from the

E, will embark the pilot about 2.5 miles E of Fairway Lighted

Buoy No. 1. Vessels approaching from the S and from the W

will embark the pilot about 2.5 miles S of Fairway Lighted

Buoy No. 1.

5.19 Regulations.—Ise Wan Vessel Traffic Service (VTS), (Ise

Wan MARTIS), established and operated by Japan Coast

Guard, may be contacted by VHF channels 16, 13, 14 and 22. 

5.19 Additional information may be found at the Ise Wan

MARTIS website:

5.19 Vessels of more than 150 grt carrying hazardous and noxious

substances, in liquid form, as defined in MARPOL 73/78

Annex II, and calling at ports or terminals within Tokyo Wan

Ise Wan, and the Naikai, must comply with regulations

effective April 1, 2008. 

5.19 Ise Wan Traffic Advisory Service (TAS) is in effect in the

following ports:

1. Atsumi

2. Gamagori

3. Kinuura Ko

4. Matsusaka

5. Nagoya

6. Toyohashi

7. Tsu Ko and Igurazu Ko

8. Yokkaichi 

5.19 Vessels may be instructed by the captain of the port to

evacuate the port in the event of abnormal weather or condtions

such as typhoons or martime accidents. 

5.19 Further information can be found in Pub. 120, Sailing

Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia. 

Irago Suido

5.20 Irago Suido (34°34'N., 137°00'E.), the channel between Irago Saki and Kami Shima, 2.25 miles SW, is the main

entrance of Ise Wan and Mikawa Wan.

5.20 Irago Suido Lighted Beacon stands 2.75 miles SE of Kami

Shima Light. 

5.20 A wreck was reported 1.7 miles ENE of Kami Shima Light

5.20 A traffic route, prescribed by the Maritime Traffic Safety

Law and shown on the chart, is in effect in Irago Suido. Vessels

must enter and leave the route at its charted extremities, using

the whole of the scheme. The Fourth Regional Maritime Safety

headquarters in Nagoya should be notified of a vessel’s ETA by

noon of the day prior to the date of entering the Irago Suido

Traffic Route. Notification may be made by telephone, telegram, VHF, or in writing. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo

should further advise concerning their arrival 3 hours prior to

entering the traffic route. 

5.20 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents between Kami Shima

and Irago Saki flow NW and SE. The NW (SE) current flows

from 20 minutes after LW (HW) tide at Nagoya until 20

minutes after HW (LW) at Nagoya. During spring tides there

are two currents daily at a velocity of 2 knots. A SE current of

2.7 knots has been observed, and a NW current of 2.1 knots

occurs during the summer major tides.

5.20 The current near Irago Saki turns about 1.3 hours before the

current in the central part of Irago Suido. The current near

Kami Shima is about 30 minutes after that in the channel. The

current along Irago Saki is about 3 knots, and 1 knot along

Kami Shim. Vortices are generated.

5.20 Pilotage.—Pilots board 4 miles S of Ise Wan Sea Berth.

5.20 Regulations.—A voluntary traffic separation scheme has

been established off Daio Saki, in the vicinity of the entrance to

Ise Wan. The traffic scheme should be adhered to as far as

practicable in the interest of safe navigation.

5.20 The following information is for Rules of the Road in Japanese waters.

5.20 In Irago Suido Traffic Route and its vicinity, it is requested

that vessels take the following safety measures:

1. Taking pilots on board—The vessels listed below

should take pilots on board:

a. Huge vessels (vessels of 200m or more in length),

as specified in the Maritime Traffic Safety Law, and supertankers. 

b. A vessel of foreign flag.

c. A vessel of Japanese flag of 130m or greater in

length, specified as a vessel carrying dangerous cargo.

2. Arrangement of vessels for guarding the course.—A

vessel should arrange vessels for guarding the course until it

confirms her safe navigation even after leaving the traffic

route.

3. Sailing rules in the vicinity of each entrance and exit

of the traffic route:

a. North side of traffic route—A vessel intending to

enter or leave the traffic route should pass Ise Wan Lighted

Buoy No. 3 (34°35.1'N., 136°38.5'E.) (approx.) on its port

side before heading for the prescribed course.

b. South side of traffic route—A vessel intending to

enter or leave the traffic route should pass Ise Wan Lighted

Buoy No. 2 (34°32.2'N., 137°02.1'E.) (approx.) on its port

side before heading for the prescribed course.

4. Restriction on overtaking—A vessel should avoid

overtaking another, as far as practicable, in traffic route and

its vicinity.

5. Notification of change—Al vessel carrying dangerous

cargo, or a vessel towing or pushing a long object should

strictly observe the following instructions:

Ise Wan MARTIS

http://www6.kaiho.mlit.go.jp/isewan
Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 85

Pub. 158

Irago Suido Traffic Route
86 Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 

Pub. 158

a. A vessel intending to make a great change in the

estimated time of entering the traffic route should give

notification of the change as soon as possible, even though

it is more than 3 hours before the estimated time of entering the traffic route.

b. A vessel should confirm its ETA 3 hours before entering the traffic route.

c. A vessel should give notice of a change of 5

minutes or more within 3 hours before the estimated time

of entering the traffic route.

d. A vessel should contact the Traffic Control Officer

1.5 hours and 0.5 hour before the estimated time of entering the traffic route and confirm the accurate estimated

time of entering the traffic route.

Special vessels carrying dangerous cargo mentioned

above are definedhuge vessel as vessels of 50,000 grt or

more carrying dangerous cargo or vessels of 25,000 grt or

more carrying liquefied gas.

6. Confirmation of traffic control:

a. A vessel navigating in the traffic route should pay

attention to the signals at the Irago Suido Traffic Control

Signal Station.

b. A vessel of 130m or greater in length, should contact the Traffic Control Officer on VHF channel 16 to confirm the conditions of traffic control before approaching

the traffic route, unless it has confirmed the signals in the

preceding paragraph.

7. Waiting places under limited visibility—A vessel

prohibited to enter the traffic route under limited visibility

should observe the following:

a. A northbound vessel should wait in an area seaward

of Ise Wan Lighted Buoy No. 1 (34°30.8'N., 137°03.8'E.)

approx.), keeping clear of other vessels.

b. A southbound vessel should adjust the time of departure as far as practicable, but a southbound vessel underway should wait in the area which does not reach Ise

Wan Lighted Buoy No. 3, keeping clear of other vessels.

8. Prohibition of discharging boil-off gas—A vessel carrying liquified gas, navigating through the traffic route,

should not discharge boil-off gas.

9. Provision of emergency fire wires—A vessel carrying

dangerous cargo as specified in the Maritime Safety Law

should provide, on board, the following emergency fire wires

and auxiliary ropes, on its bow and stern:

a. The fire wires, with an eye in each end, strong

enough for vessel to be towed by another vessel and

long enough to reach the water surface.

b. The auxiliary ropes, with an eye in each end,

strong enough to lead the fire wires to the water surface,

hanging down by the board, as close to the water surface

as practicable without impeding safe navigation.

10. Regulations for speed—Vessels shall not exceed a

speed of 12 knots through the water when within the traffic

route, except when a vessel is crossing the traffic route. 

11. The owner or operator of a liquified gas tanker of

25,000 grt or more must submit “The Written Pledge for

Safety Measures” to the Maritime Safety Agency and fulfill

its requirements before entering Japanese waters for the first

time.

5.20 Arrangements for escort vessels may be required. A vessel of

50,000 grt or more carrying dangerous cargoes, or a vessel of

25,000 grt or more carrying liquefied gas, are required to be

accompanied by an escort vessel having firefighting capabilities. These vessels shall not enter the traffic route between sunset and 1 hour after sunrise.

5.20 In addition to the above safety measure, the following rules

are in effect in Irago Suido Traffic Route:

1. Vessels should navigate, as far as practicable, that

portion of the traffic route which lies on the starboard side of

the central line of the traffic route.

2. Any vessel which is in a meeting situation with a

huge vessel in the traffic route, should keep out of the way of

the huge vessel.

3. In order to avert danger in meeting situations of a

huge vessel and other vessel, the other will be directed to

wait outside of traffic routes.

5.20 Irago Suido Traffic Advisory Service Centers.—The

following vessels must forward advance notification by noon

of the day before the scheduled entry date to Ise Wan MARTIS

reporting their intention to enter Irago Suido Traffic Route. 

1. Huge vessels (vessels of 200m or greater).

2. Vessels of more than 130m but less than 200m in

length.

3. Vessels of 25,000 gross tons or greater carrying

liquefied gas.

4. Vessels engaged in towing or pushing and having a

surface length of 200m or more. 

5.20 Vessel reports should provide the following information: 

1. The abbreviation of the addressee for each traffic route

the vessel intends to navigate. (For the Irago Suido Traffic

Route (IRAGO), the addressee is Commander, 4th Regional

Maritime Safety Headquarters, abbreviated as YONKAN)

2. Name, call sign, and grt of vessel.

3. Length of vessel in meters.

4. Maximum draft, in meters, down to two places of

decimals.

5. Types of dangerous goods carried and amount (in

tons) of each type. (Vessels of 1,000 grt or over which have

carried inflammable liquids or high pressure gas loaded in

bulk, and are still subject to risk of fire or explosion, should

indicate the amount of dangerous cargo as O.)

6. Distance between the bow of a towing vessel and the

stern of the object being towed or distance between the stern

of a pushing vessel and the bow of the object being pushed,

in meters.

7. Description of the object being towed or pushed.

8. Port of destination.

9. Section of the traffic route to be navigated. (Use abbreviations.)

10. Estimated date and time of entry into a traffic route

from outside the traffic route. (Times denoted by 24-hour

system.)

11. Estimated date and time of departure from a traffic

route.

12. Call sign or call name of the ship radio station.

13. Vessel contact information.

5.20 Vessels should start the report with the word NOTIFICATION and include the information listed above using the corresponding number as a prefix to the message. If an item is not

applicable, use NA.
Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 87

Pub. 158

5.20 The following vessels, except those listed previously,

intending to navigate the Irago Suido traffic route are required

to report to Ise Wan MARTIS 3 hours prior to entering the

traffic scheme. 

1. Vessels of 300 gross tons and over carrying quantities

of powder as specified in the Ordinance for Enforcement of

the Act on Maritime Traffic Safety.

2. Vessels of 1,000 gross tons and over carrying

inflammable high pressure gas in bulk.

3. Vessels of 1,000 gross tons and over carrying

inflammable liquid in bulk.

4. Vessels of 300 gross tons and over carrying 200 tons

or more of organic peroxide.

5.20 Reports should include the following information:

1. Vessel name, call sign, grt, and loa.

2. Section of the traffic route the vessel intends to

navigate.

(a) ETA at the entrance to the traffic scheme.

(b) ETD from the traffic scheme.

3. Vessel’s contact information.

4. Port of destination.

5. Type and quantity of dangerous goods if carried. 

5.20 Vessels can communicate by radio with the coastal radio

station at Nagoya. The stations call sign and call name are JNT

and Nagoya-hoan. The watch frequencies and communication

frequencies are 500kHz, 2,182 kHz, 156.8 MHz and 464 kHz,

2,150 kHz, 156.6 MHz, respectively.

5.20 Vessels of 50m and greater in length and vessels engaged in

towing or pushing, having a surface length of 100m or more,

should report to Ise Wan MARTIS on VHF channel 16 or 13

when crossing any of the reporting lines listed in the table

below. 

5.20 Vessels equipped with accurate AIS may omit sending

position reports by VHF, however a continuous watch on VHF

channels 13 and 16 is obligatory.

5.20 Signals.—Ise Wan Vessel Traffic Advisory Service Center

shows signals to instruct vessels of 130m or more, but less than

200m, in length. Vessels in this category will observe the following signals before transiting the Irago Suido Traffic Route:

1. Letter N (flashing)—Southeastbound vessels should

wait outside the route.

2. Letter S (flashing)—Northwestbound vessels should

wait outside the route.

3. Letters N and S (flashing alternately)—Vessels traveling in either direction should wait outside the route.

5.20 Gas-carrying vessels transiting Irago Suido must display:

1. By day—two black cylinders, vertically disposed; on

a separate yard, International Code Bravo under First Substitute.

2. At night—An all round green flashing light and, separately, either vertically or horizontally disposed, an all round

red flashing light.

5.20 Caution.—In Irago Suido, vessels of 10,000 grt or over,

carrying dangerous cargo (except for huge vessels and vessels

of 25,000 grt or over carrying liquefied gases) are prohibited to

enter the traffic route when visibility is less than 1 mile. Vessels towing or pushing objects and vessels of 130m in length or

over carrying dangerous cargo are also prohibited entry into the

traffic route when visibility is less than 1 mile.

5.20 Asahi Syo (Asahi Sho) lies at the outer end of a reef that

extends 0.75 mile SW from Irago Saki; it has a swept depth of

9.1m.

5.20 The W side of the channel is encumbered with reefs and is

dangerous. Simosa Syo (Simosa Sho), with a least depth of 2m,

lies 0.6 mile E of Kami Shima. Kozukami Syo (Kozukami

Sho), with a least depth of 2.2m, and a 9.7m patch, lie 0.6 mile

ENE and 0.8 mile NNE, respectively of Kami Shima.

Kami Shima

5.21 Kami Shima (34°33'N., 136°59'E.), 171m, high has a

reddish summit, and a steep vertical cliff stands on the E side

of the island.

5.21 Kami Shima Light, from which a racon transmit, stands on

the NE extremity of the island.

5.21 Segyo Se Buoy (34°30'N., 137°01'E.), marking the boundary

of the Maritime Safety Law, lies about 2.8 miles SE of Kami

Shima Light. Two fish havens lie close together 0.7 mile SE of

Kami Shima.

Reporting Lines

Name of Reporting Lines Abbreviation Description

Ise Wan Ko Minami IS A line extending E from Ijika Light to position 34°26.7'N, 

137°08.8'E.

Ise Wan Ko Higashi IE A line extending S from O Yama to position 34°26.7'N, 

137°08.8'E.

Nakayama Suido Higashi NE A line connecting Tatsuma Saki Light to the S limit of Saku 

Shima.

Morosaki Suido Minami MS A line connecting the S limit of Saku Shima to Hazu Saki.

Ise Wan Ko Kita IN A line extending from postition 34°42.5'N, 136°55.1'E to 

position 34°37.7'N, 136°50.8'E.

Ise Wan Ko Nishi IW A line extending approximately 7 miles N from the W end of 

Toshi Shima.

Sugashima Suido Higashi SE A line connecting the E end of Suga Shima and the SE end of 

Toshi Shima.
88 Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 

Pub. 158

Kurushima Kaikyo Traffic Route
Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 89

Pub. 158

5.21 Depths—Limitations.—Foul ground fringes the island for

as much as 0.3 mile; a chain of reefs extends 0.5 mile S of the

island.

5.21 Tainoshima Syo (Tainoshima Sho), with a least depth of

8.2m, lies 3.5 miles S of Kami Shima. The sea within the 20m

curve that encircles this depth becomes rough during violent

weather.

5.21 Sakate Dasi, Asamao Se, and Segyo Se, with least depths of

6.4m, 9.6m, and 9.6m, respectively, lie SSE of Kami Shima, N

of Tainoshima Syo.

5.21 Caution.—A wreck was reported (1996) to lie1.7 miles

ENE of Kami Shima Light. 

Entrance to Ise Wan—West Side

5.22 From the SW side of Kami Shima, a chain of detached reefs extends SW for about 3 miles, terminating at a

7.7m rocky patch. This entire area is encumbered with reefs

and shoal areas which are charted.

5.22 Suga Shima (34°29'N., 136°54'E.), located 4.25 miles SW

of Kami Shima, is about 2 miles long on a NE to SW axis,

237m, high and appears flat from the S, but looks pointed when

seen from the E. Sira Saki, the NE extremity of the island, is

fronted by reefs for a distance of 0.5 mile. There is a channel

between these reefs that is 0.9 mile wide between the 10m

curve. Tide rips are frequently seen on the shoal areas.

5.22 Kaburako Suido (34°28'N., 136°54'E.) is situated between

Suga Shima and the mainland to the S and SW. From the E

entrance the passage trends W for about 1.5 miles, and then,

narrowing abruptly, leads NW for more than 1 mile to Toba

Ko. Since this channel is short and well-marked, it is not

difficult to navigate. However, it is not suitable for large

vessels as the fairway is somewhat constricted and the dangers

of submerged rocks exist. An overhead cable, 34m high, spans

the channel between Suga Shima and Sakate Shima, 0.4 mile

W. Submarine cables also cross the strait in this area. Submarine cables also cross Irago Suido, about 6 miles E of Kaburako Suido.

5.22 Sugashima Suido (34°30'N., 136°54'E.), a straight channel

about 1 mile wide, is situated between Suga Shima on the S

and Tosi Shima on the N. From its E entrance between Kami

Shima and Yoko Se, a rocky patch with a least depth of 14.6m

1.5 miles NW, the channel leads SW for about 7 miles to Toba

Ko.

5.22 Depths—Limitations.—The least depth on the range line is

10.9m, with a least width of 0.2 mile between the 10m curves,

N of Sira Saki.

5.22 Tosi Shima (34°31'N., 136°53'E.) is about 3.5 miles long on

a NE to SE axis, and forms the NW side of the inner part of

Sugashima Suido, and the NE part of Toba Ko. Tukiage Saki,

the SE extremity of Tosi Shima, is a small peninsula, and when

seen at a distance from certain directions, appears to be a small

island.

5.22 O-Zukumi Shima and Ko-Zukumi Shima lie on foul ground

that extends from close off the NE extremity of Tosi Shima for

a distance of about 1.5 miles NE.

Toba Ko (34°29'N., 136°51'E.)

World Port Index No. 61500

5.23 Toba Ko, at the inner end of Sugashima Suido, consists of a port, harbor facilities, and a town. The port opens

ENE and heavy seas run into it when strong E winds prevail

otherwise the port is well-sheltered.

5.23 Tides—Currents.—In Toba Ko, the flood current setting

SW through Sugashima Suido combines with the branch

setting NW through Kaburako Suido, and then flows NW

through Momotori Suido at a rate of about 1.5 knots. The ebb

current flows in a reverse direction at a maximum rate of about

2.5 knots in the narrows between the W extremity of Tosi

Shima and Hinata Shima, 0.4 mile W. The mean range of tide

in Toba Ko is 1.2m and the spring range is 1.6m.

5.23 Depths—Limitations.—General depths in Toba Ko range

from 9.1 to 46m. There are several wharves with depths of 2.1

to 4.9m alongside.

5.23 Aspect.—Asama-ga Take rises to a height of 555m, about

4.8 miles W of Kaburako Saki; its wooded dome-shaped summit is conspicuous.

5.23 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. The pilot

embarks on a vessel from a orange pilot boat. Vessels carrying

liquidfied gas embark a pilot 6.5 miles E of Yoroi Saki.

5.23 Anchorage.—Deep-draft vessels anchor outside the harbor

limits of Toba Ko in the vicinity of the entrance range line, in a

position about 2 miles from the front range structure. The

depth is about 14.6m, sand and mud. Anchorage can also be

obtained about 0.3 mile N of the W extremity of Sakate Shima,

in a depth of 8.5m, mud; the holding ground is not good.

5.23 Caution.—Numerous fish havens lie between and close N of

the above boarding area.

5.24 Momotori Suido (34°31'N., 136°50'E.), a winding

passage, which is somewhat narrow in places, leads N from

Toba Ko to the W extremity of Tosi Shima. The passage then

trends W between the mainland on the S and a chain of islands

on the N, about 0.5 mile offshore, and finally NW between two

shallow areas into Ise Wan for a total distance of about 3.5

miles.

5.24 There is an overhead cable, with a clearance of about 41m,

between the W extremity of Tosi Shima and Hinata Shima,

about 0.35 mile W. This is also the most narrow part of the

channel, with a width of 0.23 mile between the 10m curve,

directly under the overhead cable.

5.24 A light stands on Shimaga Shima, the SW extremity of TosiShima, and there is a tower on the S end of Hyuga Shima.

5.24 Kohana, a fishing harbor marked by a light, is situated close

SSW of the latter tower. An obstructed fish haven lies within

Momotori Suido.

5.24 Although the channel is tortuous, it is deep and safe, and

there are many marks. It is a good route for small and medium

vessels entering Ise Wan from the S.

Ise Wan—East Side

5.25 From Irago Saki the coast trends NNE for 5.5 miles to

Tatuma Saki, the SE entrance point of Mikawa Wan. This
90 Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 

Pub. 158

stretch of coast, which is formed by Atumi Hanto, consists of

sand beach with low pine trees.

5.25 Tatuma Saki is a low point but it is conspicuous from the SW

or NE. There are chimneys, 152m and 203m high, situated 0.4

mile SW of the light on Tatuma Saki.

5.25 A lighted buoy is moored 0.5 mile NNW of Tatuma Saki at

the seaward end of a pipeline laid N from the power station

chimney, 152m high. Dredging operations were in progress

(1988) close E of the pipeline.

5.25 Tono Se (34°38'N., 137°01'E.), a dangerous steep-to reef,

with a depth of 3.5m, is located about 1.3 miles offshore, 3.5

miles N of Irago Saki Light.

5.25 Irago Ko (34°35'N., 137°01'E.) is a small port, protected by

a breakwater, situated close NE of Irago Saki. A light stands at

the head of the breakwater. A detached breakwater lies 0.2 mile

NE of the harbor entrance. There are depths within the breakwater from 1.8 to 7.1m. The entrance, which opens N, is about

82m wide and has depths of 3 to 5m. The port provides good

anchorage for small vessels with local knowledge. 

5.25 A sea berth, consisting of an SBM, is situated 0.5 mile NW

of Tatuma Saki Light. The berth, which is for the exclusive use

of the power plant situated near the light, will provide a berth

for a vessel of 15m draft and of 210,000 dwt.

5.25 There is also a dolphin berth alongside the head of a pier, about

0.3 mile NE of the light, for a vessel of 11m draft and of 5,000 dwt

The area around this berth is dredged to 14m (1980).

5.25 Vessels awaiting a berth usually anchor 4 miles NW of Kami

Shima; a berthing master embarks in this position. Berthing

and unberthing are undertaken in daylight only.

5.25 Hazu Saki (Hazu Misaki) (34°42'N., 136°58'E.), the S

extremity of Tita Hanto(Chita Hanto), is located about 5 miles

WNW of Tatuma Saki. The S coast of the cape is a red cliff and

is easily identified. There is an observatory, 38m high, situated

near the point.

5.25 Nakayama Suido and Morosaki Suido lie between Tatuma

Saki and Hazu Saki and will be discussed with Mikawa Wan.

5.25 From Hazu Saki, the W coast of Tita Hanto trends NW for

7.5 miles to Noma Saki (Hugu Saki), a conspicuous headland,

then N in a gentle concave curve for 8.5 miles to Oniga Saki.

From Oniga Saki the coast trends N 2 miles to the harbor limit

of Nagoya Ko.

5.25 In Tita Hanto, a low range of hills lie, in a N to S direction.

The hills in the S range from 100 to 130m high, with many

pines, but they become lower toward the N and the pine trees

become sparser. From Hazu Saki to Noma Saki the coast is

primarily rocky; N of Noma Saki the coast is a sand beach,

with a sand bar extending from 2 to 3 miles offshore in places.

Hiro Se, a sandbar with a least depth of 2.1m, lies 5.5 miles

NNW of Noma Saki and Toga Se, a sand bar with a least depth

of 1.8 lies 2 miles farther N. The 20m curve lies about 0.5 mile

off Noma Saki and as much as 3.25 miles offshore between

Noma Saki and Oniga Saki.

Ise Wan—West Side

5.26 The W side of Ise Wan between Toba Ko and Yokkaichi

Ko, 30 miles NNW, deeply penetrates the coastline; Oguchi Wan

is located near the center. The coast is low and flat, with white

sand and many pine trees. Mountains of almost the same height

are located about 11 miles inland, and landmarks are few. The

20m curve lies up to 5 miles off this coast; a sand bar extends 2

miles offshore, about 11.5 miles NW of Toba Ko.

5.26 There is no safe berth for large vessels in strong E winds

along the coast.

5.26 Uji-Yamada Ko (34°31'N., 136°45'E.), a small port at the

mouth of the Seta Kawa is situated about 5 miles WNW of

Toba Ko, and is available to vessels with local knowledge. 

5.26 Anchorage can be taken off the port, according to draft, but

strong E winds are sometimes experienced in the spring and

autumn. Anchorage can also be affected by the tidal currrent in

the area.

5.26 Between Uji-Yamada Ko and Yokkaichi Ko, about 26 miles

NNW, there are several fishing ports, and numerous rivers flow

into the bay. The ports and rivers are marked by lights.

5.27 Matsusaka Ko (Tsumatsusaka Ko) (34°36'N.,

136°34'E.) (World Port Index No. 61495), situated at the head

of Oguchi Wan, about 11 miles NW of Uji-Yamada Ko, is

designated an important port. This is a dredged port, sheltered

by breakwaters. 

5.27 Depths—Limitations.—The port is open NNE and is

entered through a channel dredged to a depth of 7.5m the E

side of the basin within the breakwater is dredged to the same

depth. A wharf, 300m long, in the SE part of the harbor has a

least depth of 7.1m alongside. 

5.27 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 10,000

grt. For daytime service only, pilot comes from the Moro Saki

Pilot Station.

5.27 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available off the harbor, according to draft, in depths of 7 to 12m, with a mud bottom, good

holding ground, although swells may be high when a N wind

prevails.

5.27 The N mouth of the Kumozu Gawa empties into Ise Wan 3

miles N of Matsusaka Ko. A light is shown on the head of a

breakwater on the S side of the river.

5.28 Ikuratsu Ko (Igurazu Ko) (34°41'N., 136°33'E.),

built on reclaimed land close N of Komozu Gawa, consists of a

basin about 0.4 mile square, with wharves on three sides and a

breakwater protecting its NE side. A light stands at the head of

the breakwater. There are depths of about 5.2 to 9.4m in the

basin. The harbor limit, shown on the chart, extends about 1.5

miles to seaward of the breakwater. 

5.28 Tsu Ko (34°42'N., 136°32'E.) is an open port situated at the

mouth of Iwata Gawa, 2 miles NNW of Ikuratsu Ko. Tsu Ko,

which is protected by breakwaters, has depths of 2.5 to 3.5m,

however, the channel narrows to a width of 15m. 

5.28 Anchorage.—Anchorage is provided 1.5 miles off the

mouth of Iwata Gawa in a depth of 10m. The bottom is mud

and affords good anchorage, even when N winds prevail.

Southeast gusts during September must be carefully watched.

Yokkaichi Ko (Yokkaiti Ko) (34°58'N., 136°38'E.)

World Port Index No. 61490

5.29 This is an Open, Quarantine, Emigration-Immigration, and designated Special Important Port situated 10 miles

WSW of Nagoya Ko. It is divided into three sections and is
Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 91

Pub. 158

protected by breakwaters and an island of reclaimed land.

There is an inner and outer harbor and offshore oil berths.

5.29 Winds—Weather.—During the winter WNW winds prevail

and SE winds during the summer. Southeasterly winds may

blow with great force during the typhoon season, from August

to October, causing vessels at anchor to drag. As the prevailing

NW winds of winter come off the land, vessels at anchor are

not endangered by them.

5.29 Tides—Currents.—The mean range of tide is 1.4m and the

spring range is 1.8m. The tidal currents in the harbor do not

exceed a rate of 0.5 knot and turn at the times of HW and LW. 

5.29 Depths—Limitations.—Passage I leads into the inner section of the S part of the harbor; it has a dredged depth of 12m

and is 300m wide. This passage leads to alongside berths that

will accommodate vessels with a draft of 3 to 8.5m, and up to

25,000 dwt at Wharf No. 1, Wharf No. 2, and Wharf No. 3.

Umakosi Passage, 200m wide with a 12m depth, leads NW

from the W end of Passage I. There are two buoy berths on the

W side of Umaokosi Passage that will accommodate a vessel

with a draft of 10.9m and of 65,000 dwt, between Buoy No. 1

and Buoy No. 2, and a vessel with a draft of 9m and of 15,000

dwt, between Buoy No. 2 and Buoy No. 3.

5.29 The Showa Sekiyu Company Sea Berth No. 1 and Sea Berth

No. 2 are situated in the SE approach to Passage I; Sea Berth

No. 1 is situated about 2.5 miles offshore and can accommodate vessels of up to 315,000 dwt with a maximum draft of

19.9m. Sea Berth No. 2, about 0.6 mile W of Sea Berth No. 1,

can accommodate vessels of up to 170,000 dwt with a

maximum draft of 16.5m. 

5.29 Cosmo Sea Berth, owned by Tokyo Sekiyu Company, is

comprised of a SBM situated 1.25 miles NNE of Showa Sekiyu

Sea Berth No. 1. This berth will accommodate a vessel of up to

315,000 dwt having a maximum draft of 18.9m. Circular areas,

with a radius of 0.16 mile centered on buoys of all three sea

berths, are des-ignated as prohibited areas. 

5.29 Submarine pipelines are laid from these sea berths W and

NW to the coast. Vessels should refer to the chart for the exact

location of these.

5.29 Passage II leads to Section III in the inner harbor and has

been dredged to a depth of 12m; it is 300m wide. There are two

oil piers within this section that will accommodate a vessel of

10.5m draft and of 60,000 dwt and 90,000 dwt, respectively.

5.29 An island of reclaimed land, Kasumiga Ura, extends N of

Section III, on the N side of the dredged channel. A pipeline

bridge, with a clearance of 21m, extends from the SW extremity of the island S to the mainland. Lights are shown to indicate

the channel beneath the bridge. The island has a bridge to the

mainland about 1 mile N of the pipeline bridge. A breakwater,

with a light at its N end, lies within a prohibited area 0.4 mile E

of Kasumiga Ura.

5.29 Ocean Berth, with a reported depth alongside of 14m, lies at

the E end of the S side of Kasumigaura. LPG vessels up to

68,000 dwt, with a maximum length of 260m and a maximum

draft of 11m, can be accommodated.

5.29 A prohibited area, as indicated on the chart, lies at the NE

terminus of Kasumigaura Breakwater. 

5.29 Kasumigaura North Wharf, on the NE side of the island,

contains one container berth, with an alongside depth of 14m.

Kasumigaura South Wharf, on the S side of the channel, provides five additional container berths, with alongside depths of

12 to 14m. The berths are are approached through Passage III,

a buoyed channel dredged to a depth of 14m (2005). 

5.29 An LNG pier, with a dredged depth of 14m alongside, provides a dolphin berth at the E extension of Passage III.

5.29 Another buoyed channel, dredged to a depth of 7.5m (1997),

leads to berths on the NW side of the island, with depths of 4.5

to 7.5m.

5.29 Aspect.—A chimney 186m high is situated on the W side of

the Kasumiga Ura reclaimed land. There are innumerable

chimneys and tanks within the port area, whose positions are

charted, that are good marks.

5.29 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels exceeding

10,000 grt. Vessels are requested to cable the agent in advance,

at least 24 hours advising ETA at pilot station. The pilot boarding area for vessels enroute: 

1. Yokkaichi Ko—3 miles E of the breakwater.

2. Ise Wan Sea Berth—4 miles S of the Ise Wan Sea

Berth.

3. Showa Sea Berth and Cosmo Sea Berth—3.25 miles

SSE of Showa Sea Berth.

4. Showa Oil No. 1 Berth, Showa Oil No. 2 Berth, and

Daikyo Oil Berth—A 1-mile diameter circle, with a center

bearing 200°, distant 3 miles from the Ise Wan Sea Berth.

5.29 Vessels requiring a pilot should give 24-hour notice. Vessels

berth during the day only and can unberth anytime; however

tankers are restricted to daytime berthing. Pilots are not available after 2100 for vessels entering the port.

5.29 Yokkaichi Port Radio may be reached on VHF channel 16.

5.29 Regulations.—There are two traffic routes (No. 1 Traffic

Route and No. 2 Traffic Route) and three channels in this harbor. No. 1 Traffic Route runs from the W side of the quarantine

anchorage to Section I, and connects with No. 2 Traffic Route.

No. 2 Traffic Route runs to Gaki Pier in the NW. Navigation

control is in effect in No. 1 Traffic Route and No. 2 Traffic

Route. Vessels navigating in the traffic routes must follow the

navigation control signals given out by each signal station.

5.29 In the N part of the port, there are three channels leading to

Gaki Pier, Kasumigaura Wharf, and Fuso Wharf. These channels and the traffic routes are marked by lighted buoys.

5.29 Vessels without spark arrestors on the stacks, vessels using

open fires, and vessels with inadequate fire control equipment

may not approach within 30m of any tanker carrying dangerous inflammable cargo when it is moored within the harbor.

This does not apply to vessels that have received special permission from the harbormaster.

5.29 Tankers carrying dangerous inflammable materials should

display a banner visible at night, reading “Dangerous Inflammable Cargo Aboard,” when moored in the harbor.

5.29 Signals.—Anchorage and navigation control signals are provided by the Yokkaichi Bohatei Signal Station, on the Yokkaichi Ko Breakwater and the Yokkaichi Signal Station, on the

roof top of the Komukyoku Chosha building at Seawall No. 6.

5.29 The following traffic signals are shown:

1. Black cone, point up (by day), green light (by

night)—Inbound traffic and outbound vessels of less than

500 grt in Passage I and Umaokosi Passage may proceed.

2. Black cube or red light—Outbound traffic in Passage

I may leave. Outbound vessels of more than 500 grt in Umaokosi Passage should stop; vessels of less than 500 grt may

leave. Inbound vessels of more than 500 grt should stop in
92 Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 

Pub. 158

the outer part of Passage I and keep clear of outbound traffic;

vessels of less than 500 grt may enter by either passage.

3. Black cube above a square red flag or two red lights,

vertically disposed—Outbound traffic in Umaokosi Passage

may leave. Outbound vessels of more than 500 grt in Passage

I should stop; vessels of less than 500 grt may leave. Inbound

vessels greater than 500 grt should stop in the outer part of

Passage I and keep clear of outbound traffic; vessels less

than 500 grt may enter by either passage.

4. Two black cones, points together, above a square red

flag or a green light above a red light—Inbound and outbound traffic are prohibited.

5.29Berthing signals and anchorage signals are also displayed

from these signal stations. These signals consist of a designation flag and alphabetical or numerical flags of the International Code of Signals. The designation flag is a red square flag

with two white squares, one in the middle of the upper edge

and one in the middle of the lower edge.

5.29 For anchoring, the designation flag above the following flags

means:

1. E flag—Anchor in East Anchorage.

2. W flag—Anchor in West Anchorage.

3. P flag—Anchor in Section III, except in East Anchorage or West Anchorage.

5.29 The vessel replies with the Answering Pennant above the

alphabetical flag of the berth.

5.29 For berthing, the berthing flag above the numerical and/or

alphabetical flags of the International Code of Signals indicates

the alongside berth which has been allocated. The vessel replies with the Second Substitute above the alphabetical and

numerical flags of the berth.

5.29 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage, about 0.3 mile in

radius, is situated close S of the entrance to Passage I, 0.6 mile

SE of the head of Asahi Breakwater. Depths in the anchorage

are from 11.4 to 14.2m, mud bottom. Vessels carrying dangerous materials can anchor in the designated areas in Section

No. 2 and Section No. 3.

5.29 Caution.—Vessels are prohibited from entering the areas

within a 300m radius of each of the three sea berths. The other

prohibited areas within the harbor are 0.9m NE of the NE end

of the E breakwater; the E side of Quay 25 of Kasumiga Ura

South Wharf; and the area NE of Tomifuta Wharf.

5.30 From Yokkaichi Ko to Nagoya Ko, the coast trends

NE 8 miles to the mouth of the Kisko Gawa, which is on the W

side of Nagoya Ko harbor limits. Ibi Gawa flows into the head

Photo courtesy of Nagoya Port Authority

Nagoya Ko—Kingo Pier
Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 93

Pub. 158

of the bay close W of Kisko Gawa and mud flats extend S 2

miles from the mouth of each of these two rivers. A groin

extends S from the W bank of the rivers.

5.30 Ise Wan Sea Berth (Idemitsu Toa Sea Berth) (34°55'N.,

136°44'E.) is situated near the center of Ise Wan, 4 miles ESE

of Yokkaichi Ko Breakwater. It is a dolphin berth aligned on a

N to S axis about 80m long, and 26m deep that will accommodate two tankers up to 310,000 dwt. It is marked by numerous lights, a siren, and a radar reflector. The berth is protected

by a submersible oil boom. A submarine pipeline extends NE

from the berth to the oil refinery at Nogoya.

Nagoya Ko (35°04'N., 136°52'E.)

World Port Index No. 61480

5.31 Nagoya Ko is designated a Special, Open, Quarantine,

Emigration-Immigration, and Special Important Port. The harbor has been excavated out of the shallow flat that occupies the

head of Ise Wan, and consists of an outer harbor and an inner

harbor. The port is divided into six districts.

5.31 A storm tide breakwater, about 2.8 miles long, stretches NW

across the mouth of the bay; its position may be seen on the

chart. There are two openings in the breakwater; the E opening

is about 0.2 mile wide while the W opening is about 0.1 mile

wide. Dredged channels lead through each of the openings.

5.31 Winds—Weather.—During the winter, W winds frequently

prevail in the port, but the strongest winds blow from the NW.

The mean wind velocity is about 6 knots, with an average of 10

days of gale force winds from the NW in March.

5.31 The months with the greatest number of days of rain are

March through September, which average 11 days each. The

months of January and February average 7 days of snow each.

5.31 Tides—Currents.—The flood tide current sets inward and

the ebb current sets outward. In general, the flow of the current

follows the direction of the channels. At the main entrance to

High Tide Breakwater, the tide changes 35 minutes earlier than

at Irago Suido and 30 minutes earlier than that at the secondary

entrance.

5.31 The mean velocity at spring tide is 0.7 knots at the main entrance of High Tide Breakwater and 1.3 knots at its secondary

entrance.

5.31 When the declination of the moon is great, two flood tidal

currents and two following ebb tidal currents show an equal

disparity. A flood current immediately following a low tide and

an ebb tidal current preceding it are stronger than other

currents. This strong flood current occurs during the day in

summer and fall, and at night in winter and spring.

5.31 Depths—Limitations.—The port is divided into six sections. The three designated traffic routes are Naiko, Gaiko No.

1, and Gaiko No. 2.

5.31 East Passage, the main ship channel commencing 3 miles

outside the breakwater, is dredged to a depth of 15m. West

Passage, to the NW of East Passage, is dredged to 16m (2009). 

Photo courtesy of Nagoya Port Authority

Nagoya Ko—VTS Signal Information Center
94 Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 

Pub. 158

5.31 In the outer harbor are oil piers with dredged depths of 14m.

There are dolphin berths here with submersible oil booms.

Vessels up to 100,000 dwt can be accommodated at the inner

harbor. Ise Wan Sea Berth, in the outer harbor, is siutated in a

depth of 25.5m and can accommodate vessels up to 250,000

dwt. 

5.31 The outer harbor also has general cargo berths with depths

ranging from 3.5 to 12m, timber wharves with depths of 10m,

grain terminals, with depths alongside ranging from 13.5 to

15m, and Nagoya Container Wharf, with depths alongside of

11 to 15m. The fairway to the wharves is dredged to a depth of

16m. 

5.31 The inner harbor contains berths for general cargo, car, fertilizer, and coal vessels. The depths alongside range from 5 to

10.4m on the N side, 10 to 14m at the Garden Wharf, 7.5 to

10.5m on the W side, and 7.5 to 9m on the E side.

5.31 New wharfage has been completed S of Inaei Wharf No. 2,

with depths of 8.7 to 9.2m alongside its N face and depths of 6

to 10.4m alongside its S face.

5.31 The Naiko Traffic Route runs between the SW part of Naiko

Hakuchi and the SE end of the Kinzyo Wharf. The Gaiko No. 1

Traffic Route runs from the S entrance of the Naiko Traffic

Route to the harbor limit. The Gaiko No. 2 Traffic Route runs

from the N part of the No. 1 Traffic Route to the lumber pool.

5.31 These routes are indicated by lighted buoys and navigation

control is in effect in this area. Vessels should navigate with

caution and follow the navigation control signals given out by

the signal stations.

5.31 Vessels should refer to the following table of signals for

designation of anchorage or assignment of mooring signals.

5.31 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 10,000 grt

and over and is recommended for all vessels. A request for a

pilot should be made at least 10 hours prior to arrival. Pilots

will board from an orange painted boat with the letters PILOT

on the hull.

5.31 Vessels of 20,000 grt or over, or vessels with length overall

of 200m or over, will embark the pilot in a position 2.25 miles

SW of Ise Wan Light (34°56'N., 136°48'E.).

5.31 Vessels may sail at any hour but entry is only permitted from

sunrise to sunset.

5.31 Nagoya Port Radio may be contacted on VHF channels 12,

18, and 20, in addition to VHF channel 16.

5.31 Regulations.—In addition to regulations for specified harbors, the following regulations are in force for Nagoya Ko:

1. Vessels of 20,000 grt or more, and tankers of 5,000 grt

or more, shall report to the Captain of the Port their ETA at

the entrance to Outer Harbor Fairway No. 1 by noon on the

preceding day. An advanced report should be sent to Nagoya

Harbor Radar on VHF channel 12 or 16 to Nagoya Hoan

(JNT) or by telephone/fax to Nagoya Harbor Radar.

2. A vessel using Outer Harbor Fairway No. 1 has the

right of way over a vessel using Outer Harbor Fairway No. 2.

3. Vessels of 500 grt or more shall display the International Code pennan t above pennant 1 to indicate they have

right of way over vessels of less than 500 grt.

4. Overtaking is permitted in the fairways, provided

there is adequate sea room, except within 500m of a junction

or a bend. An overtaking vessel shall sound one prolonged

blast followed by one short blast, if passing on the starboard

side of the overtaken vessel, and one prolonged blast followed by two short blasts, if passing on the port side of the

overtaken vessel.

5. Vessels intending to leave port shall report their ETD

to the Captain of the Port, by noon of the previous day.

5.31 Nagoya Traffic Advisory Service (TAS) provides vessels

with information, controls traffic routes, and ensures safe navigation. The following vessels should report to Nagoya Harbor

Radar by VHF channel 16 or telephone when passing the Reporting Points:

1. All vessels of 5,000 gross tons and over.

2. All vessels of 500 gross tons and over when departing

from the Kinyo area.

5.31 The report should include the following information:

1. Vessel’s name and gross tonnage.

2. Time passing Reporting Point.

3. Abbreviation of Reporting Point—only when entering

port.

4. Name of wharf or location of anchorage.

5. Name of seaway transiting (East Passage, West, Passage, or North Passage).

Any significant change to the vessel’s reported information must be communicated to Nagoya Traffic Advisory Service Center immediately. The working channels for Nagoya

Ko are VHF channels 12 and 22. 

5.31 Signals.—Traffic signals, described in the titled Nagoya

Ko—Traffic Signals, are shown from the signal stations on the

SE end of Middle Breakwater and at the Harbor Office

5.31 Vessels sailing at night and intending to use the Inner Harbor

fairway shall sound three prolonged blasts 15 minutes before

getting underway.

5.31 A vessel of 500 grt or more, when leaving harbor, shall

display one of the following signals:

1. If proceeding by Outer Harbor Fairway No. 1—Flag

E below the First Substitute of the International Code.

2. If proceeding by Outer Harbor Fairway No. 2—Flag

W below the First Substitute of the International Code.

5.31 Berthing and anchoring signals are also displayed from the

signal stations on the Middle Breakwater and at the Harbor

Office. These signals, which are described in the tasble titled

Nagoya Ko—Berthing and Anchoring Signals, consist of the

Designation flag (a red square flag with two white squares on

it, one in the middle of the upper and lower edge) above an

alphabetical and/or numerical flag of the International Code of

Signals.

Reporting 

Point

Abbreviation Description

Nagoya 

West NW

A line bearing 000° and extending 

6,100m from Ise Wan Sea Berth 

Light (34°55'25''N., 136°46'36''E.) 

and a line bearing 180° and extending 3,600m from the Sea Berth 

Light.

Nagoya 

South NS

A line bearing 270° and extending 

4,500m from Togase North Lighted 

Buoy (34°53'30''N., 136°47'33''E.).
Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 95

Pub. 158

5.31 Vessels should reply with the Answering Pennant above the

alphabetical and numerical flags of the berths.

5.31 Anchorage.—A quarantine anchorage in the form of a

semicircle with a radius of 0.8 mile is centered about 2.3 miles

SW of the E end of Middle Breakwater. The depths within the

anchorage range from 11 to 16m mud, sand and gravel.

5.31 Inner anchorages are located in 2B, 3B, 4B, and 5B as shown

on chart. Use of these anchorage is designated by the Port

Captain.

Nagoya Ko—Traffic Signals

Day Signal Night Signal Meaning

A white flashing light every 2 seconds, or a black cone.A white flashing light every 2 seconds.

Inbound traffic and outbound vessels

of less than 500 grt may proceed.

Outbound vessels of more than 500

grt should stop, except those in the Outer Harbor fairways at night, which may

proceed.

A red flashing light every 2 seconds 

or black cube. A red flashing light every 2 seconds.

Outbound traffic and inbound vessels

of less than 500 grt may proceed.

Inbound vessels of more than 500 grt

should stop and keep clear of outbound

traffic, except those in the Outer Harbor

fairways at night, which may proceed..

Two green square flags, disposed 

vertically. —

A vessel of more than 20,000 grt or a

tanker of more than 5,000 grt is entering

the dredged channel from one of the

berths on either side of the Inner Harbor

fairways.

Inbound vessels should accordingly

navigate with caution.

Two green square flags, disposed 

vertically. —

A vessel of more than 20,000 grt or a

tanker of more than 5,000 grt is entering

the dredged channel from seaward.

Outbound vessels should accordingly

navigate with caution.

Two flags B of the International 

Code, disposed vertically. —

A vessel of more than 5,000 grt is entering the channel, or shifting berth,

from one of the berths on either side of

the Inner Harbor fairway.

All traffic should accordingly navigate with caution.

A light showing three red flashes and 

three white flashes every 6 seconds, 

or two black cones, points together, 

above a red square flag.

A light showing three red flashes and 

three white flashes every 6 seconds.

Inbound and outbound traffic prohibited except for the vessels with permission from the Captain of the Port.

If failure of the flashing light traffic signals occurs at night, the alternate light signals below will be used:

Fairway Light Signal Meaning

Inner Harbor Fairways

Green light

Inbound traffic and outbound vessels

less than 500 grt may proceed.

Outbound vessels of more than 500

grt should stop.

Red light

Outbound traffic and inbound vessels

of less than 500 grt may proceed. 

Inbound vessels of more than 500 grt

should stop and keep clear of outbound

traffic.
96 Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 

Pub. 158

Inner and Outer Harbor Fairways Two green lights and two red lights, 

vertically disposed.

Inbound and outbound traffic prohibited, except for the vessels with permission from the Captain of the Port.

If failure of the flashing light traffic signals occurs at night, the alternate light signals below will be used:

Fairway Light Signal Meaning

Nagoya Ko—Berthing and Anchoring Signals

Signal Meaning

2A Moor between Buoy No. 2 and Buoy 

No. 3 in Section I.

3A Moor between Buoy No. 3 and Buoy 

No. 4 in Section I.

4A Moor between Buoy No. 4 and Buoy 

No. 5 in Section I.

5 Moor to Buoy No. 5 in Section I.

6 Moor to Buoy No. 6 in Section I.

8A Moor between Buoy No. 8 and Buoy 

No. 9 in Section I.

9A Moor between Buoy No. 9 and Buoy 

No. 10 in Section I.

10A Moor between Buoy No. 10 and Buoy 

No. 11 in Section I.

11A Moor between Buoy No. 11 and Buoy 

No. 12 in Section I.

12 Moor to Buoy No. 12 in Section I.

15A Moor between Buoy No. 15 and Buoy 

No. 16 in Section I.

16A Moor between Buoy No. 16 and Buoy 

No. 17 in Section I.

17C Anchor with stern moored to Buoy No. 

17 and bow headed NE in Section I.

19B Moor between Buoy No. 19 and Buoy 

No. 20 in Section I.

20A Moor between Buoy No. 20 and Buoy 

No. 21 in Section I.

21A Moor between Buoy No. 21 and Buoy 

No. 22 in Section I.

22C Anchor with stern moored to Buoy No. 

22 in Section I, with bow headed NE.

50A

Moor between Timber Harbor Mooring 

Buoy No. 50 and Buoy No. 51 in Section IV.

51A

Moor between Timber Harbor Mooring 

Buoy No. 51 and Buoy No. 52 in Section IV.

52A

Moor between Timber Harbor Mooring 

Buoy No. 52 and Buoy No. 53 in Section IV.

53A

Moor between Timber Harbor Mooring 

Buoy No. 53 and Buoy No. 54 in Section IV.

54A

Moor between Timber Harbor Mooring 

Buoy No. 54 and Buoy No. 55 in Section IV.

55A

Moor between Timber Harbor Mooring 

Buoy No. 55 and Buoy No. 56 in Section IV.

59A

Moor between Timber Harbor Mooring 

Buoy No. 59 and Buoy No. 60 in Section IV.

60A

Moor between Timber Harbor Mooring 

Buoy No. 60 and Buoy No. 61 in Section IV.

1B

Anchor with two anchors within the 

area surrounded by the line drawn from 

the SE extremity of Area No. 9 

(35°02.8'N., 136°52.5'E.) bearing 180° 

distant 290m, then bearing 263.5° distant 220m, then bearing 000° to the S 

side of Area No. 9.

2B

Anchor with two anchors within the 

area surrounded by the line drawn from 

the SE extremity of Area No. 9 bearing 

180° distant 400m then bearing 295° 

distant 230m, then bearing 000° to the 

S side of Area No. 9.

3B

Anchor with two anchors within the 

circle, radius 300m, with its center 

bearing 088° distant 1,260m from the 

light at the SE end of Middle 

Breakwater.

4B

Anchor with two anchors within the 

circle, radius 400m, with its center 

bearing 022° distant 2,080m from the 

light at the SE end of Middle Breakwater.

Nagoya Ko—Berthing and Anchoring Signals

Signal Meaning
Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 97

Pub. 158

5.31 Anchoring is prohibited in the mouth of the Hori Kawa and

the NE side of High Tide Breakwater.

5.31 Vessels should refer to the table containing the special signals for designation of anchorage and assignment of mooring

facilities.

Mikawa Wan

5.32 Mikawa Wan (34°45'N., 137°03'E.), with its

branches of Atumi Wan (Atsumi Wan) and Tita Wan (Chita

Wan), leads off the E side of Ise Wan between Tatuma Saki and

Hazu Saki, about 5 miles WNW. From its entrance, Mikawa

Wan trends ENE for about 17 miles to the head of Atumi Wan,

and a slightly lesser distance to the head of Tita Wan.

5.32 The entrance to Mikawa Wan is divided into two main entrances by a chain of islands that extends in a NNE direction

from No Shima, an island 3 miles W of Tatuma Saki, for a distance of 5 miles. Nakayama Suido, the E passage, leads into

Atumi Wan and Morosaki Suido, the W passage, leads N into

Tita Wan.

5.32 Inside the bay the bottom is almost flat with even depths

which do not exceed 20m, except near the entrance. 

5.32 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots for any part of

Mikawa Wan are available at Morosaki Ko, a shallow cove on

the W side of Morosaki Suido, close N of Hazu Misaki. 

5.32 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in Mikawa Wan

where the depths are suitable; the bottom of mud and sand

affords good holding ground. Kinuura Ko, in the N extremity

of Tita Wan, is the best anchorage within Mikawa Wan.

Nakayama Suido

5.33 Nakayama Suido (34°39'N., 137°02'E.) has a least

width of 2.5 miles between No Shima and Atumi Hanto. This

is the principal channel used by vessels bound for Atumi Wan.

5.33 The deepest passage through Nakayama Suido is entered

about 0.8 mile NW of Irago Saki Light and marked by buoys.

This passage runs nearly parallel to Atumi Hanto for a distance

of nearly 3 miles then alters to the N. A depth of 18m can be

carried through this passage. 

5.33 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents in Nakayama Suido flow

NE and SW. The flood current from the LW at Nagoya to HW

at Nagoya, and the ebb current flows from HW to LW at

Nagoya. The maximum flood and ebb current is 1.5 knots.

5.33 Caution.—Tono Se, previously described in paragraph 5.24,

lies near the middle of Nakayama Suido. There is a sand bar,

with a least depth of 8.6m, centered about 2.8 miles NNW of

Irago Saki Light. The sand bar is about 1.5 miles long in a N

and S direction. There are fishing reefs charted in the passage.

Atumi Wan (Atsumi Wan)

5.34 Atumi Wan (Atsumi Wan) (34°44'N., 137°10'E.) is

entered between Tatuma Saki and Ikuta Hana, 7.25 miles

NNW; this arm of Mikawa Wan trends ENE almost 14 miles to

the drying flats, where Toyo Gawa flows into the bay.

5.34 The S shore of Atumi Wan is formed by Atumi Hanto, and

the E and N shores are formed by the mainland. Close within

the coast of Atumi Wan the hills rise to a height of 279m. The

N coast is fringed by mountains; Goi Yama (Goi Zan) rises to a

height of 454m about 2 miles within the NE part of the bay.

5.34 Atsumi (34°40'N., 137°04'E.) is a tanker discharging port

located 0.5 mile ENE of Tatsuma Saki. Vessels up to 79,900

dwt, with a maximum length of 253m, can be accommodated.

There is a limiting draft of 12.5m at this berth.

5.34 The bay narrows between Hime Shima, a rocky islet 62m

high that lies 1 mile off the S coast, and Hashida Hana, 5 miles

NNW.

5.34 The 10m curve lies up to 1.5 miles off the S coast of the bay,

about 4.5 miles off the head, and 2.5 miles off the N coast.

There are no dangers charted outside the 10m curve.

5.34 Fuke Ko (Hukue Ko) (34°39'N., 137°07'E.) is entered 2.5

miles ESE of Tatsuma Saki. The depths in the approach to the

harbor are less than 5m.

5.34 Although Fuke Ko is extensive, its greater part is obstructed

by drying banks of mud, sand, or pebbles and local knowledge

is essential.

5.34 About 1.5 miles E of the E entrance to Fukue Ko lies Izumi

Ko, a small harbor protected by two breakwaters displaying

lights. Fish havens lie 0.1 mile N and 0.9 mile NW respectively

of Izumi Ko.

5.34 Tahara Ko (34°42'N., 137°16'E.), located 5.5 miles ENE of

Izumi Ko. Reclamation has taken place S and SE of Hime

Shima. On the N side of the basin breakwater extend NNe from

the E side of Hime Shima and W from the W point of

Midorigahama.

5.34 A unmarked channel dredged to 10m leads SE from close

WSW of Lighted Buoy No. 2 to the breakwaters. Harbor Law

is applicable. A light stands on the head of a short breakwater

1.25 miles SSW of Hime Shima. A spoil ground is situated in

the NE part of the basin.

5.34 A quarantine anchorage is centered 2 miles NW of Hime

Shima.

5.34 Take Shima is 42m high to the tree tops, and lies within the

port area of Gamagori. It lies close SE of the entrance to the

inner basin and is connected to the shore NNE by a causeway.

5.35 Mikawa Ko (Toyohashi Ko) (34°43'N., 137°18'E.)

(World Port Index No. 61465) is a harbor constructed on reclaimed land in the SE extremity of Atumi Wan. Harbor Law is

applicable to this port situated NE of Tahara Ko. This is an

Open and Immigration-Emigration Port. 

5.35 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance to the approach channel to Mikawa Ko is situated 2 miles WNW of Hime Shima.

The channel, marked by lighted buoys, leads ENE for 3.5 miles

and then ESE to the harbor entrance, it is dredged to 12m.

5.35 Jinno North detached breakwater is situated N of the turning

5B

Anchor with two anchors within the 

area surrounded by the line drawn from 

a position bearing 144° distant 800m 

from the light at the SE end of Middle 

Breakwater, then bearing 214° distant 

800m, then bearing 128° distant 250m, 

then bearing 066.5° distant 460m, then 

bearing 034° distant 400m, then 

bearing 305° distant 550m.

Nagoya Ko—Berthing and Anchoring Signals

Signal Meaning
98 Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 

Pub. 158

point in the approach channel; a light is shown from its SW

extremity. Another detached breakwater is located SW of the

turning point.

5.35 Berth No. 1 to Berth No. 4 lie at Jinno Wharf on the N side of

the channel leading E of the harbor entrance. No. 4 Quay has the

capacity to accept vessels of up to 30,000 dwt and has a least

depth of 10m alongside. No. 8 Quay lies at the W terminus of

Jinno Wharf and has an alongside depth of 12.2.m. 

5.35 The quay for the Tokyo Steel Tahara Pier, situated close NW

of Tahara shipyard, has depths of 7.5 to 10.4m alongside . 

5.35 Funato Wharf, a private quay with depths of 5.5m alongside,

lies on the S side of the channel opposite Jinno Wharf.

5.35 A channel extends S from a position about 3 miles ENE of

Hime Shima and is dredged to a depth of 10m. Sogo Kaihatsu

Akemi Quay No. 1 to Quay No. 6 lie on the E side of the channel leading S from the harbor entrance. There are depths of

12m alongside Quay No. 3, Quay No. 4, and Quay No. 5.

5.35 Berth T1 to Berth T3, dredged to 10m, are on the W side of

the channel. A pair of mooring buoys suitable for a 10,000 grt

vessel lie at the head of this channel. At the N end of this

dredged channel, there is a patch with a least depth of 9.6m. An

overhead cable spans the S channel; it has a vertical clearance

of 52m.

5.35 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels exceeding

10,000 grt. Pilots board near Ise Buoy No. 1 (34°30'48"N.,

137°03'48"E.). Harbor pilots are available if required at the

anchorage or at the Gamagori quarantine anchorage.

5.35 Caution.—Depths in the N part of the harbor may be as

much as 1.3m less than charted. A overhead power cable with a

verticle clearance of 54m spans the channel abreast Quay No.

6. A submarine pipeline is laid across the channel at the S end

of Quay No. 1. 

5.36 Miya Ko (34°48'N., 137°15'E.), an important fishing

harbor, is situated in the NE section of Atumi Wan, 5.5 miles

NNW of Toyohasi Ko. The port is protected by breakwaters.

There are berths with depths up to 4.5m alongside. The entrance to the port is 80m wide and 3.5m deep. A power cable,

with a vertical clearance of 12m, crosses the entrance to the

port.

5.36 Gamagori Ko (34°48'N., 137°13'E.) (World Port Index No.

61475) is backed by a large industrial area and is situated 2

miles W of Miya Ko. This is an Open, Quarantine, EmigrationImmigration, and designated Important Port. Harbor Law

applies here.

5.36 Depths—Limitations.—A dredged channel, 10m deep,

connects an area 2.2 miles ESE of Hashida Hana to the Gamagori Wharf. Another dredged channel, 10m deep, runs from the

N side of the main channel to the Hamacho Wharf, 1 mile NW.

Both channels are marked by buoys.

5.36 Hamacho Wharf accommodates two berths and has depths

of 7.5 to 10m alongside. 

5.36 Tosai Oil Terminal and Nihon Sekiyu are two private dolphin

berths situated at the S end of the reclaimed area, with a depth

of 4.5m and 6.3m, respectively.

5.36 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and available for vessels

over 10,000 grt. The pilot boards near the Ise Buoy No. 1,

located at position 34°30.8'N, 137°3.8'E.

5.36 Anchorage.—A quarantine anchorage with a radius of 0.33

mile is situated 2 miles SE of Hashida Hana. The depths range

from 9.5 to 11.6m, mud bottom.

5.36 Anchorage can be found inside the breakwater, in a depth of

4m, mud. Outside the breakwater is good anchorage on the W

side of the center of the harbor between Take Shima and O

Shima. The depth here is 6m. When the W winds prevail, during the winter, it is safer to anchor on the E side of O Shima.

5.37 Katahara Ko (34°47'N., 137°12'E.), situated close

SW of Gamagori Ko, is a fishing harbor protected by two

breakwaters. A light stands at the head of each breakwater.

Another breakwater, with a light on its E head, lies 0.25 mile S

of the fishing harbor, and a detached breakwater 0.3 mile long

lies to seaward of the above three breakwaters. A light stands at

the S head of the detached breakwater. The depths within the

harbor range from 1.7 to 3.5m.

5.37 Hashida Hana (Hasida Hana) (34°46'N., 137°10'E.),

consisting of black rocks, is located at the SW extremity of a

peninsula, 2 miles SSW of Katahara Ko. A number of resort

hotels are situated within the point.

5.37 From Hashida Hana, the coast is indented by a number of

coves which have several fishing harbors that are protected by

breakwaters. The E entrance point to Yosida Ko lies 4.25 miles

W of Hashida Hana.

5.37 Yosida Ko (Yoshida Ko) (34°47'N., 137°05'E.) lies on the W

side of the mouth of the Yasaki Gawa; there is a fishing harbor

here.

5.37 From Yosida Ko to Ikuta Hana, 2.5 miles W, the coast is low

and fringed with a stone embankment.

5.38 Morosak Suidoi (Morosaki Suido) (34°41'N.,

136°59'E.), the principal entrance to Tita Wan, leads in N between Tita Hanto on the W and the chain of islands on the E

side.

5.38 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in Morosaki Suido,

as observed after a full moon in September, set N on the flood

and S on the ebb. A maximum rate of 2 knots on the flood was

observed about 3 hours after LW at Sino Shima, and the

maximum rate of the ebb, 1.75 knots, occurred about 4 hours

after HW at the same place. The turn of the current coincided

with the times of HW and LW at Sino Shima and the periods of

slack water were of short duration.

5.38 Depths—Limitations.—The fairway has a least width of

0.3 mile between the 20m curves. There is a fishing reef charted in the channel 0.5 mile ENE of Hazu Misaki, and a patch

with a depth of 1.3m lies 0.2 mile NNW of the fishing reef, in

the most narrow part of the channel.

5.38 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 10,000 grt

or more passing through Morosaki Suido. Pilotage is also

strongly recommended for all foreign vessels passing through

Morosaki Suido at night and for all vessels unfamiliar with the

passage.

5.38 Caution.—Mariners are advised that many regular ferry services cross the narrows daily. Many other irregular ferry services and small boats also cross the narrows, especially on

weekends and holidays. Large fleets of fishing boats move in

and out of the narrows, concentrating before sunrise and sunset.

5.39 Tita Wan (Chita Wan) (34°47'N., 136°58'E.), from its

entrance between Hazu Misaki and Ikuta Hana, a distance of
Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 99

Pub. 158

5.5 miles, penetrates the coastline 15 miles. The N half of the

bay is occupied by Kinuura Ko. The W shore of the bay is

formed by Tita Hanto and the E shore is formed by the mainland N of Ikuta Hana.

5.39 The W side is backed by a range of low hills, sparsely

covered with trees. The S part of this side is fringed with a

bank, with depths of less than 5.5m, which extends about 0.5

mile offshore in places. The S part of the E side of Tita Wan

consists mostly of stone embankments, and on this side are the

shallow mouths of several rivers; the coastal bank, with depths

of less than 5.5m, extends from 0.75 to 2.5 miles offshore in

places. The whole of Tita Wan N of the parallel of latitude

34°48'N. is within the harbor limit of Kinuura Ko.

5.39 Depths—Limitations.—General depths of 9.1 to 18.3m

prevail in the fairway of the S half of Tita Wan.

5.39 Anchorage.—A quarantine anchorage with a radius of 0.33

mile is situated near the center of the fairway on Kinuura Ko’s

S harbor limit.

5.39 Morosaki Ko (34°42'N., 136°59'E.) is located immediately

N of Hazu Misaki on the SE extremity of Tita Hanto. A light

stands at the head of a jetty inside the harbor and also on the

detached outer breakwater 0.19 mile N. Northwest winds are

prevalent from November through March. East to ESE winds

are frequent from May through September.

Kinuura Ko (34°51'N., 136°57'E.)

World Port Index No. 61470

5.40 Kinuura Ko is a Special, Open, Quarantine, Emigration-Immigration, and Important Port occupying the N half of

Tita Wan. The harbor lies on both banks of the Sakai Kawa

(Sakai Gawa) which discharges into the bay. A dredged

channel extends 6 miles NNE from the outer breakwaters. The

port is subdivided into 13 areas. Even-numbered areas are situated on the E side of the channel; odd-numbered areas are situated on the W side of the channel.

5.40 To the E of the port lie flatlands where Yahagi Kawa discharges into the bay. On the W side are the low mountains of

Tita Hanto, which run N and S.

5.40 Depths—Limitations.—At the entrance between the

breakwaters there is a width of 0.2 mile between the 10m

curves. A channel dredged to 12m extends N into the harbor

from the breakwaters for a distance of 7 miles; at this point the

harbor is constricted by wharves to a width of about 0.2 mile.

Another channel, dredged to 10m, leads NW to Coal Wharf

Quay and a steel works wharf from a position 0.5 mile NNE of

Lighted Bouy No. 3 and Lighted Bouy No. 4. At the Central

Wharf the depths alongside the quays range from 4 to 12m.

Depths at the dolphin berths range from 7.5 to 12m. The two

tanker terminals have depths alongside of 9m and 13m. The

public wharves can accommodate vessels of up to 40,000 dwt.

There are numerous private quays with depths up to 12m capable of accommodating vessels up to 45,000 grt, on both sides

of the harbor.

5.40 Aspect.—A chimney, 204m high, marked by red obstruction

lights, stands on the W shore 0.2 mile N of the foot of the W

breakwater. A breakwater have been completed in the harbor.

A light is shown from the head of the breakwater. There are

numerous chimneys on either shore of the harbor.

5.40 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory at the port and in Irago

Suido Traffic Route for vessels exceeding 10,000 grt. The pilot

boards off Irago, off Morosaki, and at the quarantine anchorage. Pilots are available from the Irago-Mikawa Bay Pilot

Association. Mikawa-wan Port Radio uses VHF channel 16

(calling) and VHF channels 11 and 12 (working).

5.40 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage, at the line marking

the Harbor Limit, has depths of 12.8 to 14.8m, mud bottom.

5.40 Caution.—A starboardhand lighted buoy marks the limit of

shoal water 0.3 mile SE of the above anchorage and a porthand

lighted buoy marks the limit of shoal water 0.6 mile SW.

Hansu Hana to Daio Saki

5.41 Hansu Hana, about 1 mile SSE of Kaburako Saki, the

W entrance point of Ise Wan, rises to a height of 118m close

within the point. Ijika Light stands on Hansu Hana and is a

good mark when approached from the S.

5.41 A large fish haven, 1.5 miles in diameter, lies 5.5 miles ESE

of Hansu Hana.

5.41 From Hansu Hana to Daio Saki, 10 miles S, the coast is

indented. Matoya Ko penetrates the coastline at its center. The

mountains lie close inland, but conspicuous landmarks are few.

5.41 Depths along this coast are irregular; the 20m curve lies up

to 1.8 miles offshore. The coast from Hansu Hana to Suga Saki

(34°22'N., 136°55'E.), 4.25 miles S, is fronted by rocks reefs

for a distance of 0.75 mile in places.

5.42 Matoya Ko (34°22'N., 136°55'E.) is entered between

Suga Saki and Anori Saki, 0.65 mile to the S. The port entrance

is narrowed to about 0.3 mile by reefs extending from both

sides. The port is limited to vessels with local knowledge.

5.42 From Anori Saki, the coast trends generally S for about 5

miles to Daio Saki, the W entrance point of Enshu Nada.

5.42 This coast is fringed with dangers to a distance of 0.5 mile in

places. A reef, with a depth of 5m, lies 1.25 miles offshore, 2.5

miles S of Anori Saki.

5.42 A submarine cable runs from Anori over to the vicinity of

Irago.

5.42 Nakiri Ko (34°17'N., 136°54'E.) is a small fishing harbor,

protected by breakwaters, situated on the N side of Daio Saki.

5.42 Daio Saki, located at the SE end of Shima Hanto, is a low

rock-fringed point. A light stands on the SE extremity of Daio

Saki; a DGPS is situated at the light. 

5.42 Daio Shima (Daio Iwa), a rock 8.4m high, is located 0.4 mile

E of Daio Saki. Swells break near Daio Shima when winds are

strong or swells are high. Daio Shima is illuminated by a

spotlight from Daio Saki. Fish havens lie 16 miles SSE and 20

miles SE, respectively, of Daio. 

5.42 Caution.—A voluntary traffic separation scheme has been

established by the Japan Captains’Association SE of Daio

Saki. The traffic scheme should be adhered to as far as practicable in the interest of safe navigation. further information can

be found in Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide)

Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia. 

5.43 Kumano Nada (33°55'N., 136°30'E.) is formed between Daio Saki and Shiono Misaki, 75 miles SW, the S extremity of Kii Hanto. The coast forming the NW shore of Ku-
100 Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 

Pub. 158

mano Nada is for the most part indented, rocky, and faced with

steep cliffs; the land gradually increases in elevation as the

latitude decreases. Most of the inlets are small and exposed to

both wind and sea.

5.43 From Daio Saki to Goza Saki, 7.5 miles W, the coast trends

SW to Mugi Saki, 3 miles distant, then WNW along the S side

of a peninsula to Goza Saki, the W extremity of the peninsula.

Goza Saki rises to a height of 110m and is heavily wooded; it

appears to be black, and is conspicuous from a distance.

5.43 Caution.—Kamino Shima (34°12'N., 136°49'E.), a rock

that dries 1.2m, lies 3.25 miles SSW of Mugi Saki. A rock,

with a depth of 3.7m, lies 0.3 mile SW of Kamino Shima. The

water N of Kamino Shima to the peninsula is shoal; there are

numerous rocks and islets located on the shoals.

5.43 Fuseda Suido, marked by lights and buoys, some of which

are fitted with radar reflectors, leads through the shoal water in

an E and W direction, about 0.8 mile from, and parallel to, the

coastline. The navigable width of the channel is about 350m

and the depth is greater than 6m. Only vessels of less than 700

grt, with local knowledge, use this regularly.

5.44 From Goza Saki to Aikuchi Hana, 24 miles WSW, the

mountains are close to the shore and form a jagged coastline

with many bays and inlets. In most areas cliffs face the ocean.

5.44 Along this coast the water is deep close to shore; the 10m

curve lies within 0.3 mile of the coast. From Goza Saki to Meto

Hana, there are no dangers beyond 0.6 mile of the shore, but

from Meto Hana to Aikuchi Hana, there are many isolated islands and dangers off the shore.

5.44 Ago Wan (34°17'N., 136°47'E.) is entered between Goza

Saki and Meto Saki about 1.5 miles N. The bay is open W and

penetrates deeply to the E; there are many branches and islets

in the bay. Although the bay is protected against winds it has

several dangerous rocky, oyster beds, and fixed fishing nets, all

of which narrow the traffic routes and make it suitable only for

small vessels with local knowledge.

5.44 Anchorage.—Temporary anchorage can be found, in depths

of 12 to 14m, in the entrance of Ago Wan, about 1 mile NE of

Goza Shima. Vessels may shelter here from the winds except

from winds between the S and W.

5.45 Hamashima Ko (Hamazima Ko) (34°18'N.,

136°46'E.), protected by a breakwater on its SW side, lies close

within Ago Wan’s N entrance. A sand bar, with depths of 1.9 to

4m, is located in the entrance; only small vessels with local

knowledge should attempt to use this harbor.

5.45 Mi Saki (34°17'N., 136°41'E.), approximately 3 miles

WNW of Goza Saki, has many rocks and a heavily-grassed

summit 72m high. A light, shown from a round concrete tower

12m high, is situated on a hill 0.25 mile N of Mi Saki.

5.45 Gokasho Ko (34°18'N., 136°41'E.) is entered between Mi

Courtesy of Japan Captains Association

Daio Saki—Voluntary Traffic Separation Scheme
Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 101

Pub. 158

Saki and Todomarino Hana, a low reef-fringed point almost 1.5

miles W. This port penetrates 4 miles to the N and is divided

into three branches; Gokasho Ura in the E, Funakoshi Ura in

the NW, and Hazama Ura in the W. These three branches are

further divided into small inlets.

5.45 Katsura Shima (34°18'N., 136°41'E.), an island 83m high,

is located close within the head of the bay, 0.9 mile NNW of

Mi Saki. A breakwater, with an opening 73m wide, extends

from the SE extremity of Katsura Shima to the mainland. A

harbor with depths up to 10m is charted within the breakwaters.

5.45 Each of the three branches within Gokasho Ko affords good

shelter for small vessels with local knowledge.

5.45 Caution.—Caution is necessary since the traffic route lies

between fixed fishing nets and oyster beds; entry at night is

particularly dangerous.

5.46 Akaishino Hana (Akaisi Hana) (34°16'N., 136°38'E.)

lies about 1.5 miles SW of Todomari Saki; a white cliff is

located about 0.4 mile WSW of its head. A heavily-wooded

mountain, 311m high, rises 0.85 mile WNW of Akaishi Hana.

5.46 Several fish havens are situated 0.8 mile S of Todomari Saki.

5.46 Eboshi Hana, fronted by rocks to a distance of 0.25 mile, is

located about 2 miles SW of Akaishi Hana. A mountain, 189m

high, rises near Eboshi Hana.

5.46 Nie Wan, entered 1.5 miles W of Eboshi Hana, has a number

of bays which are mostly used for oyster beds. A mountain,

228m high, on the E side and a mountain, 497m high with a

sharp treeless peak, in the N interior, are good marks.

5.46 A shallow reef extends W toward the center of the bay from

the E entrance; shoal water with rocks extends 0.5 mile S of the

E entrance point.

5.46 Mie Shima (34°15'N., 136°33'E.), an islet 156m high, lies

close S of the peninsula separating Nie Wan and Kamisaki

Wan. Numerous rocks and shoals extend up to 0.25 mile S and

E of the islet. An islet, 14m high, lies 0.3 mile W of the W extremity of Mie Shima.

5.46 Kamisaki Wan is entered between Mie Shima and a peninsula 1.5 miles W; it is encumbered with rocks and only vessels

with local knowledge should enter it.

5.46 Hoza Ko (Hozaura Wan) (34°14'N., 136°31'E.), located 2

miles W of Mie Shima, is divided into two bays which are

sheltered from all winds. These bays are used primarily for cultivating pearl oysters.

5.46 Kowa Ko (Kowaura Wan) is located 2 miles W of Hoza Ko

and is divided into two bays at its head. It affords shelter for

small vessels with local knowledge. The best berth is in a depth

of 16m, mud, to the NW of an islet, 1m high, lying in the middle of Kowa Ko.

5.47 Meto Hana (34°12'N., 136°24'E.), the E entrance

point of Nishiki Wan, is located 3.75 miles W of the entrance

of Kowa Ko. Islets and rocks lie up to 1.3 miles S of Meto

Hana and a similar distance S of the W entrance of Nishiki

Wan.

5.47 Nishiki Wan has depths of 21m in its entrance, with protection for small vessels with local knowledge. There are fixed

fishing nets in the entrance from November through May.

5.47 Nagashima Wan (34°11'N., 136°21'E.) is open to the S. The

small fishing harbor of Nagashima is situated on the W shore

of the bay.

5.47 From Nagashima Wan to Aikuchi Hana, 4.75 miles SSW, the

coast has many small inlets and is fronted by numerous rocks.

5.47 Caution.—O Shima (34°09'N., 136°22'E.) rises to a height

of 90m, 3.25 miles NE of Aikuchi Hana; foul ground fringes

the islet. Sabaru Shima, 4.4m high, lies 0.9 mile SSW of O

Shima.

5.47 Numerous islets and rocks, the highest of which is Suzu

Shima, 104m high and prominent, lie close off the coast 3.5

miles NW of O Shima.

5.47 A breakwater, with a light at its head, is situated 0.75 mile W

of Suzu Shima.

5.48 Aikuchi Hana (34°07'N., 136°19'E.) has shoal water

encumbered with rocks, extending about 0.2 mile E. There are

a number of small islets inside the 20m curve, about 0.4 mile E

of the E extremity of Aikuchi Hana.

5.48 From Aikuchi Hana, the coast trends about 9 miles S to Miki

Saki. The mountains are close to the sea, along this coast, and

the shoreline is primarily cliffs.

5.48 Odaigahara San, about 11 miles WNW of Aikuchi Hana, a

tableland whose highest point is 1,695m high, is the most

prominent mark along this coast. 

5.48 Sawa Saki (34°05'N., 136°18'E.), about 2 miles SSW of

Aikuchi Hana, has a steep cliff face, with a peak 180m high.

5.48 Two rock islets lie about 0.3 mile SSW of Sawa Saki; the W

islet is 52m high.

5.49 Owase Wan (34°03'N., 136°17'E.) is entered between

Sawa Saki and Kuki Saki, 4 miles SSW. This large bay is

surrounded by tree-covered mountains, which rise to a height

of 618m on the S side.

5.49 There are many fixed fishing nets and oyster beds within the

bay; fishing boats operate at night between the entrance points.

Vessels must proceed with caution when entering the bay.

5.49 Togasira Shima, 167m high, is a triangular shaped islet about

2.3 miles SW of Sawa Saki. The island is conspicuous from a

distance due to its shape. A light stands near the NE extremity

of the islet; a light is shown on the W end of the islet.

5.49 A small craft harbor, protected by an angled breakwater on

its NE side, is situated 0.5 mile WNW of Moto Hana. A light is

shown from the head of the breakwater.

5.49 Owase Wan has three bays that branch off the N side and one

bay that branches to the W. Hikimoto Ko penetrates about 3.3

miles to the N. Owase Ko extends 2.25 miles W from the

entrance to Hikimoto Ko.

5.49 Hikimoto Ko (34°06'N., 136°15'E.), the harbor limit of is a

line drawn between Onaso Hana, a point 1.5 miles W of Sawa

Saki, and Sabaru Shima, an island 0.85 mile SW of Onaso

Hana. Harbor Law applies in this local port.

5.49 Nage Isi lies on the W side of the harbor limit 0.3 mile NNW

of Sabaru Shima, and Warigame Shima, a low islet 35m high to

the tree tops, lies 0.55 mile farther NW. Hira Se is a sunken

rock, with a depth of 1.8m, that lies 350m W of Nage Isi. Most

large vessels proceed between Warigame Shima and Nage Isi.

5.49 Depths of 23m can be carried to within 0.7 mile of the head

of the bay. A breakwater extends E from the W shore of the

bay, about 1 mile N of Warigame Shima. Vessels up to 1,000

grt may go alongside a seawall N of the breakwater.
102 Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 

Pub. 158

5.49 Anchorage for vessels up to 2,000 grt may be taken 0.55

mile S of the head of the breakwater, in a depth of 30m, mud,

good holding ground. South of this spot the harbor is affected

by S and SE winds and swells.

Owase Ko (34°04'N., 136°13'E.)

World Port Index No. 61515

5.50 Owase Ko, the W extremity of Owase Wan, lies W of

a line drawn from Moto Hana N to Sabaru Shima, then NW to

Nage Isi and then to Ino Hana, a point NW of Warigame

Shima. This harbor limit is a common limit with Hikimoto Ko,

which lies to the NE. Harbor law applies to this Open, Quarantine, Immigration-Emigration, and designated Important

Port.

5.50 The harbor is open to the E and surrounded by mountains on

three sides. The public wharves are protected by breakwaters

totalling 1,013m in length. The majority of vessels calling at

the port are fishing and coastal vessels of less than 1,000 grt.

There are five wharves, with depths of 4.5m alongsid,e mainly

for fishing vessels up to 700 grt. Also, there are two wharves

with depths of 5.5m alongside, for coastal vessels up to 2,000

grt. Berthing facilities for large tankers lie outside the breakwaters.

5.50 Winds—Weather.—During the summer, E winds prevail

and when they are strong, heavy seas run into the port. In other

seasons, W winds prevail. The months of December, January,

February, and March average two stormy days each; the

average daily wind velocity is 4 knots for these months.

5.50 Depths—Limitations.—The 20m curve lies 0.5 mile E of

the W breakwaters. East of this curve, to the harbor limit, the

depths vary from 21 to 41m. The Dolphin Oil berth can accommodate a vessel with a draft of 17m, and 100,000 dwt. The sea

berth can accommodate a tanker of 21m draft alongside, and

210,000 dwt. 

5.50 Toho Sekiyu Pier is situated at the E end of an oil pipe-line.

The pier is 150m long, with an alongside depth of 17m; vessels

of up to 100,000 dwt can be accommodated on the N side of

the pier.

5.50 Osone, a small harbor protected by two breakwaters is situated 0.3 mile SSE of Toho Sekiyu Pier. A light stands at the

head of the E breakwater.

5.50 The depths alongside the quays range from 1.5 to 5m. 

5.50 Aspect.—Tekura Iwa, 519m high, is an eroded peak of bare

rock, 1.5 miles W of Ino Hana. A chimney, 125m high, is

situated near the power plant, W of the tanker berths. There are

several oil tanks, 0.45 mile SSW of the chimney.

5.50 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory. Pilots board at the

entrance at Owase Bay and are available from sunrise to 3

hours before sunset, as follows: 

1. Vessels less than 20,000 grt—1 mile E of Togashira

Shima Light.

2. Vessels over 20,000 grt—2 miles E of Togashira

Shima Light.

5.50 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage is situated in

Owase Wan, centered 0.5 mile ENE of the E extremity of

Sabaru Shima. The depths at the anchorage range from 60 to

80m, sand and mud. 

5.50 Caution.—In an agreement with the Fishery Department,

the night movement of vessels is prohibited.

5.50 An overhead cable, about 30m high, runs from the W side of

Toyasira Shima to the coast.

5.51 Kuki Saki (34°01'N., 136°17'E.), 2.5 miles SSE of

Togasira Shima, is a heavily-wooded point, 229m high; it

presents a grey-colored cliff face.

5.51 Kuki Ura (34°00'N., 136°16'E.), a narrow bay, is entered

between Kuki Saki and Nasano Hana, 1 mile SSW. There are

no rocks or dangerous reefs in this bay, and it is well-sheltered

from winds, affording anchorage for small vessels up to 200

grt, clear of pearl beds, which lie in depths of less than 20m.

5.51 Nasano Hana is a cliffy point with a conical top. Haida Ura,

entered 0.75 mile S of Nasano Hana, is nearly closed by fixed

nets from October through August.

5.52 Kata Wan (33°57'N., 136°15'E.) is entered between

Miki Saki, 1 mile S of Haida Ura, and Kosuno Hana, 1.5 miles

farther SW. Kata Wan, surrounded by a mountain range, has

three arms that penetrate about 3 miles NW. The E arm is Miki

Ura Ko; the N branch is called Mikisato Ko, and the W branch

is called Asuka Wan (Asuka Ura).

5.52 There are fixed fishing nets on both sides of the entrance to

Kata Wan; fish cultivation beds fringe the shores of the bay.

5.52 Anchorage.—Miki Ura Ko, with depths of 20 to 40m,

affords good anchorage for small vessels with local knowledge. Mikisato Ko, the N branch, opens to the SE and heavy

seas run into the harbor; it does not provide any shelter.

5.52 Asuka Ura, the W arm, with a depth of 50m in its entrance,

becomes shallow at its head terminates in a mud flat 1.5 miles

W. The bottom is sand and mud and provides a sheltered anchorage for large vessels.

5.52 A small craft harbor, protected by an angled breakwater on

its NE side, is situated 0.5 mile WNW of Moto Hana. A light is

shown from the head of the breakwater.

5.52 Kono Shima (33°57'N., 136°16'E.), 11m high, lies 0.6 mile

SSW of Miki Saki and provides a good mark when approaching Kata Wan. Vessels should not pass between this rock and

the coast.

5.52 Tatega Saki lies about 1.3 miles SSW of Kosuno Hana; it is

the S extremity of a small cliffy peninsula, which rises to a

prominent hill, 159m high.

5.52 Nigishima Wan (33°56'N., 136°13'E.) is entered between

Tatega Saki and an island, 56m high, located 0.8 mile SW. The

bay is relatively deep, and protected by mountains; it provides

shelter for small vessels with local knowledge.

5.52 Atasika Wan (33°54'N., 136°10'E.) is entered between

Mikosi Saki, 1.5 miles SW of Nigishima Wan, and Suzuga

Shima, an islet 15m high, 1.25 miles SSW of Mikosi Saki. An

islet, 2m high, lies 0.7 mile E of Mikosi Saki; swells break on

the islet. Small vessels with local knowledge may find shelter

in this bay.

5.52 Yuki Ko, protected by a breakwater, lies on the E side of

Atasika Wan. A light stands at the head of the breakwater.

5.53 Kaitoro Hana to Shiono Misaki.—Kaitoro Hana

(33°54'N., 136°09'E.), at the S entrance point of Atasika Wan,

rises to a height of 146m. From Kaitoro Hana the coast trends

SSW 34 miles to Shiono Misaki, the SW extremity of Shiono-
Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 103

Pub. 158

misaki Hanto. The mountains rise close within this coast, with

a few good landmarks. The 20m curve lies from 0.1 to 1.5

miles offshore along this segment of the coast; there are several

dangerous shoal areas charted outside the 20m curve.

5.53 Ino Hana (33°53'N., 136°08'E.), 1 mile SW of Kaitaro

Hana, is 104m high. A light is shown from a white octagonal

concrete tower, 11m high situated on the point. Mamiruga

Shima, a rocky islet 23m high, consists of three peaks; it lies

0.25 mile S of Ino Hana. A rock, that uncovers 2.2m, lies close

NE of Mamiruga Shima.

5.53 Kinomoto Hakuchi (33°53'N., 136°07'E.), the bay W of Ino

Hana, is open to the S. Tomari Wan is the cove in the N section

of the bay. During S winds, when the bay is untenable, fishing

vessels shelter in Nigishima Wan.

5.53 Kodomari Gyoko, protected by a breakwater on which

stands a light, lies on the E shore of Tomari Wan.

5.53 In winter at Kinomoto Ko, the sea is usually calm and the

weather is good. Between June and October it is often rough.

5.53 Onigajo, a rock cliff with a peak 159m high, the W entrance

point of Kinomoto Hakuchi, is located 0.8 mile WNW of Ino

Hana.

5.53 From Onigajo, the coast trends SSW 10 miles to the mouth

of the Kamano Gawa. Black rocks, 2 to 8m high, are scattered

along the coast for a distance of 1 mile N of the river. On the S

side of the river a sand bar extends NE and shifts with floods,

swells, and waves. The river channel is narrow and has a depth

of 3m, but the channel is always changing during the flood

season.

5.53 Udano Ko lies on the N bank of the river near its mouth and

can be used by small craft only. A light stands close E of the

harbor. A breakwater is under construction (1988) at Udano

Ko.

5.54 Mezamashi Yama (33°39.5'N., 135°59.4'E.), a

round-topped wooded islet, 48m high, is connected to the NE

extremity of Ukui Hanto; from it a chain of islets and rocks extends 0.45 mile NE. 

5.54 Singu Ko South Breakwater, with lights shown at its head,

extends about 183m NNW of Mezamashi Yama. A ferry wharf,

with a depth of 9m alongside, lies on the W side of the islet.

Two lighted buoys mark the E side of the shoal water in the

approach to the wharf.

5.55 Miwasaki Wan (33°40'N., 135°59'E.) is located 3.5

miles SSW of the mouth of Kamano Gawa. It is protected by a

detached breakwater on the N side and a breakwater extending

N from the S entrance point; the bay opens E. There are general depths within the bay of from 6 to 11m, but it is filled with

dangerous reefs along both sides.

5.55 Tenma Wan (Temman Wan) is a large bay close S of Miwasaki Wan opening to the E and affording shelter during W to N

winds in a depth of 18m, 0.4 mile SSW of Nakiwa Hana.

Obera Shima, 5.6m high, lies in the entrance of Tenma Wan,

0.8 mile S of the N entrance point; low rocks and islets lie

between these two points. A rocky patch, with a least depth of

7.7m, lies 0.25 mile S of Obera Shima.

5.55 A light stands on Koma Saki (33°39'N., 135°59'E.), the S

extremity of Ukui Hanto, 1 mile E of Nakiwa Hana.

5.55 A fish haven lies about 1 mile SSW of Koma Saki Light. 

5.56 Katsuura Wan (Katuura Wan) (33°36'N., 135°57'E.),

located 2 miles SSW of Tenma Wan, is divided into three

coves, Katsurra Ko (Katuura Ko) at the N, Moriura Wan in the

W and Taiji Wan (Taizi Wan) in the S. Takakura Yama, 54m

high at its extremity, projects NE from the S side of Katsuura

Wan and separates Moriura Wan and Taiji Wan.

5.56 Katsuura Wan is entered between Oshihara Hana and Tomyo

Saki, 1.5 miles SSE. Tsuru Shima (Turu Shima), a low island,

lies 0.13 mile S of Oshihara Hana and Otsu Shima (Otu

Shima), 40m high, lies close W of the S extremity of Tsuru

Shima. A group of low rocks and islets lie 0.7 mile E of Oshihara Hana.

5.56 Katuo Shima, an islet 5.3m high, lies 0.7 mile N of Tomyo

Saki. There is a light structure on this islet. Foul ground

extends 0.25 mile ENE of Tomyo Saki.

5.56 Foul ground, terminating in a dangerous rock, extends 0.35

mile NE of Takakura Yama.

5.56 The entire area of Kutsuura Wan is fouled with rocks and

islets; all vessels should use caution when approaching this

bay.

5.56 Katsuura Ko (33°37'N., 135°57'E.), the N cove, is protected

on three sides by land, with Naka Shima, 51m high, in the S

part of the harbor; the port is sheltered from winds and swells.

This is a harbor of refuge and the anchorage may be heavily

congested during periods of bad weather.

5.56 The channel E of Naka Shima is the preferred entrance, but

is only 91m wide between the 10m curves. Inner harbor depths

range from 2.6 to 13m. A drying rock lies in the E part of the

harbor and vessels should not attempt to pass between it and

the shore.

Katsuura Wan
104 Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 

Pub. 158

5.56 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken W of Tsura Shima, in

depths of 3 to 13m, mud. The quarantine anchorage is about

0.2 mile W of Otsu Shima. 

5.56 At the time of a typhoon, a large number of vessels seek

shelter and the harbor becomes congested.

5.56 Kantori Saki (33°35'N., 135°58'E.), a low cliffy point, lies

0.8 mile S of Tomyo Saki; the coast between these two points

is foul for about 0.2 mile offshore.

5.57 Urakami Ko (Uragami Ko) (33°34'N., 135°55'E.) is a

local port ; it is a narrow bay that penetrates the coast 1.5 miles

in a SW direction. The depth at the harbor entrance is 5m and

the depth inside is from 4 to 10m. Dangers around the entrance

and the fish culture areas on both sides of the port must be

watched.

5.57 An ore-loading conveyor at the head of the inlet has a reported depth of 5m alongside. Vessels of 500 grt call regularly.

5.57 Safe anchorage is available for small vessels, in 8m, thick

mud, good holding ground.

5.57 Morito Saki (33°32'N., 135°53'E.), a prominent point 3

miles SSW of Urakami Ko, rises to a pine-covered summit,

78m high. A rocky depth of 3m lies at the S extremity of a

drying reef, extending 0.5 mile S from the point; breakers mark

this area in almost any sea.

5.57 Koza-nishimukai Ko (33°31'N., 135°50'E.), about 3 miles

SW of Morito Saki, at the mouth of the Koza Gawa, is used by

vessels loading timber. A shifting bar blocks the river entrance

and cargo is loaded offshore from sampans.

5.57 Hako Shima, 8.7m high, lies 1 mile S of the Koza Gawa. A

larger island lies 0.5 mile N of Hako Shima.

5.57 Aspect.—A radio tower, standing on the summit of a hill 0.3

mile NE of the mouth of Koza Gawa, and a railway bridge

spanning the river 0.5 mile about its mouth are good marks for

identifying the entrance. A road bridge spans the river at its

mouth.

5.58 Kami Se (33°29'N., 135°54'E.) is a detached 4.1m

rocky patch lying 3 miles E of Hako Shima.

5.58 O Shima (33°28'N., 135°50'E.), a hilly island about 3.5 by 2

miles in extent, lies 2.5 miles S of Koza-nishimukai Ko, just E

of Shionomisaki Hanto (Uwano Hanto). The N side is fairly

regular and steep-to while the S side is cliffy with numerous

coves. Islets and rocks fringe the coast up to 0.2 mile offshore.

Kasino Saki, the E end of the island, is reported to be a good

radar mark from 15 miles. A rock, 7.5m high, lies 0.3 mile NE

of the point. The highest point of the island, 169m high, rises in

the N central part of O Shima. The summit appears as two light

green domes which look white from a distance. A peak, 117m

high, stands 0.2 mile SW of the N point of the island and is a

useful mark when approaching from the NE. 

5.58 Shionomisaki Hanto (33°27'N., 135°47'E.) is the S extremity of Honshu. The peninsula, almost 2.5 miles wide from E to

W, is connected to the mainland by a low isthmus, 0.26 mile

wide. Izumo Saki is the SE extremity of Shiono-misaki Hanto.

Shiono Misaki, a flat-topped headland, forms the SW end of

the peninsula. This flat-topped headland is surmounted by a

light. There is a signal station, open in the daytime only, at the

light.

5.58 An observation tower, 34m high, stands 0.4 mile E of the

light and is prominent.

5.58 An aeronaitical radiobeacon transmits from a tower standing

about 1.5 miles ENE of the light. Rocks and foul ground fringe

the coastline between these two points, up to 0.2 mile offshore.

Shiono Misaki is reported to be a good radar target up to 25

miles.

5.58 Caution.—A voluntary traffic separation scheme has been

established by the Japan Captains’Association S of Shiono

Misaki. The traffic scheme should be adhered to as far as practicable in the interest of safe navigation. further information

can be found in Pub. 120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide)

Pacific Ocean and Southeast Asia. 

Kushimoto Ko (33°28'N., 135°47'E.)

5.59 Kushimoto Ko, the S town in Honshu, is a shipping

point for lumber and a base for the deep sea fishery; it is becoming popular as a tourist center. 

5.59 The port is situated between Shionomisaki Hanto and the

NW side of O Shima; it is comprised of three fishing harbors.

Kushimoto Ko affords refuge to shipping from severe weather,

especially during typhoons.

5.59 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing wind in winter is out of

the W. With strong NE to ENE winds, sea and swell set into the

harbor.

5.59 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents in the S entrance are

weak and irregular. With a rising tide there is a N current of 0.5

knot; with a falling tide there is a S current of 0.3 knot.

Generally, there is a constant S current of less than 1 knot in

the passage.

5.59 Off the S entrance, the ocean current sets E at rates of 2 to 4

knots.

5.59 Depths—Limitations.—Kushimoto Ko can be entered N of

O Shima, but the fairway is encumbered by rocky patches; the

fairway is only 119m wide between the 10m curves. .

5.59 There are various dangers in the NE approach. Kami Se a

reef with a least depth of 3.9m lies in the middle of the approach, in a position about 1.8 miles NE of Kashimo Saki. A

rocky depth of 12.8m lies about 0.1 mile NW of Kami Se. A

wreck lies sunk about 8.5 miles NE of Kashimo Saki. Hako

Shimo, an islet 8.7m high, lies about 2.5 miles NW of Kashimo

Saki, and foul ground extends about 0.2 mile S and 0.1 mile W.

5.59 Hashigui Iwa is a chain of rocks which extends about 0.5

mile S from Inari Shima, a point on the NW side of the entrance. Bentten Shima is near the middle of this chain. Vessels

should navigate with extreme caution as this chain of rocks extends about halfway across the NE entrance of Kushimoto Ko.

5.59 The fishing harbors within Kushimoto Ko have depths of 2

to 4m.

5.59 The N basin has a quay, with depths of 4.5 to 4.8m on its N

side and fish landing quays on its W and S sides.

5.59 The S basin, which can also be entered by a gap in the S

breakwater, has several quays, with depths of 2 to 4m.

5.59 Aspect.—Myoga Shima (33°27'N., 135°48'E.) is located

near the middle of the S entrance. It is 29m high, covered with

bushes, and lies about 0.1 mile SW of the W extremity of O

Shima.

5.59 O Shima Light stands on the rock 0.25 mile NE of Izumo

Saki, the E extremity of Shionomisaki Hanto. The coast is foul

in this area.
Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 105

Pub. 158

5.59 Anchorages.—Anchorage is available off the N part of

Kushimoto, during strong NE winds greater protection is afforded in the E part in the lee of O Shima. Large vessels anchor

in the bay N of Tsuya Shima sheltered from all but S winds.

5.59 Directions.—When entering Kushimoto Ko, vessels using

the N entrance steer for Kane Yama on a bearing of 244°, passing N of Kami Se and S of the foul ground in the vicinity of

Hako Shima.

5.59 When Benton Shima bears 270°, steer for it on that heading

until Kane Yama is abeam, then steer for the temporary light

staff on the new N breakwater, heading 225°. After clearing the

shallows to the SE of Hashigui Iwa, proceed to the appropriate

anchorage. Deep-draft vessels must avoid a shallow area SSE

of Hashigui Iwa.

5.59 Vessels entering S of Kami Se steer for Hako Shima bearing

289° until Kashimo Saki Light is abeam, then steer for Benten

Shima on a heading of 279° and proceed to anchorage.

5.59 Vessels coming from the S should sight Tomi Yama at 000°,

then proceed between Toradashi Sho and Kaba Dashi. When O

Shima Light is abeam to port, change course to 336° and head

toward the S entrance of the channel between Myoga Shima

and O Shima. After reaching the S entrance, change course and

steer down the center of the channel.

5.59 Caution.—Submarine cables are laid across the N part of

Kushimoto Ko, close S of Hashiqui Iwa.

5.59 Kushimoto Gyoko lies on the SW side of Kushimoto Ko, and

is protected by N and S breakwaters. A light stands on each

breakwater head.

Shiono Misaki to Hino Misaki

5.60 From Shiono Misaki, the coast trends in a general

NW direction about 44 miles to Hino Misaki, the E entrance

point of Kii Suido. Tanabe Ko is the only large bay along this

coast, there are only a few harbors since the berths would be

open to the sea.

5.60 Tides—Currents.—The tidal current off the coast of Susami and Hino Misaki flows to the NW and the SE. South of

Susami both flows become strongest 1 hour 30 minutes to 3

hours after HW and LW, while they become strongest 1 to 2

hours earlier near Hino Misaki. The average current velocity at

the time of major tide is 0.5 knot. When the declination of the

moon is greatest, a S flow occurring twice a day is regular,

while the N flow, found twice a day, is irregular. A N flow following the low tide is stronger than others. This stronger N

flow occurs at night in spring, in the afternoon in summer,

during daytime in autumn, and in the morning in winter.

5.60 Although there are many small indentations along this 25-

mile coast, there are only a few harbors which can be used by

large vessels. The bays on the NW side of Shionomisaki Hanto

Courtesy of Japan Captains Association

 VoluntaryTraffic Separation Scheme off Shiono Misaki 
and facing the mouth of the Tonda Kawa at the NW end of this

peninsula are available for temporary stays, depending on the

wind direction.

5.61 Kominato Wan (33°28'N., 135°46'E.) lies on the NW

side of Shionomisaki Hanto, between Shiono Misaki and

Inamura Saki, 1.75, miles NNW. Foul ground extends up to 0.5

mile from the shore of the bay. Anchorage, sheltered from NE

winds is available, but S by E winds send heavy rollers into the

bay. Vessels anchor 1 mile offshore, in 18.3m, fine sand. Fukuro Ko is located in the NE corner of Kominato Wan.

5.61 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available in the center part of

Fukuro Ko, in depths of 6 to 9m, mud and sand.

5.61 Ase Se, a rocky patch with a depth of 6.4m lies outside the

20m curve, 4 miles W of Inamura Saki.

5.61 Esu Saki (33°30'N., 135°36'E.), a heavily-wooded islet 52m

high, is located 3.5 miles WNW of Asa Se. Shoal water

extends 0.4 mile S of the islet. A light stands on the islet.

5.61 Susami Ko (33°33'N., 135°30'E.), located in a small bay 6

miles WNW of Esu Saki, is open to the SW; numerous dangers

encumber the entrance. There is an anchorage in this bay called

Susami Byochi. Vessels of 1,000 grt shelter, in 4 to 20m,

protected from all but S to SW winds.

5.61 There is a basin protected by breakwaters on the N side of

the harbor. A light stands at the head of the W breakwater. A

breakwater extends N from near the NE extremity of Inazumi

Shima. A small boat basin lies on the W side of the river upstream of the bridge.

5.61 Inazumi Shima is dark, wooded, and 78m high; it lies 0.13

mile NW of Shimoyama Hana.

5.61 Reclamation work has been carried out on the NE side of

Susami harbor; there is a quay and breakwater extending SW.

5.62 Atagi Saki (Ataki Saki) (33°33'N., 135°27'E.), the

extremity of a cape that is 48m high, is the seaward end of a

spur that descends from a peak 374m high, 2.5 miles NNE.

5.62 Ichie Saki, 3.25 miles NW of Atagi Saki, is a cliffy headland

backed by low hills. A light shown from a white octagonal

concrete tower, 11m high stands, on a hill about 0.2 mile NNW

of the head.

5.62 From Ichie Saki to Seto Saki, 6 miles NW, the coast recedes

and forms an open bay.

5.62 Caution.—A voluntary traffic separation scheme has been

established off Ichie Saki. The traffic scheme should be adhered to as far as practicable in the interest of safe navigation.

5.62 Seto Saki (33°40'N., 135°20'E.) is 16.2m high, but about 0.4

mile E of its extremity there is a hill, 84m high.

5.62 From Seto Saki, the coast trends NW 18 miles to Hino Misaki. The coast is indented with numerous bays from Seto Saki

to Kireme Saki, 8.5 miles NW; then between Kireme Saki to

Hino Misaki it is relatively straight with many stone beaches.

5.62 There are a number of fishing reefs charted outside the 20m

curve along this coast.

Tanabe Ko (33°43'N., 135°22'E.)

World Port Index No. 61540

5.63 Tanabe Ko is located at the head of Tanabe Wan at the

mouth of the Aizu Kawa. Tanabe, the largest city in the S part

of Kii Hanto, is a shipping point for lumber and a fishing

center. The port is protected from all but W winds. Lighted

ranges mark the fairways in the bay, which is encumbered by

numerous dangers. The light structures may be difficult to

distinguish during daylight. Ships load from lighters at anchorage or the mooring buoy.

5.63 Tanabe Ko is a Special, Open, and Immigration-Emigration

Port. It is divided into three districts. Tanabeko is located 1.5

miles ESE of Egawa Hakuchi in the Second District.

5.63 Egawa Hakuchi, a small basin protected by breakwaters, is

located close W of the mouth of the Aizu Kawa. A light stands

at the head of each breakwater. The light on the W breakwater

is particularly prominent. Mori Hakuchi, a small landlocked

harbor, lies at the end of Tanabe Wan, in the NE corner of the

First District.

5.63 Winds—Weather.—At Tanabe Wan, the prevailing winds

are NW in winter, SW in summer and SE during spring and

autumn. Strong winds are most frequent in February and during August and September. Spring and summer are the rainy

seasons and fog is sometimes observed in February.

5.63 Tides—Currents.—In the vicinity of Tanabe Wan, the weak

tidal currents, about 0.5 knot, set NW with the rising tide and

SE with the falling tide. The direction changes 1 hour after HW

and LW. Off the entrance to the bay the ocean current sets NW

at rates of 1.5 to 2 knots, but when cold water areas invade the

region, SE sets of up to 1 knot have been observed.

5.63 Depths—Limitations.—The draft limitation in the channel

is 10.3m at HW. Mooring Buoy A, for log carriers only, is situated near the mouth of the Aizu Kawa and will accommodate a

vessel up to 35,000 dwt, with a draft of 10.3m at HW.

5.63 Mori Hakuchi has general depths of 2 to 7m within the basin,

5.1m in the entrance, and alongside depths up to 6m.

5.63 Egawa Hakuchi is a boat basin 2 to 5m deep that is surrounded by E and W breakwaters.

5.63 Tanabe Ko is well-sheltered, except during W winds.

5.63 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but if needed it is requested that vessels send the required ETA through the ship’s

agent. Pilots are not available after sunset to sunrise. Pilots embark at the anchorage. There are no restrictions on entering or

leaving port.

5.63 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available in position 33°42'N,

135°19'E, in a depth of 40m, sand, close S of the entrance

range line.

5.63 Small vessels can obtain good anchorage in the first district

W of Kemi Shima. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo are restricted to the Third District, the outer area.

5.63 Caution is necessary when entering and leaving the harbor,

there are many dangers and it is not widely used.

5.64 Simohaya Wan (33°44'N., 135°21'E.) is a bay that

opens SW, situated close N of Tanabe Wan; it is entered

between Saida Saki (Saita Saki ) and Mori Saki, 1.5 miles NW.

The SE part of the bay has been reclaimed and is faced with a

wall. An island, 25m high, lies 0.1 mile W of the reclaimed

land, and is joined to it by a shoal, which has a number of

above-water rocks on it. Vessels entering the bay should be

careful of the 4.8m patch located in the center of the entrance.

Care should also be given to other charted dangers that lie in

the approach.
Sector 5. South Coast of Honshu—Iro Saki to Hino Misaki 107

Pub. 158

5.64 Kirime Saki (33°47'N., 135°14'E.) is a cape of rocky cliffs

topped with pine trees that lies 5.25 miles NW of Mori Saki. A

flat, round mountain, 156m high, is close inland; a mountain

range extends farther NE of it.

5.64 Hatano Saki, 38m high, is the W entrance point of a river and

lies 2.25 miles NW of Kirime Saki.

5.64 Katsuo Shima (33°51'N., 135°09'E.), 4m high, lies 4 miles

NW of Hatano Saki. Katsuo Shima (Katuo Shima) is connected with Ono Saki, 0.6 mile ENE by a spit that uncovers in

places. Shoal water extends 0.18 mile W of Katsuo Shima. A

light, shown from a white, round concrete tower, 13m high, is

located on Katsuo Shima.

5.64 A small harbor, protected by breakwaters, is situated on the

shore opposite Katsuo Shima.

5.64 An industrial site, situated on reclaimed land, lies between

the harbor and Katsuo Shima. Numerous tanks and a chimney,

204m high, stand on this site. A light is shown from the head of

a breakwater which extends from the NW corner of the industrial site.

5.65 Gobo Ko (Hidaka) (33°52'N., 135°09'E.) is protected

by breakwaters and lies off the mouth of Hidaka Gawa, which

enters the bay 1.25 miles N of Katsuo Shima. 

 Gobo Ko is exposed to winds from between the S to W. 

5.65 There are charted depths of 7.5 to 16.3m alongside the quays

and dolphin berth in the harbor. 

5.65 A chimney, 204m high, stands at the center of the

Tomishima complex at the head of the harbor.

5.65 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available N of Katsuo Shima, in

9.1m, sand.

5.65 Hino Misaki (33°53'N., 135°04'E.), a cape with a steep cliff,

lies 4.5 miles W of Gobo Ko. A mountain 0.35 mile NE of the

cape, attains a height of 202m and is a prominent mark. A light

is shown from the cape. A signal station, at which weather

signals are displayed, is situated 0.13 mile WSW of the light.

There are several fishing reefs charted in the vicinity of Hino

Misaki, and fixed fishing nets are placed along the coast up to

2.5 miles E of the cape. 

5.65 Kii Suido is described in Pub. 159, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Japan, Volume II.
Pub. 158

6.South Coast of Shikoku and East Coast of Kyushu

6.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 6 — CHART INFORMATION
111

Pub. 158

SECTOR 6 

SOUTH COAST OF SHIKOKU AND EAST COAST OF KYUSHU

6.0 Plan.—This sector first describes the S coast of Shikoku

from Kamado Misaki (33°50'N., 134°45'E.) to the W side of

the S entrance to Kii Suido, and to Komo Saki (32°54'N.,

132°29'E.) on the E side of the S entrance to Bungo Suido.

Next the E coast of Kyushu from Tsurumi Saki (31°56'N.,

132°05'E.), on the W side of the S entrance of Bungo Suido, to

Sata Misaki (30°59'N., 131°40'E.), the S extremity of Kyushu

on the N side of Osumi Kaikyo, is described. Osumi Kaikyo,

the strait between the S end of Kyushu and the Osumi Gunto

group of islands is described last. 

Shikoku—South Coast

6.1 The S coast of Shikoku is divided into three parts by

Muroto Saki, in the E, and Ashizuri Misaki, in the W; both

capes project S. The E part, between Kamoda Misaki and

Muroto Saki, forms the W side of the entrance to Kii Suido.

The central part, between Muroto Saki and Ashizuri Misaki, is

Tosa Wan, to the S of which is the so-called Tosa Offing. The

W part, between Ashizuri Misaki and Komo Saki, forms the E

side of the entrance to Bungo Suido.

6.1 In the E half of this coast there are virtually no coastal indenttions and very few safe anchorages. In the W half there are

sheltered anchorages for large vessels in such bays as Susaki

Wan and Sukumo Wan. Kochi Ko and Susaki Ko, both ranking

as important ports, are in Tosa Wan.

6.1 Winds—Weather.—This general area often has heavy rains

in the spring as the Asian Continental High weakens and high

pressure develops over the ocean area to the S of Japan. The

rains come when a low pressure system passes on the Japan

Sea side of Japan and causes warm humid air to move into the

Shikoku S coast area.

6.1 Precipitation during the early summer rainy season totals

about 3,500mm. Torrential rains, which can register more than

1,750mm in one day, are mostly caused by typhoons and are

most frequent during August and September.

6.1 When a typhoon is approaching, ocean swells usually begin

to appear 3 to 4 days before it arrives.

6.1 Radiobeacon and radio direction finding stations at Muroto

Saki and Ashizui Misaki provide weather reports for ships

passing along this coast.

6.1 Tides—Currents.—Between Kamoda Misaki and Muroto

Saki, ocean currents set mainly NE and SW following the

coastline. In summer, a SW flow at the rate of 0.6 to 1.0 knot is

more frequent, while in winter the flow is more frequently NE

at a rate of 0.3 to 0.5 knot.

6.1 Inside Tosa Wan the currents are greatly affected by changes

in the Kuroshio main current flowing E through the Tosa

Offing. Generally during the summer and autumn, when the

Kuroshio moves close to the shore at a rate of 4 knots, a counterclockwise current is produced inside the bay. The rate at the

Muroto Saki end of the bay is about 1 knot (occasionally 2

knots), but it usually drops gradually to 0.8 knot at the head of

the bay and to a rate of 0.3 to 0.5 knot at the Ashizuri Misaki

end of the bay. Surface water temperature during the summer

reaches a maximum of 29°C on the E side of the bay, while in a

small area in the W part there may be a cold water mass with a

relatively low temperature reading. When the mainstream of

the Kuroshio swings away from the Ashizuri Misaki area and

heads toward Muroto Saki, the counterclockwise current may

appear only in the W portion instead of in the bay as a whole.

Alternately, a branch of the Kuroshio flowing N from the

middle of the bay may split into E and W segments and

produce two rotary currents, one circling right and the other

left, inside the bay. This phenomenon usually occurs in the

spring. In the winter a weak counterclockwise current dominates the interior of the bay flowing at a rate of 0.5 to 0.8 knot.

The water is 16°C in the interior of the bay and 18°C at its

outer limits.

6.1 Between Ashizuri Misaki and Komo Saki, the currents generally set E, however, when the Kuroshio is flowing at a distance from the coast, left-circling currents tend to appear near

the entrance to Bungo Suido causing the local current to set W.

In the channel between Oki-no-Sima and Oshime Hana, the

current usually sets SE when the mainstream of the Kuroshio is

flowing near the coast and NW when the Kuroshio mainstream

has moved away from the shore. The SE current, locally known

as Matanuki, runs strong, especially when it is reinforced by a

NW wind. When a S wind is blowing, high waves occur.

6.1 In this area, the flood tide flows W and the ebb E. The reversal of flow occurs within 1 hour after HW or LW. Mean

tidal velocity during spring tides is less than 0.5 knot. Generally, the tidal flow is complicated by the strong influence of

the diurnal tide and when the declination of the moon is great

there is frequently only one tide per day.

6.1 Off O Shima, both semi-diurnal and diurnal tidal currents are

left-circling. At a point 1 mile SE of the island, the semidiurnal tides set WNW and ESE and reach their maximum

velocity (mean velocity 0.5 knot during spring tides) within 1

hour after HW and LW. At a point 3 miles SE of the island

tides set NE and SW and reach maximum velocity (mean

velocity is 0.5 knot during spring tides) 4 to 5 hours after HW

or LW. At the first location the diurnal tides set NE and SW at

maximum velocity, while at the latter location their set is NW

and SE at maximum. Accordingly, when the declination of the

moon is great, the tidal pattern is extremely complex. Generally, the W and SW currents reach maximum velocity within

1 hour after LW, and E and NE currents reach their maximum

speed within 1hour after HW.

6.1 Off Muroto Saki, the flood tide sets WNW and the ebb tide

sets ESE, with reversals coming at the same time as HW and

LW. Mean velocities are 0.5 knot during spring tides. Both the

flood and ebb tides are markedly uneven when the declination

of the moon increases. One E current and W current following

it become markedly stronger than the other, so that when the

moon’s declination becomes great there may be only one tide a

day. This strong E current occurs at noon during spring, in the
112 Sector 6. South Coast of Shikoku and East Coast of Kyushu 

Pub. 158

morning during summer, at night during autumn, and in the

afternoon during winter.

6.1 Off Nuno Saki, the flood tide sets W and the ebb tide E. The

reversal of direction occurs at the time of HW and LW. Maximum velocities do not exceed 0.5 knot.

6.1 Off Ashizuri Misaki the semi-diurnal currents set SW and

NE, attaining a maximum rate about 2 hours after HW or LW.

Maximum velocities do not exceed 0.4 knot. The diurnal tidal

currents set S and N and attain a rate of 1 knot when the

declination of the moon is great. This results in a complex tidal

pattern in which one S tide and one N tide following it may

become unusually strong. Occasionally, when the declination

of the moon is great, there is only one tide per day. The strong

N tide occurs about noon during spring, in the morning during

summer, at night during autumn, and in the afternoon during

winter.

6.1 The tides in this area are much the same as those of the S

coast of Honshu and do not differ much from place to place.

Before and after a new or full moon in spring and autumn high

tides occur twice daily with a range of 1 to 2m.

6.1 Except before and after a new or full moon in spring and

autumn, daily tides are irregular in their times and heights.

There is greater variation in the times of high tides than in the

times of low tides, which is very slight. The heights of high

tides are small and of low tides great.

6.1 In periods of great differences in tides, during a quarter

moon in the spring and autumn and during a full or new moon

in summer and winter, the time when the low tide occurs varies

according to the season, usually in the afternoon in spring, at

noon in the summer, in the morning in autumn, and at night in

winter.

6.1 Directions.—Local authorities recommended routes for

large vessels sailing off Shikoku are generally, as follows:

1. Eastbound vessels sailing from the Bungo Suido area,

with Osaka Wan as their destination, should pass 5 miles S

of Ashizuri Misaki and Murato Saki as they head toward the

Kii Suido area. Vessels should refer to the chart and note the

fish haven obstruction 12.5 miles from Ashizuri Misaki on a

bearing of 242°. Because this route will intersect that of

vessels sailing S in the Tomogashima Suido, along the W

side of Kii Hanto, caution is required when arriving off Hino

Misaki. To reduce the angle of intersection and to facilitate

evasive movement, it is the general practice to take a

somewhat roundabout course, heading from Muroto Saki

toward a point S of Hino Misaki, then head N toward a point

4 miles W of Hino Misaki.

2. Vessels bound for the Tokyo area from S Kyushu

should proceed along a route beginning about 10 miles SE of

Toi Misaki, passing 15 miles S of Ashizuri Misaki and

Muroto Saki, and then head toward Shiono Misaki.

3. The westbound route starts 3.5 miles S of Shiono

Misaki and passes 2 miles S of Muroto Saki and Ashizuri

Misaki. Because it intersects the route for vessels heading

for Osaka Wan from the Bungo Suido area, caution is

required.

Kamoda Misaki to Muroto Saki

6.2 This stretch of coast is generally unindented except

for several small bays in the central and N parts. A chain of

mountains and hills ranging from 300 to 600m is located 0.5

mile from the shore, with higher mountains inland.

6.2 The 20m depth curve is roughly 0.5 mile offshore. The detached island, I Shima, is off Gamado Misaki and in the center

portion of the area are the islands O Shima, Tsu Shima, and

Deba Shima off Mugi Ko; several dangerous reefs are among

these islands. South of Deba Shima, there are no dangerous

reefs outside the 20m curve.

6.2 Aspect.—Okage Yama (33°45'N., 134°30'E.) in the N, O

Shima and Takega Shima in the central portion, and Sembonga

Mine, Shozoku Toge, Onimaru Yama and Shijuna San in the S,

are prominent. Numerous headlands in the N and central

portions of this area serve as good landmarks. Lights, located

about 5.4 miles apart, are situated at I Shima, Kamoda Misaki,

Asebino Hana, Deba Shima, Kannoura, Sakinohama (range

beacon), and Muroto Saki. 

6.2 Caution.—There are numerous dangerous reefs between

Kamoda Misaki and I Shima. Shoals are at Yukino Se, off Asebino Hana and in the vicinity of Mugi Ko.

6.2 Many fixed fishing nets, some extending as much as a mile

offshore, are found along this coast especially in the S part and

mainly from October to August.

6.2 There are no harbors capable of sheltering large vessels,

however, vessels up to 1,000 grt can be berthed at Kannoura

Ko and vessels up to 300 grt can be accommodated at Hiwasa

Ko, Mugi Ko, and Asakawa Ko.

6.2 Tosa Bae (33°05'N., 134°38'E.) is a detached bank about 25

miles ESE of Muruto Saki, with a depth of 139m. In fine

weather, with a light wind, tide rips may be observed along its

N edge.

6.3 Kamoda Misaki (33°50'N., 134°45'E.), the W entrance point at the S end of Kii Suido, is the E point on Shikoku, has brown cliffs, and is marked by a light.

6.3 From Kamoda Misaki to O Shima, the coast is rocky with

cliffs and no indentations except at Yuki Ko and Iwasa Ko, in

the central portion. The water is generally steep-to but dangerous rocks are found.

6.3 I Shima (33°51'N., 134°49'E.), an island 3 miles ENE of

Kamoda Misaki, is marked by a light.

6.3 Kanokubi Saki, a brown headland 6.4 miles WSW of Kamoda Misaki, projects S from a sandy isthmus and looks like an

island from a distance. A light is shown on the coast close NE

of the isthmus. Another light is situated on the coast approximately 1.8 miles NE.

6.3 Nuno Shima, a wooded island 2.7 miles WSW of Kanokubi

Saki, has a dark color and a sharp peak.

6.3 Asebino Hana, a cliffy headland covered with small trees, is

2 miles SW of Nuno Shima. It is marked by a light and two

islets are to the E of it; the S islet is tall and steep-sided and the

N islet is low and cone shaped. A fish haven lies 1.5 miles SE

of the light.

6.3 Okage Yama (33°45'N., 134°31'E.), a 460m hill 2.7 miles

WNW of Asebino Hana, is tree-covered, helmet-shaped, and

visible from a distance.

6.3 Caution.—There are many dangerous rocks and reefs in the

area between Kamoda Misaki and I Shima.

6.3 A ridge extending SSE 0.3 mile from a point on the coast 0.6

mile NE of Kanokubi Saki is marked by several above-water

rocks at its outer end.
Pub. 158
114 Sector 6. South Coast of Shikoku and East Coast of Kyushu 

Pub. 158

6.3 Okino Bae, a reef 7.2m deep, is 0.7 mile E of Nuno Shima.

6.3 Yukino Se, a reef 2.6m deep, is 1.3 miles E of Asebino Hana.

It is easy to detect when there are breaking waves, but it is

especially dangerous when the sea is calm. Another reef is 0.4

mile to the SE.

6.3 A 16m reef is 1.7 miles N of the NW end of O Shima and

about 1 mile offshore. There is a reef, with a least depth of

7.8m, 4.4 miles NNE of O Shima. There are fish havens situated here also.

O Shima to Muroto Saki

6.4 There are many small harbors along this coast

including Mugi Ko, Asakawa Ko, Nasa Ko, Shiskikui Ko, and

Kannoura Ko. Half of the coastline is cliffy shores and the

other half sandy beaches. The S 17 miles of the coastline has

fairly uniform terrain consisting of narrow sandy or stone

beaches backed by highlands pressing close to the shore. There

are many detached islets and dangerous reefs along the N portion of this coast, but in the S portion the water is deep close-in

and no submerged dangers with depths less than 10m are beyond 0.3 mile from the shore except Muroto Saki.

6.4 The waters near O Shima are fishing grounds for boats out of

Mugi Ko and many fishing boats may be encountered.

6.4 On the W side of O Shima, a small bay provides protection

from other than W winds. The bottom is deep, but strong winds

may be encountered at times. The fishing port on the N side of

Deba Shima is shallow and limited to vessels under 50 grt.

Tomoura, at the mouth of the Kaifu Gawa, and its neighbor to

the S, Nasa Ko, are used only by local vessels.

6.4 O Shima (33°38'N., 134°30'E.) is a wooded islet, 216m

high, with steep cliffs. A rocky islet, 23m high, is close N.

6.4 Tsu Shima, 1.6 miles W of O Shima, is a wooded islet, 43m

high, with two peaks connected by low land.

6.4 Kotsu Shima, 0.3 mile SW of Tsu Shima, is actually two

small islets connected by above-water rocks. The S islet is 26m

high.

6.4 Deba Shima (Teba Shima), 1 mile WSW of Tsu Shima, is a

sloping island, 77m high, with small trees and cultivated plots

on the slope. A light is on its highest point. Submarine cables

run from the N side of Deba Shima to the coast. There is a boat

harbor on the N side, protected by a breakwater, on which

stands another light. Fish havens lie about 0.5 mile and 1.5

miles E of the light.

Kobari Saki, on the E side of the entrance to Mugi Ko, is a

red cliff headland covered with trees. Three fishery radio

towers and a radio station marked by white lights, are prominent. A detached breakwater lies S of the entrance. When

anchoring, care should be taken to avoid submarines cables

laid from Magi Ko to Deba Shima. Two fish havens lie close W

of the submarine cables.

6.4 Hotoke Saki, on the W side of the entrance to Mugi Ko, is a

dark headland covered with small trees.

6.4 Ajiro Saki, on the S side of the entrance to Asakawa Ko, is a

black headland with cliffs; it is 84m high and wooded at the

top. Between this cape and the mouth of Kaifu Gawa, about 2.2

miles to the SSW, is a sandy beach, 1.5 miles long covered

with dark pine trees.

6.4 Asakawa Ko, a small harbor, is entered N of Ajiro Saki. It is

protected by breakwaters and a light stands on the head of the

E breakwater.

6.4 The harbor affords temporary anchorage, in depths of 5 to

20m, sand, except during winds from between NE and SE.

6.4 There is a quay to the W of the root of the E breakwater with

a depth of 4m alongside.

6.4 Nasa Saki, on the S side of the mouth of Kaifu Gawa, is a

wooded headland, 99m high. An islet, 68m high, is in front of

the headland and is remarkable for its tall trees.

6.5 Chino Saki (33°35'N., 134°22'E.), 0.5 mile S of Nasa

Saki, is a narrow 177m headland projecting E.

6.5 Takega Shima, 3 miles SW of Chino Saki, is a black 98m

high thickly-wooded island. From the S it is visible for 20

miles.

6.5 Kannoura Ko, the largest port on this part of the E coast of

Shikoku, is not suitable for large vessels, but has a quay with

depths of 3 to 5m alongside that can berth vessels up to 1,000

grt. Vessels up to 500 grt can use the limited anchorage. Good

holding ground, hard mud, is found in depths of 4 to 12m.

6.5 Kusu Shima, about 0.3 mile WSW of Takega Shima, is a

wooded island 59m high at tree top level.

6.5 Senbonga Mine (33°29'N., 134°12'E.), about 7.5 miles

WSW of Takega Shima, is a 922m high mountain rising conspicuously above surrounding highlands.

6.5 Shozoku Toge, almost 3 miles WSW of Senbonga Mine, is a

1,083m high mountain.

6.5 Onsaki Yama, about 2.8 miles SE of Senbonga Mine, is a

692m high wooded mountain. A small depression on its W

slope makes it easily identifiable from the S. A large red bare

spot, about 1.2 miles NE of the summit, is visible from the E or

S.

6.5 Shijuji San, about 4 miles N of Muroto Saki, is a 383m high

wooded cone-shaped hill; an indentation on the W slope makes

it easily identifiable from a distance.

6.5 Along the coast between Matsuga Hana and Muroto Saki,

four lights are shown as indicated on the chart.

Muroto Saki (33°14'N., 134°11'E.), the S point on the E half

of Shikoku, is a headland jutting S. A light is shown from

Muroto Saki. 

6.5 Caution.—A chain of above-water rocks and rocks which dry

at low tides stretches from NE of Tsu Shima to S of the island.

6.5 There are numerous submerged rocks dangerous to navigation surrounding O Shima, Tsu Shima, and Deba Shima.

There are fish havens E and W of O Shima. Vessels should

refer to the chart. There is a stretch of water, 1.2 miles long, between Deba Shima and Hotoki Saki to its N, but the navigable

channel, with depths of more than 10m, is narrowed to only

about 0.3 by a 0.25 mile long ridge extending S from Hotoke

Saki. This makes it unsuitable for large vessels.

6.6 Kobarino Shi (33°39'N., 134°26'E.), a reef 8.7m

high, is SE of Kobari Saki at the E side of the entrance to Mugi

Ko. There are also many other dangerous rocks along the entire

coast to the NE.

6.6 There is a scattering of dangerous rocks offshore from Ajiro

Saki, at the S side of the entrance to Asakawo Ko.

6.6 There are many submerged rocks and rocks which dry at low

tide within a 0.5 mile radius of Muroto Saki, but outside of that

area the water is deep and safe.
Sector 6. South Coast of Shikoku and East Coast of Kyushu 115

Pub. 158

6.6 A sunken wreck is 0.6 mile ESE of Matsushitaga Hana, S of

Kannoura Ko.

6.6 Submarine cables extend from Deba Shima N to the shore at

Mugi Ko, and an underwater water pipe extends NW from

Deba Shima to the mainland.

Tosa Wan

6.7 Tosa Wan is a large open bay, roughly semicircular in

shape, with about 66 miles of shoreline between Muroto Saki

and Ashizuri Misaki (32°43'N., 133°01'E.). The NE shore of

the bay is fairly smooth, while the NW shore has deep inlets at

Kochi Ko, Uranouchi Wan, and Susaki Wan. The W shore has

several large and small coves. The land behind the coast, except for a plain in the Kochi area, is generally mountainous,

with mountains and hills pressing against the shoreline.

6.7 The 20m curve runs generally about 1 mile from the shore E

of Shirano Hana, at the head of the bay, except near Muroto

Saki. West of Shirano Hana, the 20m curve is generally no

more than 0.5 mile offshore except where there are inlets.

There are no dangerous reefs in Tosa Wan more than 1 mile

offshore, except in the vicinity of Susaki Wan.

6.7 Aspect.—Conspicuous mountains in this area are Shijuji

San, Shozoku Toge, and Akiba San, on the NE side of the bay;

Sekko San, Yahazu Yama, and Irazu Yama, on the NW side of

the bay; and Gozaishormori, Imano Yama, and Shirao San, on

the W side of the bay.

6.7 The principal lights are at Muroto Saki, Hane Saki, Tei Saki,

Kochi, Shirono Hana, Okitsu Saki, Ino Misaki, Nishido Saki,

Nuno Saki, Kubotsa Saki, and Ashizuri Misaki.

6.7 There are only a few dangerous detached reefs in the bay,

which include Taka Bae, at the entrance to Aki Gyoko on the

NE bay shore; Ishiga Hae and other reefs on the S side of the

Ko Shima outside of Susaki Wan; and Asa Bae, off Shiwa Saki. 

6.7 Fixed fishing nets are found (mainly from October through

August) between Hane Saki and Tei Saki on the NE bay shore.

Numerous fish havens lie up to 5 miles offshore between Kochi

Ko and Muroto Saki. Fish havens are also found offshore along

the entire bay.

6.7 Wave recording buoys are moored in Tosa Wan in position

33°15'N, 133°30'E and position 33°09'N, 133°39'E.

6.7 Depths.—Limitations.—Vessels up to 50,000 grt can berth

at Susaki Ko, while vessels up to 5,000 grt can be berthed at

Kochi Ko. Vessels of 200 to 300 grt can berth at Murotsu Ko

and Kamikawaguchi Ko.

6.7 Anchorage.—Susaki Ko is the only harbor on the S coast of

Shikoku that can provide shelter for large vessels.

Muroto Saki to Simo-Ryuzu Saki

6.8 The 34-mile coast between Muroto Saki and SimoRyuzu Saki has few coves or inlets. Between Muroto Saki and

the mouth of Nahari Kawi (33°25'N., 134°01'E.) there is a 13-

mile stretch of rocky shores and stone beaches, then W to

Simo-Ryuzu Saki there is a series of sand beaches. Except for

the fairly broad plain W of Tei Saki (33°31'N., 133°46'E.) and

the flatlands near the river mouths, the terrain in this area is

mountainous right up to the shoreline.

6.8 The 10m curve is close to the shore, generally within about

0.3 mile. There are no dangers outside the 10m curve except

for Taka Bae (33°29'N., 133°54'E.), off the mouth of Aki

Kawa, and Sambommatsu Reef (33°31'N., 133°37'E.), E of

Kochi Ko.

6.8 Murotosaki Ko is a small fishing port about 2 miles NNW of

the light at Muroto Saki. It is limited to vessels under 100 grt.

6.8 Gyoto Saki, 4.5 miles NW of Muroto Saki, is a rocky headland, 120m high, topped by dark woods.

6.9 Onigamori, 7.2 miles N of Muroto Saki, is a 650m

high mountain. Kasagi Yama, about 2 miles W of Onigamori,

is a 598m high mountain.

6.9 Hane Saki, about 10.4 miles NW of Muroto Saki, is a headland marked by a light.

6.9 Tono Hama, about 16 miles NW of Muroto Saki, is marked

by a light.

6.9 Kamino Mine, about 17 miles NW of Muroto Saki, is a

632m high mountain.

6.9 Aki Gyoko, about 4 miles W of Kamino Mine, is a small

fishing port used only by local vessels. Taka Bae, a 2.3m reef,

is about 1 mile S of the port.

6.9 Tei Saki, about 7.5 miles W of Aki Gyoko, is a headland

marked by a light. Taiho San, a wooded hill 106m high and 1

mile to the NE, is prominent.

6.9 Akiba Yama, about 5 miles N of Tei Saki, is a wooded hill

with a sharp peak. This hill is 509m high at tree-top level.

6.9 Kongo San, about 4 miles NW of Tei Saki, is 287m high at

tree-top level.

Kochi Ko (33°30'N., 133°34'E.)

World Port Index No. 61970

6.10 Kochi Ko (Koti Ko), a port of entry, is at the head of

Tosa Wan. Kochi Chi, the center of which is NW of the harbor,

is the largest city on the S coast of Shikuko.

6.10 The port lies in the estuary of Kagami Kawa and is entered

between a breakwater extending E from Kami-Ryuzu Saki and

a breakwater extending SE from Tanesaki Hama, which lies on

the N side of the harbor entrance. A light stands at the head of

each breakwater. A light stands at the E end of a detached

breakwater, 0.23 mile ESE of the S breakwater light. Another

detached breakwater lies 0.4 mile N of the S breakwater.

6.10 Winds—Weather.—Winds are predominantly between the

W and NW at night and in early morning. By 1400, winds

between S and E are about as frequent as the westerlies in

winter, and in summer the westerlies predominate. The average

winds here are light and in July, 81 per cent of those observed

at 0600 and 1800 were below 3 knots.

6.10 Tides—Currents.—Spring tides rise 2m and neap tides rise

1.5m. Offshore, the flood tide sets SW and the ebb tide sets

NE, both at a rate of less than 0.5 knot. At the harbor mouth,

the flood tide sets W and the ebb tide sets E, reversing at

approximately HW and LW and attaining a maximum rate of

1.1 knots.

6.10 Depths—Limitations.—The least charted depth in the fairway is 7m. Mariners are advised when navigating the entrance

channel, because the depths are occasionally less than charted.

The fairway is continually being dredged. The entrance is
116 Sector 6. South Coast of Shikoku and East Coast of Kyushu 

Pub. 158

winding, long, and narrow, subject to strong tidal currents, and

storms cause drifting sands. 

6.10 There are seven wharves in the harbor with general depths of

3 to 8m. The No. 2 Quay at No. 7 Wharf however, is 240m

long with a depth alongside of 12m; vessels of up to 30,000

dwt can be accommodated. 

6.10 A designated traffic route runs from the entrance at the

breakwater to Wharf No. 1 at the head of the port. Kochi Fairway is the S part of this traffic route and navigation control is

in effect in this fairway.

6.10 Ushioe Wharf has a length of 390m, a depth alongside 7m,

and a capacity of 5,000 grt. Higashi Ushioe Wharf has six

berths, with lengths of 260 to 315m, and a depth alongside of

7m. These berths can accommodate vessels of 3,000 and 5,000

grt. Nida Logs Wharf has lengths of 130m and 140m, with

depths of 5m and 7m alongside. This wharf can accommodate

vessels of 5,000 and 2,000 grt. The largest vessel accommodated was 5,000 grt, with a 6.5m maximum draft, at the public

wharves.

6.10 The Urati Ohashi Bridge spans the harbor entrance from a

point E of Iso Saki to the N side of the port. The height of the

bridge is 39m. Three overhead cables run from the mid-slope

on Obata Yama, on the E side of the port, to the W side. The

lowest cable has a vertical clearance of 45m.

6.10 A submarine pipeline is laid across the narrows close S of

the overhead cables.

6.10 Aspect.—Simo-Ryuzu Saki, a headland marked by a light,

and the white buildings of Katsurahama Health Center to the

W, are all good marks for incoming vessels. A white signal

station on the summit of Shiro Yama is prominent.

6.10 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory but necessary unless

master is well acquainted with the locality. Pilots are arranged

for in advance and board in position 33°28.5'N, 133°35.2'E. 

6.10 Vessels over 1,000 grt, or tankers over 500 grt, intending to

enter Kochi Channel should report its ETA to the harbormaster by noon on the day preceding its arrival. Vessels intending to depart through the same channel should report the

planned time of getting underway to the harbormaster by noon

on the day preceeding the departure.

6.10 Signals.—The Katsurahama Signal Station is at the foot of

the breakwater at the harbor entrance and guides entering

vessels. The Urato Signal Station provides navigation control

for departing vessels.

6.10 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage is 1 mile SSE of

Simo-Ryuzu Saki.

6.10 Caution.—Shoals close to the Tanesaki shore are marked at

their outer edge by lighted buoys. A reef, 3.8m deep, is on the

inner side and near the middle of the harbor entrance S

breakwater. A lighted buoy marks the reef. Ferries cross the

fairway regularly from the mouth of Nagahama Kawa to the

shipyard N of Tanesaki. Submerged pipes and cables are inside

the harbor. A dumping ground is about 1 mile SE of SimoRyuzu Saki.

6.10 A wave recorder lies 1.3 miles SW of Shimo Ryuzu Saki and

a submarine cable connects it to the shore 0.2 miles W of

Shimo Ryuzu Saki.

Simo-Ryuzu Saki to Okitsu Saki

6.11 This 27-mile stretch of coast has many covers and

inlets, including Uchiura Wan and Susaki Wan. The shoreline

consists mostly of steep cliffs except for a straight sand beach

extending 7 miles between Simo-Ryuzu Saki and Hagi Saki.

The land behind the shoreline is almost entirely high mountains with a few plain areas.

6.11 The water along this coast is generally deep close-in, but

there are some dangerous reefs about 1 mile from the shore in

some places.

6.11 The only good anchorage is at Susaki Wan. Uchiura Wan has

shoals across its entrance preventing access and other inlets

can only serve as temporary anchorages when the winds are

from the W to N.

6.11 In many places near the headlands along this coast fixed

fishing nets may be found up to 1 mile offshore, especially

from December through May.

6.11 Shirono Hana (33°26'N., 133°28'E.), 7 miles SW of SimoRyuzu Saki, is a cliffy 115m high headland marked by a light.

6.11 From Shirano Hana to Ko Shima, at the E side of the entrance to Susaki Ko, there are several rocks and reefs extending

up to 1 mile offshore.

6.11 Higashi-Kuwata Yama and Nishi-Kuwata Yama, about 3.2

miles N of Suski Ko, are twin hills, one 675m high and bare

and the other 769m high and wooded, are on an E/W axis, have

a horseback profile, and are visible from a distance.

6.11 Torigata Yama (Yahazu Toge) and Irazu Yama, about 12.5

miles WNW of Susaki Ko, are twin mountains, one 1,459m

high with a sharp peak and the other 1,336m high with a

double peak, are on a N/S axis and are conspicuous from a distance.

Susaki Ko (33°23'N., 133°18'E.)

World Port Index No. 61980

6.12 Susaki Ko is entered through Susaki Wan, which

offers the only good anchorage for large vessels on the S coast

of Shikoku. The bay interior divides into two inlets, Nomi

Wan, extending to the E, and Susaki Ko, extending to the N.

Along the E side of the bay is Nomi Hanto, a peninsula extending S. Off the S side of peninsula is Ko Shima with the

islands of Nakano Shima and He Shima to the W of the tip of

the peninsula. Mountains press close to the shore all around the

bay, making the coast a series of cliffs. The center of the bay is

quite deep, but the area around the above-mentioned islands

and off the headlands of the W shore is marked by extensive

reefs.

6.12 Susaki Ko, at the head of Susaki Bay, is a port of entry. The

port is in a long and narrow inlet extending N. Rimmed with

hills protecting it from winds, it is the best harbor on the S

coast of Shikoku. In bad weather, most vessels sailing in the

Tosa Offing take shelter here. Several times a year strong NE

winds give trouble to vessels in port.

6.12 Near the entrance to the port and near Ishiga Hae (33°19'N.,

133°19'E.), there are many fishing boats.

6.12 There are seiches here, with periods of from 18 minutes to

40 minutes and with amplitudes of 0.2m.

6.12 Winds—Weather.—There are many rainy days from April

to June and in September. Many stormy days are in August and

September. Fog is prevalent in March and April.

6.12 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor entrance is 0.8 mile
Sector 6. South Coast of Shikoku and East Coast of Kyushu 117

Pub. 158

wide, but after passing Yamasaki Hana, marked by a light, the

channel suddenly narrows to 250m, then widens again as it

penetrates inland. Depths within the port are 6 to 16m, mud

bottom; the channel depth limitation is 8.4m. Vessels of up to

15,000 dwt may be berthed at the public wharves. Nittetsu

Mining dolphins will berth a vessel up to 50,000 dwt, with a

maximum draft of 14m.

6.12 A detached breakwater 0.4 mile S of Yamazaki Hana Light.

A light is shown from the E end of the breakwater. 

6.12 The maximum tidal range is 2m; the minimum is 0.25m.

6.12 Aspect.—In addition to the mountains discussed above in

the port description, Ko Shima, on the E side of the outer

harbor, is very conspicuous because of its sharp peak. Kojo

San, 143m high and close N of the city, and two radio towers

on the S side of the city are good marks for entering the port.

6.12 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory. The pilot boards

approximately 2 miles S of the harbor limit.

6.12 Anchorage.—Vessels should anchor clear of the reef extending about 0.2 mile NW from Konaga Saki.

6.12 Susaki Ko has a good anchorage, in 10 to 12m, with Kojo

San bearing 257° and Fujiga Hana (Hushiga Hana), at the head

of the harbor, bearing 347°.

6.12 Directions.—Proceed toward Futanashima Light in Kure Ko

on a bearing of 310° from S of the Isshi Haye (Ishiga Hae)

Lighted Buoy. Once the latter light bears 054°, change course

and head toward the summit of Kojo San, N of Susaki, on a

course of 002°. After entering the harbor and passing Yamasaki

Hana, change course to 069° and head toward the silo about 0.5

mile NE of that point. When a tank situated 600m NE of the

point is abeam to starboard, change course to 045° and head

toward a tank 400m NNE of Shibu Saki (33°23'N., 133°18'E.).

Finally, proceed on a course of 349° toward two silos on Fujiga

Hana and enter the anchorage.

6.12 Caution.—In the E approach, Tsuboishi Baye, a rock that

dries 7m, about 0.7 miles E of Ko Shima, is the outermost danger of a string of rocks that stretches NNE to the shore. Between Ko Shima and Isshi Haye there is a string of several

charted dangers.

Coastal Features (continued)

6.13 Hiuchigamori (33°17'N., 133°12'E.), about 7.5 miles

SW of Susaki, is a wooded hill, 590m high, with a sharp

conical peak. It is highly visible except from S of Otsu Saki.

6.13 Shiwa Saki (33°13'N., 133°15'E.), about 10 miles S of

Susaki Ko, is a pine-covered 130m high headland identifiable

from a distance.

6.13 Okitsu Saki (Okitu Saki), 4.5 miles SSW of Shiwa Saki, is a

sheer-cliffed headland on the E side of a peninsula jutting to

the SE. The highest point is a wooded 218m high hill, Misaki

Yama. The peninsula appears as an island from a distance.

6.13 Gozaisyo Mori, about 3.8 miles WNW of Okitsu Saki, is a

658m high wooded hill with a sharp peak. It is conspicuous

except when seen from N of Okitsu Saki.

6.13 Asa Bae, a reef with a depth of13.9m, lies 1 mile E of Shiwa

Saki.

6.13 From Okitsu Saki to Ashizuri Misaki the headlands of

Okitsu Saki, Ino Misaki, and Nuno Sakijut lie SE from the

shore. Each headland has a bay on its SW side. The mountains

on this stretch of coast come close to the water’s edge and the

coast is mainly cliffy and rocky. Rocks and reefs lying close to

the shore are numerous along this stretch of coast, but dangerous reefs less than 10m deep are not found more than 1 mile

offshore. Good ports and harbors are few. Kamo-Kawaguchi

Ko can only handle vessels up to 200 tons. Shimonokae Ko,

Iburi Ko, Tanoura Gyoko, and Kubotsu Gyoko are used only by

local vessels.

Susaki Ko entrance from S

Kure Ko—Futanashima Light
118 Sector 6. South Coast of Shikoku and East Coast of Kyushu 

Pub. 158

6.13 Ishi, a detached rock 7.1m high, is 0.6 mile SSW of the W

side of Okitsu Saki. Rocks, 4.2 and 17m high, lie 0.6 mile ENE

and 600m W, respectively, of Okitsu Saki.

6.14 Ino Misaki (33°01'N., 133°05'E.), 10 miles SW of

Okitsu Saki, is a headland marked by a light. A 152m hill is

900m WNW of the light. Inland, mountains become gradually

higher N of the point.

6.14 Naidanoshi, a rock 17m deep, is about 4.3 miles SW of Ino

Misaki.

6.14 Ishimiji Yama, just over 7 miles W of Ino Misaki, a 411m

high hill with a sharp peak, is a good mark for coastal shipping.

6.14 Shimanto Kawa, the largest stream on the S coast of Shikoku, empties into the sea about 7.5 miles SW of Ino Misaki.

6.14 Tsurura Yama, about 9 miles SW of Ino Misaki, is a conspicuous 471m high hill.

6.14 Nuno Saki, about 11 miles SSW of Ino Misaki, is a 96m high

headland marked by a light.

6.14 Kubotsu Saki, about 4.5 miles S of Nuno Saki, is a headland

marked by a light with an auxiliary light which illuminates Yusuga Bae, a reef 440m to the ENE.

Ashizuri Misaki (Asizuri Misaki) (32°43'N., 133°01'E.), the

S tip of Shikuko, is a black-cliffed headland marked by a light;

a marine weather broadcasting station is at the light. A temple,

with a thick grove behind it, is at the summit of the point. The

point is reported to be a good radar target at 26 miles.

6.14 A floating fish haven lies about 14 miles SE of the light.

Another light is shown close W of the lighthouse.

6.14 Many rocks and reefs are found in the vicinity close offshore

of Ashizuri Misaki.

6.14 Shirao San (Siao San), about 1.5 miles NNW of Ashuzuri

Misaki, is a 433m high wooded hill with a round top.

6.14 Shirataki San, about 2.3 miles NNW of Ashizuri Misaki, is a

451m high hill. Seen from a distance, it appears to combine

with Shiroa San above into a remarkable saddle-shaped prominence which, on a clear day, can be seen 30 miles offshore.

6.14 There are many fish haven obstructions along this part of the

coast that extend as far as 4 miles offshore. Vessels should refer

to the chart and navigate with caution.

Ashizuri Misaki to Komo Saki

6.15 In the central part of the 30-mile stretch of coast between Ashizuri Misaki and Komo Saki, Kanae Saki bulges out

S and Oshime Hana juts to the SE. West of Oshime Hana is

Oki-no-Sima and a scattering of other islands. Between these

islands and Komo Saki, to the N, is Sukumo Wan, a bay which

penetrates deeply inland. The land behind the shoreline is

made up of thickly-forested mountains, but there are few peaks

to serve as good landmarks. The coastline generally has deep

water close-to, but dangerous rocks are found outside of Shimizu Ko and on both sides of the entrance to Sukumo Wan.

6.15 Aspect.—Shirao San (Sirao San), Shiratiki San, Imano

Yama, Ohora Yama, and Oki-no-Sima are good marks when

viewed from the S.

6.15 Principal lights are at Ashizuri Misaki, Usubae Saki, TosaSimizu Ko, Kanae Saki, Kashiwa Shima, Tosa-Oki-no-Sima,

and Komo Saki.

6.15 Caution.—There are many dangerous reefs outside of

Simizu Ko and numerous islets and rocks are scattered among

the islands on the S side of the entrance to Sukumo Wan. Many

dangers are also found in an area stretching for 2 miles SE

from Komo Saki, at the N end of this segment of the coast.

6.15 A fishing ground extends from Simizu Ko to Oshime Hana.

Outside of Sukumo Wan, fishing boats using purse seines and

lights operate at night all year.

6.15 Vessels up to 450 grt can berth and ships up to 1,000 grt can

find anchorage at Simizu Ko, which is a good shelter port. Asizuri Ko lies approximately 1 mile NW of Simizu Ko, though

caution is necessary in entering the harbor as its central and

interior portions are fraught with dangers. Sukumo Wan offers

shelter from N and SE winds for large vessels and several

smaller bays afford shelter for smaller craft.

6.16 The coast between Ashizuri Misaki and the island of

Okina Shima faces the Pacific Ocean to the S and is wellindented with many small inlets, including the fishing port of

Shimizuko and the Komome Hakuchi anchorage.

6.16 The 20-mile stretch between Ashizuri Misaki and Oshime

Hana is washed by ocean surf and is made up mainly of high

cliffs, except for some sand and stone beaches in the inlets.

High mountains rise immediately behind the shore.

6.16 There are many rocks and reefs close-to along this part of the

coast, but the water usually deepens rapidly beyond their outer

periphery.

6.16 Usubae Saki (32°44'N., 132°58'E.), 2.8 miles W of Ashizuri

Misaki, is a headland with three peaks; the highest peak is

126m high. The point is marked by a light. Usa Bae, a reef

close SW of the light, is illuminated by an auxiliary light. The

waters around the reef deepen sharply beyond its limits. When

ocean currents move close to shore, the sea becomes very

rough at the point.

6.17 Shimizu (Simizu) (32°46'N., 132°57'E.) is a deep-sea

fishery base. Vessels up to 2,000 grt can anchor here. The port

is said to accommodate a large number of vessels up to 100 grt.

There are many rocks and reefs near the harbor entrance. 

6.17 Shimizu Ko breakwater extends E from the W entrance point

of a small bay entered 0.75 mile NW of Oura Hana. A light

stands at the E end of the breakwater.

6.17 For vessels mooring at the Marine Pollution Prevention

Facilities, there is a signal station. When the Designation Flag

is being displayed over the International Code Flag F, the

vessel should reply with the Answering Pennant over the

International Code Flag Y and wait until completion of operations at the Waste Oil Station.

6.17 Kurakake Yama, 1.8 mile N of Usabae Saki and at the E side

of the entrance to Shimizu, is 116m high and has a sheer cliff

on its W side, conspicuous when viewed from the W.

6.17 Takatori Yama, just N of Shimizu, is a sharp wooded peak

304m high.

6.17 Imano Yama, about 10 miles NW of Usabae Saki, is an

865m high conspicuous hill.

6.17 Kanae Saki, midway between Ashizuri Misaki and Oki-noSima, is a red-cliffed headland marked by a light at this tip and

backed by forested mountains. A light is shown about 4 miles

NE of Kanae Saki.

6.17 There is a small harbor protected by N and E breakwaters S

of Kanae Saki.

6.17 Ho Saki, 2.3 miles W of Kanae Saki, is a steeply-cliffed
Sector 6. South Coast of Shikoku and East Coast of Kyushu 119

Pub. 158

headland with pines growing close to the water. A small 93m

high hill is just ENE of the tip of the point.

6.17 Ohora Yama, about 6 miles NW of Ho Saki, is a 465m high

wooded hill with a sharp secondary treeless peak on its S side;

it is highly visible from seaward, reportedly having been seen

at a distance 48 miles to the SSW.

6.18 Oshime Hana (32°46'N., 132°38'E.) is a headland at

the seaward end of a mountain spur extending SW; a white cliff

on the S side is remarkable. Ko Shima, a rocky 51m high rocky

islet, is close SW.

6.18 Kashiwa Shima, on the NW side of Oshime Hana, is a

round-topped 145m high islet marked by a light on its summit;

the islet connected to the mainland by a bridge. A crumbling

cliff on its S side might cause it to be confused with Oshime

Hana.

6.18 Biro Shima, about midway in the passage between Oshime

Hana and the island Oki-no-Sima, is a cliffy round-topped

141m high islet.

6.18 Aka Bae, a reddish odd-shaped 21m high rock, is close SE.

A rock, 4.3m high, is located SSW of Aka Bae.

6.18 Oki-no-Sima, about 3 miles SW of Oshime Hana, is a highly

conspicuous 404m high island, which has been reported to be

recognizable from 45 miles to the SE. Except for some pebble

beaches, steep cliffs surround the entire island. The island is

marked by lights on its N, W, and SW sides

Sukumo Wan

6.19 Sukumo Wan is a large bay between Kashiwa Shima,

Oki-no-Sima, Hime Shima, and Uguru Shima to the S, and

Komo Saki to the N. The bay shore has many curves and inlets

and is backed by mountains.

6.19 Depths within the bay are more than 50m for the most part,

and even at the head of the bay between Shira Saki (Shiro

Hana) and Kuro Saki, there are depths of 70m in places.

Depths in most of the bay’s head range from 11.4 to 24m. The

bay has been swept of mines.

6.19 Channels between the islands S of the bay entrance are generally deep and safe, but when visibility is poor, care should be

taken to avoid the islets and rocks fringing the channels.

6.19 Winds—Weather.—West to NW winds prevail during the

winter, resulting in many days during which the handling of

even small boats is difficult. In summer S winds prevail,

resulting in high waves which reach the head of the bay. Fogs

are infrequent, and even when fog moving S through Bungo

Suido reaches N of Sukumo Wan, little of it appears within the

bay and entry is not hindered.

6.19 Tides—Currents.—The flood tide sets NE and the ebb tide

sets SW. Reversals occur within 1 hour after HW or LW, with

velocities seldom exceeding about 4.5 knots.

6.19 Anchorage.—The area at the N head of the bay provides

good anchorage for large vessels. Inlets between Hanazura

Saki and Kuro Saki provide good shelter for smaller vessels.

6.20 Eboshi Saki (32°45'N., 132°33'E.), at the N end of

Oki-no-Sima, is a wooded cape which appears black from a

distance. A light is shown on the NE side of the island.

6.20 Hadaka Shima, just ENE of Eboshi Saki, is a 28m high rock

islet with pine trees.

6.20 Futanarabi Shima, 1 mile NE of Eboshi Saki, is a 49m high

rock islet with twin peaks.

6.20 Hime Shima, 2 miles W of Oki-no-Sima, is a 157m high

wooded cliffy islet with a sharp peak.

6.20 Rocks lie up to 1.3 miles NNW of Hime Shima; the highest

is 25m high.

6.20 Sannose Shima, midway between Oki-no-Sima and Hime

Shima, is a 51m high island surrounded by rocks.

6.20 Uguru Shima, 3.5 miles NW of Oki-no-Sima, is a 251m high

island with a sharp peak visible for a considerable distance. A

light is shown on the cape.

6.20 Many reefs, rocks, and other dangers are between the above

islands and islets and Oki-no-Sima.

6.20 Underwater cables extend from Oki-no-Sima NE to the

Shikoku mainland and NW to Uguru Shima.

6.20 On the E side of Sukumo Wan, Shira Saki (Shiro Hana)

(32°51'N., 132°40'E.), about 5.5 miles NNE of Kashiwa

Shima, is an 87m high white rock headland with grass-covered

round top and marked by a light.

6.21 Sukumo (32°56'N., 132°44'E.), which is the local

port for Kozukushi Ko, is about 3.5 miles NE of Shira Saki.

The harbor penetrates inland for 1 mile and has a sand and mud

bottom with depths of 10 to 39m. Protected from winds by the

surrounding hills, the harbor provides good anchorage for

vessels up to 1,000 grt. Vessels up to 300 grt can be

accommodated at a pier with a depth of 3.5m alongside. 

6.21 Kuro Saki, about 5 miles W of Sukumo, is a cliffy headland

with many rocks at its foot. A pine-topped 358m high hill, at

the rear of the headland, is remarkable from a distance. Several

charted rocks and islets are W of Kuro Saki and front the inlets

in the NW part of Sukumo Wan.

6.21 Komo Saki, about 6.5 miles W of Kuro Saki, is a steep-sided

headland marked by a light; this headland appears black. To the

E are fallen cliffs in the middle of which is Hanazura Saki, a

high-ridged 75m cape. Several charted rocks, islets, and other

dangers extend S and SW from Komo Saki. A dangerous

wreck lies 2.5 miles W of Komo Saki.

6.21 North of Komo Saki, the W coast of Shikoku and Bungo

Suido is described in Pub. 159, Sailing Directions (Enroute)

Japan, Volume II.

Kyushu—East Coast

6.22 Tsurumi Saki (Turumi Saki) (32°56'N., 132°05'E.)

forms the W arm of the S entrance to Bungo Suido. A light,

14m high, stands at an elevation of 196m on Tsurumi Saki. The

S side of this headland is mainly sheer cliffs. 

6.22 Caution.—Caution is necessary because this headland and

Sen Saki, about 7 miles to the SW, are easily mistaken for each

other.

6.23 Yoko Shima, about 2 miles SW of Tsurumi Saki,

consists of three conspicuous densely-wooded islets. A light is

shown from the N islet of this group.

6.23 Hazako Gyoko, the bay about 1 mile W of Yoko Shima, can

provide anchorage during N winds; a swell frequently runs into

the bay from the SE.

6.23 Yonozu Ko, about 2 miles W of Yoko Shima, has two small

ports. 
120 Sector 6. South Coast of Shikoku and East Coast of Kyushu 

Pub. 158

6.23 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained in about 20m,

mud, off the ports with good shelter during the winter Northwest Monsoon. Four vessels of about 5,000 grt each have anchored simultaneously in the S part of the bay. Motokoshi

Yama, a 582m sharp summit W of the bay, is a fairly conspicuous feature when entering the bay, as are the headlands

mentioned above.

6.23 Okiguro Shima, just over 2 miles SSW of Yoko Shima, is a

cliffy and densely-wooded islet. A light stands at the E end of

the island.

6.23 Sen Saki, about 3 miles SSW of Yoko Shima, is a precipitous and almost treeless headland which can easily be mistaken for Tsurumi Saki to the NNE. A group of rocks, usually

marked by breakers, extends about 0.4 mile E from Sen Saki.

6.23 Nyuzu is entered across a bar 2 miles NW of Sen Saki. It is

difficult to enter, even for small craft with local knowledge.

6.23 Moto Yama, about 10 miles SW of Tsurumi Saki, is a

thickly-wooded 270m high hill on Montana Hana, a steepsided peninsula. A conspicuous wooded islet lies on the reefs

extending from the peninsula. 

6.23 Submarine cables are laid from a position about 1.3 miles W

of Montana Hana to Fuka Shirra.

6.23 Sehira Yama, about 2 miles W of Moto Yama, is a 392m

high double summit on the E slope of the N and lower summit.

6.24 Kamae Ko (32°47'N., 131°56'E.) affords anchorage

to small vessels, with local knowledge, in 7.8 to 10m, mud or

sand. A light stands on Suzumegase Hana, the E entrance

point.

6.24 Inokushi Ko (32°48'N., 131°54'E.), to the W of Kamao Ko,

affords anchorage for small vessels with local knowledge, in

10.1 to 20.1m, mud.

6.24 Submarine cables run from Fuka Shima NNE to the coast

near Sehira Yama and NNW from Fuka Shima to Yakata

Shima (32°46'N., 131°55'E.).

6.24 Fuka Shima (Huka Shima), about 15 miles SW of Tsurumi

Saki and almost 3 miles offshore from the mainland, is an island of mainly sheer cliffs; it is divided into N and S parts by a

sandy isthmus. The N summit is 98m high and the S summit is

83m high and is marked by a light.

6.24 Tomasu Saki, about 4 miles WSW of Fuka Shima, is a precipitous 92m high headland, densely covered with pine trees;

from some directions the headland appears as an islet.

6.24 Taka Shima, S of Tomasu Saki and in the entrance to Furue

Ko, is a dark wooded islet.

6.24 Furue Ko affords anchorage to vessels, with local knowledge, in 5 to 14.6m, mud, sand, and shells.

6.24 Shimanoura Shima, just S of Taka Shima, is a relatively large

island surmounted by several sparsely-wooded hills; the E and

S sides of the island are cliffy. The island is marked by a light. 

6.24 Caution.—No attempt should be made to pass through the

channel between this island and the mainland without local

knowledge.

6.25 A light stands on Gojo Se, an islet located about 0.4

mile SW of Shimanoura Shima.

6.25 Shimanoura Ko, on the NW part of Shimanoura Shima, can

provide anchorage for small vessels up to 1,000 grt, in 11 to

17.8m, mud, in the central part of the harbor. Two radio towers

are at the head of the harbor.

6.25 Eno Take is a rocky 728m high mountain, about 9 miles W

of Shimanoura Shima; from the SE, its summit appears flat, but

from E it is steep-sided and of a peculiar shape.

6.25 Shimage Bae, about 5 miles SW of Shimanoura, is a

detached flat-topped rock usually marked by breakers; it

should not be approached within 0.5 mile. It is surmounted by

a light.

6.25 Totoro Ko (32°31'N., 131°41'E.), about 32 miles SW of

Tsurumi Saki, is the headquarters of a fishing fleet. Anchorage

is available for vessels under 500 grt, in about 4.9m, but swells

enter the anchorage during strong N winds. 

6.26 Mi Saki (32°29'N., 131°44'E.) is a conspicuous headland with a precipitous cliff surmounted by a clump of pine

trees; two buildings are on its NE slope. There are fishing nets

in the vicinity of the headland during the winter.

6.26 Tomi Yama, about 1 mile SW of Mi Saki, is the highest

grassy hill in the vicinity; it is 308m high and has several radio

towers.

6.26 Biro Shima, about 1.6 miles S of Mi Saki and about 1.5

miles offshore of the mainland, is a well-wooded islet marked

by a light; a conspicuous rock, 52m high, is close off its N side.

6.26 A sunken wreck, dangerous to navigation, lies 1.3 miles NE

of Biro Shima.

Hososhima (32°26'N., 131°40'E.)

World Port Index No. 62190

6.27 The port of Hososhima is in Ozue Wan, a bay about

37 miles SW of Tsurumi Saki. The port consists of a town and

a harbor area in two sections. The N section, known as Hososhima Kayogo Ko, is an artificial basin in the SW corner of the

bay. Shirahama Ko lies on the NW side of Maki Shima. Shirahama Ko is sheltered by a breakwater projecting N from the

NW side of Yo Shima, which lies close off and is connected to

Kannon Saki, the NE extremity of Maki Shima.

6.27 Winds—Weather.—The wind is usually S in spring and

summer, N in autumn, and W in winter. It is reported that the

sea is usually calm from January to July. Local weather signals

are displayed at the town.

6.27 Hososhima Coast Guard Station may be contacted for

information regarding tsunami and typhoon safety measures. 

6.27 Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval is 6h 18m. Spring

tides rise 1.8m and neap tides rise 1.5m. Seiches, with uniform

periods of about 10 minutes, occur in the port. The rise and fall

may be 0.2m in calm weather and 0.6m during storms.

6.27 Depths—Limitations.—The draft limitation in the channel

is 10m. The maximum permissible draft is 9.7m with a LOA of

170m.

6.27 Depths decrease gradually from 28m in the entrance to Ozue

Wan, to about 11.9m in the anchorage area N of the entrance to

the artificial basin. The least charted depth in the central part of

that basin is 9.5m.

6.27 The depth in the entrance of the natural harbor is 18m in

mid-channel, and in the middle of the outer part of harbor

depths are 13 to 15m. The inner part of the harbor is within the

10m curve and has depths of 6.8 to 9.7m in its central part.

6.27 North Port (Industrial Port) can accommodate vessels up to

15,000 grt with drafts up to 10m. South Port (Commercial
Sector 6. South Coast of Shikoku and East Coast of Kyushu 121

Pub. 158

Port) can accommodate vessels having drafts of up to 6.8m and

with 10,000 grt. Shirahama Port has depths alongside from 5.5

to 10m for vessels of 28,000 grt. Vessels of up to 43,000 dwt,

with a maximum draft of 9.8m and length of 200m can be

accommodated.

Ikui Bae (32°27'N., 131°42'E.), two rocks 6.1m high and

marked by a light, is in the middle of the entrance to the bay;

Kame Se and Hira Se, 0.25 mile N and 0.3 mile S of it, respectively, have depths of 4.8 and 10.7m. Huna Se, a rock 18m

deep, is 0.6 mile ENE of Ikui Bae. Yurugi Bae, 2m high, lies

0.2 mile NNE of Yo Shima.

6.27 Takanaga Se, a rock swept to a depth of 13.5m, is the outermost of several dangers extending N from Kannon Saki and is

about 0.6 mile N of that point.

6.27 The approach channel to the N Industrial Port basin is

marked by aids.

6.27 Aspect.—Approaching from the N, the cliffs along the coast

between Mi Saki and Ozue Wan, Tomi Yama, Biro Shima, and

Nab Saki Light are good landmarks. Approaching from the S,

Hososhima Ko Light and Komeno Yama, which rises 192m on

the S side of the harbor, are the most conspicuous landmarks.

6.27 The seaward ends of the two peninsulas that form the natural

S or commercial harbor are precipitous cliffs of columnar

structure. The shores of the harbor rise to hills from 98 to 198m

high, which are covered with coarse grass.

6.27 Pilotage.—Pilots are available and board at quarantine

anchorage, about 1 mile SE of Kannon Saki, from sunrise to 1

hour before sunset. During adverse weather conditions, the

pilot may board inside the breakwaters. The pilots require a 48-

hour and 24-hour advance notice of the ETA. The Hososhima

Pilot Association is responsible for pilotage in this harbor.

Anchorage.—Ozue Wan is exposed to the E, but in fine

weather vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage, in

about 14.6m, about 0.4 mile SW of Oto Shima (32°28'N., 131°

40'E.).

6.27 The outer natural harbor of Hososhima Ko affords anchorage

to several vessels, in about 14.6m, but the holding ground is

not good and strong NE winds send in a heavy sea rendering

this part unsafe.

6.27 The E part of the inner natural harbor affords anchorage for

small vessels, in 4.6 to 7.8m, sand. This anchorage is somewhat sheltered from onshore winds, but is unsafe during winter

when W winds sometimes blow from the head of the harbor

with gale force.

6.27 Anchorage has been obtained outside the natural harbor,

with Hososhima Ko Light (32°25'N., 131°44'E.) bearing 217°,

distant about 1 mile. The position was found to be sheltered

and safe anchorage from winds between the W and N; however, a typhoon in the vicinity of Okinawa gave rise to a heavy

swell and the anchorage became unsuitable.

6.27 A quarantine anchorage, a circular area with a 0.2 mile

radius, is centered 0.8 mile NE of Hososhima Ko Light.

6.27 Directions.—To enter Syogyo-Ko, pass on the N side of the

Hososhima Ko port lighted buoy, situated in the middle of the

port mouth, and enter the port area passing along the center

line of the entrance channel. Mid-channel courses to the inner

harbor are recommended.

6.27 To enter Kyogyo-Ko, pass to the N of Lighted Buoy No. 1 ,

situated about 0.5 mile S of Gto Shima. From there, change

course to the SSW to proceed between Lighted Buoy No. 3 and

Lighted Buoy No. 4, then proceed mid-channel between

Hososhima Ko
122 Sector 6. South Coast of Shikoku and East Coast of Kyushu 

Pub. 158

Lighted Buoy No. 7 and the embankment, situated N of the

lighted buoy.

6.27 Caution.—There are many fixed fishing nets in the bay,

especially in the vicinity of Take Shima and Otu Shima.

Vessels should note the plotted positions of the fish havens on

the chart are approximate.

6.27 When berthing at the wharves it is advisable to use the bow

anchor in case it becomes necessary to leave the harbor during

strong NW winds.

6.28 Taka Mori Yama, about 5.5 miles SW of Kannon

Saki, is 342m high and has a sharp peak.

6.28 Osuzu Yama, 823m high, about 12 miles WSW of Kannon

Saki, 823m high, is the highest mountain in the area and forms

a good landmark from E. 

6.28 Toriyama (32°10'N., 131°32'E.), a village with houses on

the beach and on a cliff, is visible from seaward.

6.28 Omaru Kawa, about 2.5 miles SSW of Toriyama, has a large

barn-shaped factory and several chimneys near its mouth. The

river can be entered by small vessels in calm weather.

6.28 The tower at position 31°57'N, 131°25'E is 36m high and

conspicuous.

6.28 Miyasaki Ko (31°54'N., 131°28'E.) lies at the mouth of

Oyodo Kawa. Lighted buoys are moored E of the entrance.

6.28 Aspect.—An aero light is shown 1.5 miles SSW of the

entrance to Oyodo Kawa, and a conspicuous stone tower, 36m

high, stands 4.5 miles NNW of it. There are a large number of

oil tanks situated 0.5 mile NNW of the river mouth.

6.28 Shirio Ko, a new harbor, is entered 1.5 miles N of the river

mouth. It is protected by two breakwaters. A lighted tower

stands at the head of each breakwater. The fairway into the

harbor is deredged to a depth of 9m. 

6.29 Oryuzako Byochi (31°48'N., 131°29'E.) affords

anchorage to small vessels, in charted depths of 5.5 to 11.9m; it

is safe and comparatively calm with winds from S, W and NW,

but dangerous with winds from any other direction.

6.29 There are numerous fish haven obstructions in this area and a

submarine cable runs E from the coast about 2.8 miles above

Oryuzako Byochi.

6.29 Uchiumi (31°45'N., 131°28'E.) is a small natural harbor

with berthing facilities for small vessels. The E side of the

harbor is protected on its E side by a chain of reefs. A

breakwater has been constructed along this chain of reefs, and

a light stands on a spur extending SW from near the S end of it. 

6.29 Odono Se, a shallow reef with a dangerous submerged rock,

is about 4.5 miles ENE of Uchiumi and about 3.5 miles

offshore of the mainland.

6.29 Kinchaku Shima (31°44'N., 131°28'E.) is surmounted by a

conspicuous clump of trees.

6.30 Aburatsu (Aburatu) (31°35'N., 131°24'E.) has a very

small outer and inner harbor protected by breakwaters. The

largest vessel that has entered the harbor and berthed alongside

is 1,300 grt, but anchorage for larger vessels can be obtained

outside the harbor. 

6.30 Winds—Weather.—With the exception of S winds during

the summer, NW or WNW winds of low velocity are prevalent

throughout the year. However, from July to October, the port

area is frequently affected by storms including typhoons. Wind

velocities of 45 knots from the WNW have been recorded in

December; SSW winds of 79 knots in September during the

typhoon season have been recorded.

6.30 From March to June, the sea is reported to be generally calm.

Bad weather occurs at times, particularly in August and September. From October to December, the sea is usually calm

unless the wind is NE.

6.30 Precipitation is highest from April to June, the rainy season,

with about 500mm of rain.

6.30 The average temperature in August, the warmest month, is

27°C and the lowest in January, the coldest month, is 8°C.

6.30 Local weather signals are displayed.

6.30 Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval at Aburatsu is 5 hours

58 minutes; spring tides rise 1.8m and neap tides rise 1.5m.

6.30 The tidal currents in the approaches to the harbor flow N on

the rising tide, between O Shima and the coast to the W, and

passes between the N end of that island and Obushi Hana;

during the falling tide, the tidal current flows in the opposite

direction; the rate is about 0.5 knot. The direction of the current

is sometimes influenced by the direction of the wind.

6.30 Depths—Limitations.—The approach to the harbor from

the E and S has depths of about 10.1m. The outer harbor has

depths of 4.9 to 8.5m in its central part. The outer harbor anchorage depths are from 11.9 to 15.5m; inner harbor anchorage depths are from 6.1 to 7m.

6.30 Aspect.—The hills on the peninsula forming the E side of

the harbor are conspicuous because of their serrated appearance. Radio towers on the summit of a hill about 0.6 mile N of

Obushi Hana are also conspicuous.

6.30 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but pilots can be obtained at Hososhima.

6.30 Anchorage.—Anchorage for small vessels can be obtained,

in depths of 6.1 to 7m, sand, N of the E breakwater.

6.30 Deep-draft vessels must anchor outside the harbor, in 11.9 to

15.5m, either between Obushi Hana and I Saki or between I

Saki and the N extremity of O Shima; in either case, E winds

send in a heavy swell and render these anchorages unsafe.

6.30 Directions.—A vessel approaching from the E, with the

range lights on I Saki in line bearing 263.5°, should continue

Aburatsu Ko
Sector 6. South Coast of Shikoku and East Coast of Kyushu 123

Pub. 158

on this course to pass between Jako Se on the N and Nanatsu

Bae on the S. After clearing these dangers, alter course N

toward the light on the head of the E breakwater.

6.30 A vessel approaching from the S, between O Shima and the

mainland W, should steer with the light on the E extremity of I

Saki and the light on Nagasaki Hana in line bearing 002°,

which leads between Yabe Se and a 8.2m patch about 0.4 mile

E of Kozumi Se. A vessel of deep draft should navigate with

caution.

6.30 Caution.—Care should be taken when entering the harbor,

as there is a danger of being set towards the W breakwater.

6.31 O Shima (31°33'N., 131°25'E.), a relatively large island 206m high, affords some shelter to Aburatsu Ko and the

small bays to the S. The E side of the island is cliffy. Mizu

Shima, consisting of three rocks almost joined together, is

about 0.8 mile SE of Kurasaki Hana, the S extremity of O

Shima.

6.31 Yaba Se, a reef with a depth of 4.6m, is about 0.2 NW of the

W extremity of O Shima. A light stands on the summit of

Kurasaki Hana. It is a good mark for vessels heading S.

6.31 No Se (31°30'N., 131°24'E.), marked by a light, is the E of a

line of dangers extending ENE from Gion Saki, which rises

191m.

6.31 Tonoura Ko, entered N of No Se and Gion Saki, affords

sheltered anchorage, in 6.9 to 11.0m, mud.

6.31 There are several off-lying islands extending as far as 1 mile

offshore between O Shima and Toi Misaki.

6.31 Toi Misaki (31°22'N., 131°32'E.) is a hilly headland with

bare slopes; it is marked by a light and is reported to be a good

radar target at 18 miles. 

6.31 A light stands at the head of a break-water projecting ENE

from the shore about 2 miles NNW of Toi Misaki Light.

6.31 Takabatake Yama (31°26'N., 131°20'E.), 5 miles N of Toi

Misaki, is 517m high.

Sibusi Wan (Ariake Wan)

6.32 Sibusi Wan (Ariake Wan) (31°22'N., 131°10'E.), a

relatively large bay, is entered between Toi Misaki and Hi Saki,

about 12 miles to the SW. The head of the bay is a sandy beach on

which the sea breaks almost continually.

6.32 Caution.—Fixed fishing nets may be encountered along the

coast near the entrance to Sibusi Wan.

6.33 Northwest side of Subusi Wan.—Anchorage,

sheltered from W and N winds, can be obtained by vessels with

local knowledge, in 18.3 to 25.6m, in the bay on the W side of

Toi Misaki.

6.33 Shira Se, a reef with a depth of 5m, lies about 0.4 mile from

the E coast of this bay.

6.33 Fukushima Ko (31°26'N., 131°12'E.) affords anchorage,

sheltered from N winds, outside the mouth of Fukushima

Gawa, in 18.3 to 20.1m, but local knowledge is essential.

Fukushima Ko is entered between two breakwaters, with a

light on each head.

6.33 Depending on the height of the tide, vessels up to 500 tons

can berth in Fukushima Ko. Local weather signals are displayed at the town of Imamachi on the N side of the entrance to

the river.

6.33 A light stands on Bindare Shima, situated 1.3 miles S of the

entrance to Fukushima Ko.

6.34 Southwest side of Sibusi Wan.—Hi Saki (31°17'N.,

131°08'E.) rises to a 238m high treeless summit; the point is

marked by a light. The Tokyo University Space Observatory, from

which rockets are fired for observation several times yearly, is 3.25

miles SW of Hi Saki. Details of the firings and impact area

forecast are published in Notice to Mariners and are also broadcast.

Uchinoura Wan, a small bay on the SW side of Sibusi Wan,

is entered between Hi Saki and Ko Saki, a headland 3.25 miles

NNW. The bay is exposed to NE winds and the depths in its

center are quite deep for anchorage, but vessels with local

knowledge can obtain anchorage, in 23.8 to 25.6m, near its

head. Local weather signals are displayed at the town of

Uchinoura Ko, which overlooks the bay. Uchinoura Ko is a

small fishing port, which is protected by two breakwaters. A

light stands at the head of the E breakwater.

Sekiyu Bichiku Kichi Sea Berth (31°21'N., 131°03'E.)

consists of a platform flanked by dolphins and oriented E-W;

there is a depth of more than 20m alongside. The berth is connected by a pipeline laid WNW to an oil storage area. Lights

are shown from the platform and from the extremities of the

berth.

The oil storage area, about 1 mile square, is situated offshore

almost 1 mile WNW of the berth. A light stands at the SE corner of the storage area. A bridge, marked by a light, connects

the SW corner of the storage area to the shore to the W.

6.35 Biro Shima (31°26'N., 131°07'E.) is a conspicuous

islet in the NW part of Sibusi Wan. A submarine cable and

wave meter lie NW, W, and SW of Biro Shima. Fish haven obstructions also lie W of this island.

6.35 Shibushi (31°28'N., 131°06'E.) (World Port Index No.

62224), in the N part of Sibusi Wan at the mouth of Mae Gawa,

consists of a town, a small inner harbor having depths of up to

5.2m, and an outer harbor consisting of three large concrete

jetties. A light is shown near the entrance to Muko-gawara.

Shibushi is a major port for grain import. 

Toi Misaki Light
124 Sector 6. South Coast of Shikoku and East Coast of Kyushu 

Pub. 158

6.35 Depths—Limitations.—The draft limitation in the channel

is 12m. The fairway to the inner harbor has a least depth of

10m. 

6.35 Jetty No. 1 and Jetty No. 2 have been constructed on the SE

side of the mouth of the Mae Gawa. Jetty No. 1 is the

northernmost and has depths of 4 to 9.2m alongside, suitable

for vessels up to 15,000 grt. Jetty No. 2 has depths of 6 to 7.4m

and lies SW of No. 1 Jetty. 

6.35 The approach to Jetty No. 3 has depths of 10 to 13m. 

6.35 There are eight berths along the third jetty, SW of Mae

Gawa. 

6.35 Berth No. 1, on the NE section of the jetty, has a depth

alongside of 4.5m. 

6.35 Berth No. 2 has a depth of 5.5m alongside. 

6.35 Berth No. 3 is dredged to a depth of 7.3m. 

6.35 Berth No. 4 is dredged to a depth of 8.5m. 

6.35 Berth No. 5. is dredged to a depth of 11.9m.

6.35 Berth No. 6, is dredged to a depth of 12.8m.

6.35 Berth No. 7 has a depth of 7.3m alongside. 

6.35 Berth No. 8 has a depth of 5.5m alongside. ; 

6.35 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory, but recommended. Pilots

are available at position 31°25'N, 131°05'E. There is no night

berthing or unberthing.

6.35 Aspect.—Biro Shima is a good landmark for vessels approaching Shibushi. A railroad bridge and a white chimney in

the town are conspicuous.

6.35 Anchorage.—Sibusi Wan has depths of approximately 22m

W of Biro Shima, suitable for anchoring, however, most of the

bottom is rock and the area is exposed to winds between the E

and S. 

6.35 A quarantine anchorage is situated about 0.5 mile W of

Kuchiwano Hana, the N extremity of Biro Shima.

East Coast of Kyushu (continued)

6.36 Koyamada Wan (31°13'N., 131°01'E.), about 7 miles

SW of Hi Saki and with a beach of white sand at its head, is

exposed SE, but in calm weather it affords anchorage with

local knowledge, in about 18.3m, sand.

6.36 To Saki, a small bay about 4 miles SW of Koyamada Wan, is

suitable for temporary anchorage only.

6.36 The mountains between Kannon Saki and O Ura, about 11

and 14 miles SW, respectively, from Hi Saki, are conspicuous.

O Ura has a conspicuous white sand beach.

6.36 Haya Saki (31°02'N., 130°43'E.), about 4 miles NE of Sata

Misaki, is a rocky headland; one of the above-water rocks lying

within 0.3 mile of it has a pointed summit.

6.36 Odomari Wan (31°01'N., 130°41'E.), about 2.5 miles NE of

Sata Misaki, is a small harbor affording anchorage to a small

vessel with local knowledge, in about 7.3m, sand, good holding ground. 

6.36 Shelter is good in winter, from April to October, because it is

exposed SE and a vessel should put to sea at the first indication

of a SE wind. Tidal currents are strong in the approach.

6.36 At the head of Odomari Wan, there is a dip in the range of

hills extending S, so that from a distance the land to the S may

appear as an island.

6.36 Sata Misaki (30°59'N., 130°40'E.), marked by a light, is a

cliffy point backed by hills; it has been reported to be a good

radar target at a distance of 12 miles. 

Osumi Kaikyo

6.37 Osumi Kaikyo is a wide strait separating the N of the

Osumi Gunto islands from the S end of the Kyushu mainland.

Approaching the strait from the E, the Kyushu coast between

Hi Saki and Sata Misaki are radar conspicuous, as is the N end

of Tanega Shima and Mage Shima, although they are low.

Approaching the strait from W, Kaimon Misaki (31°11'N.,

130°32'E.) and the N islands of O Sumi Gunto are

conspicuous.

Shibushi Ko
Pub. 158

7.Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands

7.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 7 — CHART INFORMATION
127

Pub. 158

SECTOR 7 

NANSEI SHOTO (RYUKYU ISLANDS) AND OFF-LYING ISLANDS

7.0 Plan.—This sector first describes Sento Shosho and Daito

Shoto (Daito Shima) and other isolated islands, then Nansei

Shoto (Ryukyu Islands), a chain of islands divided into five

groups, Sakishima Gunto, Okinawa Gunto, Amami Gunto,

Tokara Gunto, and Osumi Gunto are described, in that order,

from SW to NE.

7.0 The islands of Nansei Shoto are on an arc of a circle, with its

convex side toward the Philippine Sea, between a position off

the NE coast of Taiwan and the SE extremity of Kyushu, and

thus forms the SE boundary of Tung Hai or the East China Sea.

Off-lying Islands

7.1 Sento Shosho (Senkaku-Shoto) (25°47'N., 123°3

8'E.), an unmarked isolated group of islets and rocks, is about

83 miles NNE of Yonaguni Shima. The group is only visited

during the fishing season. '

7.1 Uotsuri Shima is a double summit with a ridge on which

there is a pinnacle rock conspicuous from the NE. The S side is

cliffy with visible strata. The islet has been reported to be a

good radar target at 29 miles. A 1,400 grt vessel has anchored

off a sandy shore on the NW side of the islet.

7.1 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained in a small area, in

36 to 45m, coarse coral and sand, about 0.8 mile offshore on

the W side of Kobi Sho, and also in 45m, on the N side of the

islet.

7.1 Tide rips form in the vicinity of Tobi Se, about 1 mile SE of

the SE extremity of Uotsuri Shima.

7.1 Okino-kita Iwa, Okino-minami Iwa, and Minami-ko Shima

are islets and rocks E of Uotsuri Shima.

7.2 Kobi Sho (25°56'N., 123°41'E.), about 17 miles NE

of Uotsuri Shima, is the summit of an extinct volcano, the E

side of which is a conspicuous vertical cliff, 53m high; all sides

of the slopes are covered with palm trees and undergrowth. The

shores of the islet are littered with large blocks of lava.

7.2 Akao Sho (Sikibi-sho) (25°54'N., 124°34'E.), an isolated

islet about 60 miles E of Uotsuri Shima, resembles a junk

under sail. The islet is formed of lava with no trees; it is fringed

on all sides with a low flat shelf, broken in places and from

which rise unclimbable cliffs. At its N end, there are some conspicuous pointed rocks. The islet is reported to be a good radar

target at 20 miles.

7.2 Akao Sho has been reported to lie 0.8 mile NE of its charted

position.

7.2 Caution.—Large patches of discolored water and breakers

were reported (1949) about 76 and 80 miles N of Kobi Sho. A

dangerous wreck is about 42 miles NNW of Kobi Sho, and an

undersea volcano is about 68 miles WNW of the islet, causing

areas of discolored water. Tide rips and breakers were also observed in the same area.

7.2 Discolored water, resulting from suspected volcanic activity,

was reported (1987) in the vicinity 11 miles SSE of Tori Shima

in Amami Gunto.

7.3 Daito Shoto (Daito Shima) (25°10'N., 131°15'E.)

consists of three isolated islets, two of which are about 4 miles

apart; the third islet more than 80 miles S of the first two.

7.3 The tidal currents in the vicinity of Daito Shima are hardly

perceptible. The current is W at a rate of about 1 knot near the

two N islands, and NW at a rate of about 0.8 knot near OkinoDaito Shima, the S island.

7.3 Okino-daito Shima (24°28'N., 131°11'E.), the S islet, has a

treeless N half, brownish in color, and a cultivated S half.

Heavy seas always run off the NW extremity of the islet. Two

conspicuous, 15m high, chimneys are on the W side of the

islet. The islet has been reported to be a good radar target at 17

miles. It is fringed with coral reefs, but there is deep water

about 0.2 mile offshore. Tide rips are formed off the NW extremity.

7.4 Minami-daito Shima (25°50'N., 131°15'E.), about

80 miles N of Okino-daito Shima, has a low center area

surrounded by a cultivated ridge 30 to 61m high. The coast is

limestone cliffs 9.1 to 15.2m high. Three white monuments on

a slope on the W side of the islet, and a chimney and a warehouse are good landmarks from offshore. Discolored water was

reported in 1963 off the NW end of the islet. Two mooring

buoys are laid off the NW end of the island.

7.4 Small vessels with local knowledge can moor off the principal landing place on the W side of the islet about 23m offUotsuri Shima from E

Kobi Sho
128 Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

shore, with two bower anchors down and with hawsers to shore

so as to keep at right angles or parallel to the shore.

7.4 Fish havens lie 3.5 miles W and 1.5 miles, respectively, S of

the island.

7.4 Kita-daito Shima, about 4 miles NNE of Minami-daito

Shima and marked by a light, is of similar formation.

7.4 Daijingu Yama, a hill and a chimney on a hill on the NW end

of the islet, are good landmarks.

7.4 Small vessels with local knowledge can anchor off the W

side of the islet with sterns secured to a mooring buoy. Mooring buoys are also laid off the N and S coasts of the island.

7.5 Sakishima Gunyo (24°30'N., 124°30'E.) has two

principal islands, Yaeyama Retto and Mikayo Retto. Trees

grow on both islands, but on the level parts of it sugar cane is

cultivated. Houses on the islands have red tile roofs.

7.5 Tides—Currents.—Tides, which are weak, are often disguised by the current, which is N on the rising tide and S on the

falling tide.

7.5 Caution.—The reefs which surround the islands of the

Sakishima Gunto group are in most places covered with seaweed, and mariners are advised to exercise caution, especially

in poor light conditions, in the vicinity of the island because

dangers cannot not be easily seen.

7.6 Yonaguni Shima (24°27'N., 123°00'E.) is tree

covered and hilly at both ends, but cultivated where it is level.

The island is reported to be a good radar target at a distance of

22 miles.

7.6 A light stands on Iri Saki, the W extremity of Yonaguni

Shima; another light stands on Agori Saki, the E extremity.

7.6 Nagai Se, a submerged rock almost 1.5 miles NW of Agari

Saki the E extremity of Yonaguni Shima, is sometimes marked

by breakers. A shoal, with a depth of 16.5m, lies 2 miles of

Agari Saki.

7.6 Fish havens lie about 4.5 miles WSW and 5.5 miles SW,

respectively, from Iri Saki Light.

7.6 Anchorage.—Temporary open anchorage can be obtained

for large vessels, except during the Northeast Monsoon, in 18.3

to 36.6m, coral and sand, about 0.4 mile offshore from Sonai, a

village on the N side of the island.

7.6 Iriomote Shima (24°20'N., 123°50'E.) has been reported to

be a good radar target at 28 miles. The coral reefs surrounding

the island are sometimes marked by breakers.

7.6 In 1979, a countercurrent to the Kuroshio Current, setting

SW, was reported between Yonaguni Shima and Iriomote

Shima, with marked rip currents in the vicinity of position

24°15'N, 123°16'E.

Iriomote Shima

7.7 South side of Iriomote Shima.—Yaeme Saki

(24°18'N., 123°40'E.) is a cliffy headland surmounted by a

grassy hill with a dome-shaped summit. Okinokami Shima, an

islet about 8.5 miles SW of Yaeme Saki, is a breeding place for

sea birds.

7.7 Ochimizu Saki, 3.5 miles SE of Yaeme Saki, is faced by a

high cliff and marked by a waterfall.

7.7 Kanokawa Wan, a small bay on the E side of Ochimizu Saki,

has a high cliff on the E side of its entrance conspicuous because of its strata. A rock, awash, is in the middle of the bay;

the sea breaks on it in rough weather.

7.7 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can obtain

anchorage near the head of Kanokawa Wan, in about 20m; this

anchorage is protected from all but S winds, but when the wind

is from that direction it becomes untenable. Strong winds

blowing down from the hills also make the anchorage unsafe.

7.7 Ubara Saka, about 5 miles E of Ochimizu Saki, is backed by

a rather conspicuous peak, 420m high.

7.7 Haimi Saki, about 4.5 miles ESE of Ubara Saki, is a low

point with a few pine trees.

7.7 A light stands at the head of a breakwater situated 0.8 mile

NNE from Haimi Saki.

7.7 Hateruma Shima (24°03'N., 123°47'E.), an off-lying island

about 12 miles SSW of Haimi Saki, is flat-topped and densely

wooded.

7.7 A light stands close off the NW side of the island and two

beacons mark rocks 0.3 mile offshore.

7.8 West side of Iriomote Shima.—Funauke Ko is

entered between Saba Saki (24°21'N., 123°42'E.) and Hokabanare Shima, about 1.3 miles NE. The seaward side of the last

point is conspicuous steep cliffs with horizontal strata. Montonariya Saki, about 2.3 miles ESE of Saba Saki, is a low but

conspicuous point with red cliffs.

7.8 Anchorage.—Funauke Ko affords anchorage to large vessels with local knowledge, in about 55m, mud, off the village

of Funauke; small vessels anchor closer to the head of the inlet.

During S winds, the harbor is subject to fierce winds that

descend from the mountains. There are several mooring buoys

for small vessels in the harbor.

7.8 Iriomote Ko, the next inlet N of Funauke Ko, has a reef at its

entrance and affords anchorage only to small vessels with local

knowledge.

7.8 Submarine cables run from the W side of Funauke around

Hoka-Danare Shima, and into Iriomote Ko. Another submarine

cable runs from Iromote Ko, around the N side of Iriomote

Shima, to Nagura Wan.

7.8 Unari Saki, the NW point of the island, has a flat summit.

7.8 Urauti Wan, on the S side of Unari Saki, affords anchorage

sheltered from NE winds, in a depth of 12m, to small vessels.

7.9 North side of Iriomote Shima.—Hatobanare

Shima (24°25'N., 123°49'E.), about 3 miles ESE of Unari

Saki, is flat tree-covered off-lying islet, 9.1m high, with two or

three houses.

7.9 Tedo, a 442m high mountain about 5 miles SE of Unari Saki,

has a 56m high waterfall that is conspicuous from seaward.

7.9 Hatoma Suido leads between the reefs of Hatoma Shima

(24°28'N., 123°49'E.) and Iriomote Shima. Though the edge of

the coral reefs can be distinguished in the daytime from the

color of the water, caution is necessary because there are some

sunken rocks close to them that cannot be seen. On the S side

of the fairway, there is a bank of white coral, 3.3m high, about

2 miles E of Nishi Saki (24°26'N., 123°47'E.) that is conspicuous when the sun is behind a vessel.

7.9 Hatoma Shima, 3.5 miles NE of Unar Saki, is an off-lying

island marked by a light.

7.9 A submarine water pipeline lies across Hatoma Suido from

the light on Hatoma Shima to the coast of Iriomote Shima near
Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 129

Pub. 158

Uebaru. Submarine cables lie 0.5 mile W of this pipeline. One

cable runs across Hatoma Suido, the other is marked by a

beacon on its N end.

7.9 A channel marked by beacons leads through Hatoma Suido

towards Hatoma Shima Light, marks the SW entrance to the

lagoon.

7.9 A submarine water pipeline is laid across Hatoma Suido

SSW from the vicinity of Hatoma Shima Light.

7.9 A submarine power cable is laid about 0.5 mile W of the

water pipeline.

7.9 Ubanare Shima (24°22'N., 123°57'E.), close offshore of

Nobaru Saki, the NE point of Iriomote Shima, has some palm

trees on it.

Islets between Iriomote Shima and Ishigaki

Shima

7.10 Aragusuku Shima (24°13'N., 123°56'E.) consists of

Shimochi, 20m high, on the SW and Uechi, 14m high, on the

NE.

7.10 Kuro Shima, about 2 miles E of Uechi, is 12.2m high, with

palm trees dotting its rocky shores and cultivated land in its

interior. A light is shown from the S point.

7.10 Kobama Shima, about 4 miles N of Kuro Shima, is covered

with grass. A light is shown from the SW extremity.

7.10 Kobama Komon, the only channel through the reefs between

Irimote Shima and Ishigaki Shima, leads between the former

island and Kobama Shima; it is very tortuous.

7.10 Anchorage.—Kobama Komon affords anchorage, sheltered

from either monsoon, to small vessels with local knowledge,

but the tidal currents in it are strong.

7.10 Kayama Shima, about 0.8 mile NE of Kobama Shima, is also

covered with grass.

7.10 Taketomi Shima, about 4 miles E of Kobama Shima, is flat,

partly wooded, and partly cultivated.

7.10 Ohara Passage, a narrow channel marked by numbered beacons, leads to Taketomi Shima. The channel entrance is marked

by Beacon No. 21 (21°24.2'N., 123°55.7'E.), about 2.5 miles E

of Haemi Saki.

7.10 A submarine power cable is laid between Taketomi Shima

and Kobama Shima.

7.10 Several charted underwater cables connect the above islets

and the islands of Iriomote Shima and Ishigaki Shima.

Ishigaki Shima (Isigaki Shima)

7.11 Ishigaki Shima (24°25'N., 124°12'E.) is fringed with

coral reefs that are usually marked by breakers, but in calm

weather, sunken rocks can be seen at a considerable depth. The

villages on the island are all situated a short distance inland

from the coast and are hidden by trees. Ishigaki Shima has

been reported to be a good radar target at 32 miles.

7.11 South side of Ishigaki Shima.—Miyara Wan indents the S

side of Ishigaki Shima; small vessels sometimes shelter in the

bay during the Northeast Monsoon.

7.11 Southwest side of Ishigaki Shima.—The SW coast of

Ishigaki Shima consists, for the most part, of a sandy beach.

7.11 Caution—A danger area in the vicinity of Ishigaki Shima

exists within an area bounded by a line joining the following

positions:

a. 24°14'N, 124°06'E.

b. 24°25'N, 124°06'E.

c. 24°25'N, 124°20'E.

d. 24°14'N, 124°20'E.

7.12 Ishigaki (24°20'N., 124°10'E.) (World Port Index No.

62520) is a small natural harbor on the SW coast of Ishigaki

Shima, with anchoring and berthing facilities for small vessels.

This port can accommodate vessels of 5,000 grt.

7.12 The entrance to the inner harbor lies between the N and S

breakwaters, each with a light at its head. An area of reclaimed

land extends E from the root of the S breakwater protecting the

quays from the S. An outer detached breakwater, with a light

on its SW head, extends NE across the inner harbor entrance.

7.12 A light stands at the head of an inner harbor breakwater,

about 0.4 mile NE of the SW extremity of the outer detached

breakwater.

7.12 Tides—Currents.—The MHW tide interval in the outer

harbor is 6 hours 39 minutes; spring tides rise 1.5m and neap

tides 1.3m.

7.12 A tidal current crosses the channel leading to the inner harbor; caution is advised. A relatively strong current of 2 to 3

knots setting W alongside the wharf on the rising tide sometimes makes berthing difficult.

7.12 Depths—Limitations.—Two quays lie on the N side of the

inner harbor. The depths alongside the berths range from 3.5 to

9.5m.

7.12 Aspect.—Several chimneys, a white harbor office building,

a white-domed weather station, and a concrete radio tower are

conspicuous.

7.12 Pilotage.—There are no pilots, but local channel guides are

available on prior request.

7.12 Regulations.—As a rule, night entry into the harbor is prohibited. The inner part of the channel is narrow, so that when a

vessel is coming out, an inbound vessel cannot proceed beyond Lighted Buoy No. 6. When all the berths at the embankment are occupied, vessels cannot proceed beyond Lighted

Buoy No. 6. It is recommended that vessels awaiting passage

through this waterway anchor in an area between Lighted Buoy

No. 4 and Lighted Buoy No. 6. The water depth is 10m here

Ishigaki Light
130 Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

and the flag signals at the terminal building can be seen. The

signals of the harbormaster, displayed from the top of the roof

of the Harbor Terminal Building, must be obeyed.

7.12 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained by small vessels

with local knowledge, in 23m, sand and shells, with Minanosoko Mori bearing 007° and distant nearly 2 miles.

7.12 A vessel with a draft of 6.4m anchored in 53m, sand and

shells, with Kannon Saki bearing 084°, distant 1.75 miles, and

O Saki, a point about 3.3 miles NNW of Kannon Saki, bearing

005°, distant 3.25 miles.

7.12 A submarine pipeline runs across Ishigaki Hakuchi, between

Taketomi Shima and Ishigaki Shima. Submarine cables also

are laid across Ishigaki Hakuchi N of the pipeline.

7.12 Directions.—The waterway starts at a point about 1 mile

SSW of Kannon Saki. From the sea buoy, the channel runs

ESE. The waterway is marked by buoys and lighted buoys. The

area from Lighted Buoy No. 6 up to the embankment to the E

is a narrow dredged waterway 6 to 8m deep and about 100m

wide. White coral reefs line both sides of the channel and are

reported to be easily recognized except in bad weather or at

night.

7.12 Vessels heading N should steer for the position bearing 305°

and 6 miles from Kannon Saki Light (a point where Ogan

Misaki bears 058° and O Saki bears 096.5°). From this position

vessels should steer a course of 135°, sighting the sea buoy on

the port bow. Change to a course of 114° at a point where the

sea buoy is abeam and the Kannon Saki Light bears 020°,

about 1.2 miles away. This course should reach a point close N

of Lighted Buoy No. 6 from here; the heading may be made

toward the embankment. Mariner should consult the latest

chart to locate the shallow areas in this waterway.

7.12 Caution.—Several fish havens lie in the waters surrounding

Ishigaki Shima.

7.12 A floating fish heaven, marked by a lighted buoy with a radar

reflector, lies approximately 13 miles SSE of the S coast Ishigaki Shima.

7.12 Coral reefs on both sides of the entrance channel are visible

since the water in the vicinity is relatively clear.

7.13 Nagura Wan is entered between Kannon Saki

(24°22'N., 124°07'E.) and O Saki, about 3.25 miles NNW.

7.13 Anchorage.—Nagura Wan affords anchorage to vessels

with local knowledge during the Northeast Monsoon, but it is

not a safe anchorage; during the Southwest Monsoon, the sea

breaks in the bay.

7.13 Vessels should refer to the chart for exact location of the

submarine cables in this area. Several cables extend SE from O

Saki, run around Yarabu Saki, and then run to Iriomote Shima,

Taiwan, Okinawa Shima, and to Miyako Shima.

7.13 Yarabu Saki (24°26'N., 124°04'E.), about 1.3 miles NW of

O Saki, is faced with black cliffs. Yarabu Take, a peak about 1

mile NE of Yarabu Saki and covered with a dense growth of

trees, is dark and conspicuous.

7.14 North side of Ishigaki Shima.—Ogan Misaki

(24°27'N., 124°05'E.) is marked by a light; close off it is a vertical-sided rocky islet, 30m high.

7.14 Ishi Saki, about 2.5 miles NE of Ogan Misaki, is marked by

a rounded hill; it is bare of trees and difficult to identify.

7.14 Kabira Wan (24°27'N., 124°09'E.) affords safe anchorage

to very small vessels, but local knowledge is essential.

7.14 During W winds, open anchorage can be obtained NE of the

entrance of Kabira Wan, but care must be taken to avoid the

reef off the village of Fukai (24°27'N., 124°12'E.).

7.14 Hirakubo Saki, the N point of Ishigaki Shima (24°27'N.,

124°19'E.), is a cliffy point which rises to an elevation of 92m,

with low land on either side of it. A light stands on Hirakubo

Saki.

7.14 The E part of the Sakishima Gunto group is an archipelago

called Miyako Retto.

7.15 West part of Miyako Retto.—Tarama Shima

(24°39'N., 124°42'E.) and Minna Shima, about 4 miles N, are

very low and care must be taken when navigating in their

vicinity at night or in thick weather. Tarama Shima is formed of

coral and Minna Shima of white sand. There is a small

woodland at the E end of Minna Shima, the remainder being

covered with palm trees, so that it appears green.

7.15 Yabi Se (24°47'N., 124°46'E.) lies about 4.5 miles NE of

Minna Shima and is an extensive coral reef with a least depth

of 8.7m. There is a deep channel between Minna Shima and

Yabi Se.

7.15 A submarine cable lies between the S side of Minna Shima

and the N side of Tarama Shima. There are depths of less than

18.3m between these islands.

7.15 Miyako Shima (24°45'N., 125°20'E.), on the E side of

Miyako Retto, has an undulating surface; the island is partly

cultivated, and on it are some pine woods. The two tanks

charted in position 24°46'N, 125°20'E are conspicuous.

Miyako Shima has been reported radar conspicuous at 17

miles.

7.15 An aero radiobeacon transmits from a position near the center of Miyako Shima.

7.15 Caution.—A danger area, due to mines, exist within the area

bound by a line joining the following positions:

a. 24°46'00''N, 125°17'01''E.

b. 24°46'00''N, 125°0'400''E.

c. 24°3500'''N, 125°04'00''E.

d. 24°35'00''N, 125°2900'''E.

e. 24°5500'''N, 125°55'42''E.

f. 25°03'00''N, 125°03'00''E.

g. 24°47'24''N, 125°47'36''E.

7.16 West side of Miyako Shima.—Kurema Shima

(Kuruma Shima) (24°43'N., 125°16'E.) should not be approached within 1.5 miles of its S side, nor within 2.25 miles of

its SW or W sides, because of sunken rocks and coral reefs.

7.16 Sarahama (24°50'N., 125°14'E.) is a village on the NE side

of Irabu Shima. The red roofs of the houses in the village are

visible from seaward.

7.16 Sarahama Ko, consisting of a small basin protected by two

breakwaters, lies in about the middle of the NE side of Irabu

Shima. A light stands on the breakwaters.

7.16 Irabu Shima lies 2.25 miles off the W coast of Miyako

Shima. Nagayama Ko, a small sugar exporting harbor, lies at

the S extremity of Irabu Shima. The approach channel, entered about 2 miles S of Shimoji Shima, is marked by red and

black beacons. Pilotage is essential.

7.16 Shimoji Shima (Simozi Shima) is close SW of Irabu Shima;
Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 131

Pub. 158

there are some black cliffs and a conspicuous rock on its SW

side.

7.16 Vessels without local knowledge should not enter the area

between the W coast of Miyako Shima and a line connecting

the extremity of the coral reefs extending W from Kurema

Shima and S from Shimoji Shima.

7.16 Ikema Shima (24°56'N., 125°16'E.) has at its SE end a conspicuous dome-shaped hill, 27m high. A light stands on the

NW side of the islet.

7.16 A light stands on a breakwater, 1.25 miles SE of Ikema

Shima Light.

7.16 A fish haven lies 14 miles W of Ikema Shima Light.

7.17 Hirara (24°48'N., 125°17'E.) (World Port Index No.

62510) is on the W coast of Miyako Shima; it consists of a

town, a small natural harbor with anchorage for large and small

vessels, and berthing facilities for small vessels.

7.17 Hirara Ko (Miyako Hakuchi) is open NW, but affords shelter

from both wind and sea between NE and SW through S.

7.17 Tides—Currents.—The mean high water interval at Hirara

Ko is 6 hours 49 minutes. Spring tides rise 1.8m; neap tides

rise 1.3m.

7.17 Depths—Limitations.—No. 1 Wharf extends NW from the

front of the town at the inner end of the harbor. There are

depths of 3 to 6m alongside on the NE side of the wharf and a

depth of 7.5m on its SW side. Four basins protected by breakwaters are formed in the reclaimed land, N of No. 1 Wharf.

7.17 No. 2 Wharf, with depths of 6.5 to 9m alongside, lies 183m

SW of No. 1 Wharf.

7.17 No. 3 Wharf, with a depth of 7.5m on its NE side, is SW of

No. 2 Wharf.

7.17 Mud and sand spoil ground disposal sites and are situated 0.4

mile N of Naga-Saki, 1 mile W of Irihianna Saki, and 0.5 mile

N of Shimo Saki.

7.17 Aspect.—There are few conspicuous landmarks in the

vicinity of the Port of Hirara because the land is level and low,

however, the following can be identified, as follows

1. The NW extremity of Irabu Shima and the top of the

cliff on the SE end of the island.

2. The dome-shaped hill and the light structure on Ikema

Shima.

3. Irihanna Saki and Sedo Saki (Miyo Saki).

4. Ogami Shima.

5. A chimney about the middle of the town of Hirara.

6. Two telecommunication towers, painted red and

white, with parabolic antennas, E of downtown Hirara.

7.17 Anchorages.—The recommended anchorage for large

vessels, in 53m, fine sand and shells, lies with the summit of

Ogami Shima bearing 055°, about 4.5 miles. Another anchorage for large vessels is available at a point where the Ikema

Shima Light bears 011°, the tip of Irihianna Saki bears 051°,

the outer edge of the E side of Irabu Shima bears 183°, and the

N end of Irabu Shima bears 248°. The depth here is 53m and

the bottom is mixed sand and shells.

7.17 The recommended anchorage for small vessels, in 26m,

mud, lies with the 89m cliff at the SE end of Irabu Shima

bearing 260°, about 3 miles; to reach this position vessels must

maneuver between the rocks in the vicinity of Shimo Saki.

This is the quarantine anchorage.

7.17 When the Northeast Monsoon is blowing strongly, the only

good anchorage, in 36.6m, sand and shells, lies with the summit of Irihianna Saki bearing 105°, distant about 0.8 mile.

However, care should be taken in avoiding the spoil ground and

submarine cable in the vicinity.

7.17 Directions.—Vessels approaching from the N should stay

clear of Yaye Bise (Yaee Bisel) and approach on a line bearing

138°, between the telecommunication tower, 84m high, with a

parabolic antenna and a radar dome at the center of Miyako

Shima near Nobara Take. When Ikema Shima Light is abeam,

alter course to 120° and head towards Nakamo Hanare, which

lies 1.1 miles NNE of Shimo Saki. By following this course it

is possible to reach the anchorage recommended for large

vessels. There are no particularly conspicuous marks for

vessels intended to enter this port; vessels should confirm their

position by the landmark. 

7.17 Under no circumstances should a vessel enter the foul area

lying off the W coast of Miyako Shima between Irabu Shima

and Shimoji Shima, on the NW, and Kurema Shima and its

projecting reefs, on the SE.

7.17 Caution.—There are a number of detached coral patches,

some of which are white and easily distinguished, but others

are black and difficult to see; furthermore, undiscovered dangers may exist, and because of the nature of the bottom, the

flukes of the anchor sometimes becomes wedged between the

rocks. South of Shimo Saki, which lies about 4.5 miles S of

Irihianna Saki (24°55'N., 125°17'E.), the bottom is in places

white and the rocks black.

7.17 Vessels should note Miyako Shima and the adjacent islands

have been reported to lie 1.1 miles W and 0.1 mile S of their

charted positions.

7.18 North side of Miyako Shima.—Yaye Bise (Yae

Bise) (25°01'N., 125°17'E.) is a dangerous area consisting of

extensive coral reefs; in rough weather the reefs are marked by

breakers, but in calm weather they constitute a very serious

danger at HW. Great caution should be exercised when navigating in their vicinity. Yae Bise is marked by beacons, all of

which are about 3m high.

7.18 Ogami Shima (24°55'N., 125°20'E.) is a conical islet with

trees on its summit; it is the most conspicuous feature in the

vicinity.

7.18 Fude Iwa, about 4.8 miles NE of Ogami Shima, resembles a

floating turtle when seen from the E and forms a good

landmark; it is on an extensive reef and is marked by a light.

Okinawa Gunto

7.19 Okinawa Gunto (26°20'N., 127°30'E.) consists of the

principal island of Okinawa Shima together with a number of

islands and islets to the N and W. The group is reported to be a

good radar target at 17 miles.

7.19 Caution.—Several fish havens lie in the waters surrounding

these islands, some are charted, others of a temporary nature

are not.

7.20 Kume Shima (26°20'N., 126°47'E.), the W of the

Okinawa Gunto group, is elevated in its N and S parts, so that

from the E or W it appears at a distance as two islands. Both

the N and S sides of the island are cliffy, but the E and W ends
132 Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

are low. Kume Shima has been reported radar conspicuous at

27 miles.

7.20 Kume Shima Light (26°21.7'N., 126°42.7'E.) stands 1 mile

E of the W extremity of Kume Shima.

7.20 Gima Ko, on the SW side of Kume Shima, is only available

to small vessels with local knowledge. 

7.20 Shimajiri Saki, the S extremity of Kume Shima, consists of

shingles; it is surmounted by a conspicuous pointed hill, 65m

high.

7.20 Tonobara Iwa is an islet about 1.5 miles SSE of Shimajiri

Saki; its S side is a conspicuous cliff.

7.20 Ogame Se, the coral reef extending E from the E side of

Kume Shima, is always marked by breakers. The N side of the

reef covers at HW, and the S side is awash.

7.20 Ogan Misaki lies at the end of Ogame Se, about 6.5 miles E

of Kume Shima. This reef is marked by a light.

7.20 Nakazato Gyoko, a small fishing harbor, is situated about 0.3

mile NW of Sonami Saki. The entrance is marked by a buoy

and the harbor is protected by a breakwater. A light stands at

the head of this breakwater. 

7.20 A submarine cable runs from a wave meter on the sea bed, in

the vicinity of the harbor entrance, to the shore SW.

7.20 The velocities of the tidal currents off this reef exceed 3

knots and tide rips occur.

7.20 Shimajiri Wan, entered about 1 mile NE of Shimajiri Saki, is

only available to vessels with local knowledge. In rough

weather, its whole surface is covered with breakers, because of

the number of sunken rocks in it.

7.20 Tori Shima (26°36'N., 126°50'E.), about 15 miles N of

Kume Shima, is a rocky islet faced with a cliff on its N side, its

S side being somewhat sloping. At either end of the islet there

is a pointed rock, and between them the surface is almost flat,

so that from certain directions the islet has the appearance of a

steam vessel; from E or W, it appears as two rocks. Tori Shima

is frequented by vast numbers of birds, whose cries in the

morning and evening are stated to have been heard at a distance

of 1 or 2 miles. Tori Shima has been reported radar conspicuous at 25 miles.

7.21 Irisuna Shima (26°23'N., 127°06'E.), about 15 miles

E of Kume Shima, has on it two flat circular knolls covered

with palm trees. At the N end of the islet there is a flat sandy

beach on which are two buildings. The velocities of the tidal

currents in the channel between Irisuna Shima and Tonaki

Shima, close E, sometimes exceed 3 knots and eddies occur. In

a position about 4.5 miles S of Irisuna Shima, where the depths

suddenly increase to over 183m, there are always eddies.

7.21 Tonaki Shima (26°22'N., 127°09'E.), about 3 miles SE of

Irisuna Shima, is elevated at its N and S ends, so that from a

distance it appears on certain bearings as two islets. The slopes

of Nishimori, the N summit, are almost completely cultivated;

O Take, the S summit, is rocky. Un Shi, a conspicuous black

rock with two pointed summits, is 11.9m high, and lies close E

of Gambaruno Saki, the S extremity of Tonaki Shima is 32m

high, and close within it are three conspicuous pointed hills.

7.21 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can obtain open

anchorage outside the reefs filling the bay on the E side of

Tonaki Shima.

7.22 Aguni Shima (26°35'N., 127°14'E.) is located about

14 miles NNE of Tonaki Shima. The W portion of the island is

a plateau; near the middle of the E edge of the plateau there is a

woodland which is conspicuous from E, its top being at an

elevation of 77m. A low flat rock, on the NW side of Fudesaki

Saki, the SW extremity of Aguni Shima, is joined to the shore

by a coral reef and is a conspicuous feature; it is marked by a

light. Two sunken rocks, close SW of Fudesaki Saki, are always marked by breakers.

7.22 Anchorage.—Open anchorage, affording some shelter from

winds between the N and E, can be obtained by vessels with

local knowledge outside the reefs fronting the village of Hama,

on the S side of Aguni Shima.

7.22 Aguini Ko, a local port, is enclosed by E and W breakwaters

and is open to the S; a swell runs direct into the harbor. North

of the entrance there is a small jetty; W of this jetty there is a

quay, 30m long, with depths of 4.4 to 4.6m alongside. To the E

of the jetty, there are berthing facilities for fishing vessels. 

7.23 Kerama Retto is an archipelago within the Okinawa

Gunto group extending from Yakabi Shima and Kuba Shima

on the W, to Mae Shima, on the E. The islands are hilly; the

summits of the hills are covered with dense forests and pine

trees.

7.23 Tides—Currents.—In the various channels of Kerama

Retto, the tidal currents flow continuously N or S for a period

of about 6 hours at a rate that occasionally reaches 3 knots. The

N current flows from 3 to 4 hours after LW; the S current flows

from 3 to 4 hours after HW and to 3 to 4 hours after LW.

Tokashiki Shima (26°11'N., 127°21'E.) is the largest island

in the Kerama Retto group. The island has two groups of hills

on it, one in the N and the other in the S part. Akama Yama, the

summit of the island, rises in the N group about 1 mile SE of

Nu Saki (26°13'N., 127°21'E.). Takinomichi Yama and Omija

Yama, which are conspicuous in the S group, rise about 1.8

miles and 1 mile N, respectively, of Aware Saki, the S

extremity of the island; the former hill has a pine woodland on

its summit. A light stands on the summit of the islet.

7.23 It was reported (1963) that a large group of lights in the

vicinity of Akama Yama is very conspicuous and visible from a

great distance at sea.

7.23 Kerama Kaikyo is the channel leading through Kerama

Retto, between Tokashiki Shima and the islands to the W. 

7.23 The E side of the strait is relatively free of dangers, but the

W side has numerous charted dangers. The channel has a depth

of about 60m and has a navigable width of 0.8 mile.

7.23 The interior of the strait is a natural anchorage protected

from all winds. At times, vessels from Naha Ko seek shelter

from storms in this strait. In 1945, a typhoon struck the strait

and several vessels dragged anchor and ran aground; therefore,

it cannot be considered a safe anchorage under such severe

conditions.

7.23 Submarine cables lie across Kerama Kaikyo, running from

the S side of Zamami Shima to the NW side of Tokashiki

Shima, and to the SW side of Okinawa Shima.

7.23 Tomumoya Sho consists of three shallow patches in the S

approach to Kerama Kaikyo. The N patches are rocks that uncover at 1.8m and the S patch has a depth of 5.5m. About 2.3

miles WSW of Tomumoya Sho lies Shimo Sone. This is always marked by eddies and is a steep-to rock with a depth of

5.5m.
Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 133

Pub. 158

7.23 Mae Shima (26°13'N., 127°27'E.), the E island of the Kerama Retto group, is sparsely covered with trees and has a conspicuous conical summit. Hate Shima, about 1 mile to the N, is

also conical. A light is situated on Hate Shima.

7.23 Rukan Sho (26°06'N., 127°32'E.), a reef about 13 miles SE

of Mae Shima, is marked by a light, fitted with a radar reflector

at its N point.

7.23 Keise Shima, about 9.5 miles N of Rukan Sho, is a group of

three sand and pebble islands.

Okinawa Shima

7.24 The SW and NE parts of Okinawa Shima differ

greatly in character; the NE part is rugged, mountainous,

wooded, there are few inhabitants, and very little cultivated

land, whereas the SW part is populous and consists of hills and

plateaus which, except where there is a sparse growth of trees,

are highly cultivated.

7.24 Caution.—Coral reefs fringe Okinawa Shima, especially the

SW part, where conditions are favorable for rapid growth. The

development of coral reefs greatly affects the bays and harbors

of the island; for example, Naha Ko becomes so narrow it is

difficult to enter or leave the harbor.

7.24 Caution should be exercised when approaching Okinawa

Shima. A landfall should not be attempted during the hours of

darkness or poor visibility. The presence of reefs and shoals

fringing the island substantially reduces the effectiveness of

radar.

7.24 A submarine exercise area is from 12 to 15 miles E of the N

part of the SE side of Okinawa Shima.

Okinawa Shima—West Side

7.25 Kiyan Saki (26°05'N., 127°40'E.) is the SW point of

Okinawa Shima; the ruins of an ancient castle are close E of

the point.

7.25 Several fish havens lie within an area extending 19 miles

from the coast to the WNW and E of Kiyan Saki Light. A fish

haven lies 18 miles SW of the light.

7.25 Yoza Dake, about 3.5 miles NE of Kiyan Saki, is 168m high,

flat-topped, and conspicuous. There are two tanks and a dome

on its summit. A television tower stands 5.5 miles N of Yoza

Dake.

7.25 Okaha Shima, a small islet about 3.5 miles NNW of Kiyan

Saki, is always marked by breakers.

7.25 Muki is a reef located about 1 mile WNW of Okaha Shima.

The depth here is 0.5m. A rock reef ledge extends about 0.8

mile from the N side of Muki. The waves break constantly over

this reef.

7.25 Tokomasari Sho lies about 1.4 miles NW of Kiyan Saki and

is a reef that uncovers.

7.25 Reference should be made to the chart for location of the fish

haven obstructions off this coast.

7.25 Senaga Shima (26°10'N., 127°39'E.), about 6 miles N of

Kiyan Saki, is conspicuous and is surrounded by sandy

beaches, from which it rises in rocky steps to a conical hill.

7.25 Omine Yama (26°11'N., 127°39'E.) is a conspicuous isolated 27m hill, with several large pine trees on it. A fish haven

lies 1.5 miles SW of Omine Yama. A beacon marks the W extremity of Ose reef, lying 1.25 miles W of Omine Saki.

Naha Ko (26°13'N., 127°41'E.)

World Port Index No. 62500

7.26 Naha Ko, the primary large harbor in Nansei Shoto, is

on the S part of the W coast of Okinawa Shima. It consists of

the city, which is the principal city of the island, an outer

harbor, and inner harbors with anchorage and berthing facilities for large vessels.

7.26 Winds—Weather.—The outer harbor is exposed to winds

from the W to N, but the seas are reduced by the numerous

coral reefs. The wind is usually from the N or S; from

November through March, the winds are from NW through NE

most of the time. The wind is from the E for the greater part of

April and May, and from the S from June through August. The

velocity of the prevailing wind is a gentle to moderate breeze.

A maximum wind velocity of more than 96 knots from the E to

NE has been recorded at the harbor.

7.26 The rainy season lasts from the first of May to the last of

September, with a monthly average of 215mm. December

through February is the driest period, with an average monthly

rainfall of 125mm.

7.26 When strong W to N winds exceed 25 knots, traffic movements in the outer harbor becomes difficult.

7.26 Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval at Naha Ko is 6

hours 52 minutes; spring tides rise 2m and neap tides rise 1.4m.

7.26 The tidal currents on the rising and falling tides, respectively,

flow NE and SW in the approach to the harbor, and N and S

across its entrance; they turn from 1.5 to 2 hours after HW and

LW, and at springs attain a rate of 1.8 knots.

7.26 West of Jijaka Se and Kanno Se, the flood current sets NNE

with a velocity of 2.3 knots, and the ebb current sets SSW with

a velocity of 2 knots.

7.26 In the vicinity of the sea buoy, the flood current sets NE at a

maximum rate of 1.5 knots, while the ebb current sets SW at a

maximum rate of 1.5 knots.

7.26 At the breakwater in To Kuchi entrance, the flood current

sets NE at a rate of 1 knot, while the ebb current sets SSE at a

maximum rate of 1 knot.

7.26 Depths—Limitations.—The depths in To Kuchi, the main

channel, and in the main harbor are maintained by dredging

and are sufficient to accommodate deep-draft vessels. It is

advisable that mariners endeavor to obtain the most recent

depth information before entering port. There are no

restrictions as to the length or beam of vessels entering Naha.

The depth limitation in the channel is 11m. The largest known

ship to moor at a port wharf was 34,000 grt, with a draft of

9.9m. Vessels exceeding 30,000 grt, however, should consult

with the Maritime Safety Agency.

7.26 The bay has three waterways; Miyako Kuchi, To Kuchi, and

Yamato Kuchi. It is advised that vessels refrain from

navigating through Miyako Kuchi, unless well-experienced in

the conditions of the area. To Kuchi affords the easiest navigation, and most vessels choose this waterway. Vessels should

navigate with caution and note the location of the shoals in this

area. Yamato Kuchi runs between the NW part of Inan Bise

and Jijaka Bise. This waterway is used by vessels up to 5,000

grt. Vessels not experienced in navigating this area should not

proceed at night.
134 Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

7.26 Depths alongside the berths in this harbor range from 3 to

14m. 

7.26 Okinawa Oil Supply Jetty, situated outside the harbor entrance 0.5 mile W of Miegusuku, is a dolphin berth, with a

depth alongside of 6.4m.

7.26 A small basin, having depths of about 4m, lies close S of

Miegusuku. Naha Wharf Quay No. 1 to Quay No. 7 lie on

Naha Wharf, situated on the NE side of the inner part of the

harbor. The quays are commercial berths having depths alongside of 5 to 9m. Naha Wharf is also used by the ferries commuting to the mainland and by passenger and coastal vessels.

Gunko Quay, having 11 berths reserved for military traffic, lies

on the S side of the basin and has depths of 4.6 to 10.3m alongside. Vessels having a maximum draft of 6m are reported to be

accommodated at the military pier (2010). The channel to the

pier has depths of 7.8 to 12.5m.

7.26 The newer port of Naha Shin Ko (26°14'N., 127°41'E.), also

known as Aja Port, is situated 1 mile N of Okinawa. Shinko

Wharf lies on the N side of Shinko and is divided into two

basins. Berth No. 1 and Berth No. 2 have depths of 7.5m and

5m, respectively. Quay No. 3 and Quay No. 4 have alongside

depths of 7.5m. Vessels up to 20,000 dwt may berth at Quay

No. 5, Quay No. 6, and Quay No. 7, in depths of 11m.

7.26 Urasoe Wharf, on the E side of the basin, is dredged to 7.5m

and lies NE of Shinko Wharf. Aja Fishing Harbor lies on the

SW side of the basin.

7.26 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory when entering Naha Ko.

The pilot boards in position 26°14'N, 127°38'E.

7.26 Signals.—Vessels entering into or departing from Naha Port

must show the following signals:

1. Entering Naha Pier—Second Subsitute over N flag.

2. Entering Shinko Pier—Second Subsitute over S flag.

3. Departing Naha—First Subsitute over T flag.

4. Departing Shinko—First Subsitute over T flag.

7.26 Caution.—It is reported that the S tidal current sometimes

flows off the reefs into the fairway with such force as to inconvenience a vessel entering or leaving.

7.26 Near the entrance of the main inner harbor there is a tendency for a vessel to be set toward Miyegusuku on the falling tide.

7.27 Miegusuku (Miyegusuku) (26°12'N., 127°40'E.) has

a signal station and a white marker.

7.27 Sojun Yama, a hilltop close NE of Miegusuku, is 46m high

and a hotel just a little farther E are both easily seen.

7.27 A conspicuous hospital stands on the NE side of Sojun Yama

and conspicuous hotels stand 0.2 mile N and 0.3 mile ENE of

the hospital.

7.27 A television tower, 51m high and painted red and white, lies

0.5 mile ENE of Miegusuku.

7.27 A lighted range leads through To Kuchi and are shown from

the head of the harbor. It has been reported that during late

afternoon, the range may be obscured by vessels moored inside

the harbor. A port control tower in position 26°14’N, 127°41’E

stands on top of a large rectangular building. Both the control

tower and the building are painted white and red horizontal

stripes.

7.27 An international airport is situated 1.5 miles WSW of Naha.

Medical facilities are available close to the port.

7.27 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 300 grt

and pilots board in position 26°13'49"N, 127°38'20"E. In

inclement weather pilot boards in position 26°14'N, 127°35'E.

Naha Pilots should be contacted 1 hour prior to arrival on VHF

channel 13. Berthing is normally carried out during daylight

hours only. Unberthing can be undertaken at any time. 

7.27 Regulations.—Vessels over 500 grt must send notice of

arrival 24 hours in advance.

7.27 Signals.—Vessels over 100 grt must display signals to

indicate their destination, as follows:

1. Yamotoa Kuchi—Flag Y under First Substitute.

2. To Kuchi—Flag Y under First Substitute.

3. Naha Pier—Flag N under First Substitute.

4. Anchoring Pier—Flag N under First Substitute.

Okinawa Navy Pier
Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 135

Pub. 158

5. New Harbor—Flag S under Second Substitute.

Anchorage.—The outer anchorage is within a W semicircle,

the diameter of which is 3 miles long in a N-S direction and is

centered at Naha Ko Lighted Entrance Buoy.

The inner anchorage is E of a line connecting Monnan Se,

Kanno Se, and Jijaka Se. Anchorage with relatively safety can

be made here, but the area is surrounded by coral reefs and the

bottom is dangerous, therefore, anchorage without pilot

assistance and/or local knowledge is not recommended.

7.27 The Quarantine Anchorage lies close W of the Middle

Breakwater, Kanno Bise, and Zizyaka Bise. A submarine cable

for a wave meter lies N of this anchorage.

7.27 Attention must be paid to the installation of five standard

anchorage areas. These anchorages have been installed for the

purpose of securing passages for ships as well as anchorage

areas for vessels carrying dangerous cargo. For detailed information on these areas, contact the Port Director.

7.27 Taking refuge at Naha Ko is dangerous during rough

weather, especially when a typhoon is approaching; large ships

take refuge at Oshima Strait, N of the Nanse Islands, while

ships of less than 1,000 grt take refuge at Unten Port; also,

ships are reported to take refuge at Agonoura Port in the Kerama Kaikyo. 

7.27 Caution.—The charted shoals can usually be identified by

the color of the water, however, at times during the rainy season, because of muddy water flowing out of the inner harbor,

the sea becomes white and has the appearance of shoals, especially in the vicinity of Sakibaru Saki.

7.27 It has been reported that the reef Jijaka Se (Zizyaka Bise)

extends farther W than charted.

7.27 There is a dangerous wreck approximately 1 mile N of Jijaka

Se.

Okinawa Shima—West Side (continued)

7.28 Kuzi Saki (26°16'N., 127°43'E.) is a low scrubcovered point, close off which is a rocky islet, 9m high. Two

chimneys, with red and white bands and having heights of

168m and 178m, stand 0.5 mile E of Kuzi Saki.

7.28 A channel, marked by lighted buoys and buoys, leads to

Machiminato, an islet 0.75 mile E of Machiminato Saki. The

channel entrance is marked by Lighted Buoy No 2, moored 1

mile NNW of Machiminato Saki. 

7.28 A light stands on the head of Ginowan Ko Breakwater,

situated 1.1 miles NE of Machiminato Saki. 

7.28 Sunabi (26°20'N., 127°45'E.) is a village backed by a conspicuous row of rocks with a serrated outline.

7.28 Kadena Airport Aero Light is shown at an elevation of 96m

from a position 1.5 miles NE of Sunabi.

7.28 Zampa Misaki (26°26'N., 127°43'E.) is a conspicuous, flattopped, grassy cape, on which are a few rocks with palm trees

among them and a light. A tank tower about 3 miles S of

Zampa Misaki is conspicuous. Sakimi, the conspicuous ruins

of an ancient castle, with pine trees on its walls, stands about

2.5 miles SE of Zampa Misaki. It was reported (1945) that

there was at least 18.3m of water over the hull and masts of the

wreck charted about 3 miles SSW of Zampa Misaki.

7.28 Nago Wan (26°34'N., 127°56'E.) is exposed to winds from

between the SW and W. Fixed fish traps are laid along the

shores of Nago Wan between Onna, a village about 8.5 miles

NE of Zampa Misaki, and Awa, a village about 2 miles E of the

N entrance point of the bay. Anchorage can be obtained about

0.5 mile offshore, abreast the village of Okaneku at the head of

the bay. A breakwater, with a light at its head, fronts Okaneku.

The quays in the harbor have depths alongside of 2 to 4.6m. A

submarine cable lies 0.2 mile ENE from the coast at a point 3.5

miles WSW of Okaneku.

7.28 Sesoko Byochi (26°38'N., 127°53'E.) affords anchorage for

small vessels sheltered from winds from all directions, in 9.1 to

20m. A good berth is in 18.3m, sand and shells, with the summit of Sesoko Shima bearing 318° and distant 0.75 mile. In this

position, the tidal currents are appreciable, but good protection

is afforded against NE winds. The N entrance of this anchorage

is almost blocked by reefs and should not be attempted; the S

entrance is recommended.

7.28 A bridge, with a vertical clearance of about 22m, spans

Sesoko Byochi.

7.28 Caution.—A number of live cannon shells have been found

in this anchorage. Vessels should seek information from the

port of Toguti Ko before anchoring here.

7.29 Toguchi Ko (26°40'N., 127°53'E.) provides sheltered

anchorage, in 12.8 to 18m, in the N part, and an anchorage, in

6.8 to 22m, off the inner harbor in the S part, except during W

to NW winds. The reefs in the N part of the harbor are usually

marked by breakers.

7.29 Iigusuku Yama (26°43'N., 127°49'E.) rises on the E part of

Ii Shima; it has the appearance of a hat from ENE. A light,

11m high, stands on the W extremity of Ii Shima.

7.29 Bise Saki (26°43'N., 127°53'E.) is low and has a serrated

outline.

7.29 Unten Ko (26°41'N., 128°01'E.), off the SW side of Kouri

Shima, affords anchorage, in about 22m, in the outer part. It is

exposed to N winds, and the swinging room is restricted.

7.29 The inner anchorage, off the village of Unten, in 14.6 to

16m, mud bottom, is a safe anchorage for small vessels.

7.29 Submarine cables are laid across the channel between the

SW extremity of Kouri Shima and the main island. A submarine power cable runs N from the mainland coast 2.5 miles W

of Kouri Shima.

7.29 Pilotage.—A pilot can be arranged from the Naha Pilotage

Area.

7.29 Hedo Misaki (26°52'N., 128°16'E.) is the termination of a

level promontory and is faced by a cliff, 30m high. On this

promontory stands a pine woodland, and about 1.3 miles S of

the cape there is an isolated, rocky hill, 246m high, both of

which are conspicuous. At the foot of the hill stands a conspicuous monument resembling a large house built of chalk. A

light stands on the W side of Hedo Misaki.

Okinawa Shima—East Side

7.30 On the S part of the E coast there are several bays.

Because there are many islands, islets, and rocks in the vicinity

of the entrances to these bays, there is shelter from winds and

waves and the depth of water allows for anchoring large vessels; however, because of the great number of dangers within

the bays caution is necessary.

7.30 From Ari Saki, the S extremity of Okinawa Shima, to Chin

Saki (Kin Misaki), about halfway along the E coast of the
136 Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

island, the coast is indented to form the two large bays,

Nakagusuku Wan and Kin Wan (Chin Wan). Coral reefs extend

well-offshore from these bays.

7.30 From Chin Saki to Kaata Wan, about 16 miles farther N,

there are several smaller bays, but most of these entrances are

blocked by coral reefs so that large vessels are only able to enter Ora Wan (Oura Wan).

7.30 The remaining portion of the 21 miles of coast from Kaata

Wan to Hedo Misaki has few indentations and is generally

gently shelving. Because of coral reefs the coast should be

approached no closer than 0.5 mile, but farther out it is steepto.

7.30 Tides—Currents.—Within 3 miles offshore of the E coast

of the island, the flood tide flows S or SW and the ebb tide in

the opposite direction. Off Adaka Shima the rate does not exceed 1 knot. More than 3 miles offshore the flood tide generally seems to be N.

7.30 During the ebb tide, the current pushes a vessel towards

Tsuken Shima.

7.30 The water tower in position 26°09'N, 127°47'E is prominent.

7.31 Tsugen Shima (Tsuken Shima) (26°15'N., 127°57'E.)

is surmounted by some conspicuous pine trees. A radio tower

close N of the light on the island is reported to be more conNaha Military Port
Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 137

Pub. 158

spicuous than the light. An obstructed fish haven lies about 2

miles W of the light.

7.31 Heanza Banare (26°21'N., 127°57'E.), about 5 miles N of

Tsugen Shima, has a conspicuous chimney on its SE side. A

small white tank, with five large green tanks extending NW

from it, is reported to be prominent close SW of the chimney.

7.31 Okinawa Sekiyukiti is comprised of two parts, Nakagusuku

Wan and Kin Wan, and is divided here into those two parts for

description. There are numerous berths and facilities within

these ports, most of them belong to and are for the exclusive

use of oil companies.

Nakagusuku Wan (26°16'N., 127°55'E.)

World Port Index No. 62505

7.32 Nakagusuku Wan, sometimes called Buckner Bay, is a

big wide open bay occupying the S half of Okinawa Sekiyukiti. The port facility here is sometimes referred to as Nishiara.The bay becomes more shallow farther in and reefs extend offshore for a considerable distance. In particular, there

are many rocks awash and covered rocks for about 6 miles S

from the N corner of the inside the bay that form an obstruction

in the roadstead.

7.32 There are four channels to the entrance of this bay. They are,

from the S, Kudaka Kuchi, Tatsu Kuchi, Tsuken Kuchi, and

Hamahiga Kuchi. The preferred channel is most often Tatsu

Kuchi, which is approximately 2 miles wide and has a depth of

55m.

7.32 This port handles the crude oil and product for Okinawa Prefecture.

7.32 Winds—Weather.—Nakagusuku Wan is exposed to winds

between the NE and SE. Violent squalls occur occasionally in

the bay and vessels should provide for this contingency.

7.32 At Baten Ko (26°11'N., 127°47'E.), the MHW interval is 6

hours 22 minutes. Spring tides rise 2m and neap tides rise

1.5m. On the E side of Baten Ko, there is a gap in the coastal

reef leading to a small basin; buoys mark the entrance.

7.32 Depths—Limitations.—For crude oil vessels, a single anchor leg type mooring (SALM) capable of handling vessels

from 90,000 to 270,000 dwt is established in approximate

position 26°14.2'N, 127°49.9'E, about 2.5 miles offshore. The

depth of water at the buoy position is about 25m. Vessels may

remain at berth in winds up to 50 mph. 

7.32 A sea berth is situated 1.9 miles SSE of Kuba Saki. The

depth of water is about 22m; the berth can accommodate vessels up to 100,000 dwt.

7.32 A product pier is connected to the shore and has two berths;

one berth is for vessels up to 65,000 dwt the other berth is for

small vessels up to 4,000 dwt. The depth at the pier is about

14.3m.

7.32 A refinery pier, with two dolphin berths at its T-head, is

situated 4 miles SSW of Kuba Saki and is suitable for vessels

up to 250,000 dwt.

7.32 A fairway dredged to depth of 10m extends from the

breakwater to the inner harbor, Nakagusuku Shinko. There a

number of shoals that lie close to the fairway. There are four

berths at the inner harbor with alongside depths of 5.5 to 11m;

vessels of up to 40,000 dwt can be acccommodated. 

7.32 Aspect.—The water towers standing 1.25 miles SSW and

SE of Baten Ko are conspicuous.

7.32 Yonabarn Wan, the SW part of Nakagusuku Wan, is

sheltered by hills on its S and W sides and affords anchorage in

summer.

7.32 Several fish havens lie in Yonabarn Wan.

7.32 A light stands on the W end of a breakwater at the entrance

to a small harbor lying 0.6 mile W of China Saki.

7.32 In the Tatsu Kuchi entrance, the flood current sets in at a

small rate and the ebb current sets out at a rate of 0.75 knot. In

Kudaka Kuchi, farther S, the currents attain a rate of 1 knot.

Strong currents have been reported in the bay with a set toward

the island of Tsuken Shima.

7.32 Kuba Saki (26°17'N., 127°49'E.), at the middle of the head

of Nakagusuku Wan, rises to a hill 175m high, covered with

pine trees, and conspicuous; a ruined castle is on the W side of

the hill. A light stands on the head of a breakwater, extending

SW from a reclaimed land, about 0.6 mile NNW of a television

tower.

7.32 The charted aerial beacon 5 miles NW of Kuba Saki is prominent.

7.32 A large building, with a chimney on its roof, is about 2.5

miles NNE of Kuba Saki.

7.32 A television tower, on the E end of a sand spit about 2.5

miles NE of Kuba Saki, and the white buildings and white

chimney of a sugar mill about 2 miles farther NE are prominent. Another light stands 1.5 miles ESE of the television

tower. Two water towers standing 1.25 miles SSW and SE of

Baten Ko are conspicuous.

7.32 A lighthouse on Katsuren Saki (26°17'N., 127°55'E.) is also

prominent, although care must be taken not to confuse the light

structure with any of the surrounding white structures. A

lighted buoy is situated about 2.5 miles in a SE direction within

Touken Kuchi.

7.32 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Normally vessels will be

expected to enter Nakagusuku Wan through the Tatsu Kuchi

entrance and pick up the berthing master inside the bay, S of

Tsugen Shima (Tsuken Shima). Berthing masters request

vessels keep S of buoy marking Chikuniga Shoal. Tugs are

available. Berthing is carried out in daylight only; unberthing is

carried out 24 hours. A pilot can be employed by ships entering

and leaving White Beach Gunko on the W shore of KatsurenHanto. The pilot will be dispatched from Naha and will board

in approximate position 26°25.2'N, 127°59.6'E.

7.32 Regulations.—The ETA at the refinery pier should be

confirmed 72 hours, 48 hours, 24 hours, and 12 hours before

arrival. A vessel awaiting a berth should anchor 4 miles E of

the refinery pier after embarking the berthing master. Berthing

at the SBM and pier is restricted to daylight hours; unberthing

may be carried out any time of day or night.

7.32 The area of water in front of and to the S of the SW end of

Katsuren Hanto is under U.S. Military control and entrance to

this area by civilian vessels is prohibited or limited.

7.32 Anchorage.—Nakagusuku Wan affords good anchorage to

large vessels, in 21.9 to 36.6m, sand and shells, around the

center of the bay. Vessels should note, in the area around the

center of bay, a high swell may intrude if winds from the ENE

or ESE continue for 2 or 3 days. Traffic between the ship and

land becomes impossible.

7.32 Entrance into the sea area within 50m of the hazardous cargo

berths is prohibited to vessels not equipped with spark pre-
138 Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

vention screens in their funnels, vessels handling naked fire,

and vessels on which fire control administration is insufficient.

7.32 The quarantine anchorage lies N of Kutaka Shima, as indicated on the chart.

7.33 Katsurin Wan (Katchin Wan) is sheltered by the hills

on Katsuri Hanton (Katchin Hanto) on its NE side, and by the

reefs N of Tsuken Shima on its E side; it affords good winter

anchorage, in 14.6 or 16.5m, to vessels with local knowledge.

7.33 Depths—Limitations.—A channel, dredged to 13m in 1996

and marked by lighted and unlighted buoys, leads to a wharf at

the head of Katsurin Wan.

7.33 Aspect.—A television tower stands at the end of a spit

extending ESE from the W shore of Katsuren Wan. A radome,

with a radio tower nearby, stands about 0.4 mile NW of

Katsuren Saki. A light stands 1.5 miles ESE of the television

tower and a conspicuous white chimney stands 1 mile NW of

Katsuren Saki Light.

7.33 Yonabaru Wan is sheltered by hills on its S and W sides, and

affords anchorage in summer.

7.33 Baten Ko (26°10'N., 127°47'E.) is sheltered, except from the

N, and affords good anchorage in summer, but it is only available to small vessels.

7.33 Yonabaru Ko is open E, and is therefore not a good anchorage, however, it is much used by local small vessels.

7.33 In the interest of safety, ships will not enter the restricted

area unless so directed by the berthing master.

Kin Wan (Chin Wan) (26°22'N., 127°58'E.)

World Port Index No. 62495

7.34 The port of Kin Wan (Chin Wan) consists of several

towns and a large open bay with anchoring, mooring, and

berthing facilities for large vessels.

7.34 Winds—Weather.—Northeast winds cause a considerable

swell within the bay. When typhoons are imminent, all cargo

operations cease and vessels are required to vacate berths and

are recommended to proceed to sea.

7.34 Depths—Limitations.—The sea berths can handle vessels

of 500,000 dwt and 150,000 dwt, and have depths of 31m and

27m, respectively. Product berths range from 10,000 dwt to

60,000 dwt, with depths from 9.1 to 15.2m.

7.34 An oil terminal, cement works, and shipyard are situated on

the SW side of Ishikawa Dakae at Ishikawa.

7.34 Aspect.—Onna Take rises 366m on the N side of the bay,

about 5 miles WNW of Kin Saki (Chin Saki) ; there are three

pointed summits between 0.5 mile and 1.25 miles E of this

mountain that show up well from seaward; farther SE, the

mountains gradually decrease in elevation and on them are

plantations of pine trees. The village of Kin is situated among

these plantations, but is conspicuous from seaward.

7.34 A light stands at the head of Kin Wan, 6.5 miles WSW of

Kin Misaki.

7.34 Ishikawa Take rises 230m on the isthmus at the head of the

bay. A conspicuous dome, the charted position of which is

approximate, is located on the S side of this hill.

7.34 A water tank stands in a position nearly 2.5 miles NW of Kin

Saki; the tank was conspicuous (1962) from at least 2 miles

seaward.

7.34 A fish haven lies 1 mile SE of Kin Saki. Several fish havens

lie in Kin Wan.

7.34 Kuro Se, 18m high, is a conspicuous rock that lies about 0.5

mile E of Chin Saki.

7.34 Pilotage.—Vessels should steer for position 26°26'N, 128°

04'E, off the E coast of Okinawa Shima; from that point steer

due W passing the buoy marking the N side of Mengui Sho

(approximate position 26°24.7'N., 128°02'E.), abeam to port,

1.25 miles distant. The berthing master will board vessels

(150,000 dwt or more) to the port when they are abeam of the

buoy. If circumstances prevent this the vessel should continue

on a W course for 1 mile past the buoy, then alter course to

233°. About 3.3 miles on this last course should bring the

vessel approximately to the inner pilot station at 26°24'N,

127°58'E. 

7.34 Vessels are advised to send their ETA at least 72 hours, 48

hours, and 24 hours in advance. The ETA should be confirmed

at least 12 hours before expected arrival.

7.34 Berthing operations are permitted during daylight hours

only, however, unberthing may take place at any time of the

day or night.

7.34 Anchorages.—For mammoth vessels, in order of arrival:

M1: 26°24'09"N, 127°57'41"E.

M2 : 26°24'49"N, 127°58'15"E.

M3: 26°25'29"N, 127°58'40"E.

M4: 26°26'08"N, 127°59'05"E.

7.34 (Japanese Coastguard MSA approval is obtained by the vessel’s agent.)

7.34 For vessels of 50,000 to 150,000 dwt:

S1: 26°23'38"N, 127°57'29"E.

S2: 26°23'14"N, 127°57'14"E.

S3: 26°22'50"N, 127°56'59"E.

7.34 The Products Anchorage is an area bounded by a line joining

the following positions:

a. 26°22'00"N, 127°56'29"E.

b. 26°22'13"N, 127°56'33"E.

c. 26°22'00"N, 127°57'19"E.

d. 26°21'51"N, 127°57'05"E.

7.34 The holding ground is good in these anchorages, however,

the depths vary from 40 to 53m.

7.34 Depths in the product anchorage vary between 18 and 22m.

7.34 The quarantine anchorage, marked on the chart, lies WNW

of Ike Shima.

7.34 Owing to the existence of underwater pipelines, telephone

cables, and obstructions, anchoring is prohibited anywhere SE

of a line joining the following two positions:

a. 26°22'31"N, 127°58'08"E. (the NE dolphin of Sea Island).

b. 26°21'37"N, 127°56'44"E. (the NE dolphin of Berth

No. 3 on the Products Pier).

7.34 For berthing, masters of vessels are requested to have the

propeller submerged and the vessel in a reasonable trim for

shiphandling purposes.

Okinawa Shima—East Side (continued)

7.35 There are several shoal patches a short distance

outside the barrier reef, therefore, caution must be exercised

not to approach Henoko Saki (26°31'N., 128°03'E.) too closely.

7.35 Oura Wan (Ora Wan) (26°32'N., 128°04'E.) is entered be-
Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 139

Pub. 158

tween Henoko Saki and Abu Saki, about 2.5 miles ENE. Abu

Saki is backed by a pine grove; the tops of the trees reach an

elevation of 48m, and as there are no other trees in the vicinity,

the grove is conspicuous.

7.35 Anchorages.—The recommended anchorage for large vessels in Oura Wan is in 27m, fine sand and mud, off the village

of Nabigo.

7.35 The recommended anchorage for small vessels, in 5.5 to

7.3m, fine sand and mud, lies about 0.3 mile S of Matsu Saki.

7.35 The anchorages become unsafe during bad weather. In 1981,

a vessel anchoring in position 26°30.15'N, 128°05.45'E, offshore of Oura Wan, lost an anchor because of coral heads. This

would indicate the charted bottom characteristics cannot be depended upon and anchorage in that area is not recommended.

7.36 Tenniya Saki (26°34'N., 128°09'E.) is a conspicuous

narrow point, 1 mile NE of Banno Saki; several pointed rocks

are 0.25 mile SE.

7.36 Ginan Saki (26°38'N., 128°14'E.) has been reported radar

conspicuous at 11 miles.

7.36 Aha Ko (26°43'N., 128°18'E) has a conspicuous rock, 32m

high, close off the S entrance point of the cove.

7.36 Adaka Shima (26°44'N., 128°20'E.) always has eddies within about 1 mile seaward of the reefs extending from the island.

7.36 Anchorage.—Temporary anchorage, protected from winds

from the W through N, to NE, can be obtained, in 12.8 to

18.3m, between the reefs off the village of Ada and those on

which lies Adaka Shima, but local knowledge is essential.

7.36 Aka Saki (26°49'N., 128°19'E.) is a reddish point, about

183m off, which is a conspicuous rock connected to the coast

by an exposed rock shelf, 8.8m high.

Iheya Retto

7.37 The Iheya Retto is composed of five islands, Iheya

Shima, Izena Shima, Gushikawa Shima, Noho Shima, and

Yanaha Shima, together with various above-water rocks and

islets. The group is centered about 19 miles WNW of Hedo

Misaki, the N point of Okinawa Shima.

7.37 Iheya Shima (27°03'N., 127°59'E.), the largest and northernmost of the group, is surrounded by coral; two small harbors

on the SE coast are for small vessels only. The island from E or

W appears as a row of islands, because of its several peaks

separated by deep valleys. Aha Take, the 211m S peak, is sharp

and stands out at a distance. Gayo Take, the highest peak, is

294m high and about 1.1 miles NE of Aha Take.

7.37 Several rocks extend seaward from the N tip of the island,

which is marked by a light and strong tide rises occur about 2.5

miles offshore.

7.37 Gushikawa-Hokuro, a channel with a depth of 10.9m, lies

between the S end of Iheya Shima and Gushikawa Shima; the

channel has strong tide rips often making navigation for small

vessels impossible during the winter. The flood tide flows W

and the ebb tide E.

7.37 A submarine cable is laid between Iheya Shima, S extremity,

and Izena Shima.

7.37 Noho Shima, close W of the S tip of Iheya Shima, is a flattopped island; several rocks that uncover are W of the island

and there are tide rips S of them.

7.37 Gushikawa Shima, SE of the S end of Iheya Shima, is a low,

long, and narrow islet surrounded by coral.

7.37 Izena Shima has a 129m summit; Ona Yama, in its NW part,

has a heavy growth of trees and is conspicuous.

7.37 A fish haven lies 1 mile W of the SW point of the island.

7.37 Yanaha Shima, the S island of the Iheya Retto group, is

surrounded by coral.

Amami Gunto

7.38 The Amami Gunto group of islands extend in a NESW direction between Okinawa Gunto and Tokara Gunto, and

consists of Amami-O Shima, Kakeroma Shima, Yoro Shima,

Uke Shima, Kikaiga Shima, Tokuna Shima, Okinoerabu

Shima, Yoron Shima, Tori Shima, and other smaller islets.

7.38 There are several types of poisonous snakes in the islands as

well as poisonous sea snakes in the surrounding waters.

7.38 Inhabitants engage in agriculture, fishing, and textile-making.

Products include sugar, fish, sweet potatoes, and some copper.

7.38 Winds—Weather.—Most of the precipitation in the islands

group is in the SW part, decreasing farther NE. There is generally little fog, although, an occasional thick fog might occur

in the vicinity of Amami-O Shima between March and June.

Yoron Shima

7.39 Yoron Shima (27°03'N., 128°27'E.) is comparatively

flat, cultivated, and has a few trees on it. The coasts of the

island consist mostly of cliffs of coral and white sand beaches.

About the middle of the S side of the island, is a conspicuous

steep cliff. A light stands on Aka Saki, the SE extremity of

Yoron Shima.

7.39 Chabana Ko, on the NW coast of Yoron Shima, is much encumbered by reefs, but provides anchorage and berthing for

small boats. There is a 5.5m dredged channel, marked by

lighted buoys, leading to Chabana Ko.

7.39 There are tide rips off the SW side of Yoron Shima.

7.39 A submarine cable extends to a point about 35 miles ENE of

Yoron Shima.

Okino-Erabu Shima

7.40 Okino-Erabu Shima (27°22'N., 128°35'E.) is a

wooded island. The SW coast is mostly low coral cliffs, the N

coast is mainly cliffs, and the SE coast is low.

7.40 Inobe is a village on the N coast of Okino-Erabu Shima in a

position about 4 miles SW of Kunigami Saki, the NE extremity. Temporary open anchorage, during SE winds, can be obtained on the seaward side of the reefs fronting the village.

7.40 A mole extending 400m NW from the shore provides, on its

SW outer part, a quay that is 160m long, with an alongside

depth of 8m. Range lights lead towards this port. The port and

anchorage should only be used by vessels with local knowledge.

7.40 Radio towers, reported to be conspicuous, stand 2 miles

WSW of the NE end of the island and 1.5 miles NNE of O

Yama. A domed building is reported to stand close N of the

latter tower.

7.40 Kunigami Saki (27°27'N., 128°43'E.) is very low and
140 Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

marked by a hill, 61m high, covered with pine trees that show

up well from most directions.

7.40 This point is marked by a light and an aeronautical radiobeacon. A fish haven lies about 8.5 miles SE of Kunigami

Misaki Light.

7.40 Saotsue Yama (27°23'N., 128°37'E.) rises 135m on the SE

coast of Okino-Erabu Shima; it is a somewhat conspicuous hill

covered with large pine trees.

7.40 Wadomari Ko (27°24'N., 128°40'E.) is a small harbor protected by a breakwater on its S side and a detached breakwater

S of it. Range lights, in line bearing 282.8°, are available for

entering the harbor through an opening in the reefs. A wharf,

with a depth of 7.5m alongside and 150m in length, fronts the

shore at China Gyoko and is joined to it by a causeway

extending E. There is a directional light, with the center of the

white sector bearing 026°, situated 0.1 mile N of the wharf.

Room to maneuver off the wharf is very restricted, owing to the

reef. A small landing quay is situated 0.5 mile N of the wharf.

7.40 Tides—Currents.—Near the N side of the island, the flood

tide flows W and the ebb flows E; farther out it is confused and

variable.

7.40 Near the S side of the island the flood tide flows E and the

ebb SW, but these currents are unstable and affected by the

winds and sea currents and sometimes they will flow E or SW

all day at a rate of up to 2 knots.

7.40 Anchorage.—Cargo and passenger vessels over 1,000 grt

usually anchor about 0.3 mile offshore, in 20.1 to 25m. This is

a temporary anchorage for vessels with local knowledge.

7.40 A submarine cable is laid from the coast close NE of Wadomari to Tokuno Shima.

Tokuno Shima

7.41 Tokuno Shima (27°45'N., 128°58'E.), a mountainous

island, has Isen Saki as its S point.

7.41 Inutabu Misaki, on the W coast of the island about 5 miles

NW of Isen Saki, has a gradual slope on its SE side, but close

NE of it there is a steep and conspicuous cliff rising abruptly

from the waters edge. Tide rips occur about 1 mile SW of the

point, especially at springs. A radio tower stands on Inutabu

Misaki and a multi-story building stands 3 miles E. Both are

reported to be conspicuous.

7.41 Inutabu Take, about 3.8 miles ENE of the cape, is a pointed

wooded peak at the S end of a spur of the central chain of

mountains, and appearing isolated, is a conspicuous mark.

7.41 Hetono Ko (27°49'N., 128°54'E.), about 5.5 miles N of

Inutabu Misaki, is a small bay marked by a light; a small pier in

the bay can accommodate small vessels.

7.41 Aspect.—There is a white light on a mountain on the S side

of the entrance of the bay. A shrine near the light is clearly

visible during the day. A submerged rock lies approximately

600m WSW of the shrine, and a breakwater, approximately

150m long, extends N 140m E of the rock. The village office,

approximately in the middle of the village (27°49'N.,

128°55'E.), and two chimneys S of the office, are also landmarks; during the winter, the sparks from the chimneys can be

used as landmarks at night.

7.41 Anchorage.—Temporary anchorage, with shelter from E

winds, can be obtained by large vessels, in 25 to 30m, sand,

about 0.3 mile WNW of the S entrance point of the harbor, but

the depths are greater than 100m at a distance of 0.3 mile off

the entrance. To avoid the shoal on the S side of the entrance,

the anchorage should be approached from NW.

7.41 A submarine cable laid from a pattern of large buoys off of

Tokuno Shima is landed at a point between Arumi Wan and

Kawata Wan. An area of 0.1 mile centered over the cable to a

distance of 23 miles offshore is designated a submarine cable

protective area.

7.41 There are wide rocky reefs along the N and S shores of the

harbor, but vessels can reach the pier safely by entering the

harbor with the E extremity of the pier bearing 090°. Vessels

entering the harbor from the S must be careful of a shoal lying

about 0.3 mile WSW of the above-mentioned shrine. Floating

fish havens are occasionally set on the SW side of the island.

7.42 Kuro Se (27°53'N., 128°54'E.) are two rocks, each

4.7m high, lying close inshore; from certain directions they are

somewhat conspicuous.

7.42 Kanami Saki (27°53'N., 128°59'E.), the NE point of Tokuno

Shima, is a spur descending NE from a conspicuous hill, 251m

high.

7.42 Tombara Iwa (27°55'N., 129°00'E.) is a group of four

rocks; the highest has a reddish pointed summit. Tide rips

occur N and S of these rocks.

7.42 Small vessels with local knowledge can obtain temporary

anchorage during N winds, in less than 36.6m, rock and

shingle, within 0.4 mile of the coral reef off the village of

Omonawa (27°40'N., 128°58'E.). A submarine cable is laid

from the coast close E of Omonawa to Okino-Erabu Shima.

7.42 Kinen Saki (27°40'N., 129°00'E.) is low and flat, and close

to its S side there is a somewhat conspicuous rock.

7.42 Kametsu Hakuchi, a small partially-sheltered gap in the

reefs, lies off the village of Kametoku, about 1.3 miles N of

Kongan Saki (27°43'N., 129°01'E.). The gap is about 183m

wide with depths of 7 to 23m. An 11m patch lies nearly in the

middle of the outer part of the harbor. The inner harbor is protected by two breakwaters. A light stands at the head of the inner S breakwater.

7.42 Anchorage.—Small vessels with local knowledge can obtain temporary anchorage in fine weather, in 7.3 to 22.9m,

somewhat sheltered from W winds, in Kametsu Hakuchi.

7.42 Fairly safe anchorage, sheltered from S and W winds, can be

obtained, in 6.9 to 11.4m, close S of the low point forming the

N side of the bay at Ketoku (27°49'N., 128°59'E.).

7.42 San Ko (27°52'N., 128°58'E.) affords anchorage to small

vessels with local knowledge, in 5.5 to 15.5m, sand, protected

by mountains on its S, W, and N sides, but the holding ground

is poor and the anchorage is exposed to NE and E winds which

send in a swell; moreover, with SW winds, squalls descend

from the mountains and raise a sea that causes vessels at anchor to roll heavily.

Io Tori Sa

7.43 Io Tori Sa (27°52'N., 128°14'E.), isolated from and

well to the W of the other islands of the Amami Gunto group,

is an active volcano faced on all sides by steep cliffs. The last

severe eruption was in 1969.

7.43 Two conspicuous peaks rise on the island, the N, 211m high.

The trees and undergrowth around the N peak are dead, the
Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 141

Pub. 158

earth is of a yellowish-brown color, and large quantities of

smoke rise constantly from its SW side. The S peak is sharp,

and S of it is a dark red landslide that is very conspicuous from

the N and S.

7.43 In 1985, it was reported that no smoke was being emitted

from the volcano.

7.43 In 2001, it was reported that a strong sulfur odor could be

smelled as far as 6.5 miles away.

7.43 A fish haven lies 33 miles W of Tori Shima

7.43 Anchorage.—Small vessels can anchor close to a landing

place near the SW side of the island, in 23.8m, black sand and

shells, with the S peak bearing 042° and distant about 0.4 mile.

Yoro Shima

7.44 Okachi Yama (28°02'N., 129°10'E.), the summit of

Yoro Shima (28°01'N., 129°10'E.), is a good landmark.

7.44 Abujiri Saki (28°04'N., 129°10'E.), the N extremity of Yoro

Shima, is faced with conspicuous reddish cliffs.

7.44 Yoroshima Kaikyo, a strait between Yoro Shima and Uke

Shima to the E, is only available to small vessels with local

knowledge.

Uke Shima

7.45 Okinokuwa (28°00'N., 129°15'E.) is a group of three

above-water rocks lying off the S extremity of Uke Shima

(28°01'N., 129°10'E.); the highest is conspicuous.

7.45 Kiyamanoko (28°01'N., 129°17'E.) is a conspicuous rock

with some grass on its summit.

7.45 Naga Se, about 0.6 mile N of Kiyamanoko, is always marked

by tide rips.

7.45 Tande Shima (28°03'N., 129°15'E.) and Kotande, farther N,

lie on a shoal spit extending N from the middle of the N side of

Uke Shima; heavy tide rips are formed in the vicinity.

7.45 Small vessels with local knowledge can obtain fairly-sheltered anchorage in either Ukeamuro or Ikechi, the two small

bays on the N side of Uke Shima; these anchorages are better

than those described below in Shodan Wan and Ikomo Wan.

7.45 Caution.—Submarine cables are laid from the coast NW of

Ikechi to the S coast of Kakeroma Shima.

Ukeshima Kaikyo

7.46 Ukeshima Kaikyo (28°03'N., 129°15'E.) is a strait

between Uke Shima on the S and Kakeroma Shima on the N.

7.46 Shodon Wan (28°04'N., 129°18'E.), on the N side of Ukeshima Kaikyo, affords fairly sheltered anchorage to vessels

with local knowledge, but winds from the E and S send rollers

into the bay.

7.46 Ikomo Wan (28°05'N., 129°15'E.), also on the N side of

Ukeshima Kaikyo, is too deep to afford anchorage to any but

small vessels, which, with local knowledge, can obtain landlocked anchorage in a cove on the W side of its head.

7.46 Submarine cables are laid from Ketomi in Ikomo Wan S to

Uke Shima.

7.47 Ka Saki (28°04'N., 129°13'E.) is faced with conspicuous cliffs; on it is a round-topped mountain with a fairly

conspicuous summit.

7.47 Sukomo Banare (28°07'N., 129°10'E.), an island N of the

W entrance to Ukeshima Kaikyo, is faced with cliffs almost

everywhere, and on its NW part are some trees.

7.47 Yu Banare, about 0.8 mile NW of Sukomo Banare, has a

pointed summit.

7.47 Rocks and shoals are located N, NW, and W of Yu Banare

and Sukomo Banare. Vessels navigating in these areas should

refer to the chart.

Kakeroma Shima (28°07'N., 129°15'E.), on the N side of

Ukeshima Kaikyo, appears to form part of Amami-O Shima. A

ridge of wooded hills extends almost throughout its length.

Oshima Kaikyo

7.48 Oshima Kaikyo is a strait separating Kakeroma Shima

from the SW coast of Amami-O Shima.

7.48 Kaitsu Saki (28°07'N., 129°23'E.) lies on the E side of the

SE entrance of Oshima Kaikyo; a short distance N of it is a

conspicuous black rock. A light stands on Kaitsu Saki.

7.48 Mutade Yama, about 0.8 mile N of Kaitsu Saki, is a conspicuous conical hill, the E side of which is faced with a steep

cliff almost to its summit.

7.48 Koniya Ko (28°08'N., 129°19'E.) is a refuge harbor that

comprises the whole area of the SE part of Oshima Kaikyo.

Within the area, a number of coves lie on the NE and SW sides

of the strait. The anchorage position is off Koniya in Koniya

Hakuchi, as the other coves are too narrow, or, like the strait,

are too deep for safe anchorage.

7.48 Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval at Koniya Ko is 6

hours 47 minutes; spring tides rise 1.8m and neap tides rise

1.5m.

7.48 Depths—Limitations.—Small vessels can berth at Koniya Ko.

A basin protected, from S by two short breakwaters, lies on the E

side of the Central Wharf. A light stands at the head of each breakwater. Reclamation has been carried out 0.3 mile SE of the basin.

Several radio masts in the town are conspicuous.

7.48 Anchorage.—Anchorage, with protection from winds

between the N and E, can be obtained by vessels with local

knowledge, in 29 to 31m, in Koniya Hakuchi, off the town of

Koniya, but caution is necessary as the tidal currents are very

strong in mid-channel, and shallow water extends for some

distance offshore in the vicinity of Koniya.

7.49 Satsukawa Wan (28°10'N., 129°14'E.) offers good

protection against winds from all directions, but because of

great depths, is not a good anchorage for small vessels; however, it is reported usable by large vessels up to 10,000 dwt

during typhoons and heavy weather.

7.49 Nake Some, a coral patch with a depth of 14.6m, lies 1 mile

S of the N entrance point, to Satsuk Awa Wan.

7.49 Kuji Wan (28°12'N., 129°16'E.) is surrounded by wooded

mountains and has four coves at the head of its N branch. Kuji

Ko, the W of these, is a harbor of refuge. Small vessels, with

local knowledge, can obtain anchorage in Kuji Ko, in 18.3 to

21.9m; the bottom is of broken coral, mud, and pebbles, and

the holding ground is fairly good.

Amami-O Shima

7.50 Amami-O Shima (28°20'N., 129°26'E.) is mountain-
142 Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

ous, but there are no conspicuous peaks. Akagina Hanto, the

NE part of the island, is joined to the main portion by a low

isthmus, so that from N or S it appears as an island.

7.51 West side of Amami-O Shima.—Sotsuko Saki

(28°15'N., 129°08'E.) is fringed with rocks extending a short

distance offshore, the largest of which is pointed, 35m high,

and conspicuous from N or S.

7.51 Caution.—Caution is necessary when approaching AmamiO Shima not to mistake Sotsuko Saki Light for Borose Saki

Light (28°27'N., 129°32'E.).

7.52 Yakiuchi Wan is entered between Yadon Saki

(28°16'N., 129°11'E.) and Kamma Saki, about 1 mile NNE.

7.52 Eboshi Yama (28°17'N., 129°12'E.), the summit of Edato

Shima, is a fairly conspicuous pointed mountain, with a clump

of trees on the W side of its summit. Aka Saki, the SE extremity of Edato Shima, is of a reddish-brown color and has pine

trees on it.

7.52 Anchorage.—Amuro Wan, about 1.3 miles E of Yadon Saki,

is exposed to wind and sea between the W and N, but affords

temporary anchorage to small vessels with local knowledge, E

of Naki Sone, in about 31m, sand.

7.52 Nagara Wan, about 3.5 miles E of Yadon Saki, affords anchorage to small vessels with local knowledge, in 18.3 to

36.6m, but the entrance, between shoals on either side, is only

about 183m wide.

7.52 Taken Byochi, at the head of Yakiuchi Wan, affords the best

anchorage, in 21 to 32m, mud, but local knowledge is essential.

7.53 Oto Yama (28°19'N., 129°16'E.) has a flat summit

that is not conspicuous, but two or three summits on a ridge decreasing in height N from the mountain are conspicuous.

7.53 Tategami (28°20'N., 129°16'E.) is a rock, 64m high, and

conspicuous from the E or W. When viewed from the N, the

rock is difficult to distinguish because of the similarity in color

to the cliffs behind it. A light is shown on the islet.

7.53 Naon (28°20'N., 129°19'E.) is a fishing village at the mouth

of a river; about 0.3 mile N of the village there is a conspicuous, conical hill, 299m high.

7.53 Asan Saki (28°21'N., 129°19'E.) has a pointed summit and

is covered with grass.

7.53 Yamatohama Wan (28°22'N., 129°24'E.) is only available

to small vessels with local knowledge. Violent wind gusts blow

down from the surrounding hills.

7.53 Miyako Saki (28°23'N., 129°24'E.) is a summit covered

with dwarf bamboos and appears green.

7.53 Borose Saki (28°27'N., 129°30'E.) on which stands a light,

is a grassy point, fringed with rocks.

7.54 Naze Ko (Nase Ko) (28°23'N., 129°30'E.) is a natural

harbor. The new harbor, built on reclaimed land, is N of the

Breakwater No. 1. 

7.54 There is also a W breakwater situated on the W side of Naze

Ko, 0.5 miles S of Tategami. A light is shown from its head.

The E breakwater is situated on Yagi Shima, from which a light

is shown at its head. The E side of the fairway is marked by a

lighted buoy, which is moored on the edge of the reef fringing

the E shore, 0.35 mile S of the E breakwater head. 

Tides—Currents.—There is considerable precipitation here

year round. Winters are warm and summers are not extremely

hot. The MHW interval is 6 hours 50 minutes; spring tides rise

2m and neap tides rise 1.5m. There is a harbormaster.

Depths—Limitations.—Depths alongside range from 7.2 to

9m. The Central Wharf in the commercial harbor has depths

alongside of 2.6 to 6.6m. The fishing harbor S of the Central

Wharf has a quay with depths of 2.5 to 3.1m alongside. The

largest vessel to enter Naze Ko is a passenger vessel of 48,000

tons.

7.54 Regulations.—Naze Ko port authorities may be contacted

for instructions concerning typhoon and tsunami warnings,

evacuations, and restrictions. 

7.54 Anchorage.—The anchorage is open N and is dangerous

when rollers sweep in that direction; the bottom, however, is

mud and, except during N winds, the anchorage is good. The

best position to anchor is off the village of Sadekuma, about

0.5 mile S of Yagi Shima, in 23 to 27m. Some vessels anchor,

in 25m, with Tategami Light bearing 000° and the village of

Sadekuma bearing 077°.

7.54 Anchoring is prohibited in the central area of the waterway

and also in the area in front of Sinko-Ganpeki embankment.

7.54 Caution.—The harbor is fringed with reefs extending as

much as 0.2 mile offshore; the edges of the reefs are steep-to

and are usually marked by a change in the color of the water.

7.54 Because the entrance to Naze Ko is similar to many other

places along this coast, vessels on the regular run to the port

make for either Sotsuko Saki (28°15'N., 129°08'E.) or Imai

Saki (28°29'N., 129°37'E.) and then follow the coast to the entrance to the harbor.

7.55 Amai Saki (Imai Saki) (29°28'N., 129°37'E.) has a

conspicuous hill, 191m high, close W of it.

7.55 Kasari Wan is entered between Amai Saki and Gamo Saki

(28°30'N., 129°39'E.), about 2 miles NE.

7.55 Tatsugo Hakuchi, on the W side of Kasari Wan, is exposed

NE, but in it there are no tidal currents. The roadstead is protected from the S and W winds by mountains and hills, one of

which, Odake, on its SW side about 2.5 miles SSW of Amai

Saki, is covered with trees and is a conspicuous feature.

7.55 Akagina Ko, the E inlet at the head of Kasari Wan, is exposed NW, heavy seas are frequently experienced, and the inlet

is only suited to small vessels with local knowledge. Tategami

Iwa, on the W side of the entrance of Akagina Ko, is a black

conical rock. Taka Dake, on the E side of Akagina Ko, is the

highest hill in the vicinity; it is flat-topped and has some pine

trees on its summit. Ogari Yama, about 2 miles S of Taka Dake,

has a wedged-shaped summit.

7.55 Anchorage.—Uramur Ko, the W of the inlets at the head of

Kasari Wan, affords anchorage to small vessels with local

knowledge, in 11 to 27.4m, mud.

7.55 Akaogi Ko, the middle inlet at the head of Kasari Wan,

affords anchorage in the middle of the W bight at its head, in

11 to 27.4m, sand, but it is exposed N, and the S shore being

the low isthmus that joins Akagina Hanto to the main portion

of Amami-O Shima, it is unsafe with S winds.

7.56 East side of Amami-O Shima.—Isu Wan (28°08'N.,

129°23'E.) is entered between Kaitsu Saki (28°07'N.,

129°23'E.) and Ma Saki, about 3 miles NNE; it is only available to small vessels with local knowledge.
Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 143

Pub. 158

7.56 Futatshuhanare Iwa (28°11'N, 129°26'E.) consists of two

rocks; a short distance N of them is a conspicuous waterfall,

10m high.

7.56 Ichi Saki (28°13'N., 129°29'E.) is a crumbling cliff. Mi Se is

a reef about 0.7 mile offshore from Ichi Saki.

7.56 Sumiyo Wan is entered between Ichi Saki and Nakahise

Saki, about 7 miles NE; in its SW and NW corners, respectively, are Sumiyo Ura and Sutaru Ura, both of which are exposed to heavy rollers during E winds. West of the head of

Sutaru Wan, there is a lagoon that can be entered by small vessels at HW in calm weather.

7.56 Anchorage.—With offshore winds, anchorage can be obtained, in 21 to 29.3m, sand, off the entrance of Sumiyo Ura, N

of Tobira Shima. Small vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage in Sumiyo Ura, in 1.8 to 9.1m.

7.56 Nakahise Saki (28°19'N., 129°33'E.) should be given a wide

berth. Ho Ze is a reef about 2.5 miles offshore from Nakahise

Saki.

7.56 Sedan Iwa (28°28'N., 129°44'E.) is a rock awash that is

usually marked by breakers.

7.56 Kasari Saki lies in position 28°32'N, 129°41'E. Hira Se and

Tombara Iwa, a black rock, lie, respectively, about 1.25 miles E

and 2 miles NE of Kasari Saki; heavy tide rips and eddies are

formed in their vicinity.

Kikaiga Shima

7.57 Kikaiga Shima (Kikai Shima) (28°19'N., 129°59'E.)

has been reported radar conspicuous at 24 miles.

7.57 There is a plateau at the NE end of Kikaiga Shima, from 73

to 79m high, SW of which and separated from it by a slight

fall, is another one, from 197 to 210m high. The latter plateau

is named Hyakuno Dai, and its SE side is cliffy. West of Hyakuno Dai, there are sandy hills from 31 to 61m high; the higher

ground is treeless pasture land, but the lower levels are cultivated.

7.57 A conspicuous chimney stands on Situru Saki, the S extremity of Kikai Shima; a light stands 0.5 mile N of the point. A fish

haven lies 8 miles N of Tonbi Saki and another lies 8 miles S of

Situru Saki.

7.57 Somachi Ko (28°20'N., 130°00'E.) provides shelter from all

except SE winds to small vessels with local knowledge. A

small pier at the village of Somachi is about 79m long, with a

depth of 4.7m alongside. Breakwaters extend S from Kyora

Hana, the N entrance point and E from Naga Saki, the S entrance point. It can accommodate a vessel of about 300 grt.

7.57 At Wan Ko (28°19'N., 129°°56’E'.) is an unloading embankment, 90m long, with a depth of 5 to 7.2m alongside on

the N end of the E shore. Further to the NW is an embankment,

135m long, with a depth of 7.5m alongside. This harbor is used

by ferries of 1,500 grt. A light is shown from the NW end of

the wharf. 

7.57 A detached breakwater was constructed 0.2 mile WNW of

the above breakwater.

7.57 A submarine cable is laid from a position about 1 mile E of

Wan Minato to the area 2 miles W of Myogan Saki.

7.57 Ogame Sho (28°15'N., 129°53'E.), a reef about 2.5 miles

SW of Kikaiga Shima, is marked by breakers in rough weather,

and by a difference in the color of the water in calm weather.

7.57 A danger area extends S from Kikaiga Shima.

7.57 Sandon Iwa (28°45'N., 129°46'E.) is a small isolated group

of rocks about 14 miles NNE of the N point of Amami-O

Shima. The highest rock is 10m high, black, and conical.

Tokara Gunto

7.58 Tokara Gunto (29°40'N., 129°40'E.), a group of

mountainous islands and islets, are of volcanic formation and

all, except for Takara Shima (29°08'N., 129°12'E.) and Taira

Shima (29°41'N., 129°32'E.), emit smoke; there are hot springs

in the old craters. The coast of the group are mostly steep cliffs

or rocky precipices from which the land rises abruptly and is

covered with bamboo and a variety of trees. There is little

arable land and there are no sheltered anchorages.

7.58 The group has been reported to be a good radar target at 21

miles.

7.58 The group of islands extend 95 miles NE from Yokoate S

hima (28°48'N., 129°00'E.).

7.58 The inhabitants are engaged mainly in fishing and farming.

7.58 Winds—Weather.—The sea surface is generally tranquil

during the summer monsoon. After the rainy season passes in

June, there are many fine days with occasional onsets of heavy

rainstorms. From mid-August, the wind gradually begins to go

around to the N, then it becomes strong from September on and

the seas run high.

7.58 Tides—Currents.—The main current of the Kuroshio

strikes the W side of the islands and divides to N and S, causing tidal races at the N and S ends of the islands. It also appears

that there is a confluence with a branch current in the vicinity

of the SE side of the islands, which causes tide rips in the

vicinity of their S end. If the wind direction is in opposition to

the current direction the waves become strikingly higher and

navigation by small craft becomes dangerous. The phenomenon is called Shiomakura (tide pillow) colloquially. It is reported that motor vessels with a speed of 5 knots have been

unable to overcome the tidal races and rips at the N and S end

of Kaga Shima. 

7.58 The tidal current, in general, flows along the coastline of the

islands, the flood tide flowing N to NW and the ebb tide

flowing S to SE, but there many occasions when the pattern is

confused because of the influence of sea currents. There are

many locations where a countercurrent is generated, near to the

coast of the islands because of the effects of such sea and tidal

currents and in summer it is reported that there is the

occasional onset of a tidal wave.

7.58 It is reported that the tidal current flows E through the

Tokara Kaikyo and that its rate is 4 to 5 knots, when a WSW to

W wind is blowing.

Yokoate Shima

7.59 The E part of Yokoate Shima (28°48'N., 129°00'E.) is

the crater of an extinct volcano, but the W part is dormant. The

entire island is surrounded by cliffs and is reported to be a good

radar target at 20 miles.

7.59 Tidal currents are strong; eddies form between Yokoate

Shima and Kaminone Sho (28°50'N., 129°13'E.), about 2

miles to the N. An obstruction has been reported 2.25 miles

NNW of Kaminone Sho.
144 Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

Takara Shima

7.60 Takara Shima (29°08'N., 129°12'E.) has a mountain

near its middle covered with bamboo; the gentle slopes at the

foot of the mountain are cultivated. A large radio tower stand

on the highest point of the island.

7.60 Anchorage.—Takarashima Hakuchi, on the N side of Takara

Shima, off the village of Maegomori, affords temporary open

anchorage to small vessels with local knowledge, in 12.8 to

27.4m, but the depths increase very rapidly, and the tidal

currents are very strong; it is only available during S winds.

7.60 Kuroyamano Se is a shoal with a depth of 6.9m, extending

about 2.3 miles SE of Areki Saki, at the S point of Takara

Shima. A light stands on Areki Saki.

Kotakara Shima

7.61 Kotokara Shima (29°13'N., 129°20'E.), very steep

on its S side, is covered with bamboo; a house on the side of

the hill is prominent. Oiwaya is a pointed wooded hill on the W

side of the islet.

7.61 Ko Shima, about 0.8 mile E of Kotakara Shima, has a domeshaped tree-covered summit. A pillar-shaped rock is on the NE

side of the islet and a drying rock, usually marked by breakers,

is close off the NW side of the islet. Several dangerous reefs E

of Ko Shima are marked by breakers.

7.61 In 1982, submarine volcanic activity was reported in the

vicinity of the 64m bank, 9 miles WNW of Kodakara Shima.

7.61 The position of Oki Zone, a reef about 4 miles NNE of Kotakara Shima, is indicated in rough weather by the condition of

the water surface.

7.61 Two more areas of relatively shoal water lie along roughly

the same latitude, 13 and 30 miles W of Oki Sone. In extreme

weather conditions, the sea breaks over these features.

Akuseki Shima

7.62 Akuseki Shima (29°27'N., 129°36'E.), reported to be

a good radar target at 26 miles, has its 587m summit on its W

part. The summit is covered with trees and a range gradually

decreasing in height and with clumps of bamboo on it trends

SE. The coasts are almost all high cliffs and a village near

some cultivated land is on the SW part. The island is marked

by a light.

7.62 Tide rips occur off Nizumi Saki, the rocky SW point of the

island. Large breakers have been reported in the area of Gogo

Sone, an off-lying bank 26 miles W of Akuseki Shima, having

a depth of 89 fm.

Suwanose Shima

7.63 On Take, the summit of Suwanose Shima (29°38'N.,

129°43'E.), rises in the middle of the island and consists of

volcanic debris and lava; no grass or trees grow on its upper

half and its summit is comparatively flat, but there is a conspicuous rock on its NW part.

7.63 On the NE side of the mountain there are high cliffs separated by deep gullies, from the bottom of which smoke is emitted and the summit is nearly always obscured; eruptions and

explosions sometimes occur. In 1955, brownish smoke from a

seabed eruption was observed in a position about 5 miles E of

Suwanose Shima.

7.63 Tomidachi Take, at the NE end of the range that traverses the

island, is 540m high and conspicuous; Negami Take, at the SW

end of the range, is 354m high; though, there are several peaks

between these two mountains and On Take, they are usually

enveloped in clouds or smoke.

7.63 The S part of Suwanose Shima is high and, except on a

hillock where there is a village and some cultivated land, it is

overgrown with bamboo; the N side of the island is wooded.

7.63 Naga Saki is the S extremity of Suwanose Shima; tide rips

occur off the point.

7.63 Tori Saki, the W extremity of Suwanose Shima, consists of

dark red cliffs near which is a stream of stones and lava from

an old crater.

7.63 Furusato Saki lies 0.2 mile NE of Tori Saki; after rain, there

are several small waterfalls between Furusato Saki and Su

Saki, the NE extremity of Suwanose Shima.

7.63 Su Saki, off which there are tide rips, ends in a pointed rock;

on the E side of the point, the coast rises precipitously, and on

this side is a waterfall.

7.63 Kiriishi Hakuchi is a small bay on the E side of Suwanose

Shima, about 0.5 mile NNE of Naga Saki. Small vessels with

local knowledge can obtain anchorage, sheltered from SW

winds, over a bottom of sand. Caution is necessary because

three submarine cables are laid from this part of the coast to the

other islands of Tokara Gunto. Reference should be made to

the chart.

7.63 Suwanose Suido, the channel between the islands of Akuseki

Shima and Suwanose Shima, has the center of its axis along the

approximate axis of the Kuroshio Current, which attains a rate

of 2.5 knots.

Taira Shima

7.64 Taira Shima (29°41'N, 129°32'E.), with the highest

of the hills at the S end of the island, is 114m high. There is a

village on a hill on the W side of the island, near which is some

cultivated land. The island is 246m high.

7.64 Dei Se is a group of rocks, of which the highest is 68m high,

lying close off the S extremity of Taira Shima; the passage

between these rocks and the island should not be attempted.

Nakano Shima

7.65 Nakano Shima (29°51'N., 129°51'E.) is separated

from Suwanose Shima by Nakano Shima Suido. There is a

strong E ocean current in the strait. O Take, the summit of the

island, is the highest mountain in Tokara Gunto; sulfurous

fumes are emitted from its summit and from places on its NE

side. A range, gradually decreasing in elevation, extends E

from a somewhat conspicuous mountain, 530m high, near its S

extremity. The coasts of the island are mostly rocky precipices

on high cliffs.

7.65 Hishagono Hana, the S extremity of Nakano Shima, is a

cliffy headland, 184m high. About 1 mile E and NW of the

headland there are cliffs from 104 to 183m high, the tops of

which are densely wooded and over which are some small

waterfalls. Otategami is a pillar-shaped rock, close inshore,
Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 145

Pub. 158

about 0.2 mile NW of the headland; its summit is serrated and

conspicuous from NW.

7.65 Maeno Hama is a small bay about 1.8 miles NW of Hishagono Hana, at the head of which is a wooded hill surmounted

by the village of Sato; in the NW part of the village there is a

white-washed school, standing at an elevation of 57m. The

school is conspicuous when approaching from the SW. The

shores of the bay are fringed with rocks, the outer edges of

which are steep-to.

7.65 Anchorage.—Temporary anchorage can be obtained by

small vessels with local knowledge, with the school at Sato

bearing 039°, distant about 0.8 mile, but it is reported that,

because of the strength of the tidal current, difficulty may be

encountered in taking up this position.

7.66 Nohori Saki, the NW extremity of Nakano Shima, is a

rocky point, about 21.3m high; close off it are some curiouslyshaped rocks.

7.66 Kusazeno Hana, about 1 mile E of Nohori Saki, is a fairly

level headland, 62m high, and at its extremity there is a large

rock in the form of an arch.

7.66 Seri Misaki, the SE extremity of Nakano Shima, is flattopped and about 37m high; close off it there is a pillar-shaped

rock of the same elevation. Jinnyomu Take, about 0.4 mile NW

of the cape, is 171m high and conspicuous.

7.66 Koyama Shima, a rocky islet about 30m high, with some

bushes and grass on its summit, lies about 0.4 mile W of Seri

Misaki.

7.66 Anchorage.—Small vessels with local knowledge can obtain temporary shelter, either E or W of Koyama Shima.

Gaja Shima

7.67 Gaja Shima (29°54'N., 129°32'E.) has been reported

radar conspicuous at 20 miles. Ara Saki, the SE extremity of

Gaja Shima, is of an ash-gray color.

7.67 Kobatategami, on the NW side of the island, is a conspicuous pillar-shaped rock, 122m high.

7.67 The remains of an abandoned village are situated on a cliff,

about 60m high, on the N side of the island. Maetategami, N of

the village, is very similar to Kobatategami and 103m high.

Ko Gaja Shima

7.68 Ko Gaja Shima (29°53'N., 129°37'E.) is uninhabited.

Its cliffy sides rise vertically from the sea; on its summit there

are a few trees. It is reported that the smell of sulfur is noticeable near its N end.

7.68 Ogamino Se, a detached rock with a depth of 4.6m, lies

about 1.5 miles N of Ko Gaja Shima; it is always marked by

breakers. There are tide rips in this area.

Kuchino Shima

7.69 Kuchino Shima (29°58'N., 129°55'E.) is separated

from Nakano Shima by Kuchino Shima Suido, in which the

strong E current sometimes produces tide rips. Mae Take, the

summit of the island, is a dark, conical, wooded mountain,

628m high. Hikisui Take, nearly 1 mile SE of Mae Take, is

448m high and has a rocky summit. Kamakura Takerises about

0.4 mile E of Hikisui Take, and on its S side are some cliffs; on

its summit is a conspicuous pillar-shaped rock, 277m high.

Hirino Dake, at the N end of the island, is covered with bamboo. Tide rips occur off the S part of the E coast of Kuchino

Shima.

7.69 Anchorage.—Maeno Hama, on the E side of the N end of

Kuchino Shima, affords temporary anchorage, sheltered from

winds between the S and W, to vessels with local knowledge,

in 9.1 to 20.1m, mud and sand, about 0.3 mile offshore. Heavy

seas are sometimes experienced at this anchorage.

7.69 The open bay on the W side has the shape of an isosceles

triangle, with Hira Se and Maru Se as the north end of the

mouth of the bay provides anchorage. This is Kuchinoshima

Hakuchi and consists of Nisino Hama. This bay affords temporary anchorage, according to the wind direction, to vessels

with local knowledge, in 8.6 to 43m. This anchorage is probably the best anchorage in the Tokara Gunto group.

7.69 Vessels should refer to charts of this area. Submarine cables

are laid from Nisino Hama to Nakano Shima.

7.69 Nishinohama Gyoko, a small fishing harbor, lies at the head

of the bay, and is protected by N and S breakwaters. A light

stands on the S breakwater head.

7.69 Gunome Misaki, the W extremity of Kuchino Shima, is a rocky

headland, in the form of the horn of a rhinoceros, 94m high.

7.69 Aka Se is a small rock, reddish in color, which lies about

100m E of the tip of Serii Saki (the N extremity of Kuchino

Shima). Two isolated rocks lie on the NW side of this island.

7.69 Me Se, about 4 miles NW of Serii Saki, is marked by a

change in the color of the water in its vicinity; the currents are

strong.

7.69 Caution.—An area lying in the W approach to Tokara

Kaikyo, extending about 45 miles NNW from Me Se, is volcanic, and depths are liable to considerable change.

7.70 Tokara Kaikyo is a strait leading between the N end of

Tokara Gunto and the SW islands of Osumi Gunto. Hira Se,

marked by a light, is on the SW side of the strait in position

30°03'N, 130°04'E. The largest and highest rock, close W of

which there is a white rock, is near the SW end of the shoal and

is 28m high.

7.70 Caution.—The areas around Hira Se, Uwano Se (30°12'N.,

130°04'E.), with a least depth of 14m and usually marked by

ripples, and Nakano Sone (30°18'N., 130°08'E.) should be

avoided, as unknown shoals may exist in their vicinities. The

Kuroshio Current has been reported to attain rates of 3 to 5

knots in the strait.

Osumi Gunto

7.71 Osumi Gunto (30°30'N., 130°00'E.) is the NE group

of islands forming Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands); it consists

of two islands of moderate size and six smaller ones.

Yaku Shima

7.72 Miyanoura Dake (30°20'N., 130°31'E.) rises nearly in

the middle of Yaku Shima (30°20'N., 130°32'E.); it is steep-sided

and has two summits, NW and SE of each other. There are several
146 Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

other peaks, but they are nearly always enveloped in clouds, and

cannot be seen when close inshore because of the coastal

mountains.

7.73 Southwest and northwest sides of Yaku Shima.—

Nano Se (30°14'N., 130°25'E.) is a group of rocks. The channel

between these rocks and the coast should not be attempted.

7.73 Anchorage.—Small vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage, sheltered from winds between N and E, between Nano Se and a sandy beach SE of the mouth of Kurio

Kawa; the tidal currents in the vicinity of Nano Se are very

strong, and in bad weather, tide rips are formed within about 4

miles SW of the rocks.

7.73 Nose Hana (30°19'N., 130°24'E.) close inshore, about 0.3

mile SE of it, is a flat-topped rock, with a black summit that is

somewhat conspicuous from NW.

7.73 Nagata Misaki (Mi Saki) (30°23'N., 130°23'E.) is a conspicuous, steep, rocky headland, 55m high, from which the

land rises steeply to Kawara Take, 1,328m high, a mountain

covered with a forest of black trees. It has been reported that in

summer, during strong S winds, a S current often attains a rate

of 2 knots about 1 mile W of Nagata Misaki. This is purely

local and likely to be associated with dangerous seas including

tide rips. There is a light on Nagata Misaki. 

7.73 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can obtain

temporary anchorage, sheltered from winds between E and S,

off the mouth of the river on which stands the village of

Nagata (30°24'N., 131°26'E.). Submarine cables are laid from

the W coast of Yaku Shima in this area to Kutinoerabu Shima

and Kagoshima.

7.74 Senzokuno Hana (30°27'N., 130°28'E.) is a rocky

point, surmounted by a somewhat conspicuous pointed hill,

194m high.

7.74 Isso Ko (30°27'N., 130°30'E.) is a small bay protected by a

breakwater. A light stands at the E end of the N breakwater. It

is exposed NW and has a conspicuous beach of white sand at

its head. Pine trees on the white sandy beach at the head of the

bay and the white building of a meteorological station are good

landmarks when entering the harbor.

7.74 A pier, 110m long, is situated on the E side of Isso Ko

opposite the breakwater; it can accommodate a vessel of 2,000

grt. Two mooring buoys are anchored off the head of the pier.

A vessel of 353 grt berths regularly at the breakwater.

7.74 Anchorage.—Except with winds between the W and N,

sheltered anchorage can be obtained by small vessels with

local knowledge, in Isso Ko, in depths decreasing from 29m,

sand; with strong W winds, better shelter can be obtained in

Moto Ura.

7.74 Yahazu Yama rises on the peninsula, the N extremity of which

is Yahazu Saki (30°28'N., 130°30'E.); it is a conspicuous dark

hill, 142m high, covered with bushes, and with a double summit.

7.75 Southeast and northeast sides of Yaku Shima.—

Between Kuro Saki (30°14'N., 130°27'E.) and Komori Bana

(30°18'N., 130°39'E.) the coast is bold, with the land rising

abruptly from the sea to heights of at least 30m, and then

sloping back less steeply to the mountain ranges; most of these

more gentle slopes are cultivated.

7.75 Anbo Ko (30°19'N, 130°39'E.) is a local harbor. At the village of Anbo, there are berths that accommodate vessels up to

1,000 and 1,500 grt. The depths alongside range from 4 to

5.5m. Anbo Light stands on the N side of the harbor entrance;

an auxiliary light mounted on it illuminates the outer edge of a

reef, 400m SSE. Vessels should navigate with caution; the entrance to the port is narrow and the current velocity is high. A

detached breakwater has been constructed 0.3 mile E of the

light.

7.75 Haya Saki (30°22'N., 130°40'E.) is faced with rocky cliffs,

36m high, and surmounted by dwarf trees; it is backed by a

grassy plateau extending to the foot of the mountains, which is

conspicuous from N or S. A light stands on the top of the cliffs

of Haya Saki.

7.75 Nana Se is a 2.8m high rock, about 2.3 miles WNW of Haya

Saki.

7.75 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can obtain

anchorage, sheltered from winds between the S and W, off the

village of Kusukawa (30°24'N., 130°36'E.); this anchorage is

sometimes used in summer, when anchorage off Miyanoura

becomes untenable because of the sea raised by strong NW

winds.

7.76 Miyanoura Ko (30°26'N., 130°35'E.) (World Port

Index No. 62075) lies at the mouth of the Miyanoura Kawa.

The N side of the harbor is formed by a breakwater. A

submarine wave height gauge is moored about 0.3 mile NE of

the base of the breakwater and is connected to the shore by a

submarine cable. The submarine cable runs NE to Tanega

Shima. 

7.76 Aspect.—Goto Yama, about 0.8 mile S of the mouth of

Miyanoura Kawa, is 255m high, has trees on its summit, but

not on its sides, and is a conspicuous feature. Nataori Take, a

wooded mountain, attains an elevation of 521m, about 1.3

miles NW of Goto Yama, and on the flat part of its shoulder,

about 0.4 mile E of its summit, there is a conspicuous solitary

pine tree, standing at an elevation of 200m. The white building

and three chimneys of a power plant in the town are very conspicuous. On a clear day, a conspicuous white sandy beach at

the mouth of Miyanoura Kawa, can be seen from 4 to 5 miles

offshore.

7.76 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can obtain

anchorage, sheltered from winds between the S and SW, in 7.3

to 14.6m, sand, off the mouth of Miyanoura Kawa; caution

must be exercised, however, because shoals extend about 0.2

mile offshore in the vicinity of the mouth of the river. 

Yaku Shima - N coast
Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 147

Pub. 158

7.76 Caution is also necessary because of a submarine cable close

E of the mouth of the river.

7.76 Tsuka Saki (30°26'N., 130°34'E.) is a rocky dome-shaped

point, 19.8m high, that is surmounted by some dwarf trees.

7.76 Moto Ura, close E of Yahazu Saki (30°28'N., 130°30'E.),

affords anchorage to small vessels with local knowledge, sheltered from winds between the S and W, in depths decreasing

from 14.6m in its entrance, to less than 5m within 0.1 mile of

its head; the bottom is sandy, but the sea breaks with winds

between N and E.

Tanegashima Kaikyo

7.77 Tanegashima Kaikyo (30°20'N., 130°47'E.) leads

between the E side of Yaku Shima and the W side of the S end

of Tanega Shima; vessels making use of it must exercise great

caution to avoid the dangers SSW of Otake Zake, the SE

extremity of Tanega Shima.

Tanega Shima

7.78 Tanega Shima lies with Zyoga Saki, its SW extremity

in position 30°21'N, 130°52'E. The island has a fairly level

ridge running through the greater part of its length, and there

are few conspicuous landmarks. Takamineo Yama, the highest

hill, rises about 18.5 miles NNE of Zyoga Saki, and for 3 miles

S of it the ridge is of about the same elevation; it then falls and

rises again to Nagayano, a plateau rising about 6 miles N of

Zyoga Saki, S of which two or three spires gradually descend

to the coast. With the exception of Nagayano, which is a moor,

the entire island is thickly wooded.

7.78 Tanega Shima has been reported radar conspicuous at 17

miles.

7.79 West side of Tanega Shima—Kadokura Saki to Hako

Saki.—The land SE of Shimama Saki (30°28'N., 130°51'E.) is

level and cultivated; on it are some tall pine trees which are

conspicuous from S and N. Heavy breakers are experi-enced in

bad weather in the tide rip area W of the point. A light stands on

the point. An obstructed fish haven lies close NE.

7.79 Shimama Hakuchi, a bay on the NE side of Shimama Saki,

affords anchorage to vessels with local knowledge, in about

10.1m, sand, about 0.3 mile N of Ike Shima, a rock, 2.1m high,

near the head of the bay. This anchorage affords fair shelter

from all winds except those between the W and N.

7.79 Kutsuwa Saki, about 2 miles NE of Shimama Saki, is faced

with steep cliffs.

7.79 Ara Saki (30°36'N., 130°57'E.) is about 8 miles NNE of

Kutsuwa Saki; between them is a beach of white sand that is

backed by a conspicuous white, sandy cliff.

7.79 Sumiyoshi Misaki (30°40'N., 130°57'E.) is a flat wooded

point.. Small vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage, sheltered from NW winds, in the bay on the E side of Sumiyoshi Misaki.

7.80 Nisinoomote Wan is entered between Hako Saki

(30°43'N., 130°59'E.) and Ono Saki, about 0.8 mile NE. A breakwater projects N from Hako Saki. A light is shown at its head. A

meteorological station, about 0.3 mile N of Ono Saki, and the

town hall on the NE side of the bay, are useful landmarks. The S

side of the bay is a sandy beach and on the same side of the head

of the bay is a conspicuous cliff of red sand. Three submarine

cables are at the head of Nisinoomote Wan; beacons stand on

either side of the landing place.

7.80 Nisinoomote Ko, on the NE side of the bay, is a small artificial harbor, protected by breakwaters, in which there is a depth

of 4m. Local weather signals are displayed at the meteorological station. A vessel of 1,000 grt berths regularly at one of

the wharves, which vary from 100 to 200m in length, with

depths of 3.4 to 4.1m alongside.

7.80 A new harbor lies on the S side of the reclaimed land S of the

old harbor. Depths alongside the quays range from 4 to 7.5m.

Vessels up to 5,000 grt can be accommodated.

7.80 Anchorage.—Nisinoomote Wan is exposed W, but affords

good anchorage, sheltered from winds from other directions, in

5.5 to 9.1m, but local knowledge is necessary, and care must be

taken to avoid the submarine cables.

7.80 Caution.—A covered rock, 4.2m deep, lies about 290m S of

the light at the head of the W breakwater. A sunken ship lies

about 260m SW of the light. In the central part of the bay are

two obstacles, with depths of 2.2 and 2.6m.

7.80 Urata Wan (30°49'N., 131°03'E.) is a small bay; it is open N.

Small vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage,

sheltered from S winds, in 7.3 or 9.1m, sand, in Urata Wan.

7.81 East side of Tanega Shima.—Between Kadokura

Saki (30°20'N., 130°53'E.) and Otake Saki (30°22'N.,

130°58'E.), the coast consists for the most part of beaches of

white sand, with two or three somewhat conspicuous points.

Shimo-Nakano is a town situated about 2.3 miles NE of Kadokura Saki; E of it are some conspicuous white sandhills. A

short distance W of Otake Saki there are some conspicuous red

cliffs.

7.81 Otake Saki Light is shown from a conspicuous red cliff,

nearly 1 mile NW of Otake Saki (30°22'N., 130°58'E.).

7.81 Hitotsu Se (Yoko Se) (30°21'N., 130°59'E.), a detached,

black, cylindrical rock, is conspicuous from the N and S. A

rock lies about 0.4 mile N of Hitotsu Se. Water breaks over this

rock except when the sea is calm.

7.81 Genzaburo, about 2 miles SW of Ori Se, is a reef with a least

depth of 4.5m. Another reef lies about 0.4 mile NE of Genzaburo. Several reefs and a wreck dangerous to navigation lie between Genzaburo and Nabewari.

7.81 Nabewari (30°17'N, 130°57'E) is a shoal marked by

breakers, except at SW on very calm days.

7.81 Ori Se (30°20'N., 130°59'E.) is nearly always marked by

breakers.

7.81 Schichijin Sho lies about 3 miles S of Nabewari. There is a

rock here, with a least depth of 12.8m.

7.81 There are a number of above-water rocks off the NE side of

O Saki (30°24'N., 130°59'E.), the outermost of which is red in

color and somewhat conspicuous.

7.81 Hijiri Yama (30°25'N., 130°56'E.) has its summit is covered

with trees; it is conspicuous from the E.

7.81 O Ura (30°28'N., 130°58'E.) affords anchorage to small vessels, in 5.9 to 15.1m, sand, but prolonged NE winds send in a

heavy swell; the anchorage space is restricted, and there are so

many dangers in the approach that local knowledge is essential.

7.81 Kumano Yama (30°28'N., 130°58'E.), a conspicuous hill

covered with large trees, rises to an elevation of 99m to the tree
148 Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

tops, close to the coast, about 0.6 mile N of the N entrance

point of O Ura.

7.82 Ori Se (30°31'N., 131°00'E.) has a depth of 0.9m; it is

usually marked by breakers.

7.82 Mage Se (Magenose) (30°32'N., 131°02'E.) has a depth of

1.8m; the sea breaks over it in rough weather. An obstructed

fish haven lies about 2 miles SW of Magenose.

7.82 Yama Se (30°33'N., 131°02'E.), a reddish pointed rock, 30m

high, is conspicuous from S. Kuro Se, a flat-topped rock, 16m

high, lies about 0.2 mile E of Yama Se. A rock, which dries,

stands between Yama Se and the N edge of Mage Se.

7.82 Naka Se (30°34'N., 131°03'E.) has a depth of 0.9m; it is

usually marked by breakers.

7.82 Yasumino Hana (30°36'N., 131°03'E.) is faced with steep

cliffs; on it is a solitary pine tree that is conspicuous from the N

or S.

7.82 Okuro Se is a conspicuous rock, 15m high, lying close off a

small rocky point, about 0.6 mile N of Yasumino Hano. A dry

exposed rock shelf stretches for about 0.2 mile SE of this rock.

7.82 Minato Ura (30°49'N., 131°04'E) is a cove. Shira Hae, a

rock, with a depth of 5.9m, lies about 0.5 mile NNE of the E

entrance point. The cove affords shelter to small vessels, with

local knowledge, during E winds.

7.82 Kisika Saki is the N extremity of Tanega Shima. Reefs extend about 0.5 mile N of this point and a light is shown from

the point.

7.82 Tide rips are encountered to the N of both Kisika Saki and

Mage Shima.

7.82 Senohana is a rock with a depth of 7.3m that lies about 1.5

miles N of Kisika Saki. There are eddies in this area.

Mage Shima

7.83 Mage Shima (30°44'N., 130°51'E.) is covered with a

thick growth of grass and there are but few trees. Though there

are a few groups of sheds, the island is not permanently inhabited, but is frequented by fisherman during the season.

7.83 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can obtain open

anchorage, in 12.8m, rocky bottom, with the summit of Mage

Shima bearing 230°, the E extremity of the island bearing

194°, and Sata Misaki, the S extremity of Kyushu, slightly

open N of the N extremity of Mage Shima. Vessels approaching this position from NW must exercise caution when rounding the N end of the island. A submarine cable is laid from this

coast at a point about 0.8 mile SSE of the light on the N tip of

the island. This cable runs E and ESE to Tanega Shima.

7.83 A depth of 17.4m lies about 7.3 miles SSW of this same light.

Kutinoerabu Shima

7.84 Kutinoerabu Shima (30°27'N., 130°13'E.) is thickly

covered with bamboo; about 0.4 mile N of the pointed summit

of the island is a sharp grassy peak, 632m high, that is a conspicuous feature. Shin Take and Furu Take are volcanoes rising

a short distance, respectively, NW and SW of the summit of the

island. The only cultivated land is in the vicinity of the houses.

7.84 Kutinoerabu Shima has been reported radar conspicuous at

24 miles.

7.85 South side of Kutinoerabu Shima.—About 0.5 mile

S of Mishima Saki (30°27'N, 130°12'E) is a valley through

which flows a river, the constant muddy outflow of which

causes the surface water in the vicinity to assume a light yellow

color.

7.85 Kutinoerabu Wan, entered between Mishima Saki and Taka

Saki, about 0.5 mile WNW, is protected by a breakwater. A

radio tower, 6.1m high, stands on the N side of the bay.

7.85 Anchorage.—Except with winds between S and W, good

anchorage can be obtained, in 9.1 to 18.3m, fine sand, in the

middle of Kutinoerabu Wan; N winds sometimes blow across

the isthmus at the head of the bay.

7.85 Taka Saki is faced with a conspicuous, steep, black cliff and

is surmounted by pine trees.

7.85 No Saki (30°29'N., 130°09'E.) is a dark cliffy point, covered

with thickets of bamboo, and is conspicuous. There is a light

on this point. At its extremity, there is a pillar-shaped rock,

30m high, that from N or S appears detached. There is a conspicuous, conical, detached rock, 33m high, about 0.3 mile NE

of the point.

7.86 North side of Kutinoerabu Shima.—Jono Hana

(30°27'N., 130°16'E.) is a conspicuous cliffy cape, with a

pointed grassy summit. There are three conspicuous peaks,

258m high, nearly 1 mile WSW of Jono Hana.

7.86 Aspect.—A steep brownish cliff rises 65m, about 2 miles

NW of Jono Hana.

7.86 Small vessels with local knowledge can ob-tain anchorage,

sheltered from W winds, close SW of the outermost rock off

Jono Hana.

7.86 Nishi Ura is entered between Ori Saki (30°29'N.,

130°12'E.) and Kuro Saki, about 1 mile WNW.

7.86 Anchorage.—Nishi Ura affords anchorage to vessels with

local knowledge, in depths decreasing from 16.5 to 14.6m; the

bay is open N, and S winds sometimes blow across the isthmus

at its head; the bottom is of sand and shells, and the anchorage

cannot be considered safe.

7.86 Caution.—Submarine cables run from far inside this bay to

Yaku Shima.

7.87 Iwaya Tomari is entered between Kuro Saki and

Kitakame Hana, about 0.8 mile NW.

7.87 Anchorage.—Iwaya Tomari is open NE, but affords anchorage, sheltered from S winds, to small vessels with local knowledge, in 9.1 to 14.6m, sand and shells.

7.87 Kitakame Hana (30°29'N., 130°10'E.) is faced with a steep

cliff and lies about 1 mile E of No Saki, to which it bears some

resemblance, though it is somewhat the higher of the two. Yano

Mine, which dominates Kitakame Hana, is covered with

bamboo and conspicuous; it is 148m high and slopes S.

Take Shima

7.88 Take Shima (30°48'N., 130°26'E.) is covered with a

dense growth of bamboo. Ombo Saki, the W extremity of the

island, is surmounted by a conical hill, 69m high.

7.88 Anchorage.—Small vessels, with local knowledge, can obtain anchorage, sheltered from S winds, in about 23.8m, coral,

rock, sand, and shells, in a small bay on the N side of Take
Sector 7. Nansei Shoto (Ryukyu Islands) and Off-lying Islands 149

Pub. 158

Shima, but the anchorage is not good. Care is necessary to

avoid the submarine cable.

Io Shima

7.89 Io Shima (30°47'N., 130°19'E.), with Io Take near its

E end, is an active volcano, 706m high, from which smoke

rises continuously. Yahazu Take rises to an elevation of 349m

about the middle of the NW side of the island; it has a pointed

summit and is a conspicuous feature.

7.89 Caution.—Because undiscovered dangers may exist in the

waters around Io Shima and the sea in the area is discolored by

sulfur outflow, the vicinity should be avoided.

7.90 Ioshima Ko (30°46'N., 130°17'E.) is a small bay in

the W part of the S coast of Io Shima, the depths in which are

too deep for anchorage. This port is used for shipping stone

and bamboo. Fishing vessels of less than 100 tons use this port

as a refuge. Two submarine cables run from the head of this

bay.

7.90 Kuroshima Saki (30°46'N., 130°16'E.) is the W extremity

of Io Shima, and in its vicinity are numerous rocks, one of the

outermost of which is usually marked by breakers.

7.91 Sin-Io Shima (30°48'N., 130°21'E.), sometimes known

as Shin To, is an islet of lava, 26.5m high, the result of an eruption

in 1934. The surface water within about 0.2 mile of the SE

extremity of Io Shima is reported to be of various colors.

7.91 There are several rocks and reefs on the NE side Io Shima;

when navigating in this area vessels should proceed with

caution and refer to the chart.

7.91 Groups of above and below-water rocks lie S and SE of the

SE extremity of Io Shima. These depths are as shallow as 2.7m.

Reference should be made to the chart.

7.91 Yu Se (30°45'N., 130°06'E.) consists of three islets of about

the same height, the middle being 56m high, together with a

rock, 2.1m high; when seen from NW or NE, the group resembles a pagoda or tower.

Kuro Shima

7.92 Kuro Shima (30°49'N, 129°56'E.) is mostly covered

with a dense growth of bamboo, although it is cultivated in a

few places. Earthquakes are a frequent occurrence.

7.92 Anchorage.—Temporary anchorage, sheltered from S and

SW winds, can be obtained by vessels with local knowledge, in

21m, sand and shells, in the small bay close NW of Kaburi

Hana (Kafuri Bana), the E extremity of Kuro Shima. Care is

necessary to avoid the submarine cable.

Kusakaki Shima

7.93 Kusakaki Shima (30°51'N., 129°28'E.) is a group of

about 17 bare and precipitous islets and rocks. Although the

group would appear to be steep-to, vessels should not approach

within 1 mile of any of the islets and rocks. Kusakaki Shima

has been reported radar conspicuous at 10 miles.

7.93 Kusakaki-Kamino Shima, at the NE end of the group and

marked by a light, is frequented by fisherman during the season.
151

Pub. 158

8.

Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands

8.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 8 — CHART INFORMATION
153

Pub. 158

SECTOR 8 

SOUTHWEST COAST OF KYUSHU, INCLUDING OFF-LYING ISLANDS

8.0 Plan.—This sector describes the SW coast of Kyushu, from

Sata Misaki (30°59'N., 130°40'E.), the S extremity, NW to

Nomo Saki (32°34'N., 129°45'E.), at the SW end of Nagasaki

Hanto. Uji Gunto and other off-lying islands and dangers,

which are in the W approaches to Kagoshima Wan, are described prior to the coastal features. 

Off-Lying Islands

8.1 Uji Gunto (31°11'N., 129°27'E.) is comprised of four

conspicuous islets, namely, Uji Shima (Muko Shima), Ie

Shima, Suzume Shima, and Same Shima.

8.1 Uji Shima rises at its N end to a conspicuous conical hill, and

off its SE end is a small cone shaped island 57m high. Several

pointed rocks, the largest of which is Nishitategami, 97m high,

extends from the NW extremity of Uji Shima. There is a

channel between Uji Shima and Ie Shima, which is sometimes

used by fishing vessels for shelter during the summer. Suzume

Shima consists of twin islets of equal height that open only

from the N or S. Same Shima is a precipitous islet, whose summit, a white rock, rises in its NW part. By day, the positions of

almost all the dangers in this vicinity can be identified but at

night, this group should be given a wide berth. Vessels should

not approach within 1 mile of these islands.

8.2 Tsukura Se (31°18'N., 129°45'E.) consists of four detached above-water rocks. From the N or S, the group appears

as two pointed rocks; from the E or W, three are visible.

8.2 Sata Misaki (30°59'N., 130°40'E.) is a conspicuous point,

85m high; it is the southernmost point of Kyushu. This point,

from which a light is shown, is backed by lofty hills. Owa

Shima, a rocky islet, lies 0.1m S of Sata Misaki, and is connected to the point by reefs. Biro Shima, a wooded islet, 54.9m

high, lies about 0.3 mile offshore, about 0.8 mile ENE of Sata

Misaki.

8.2 The coast, 4.5 miles N from Sata Misaki to Tatsume Saki

(Tachime Saki) (31°04'N., 130°39'E.) is fringed with rocks, but

is comparatively steep-to.

Kagoshima Wan

8.3 Kagoshima Wan is a lengthy inlet entered between

Tatsume Saki and Kaimon Misaki, about 9 miles NW. At its

head, there is a landlocked bay that is separated from the S part

of the inlet by Sakura Shima. Entry to this bay may be gained

through, Nishi Suido, a deep channel to the W of Sakura

Shima. Depths of over 180m are prevalent over a large portion

of the inlet S of Sakura Shima.

8.3 Tides—Currents.—Enter into Kagoshima Wan on the

rising tide and out of the inlet on the falling tide, turning within

0.5 hour before HW and LW. At the entrance, the turn occurs

about the time of HW and LW and the N current attains a speed

of 1.5 to 2 knots at springs. However, on the NW side of the entrance, within about 3 miles SE of Kaimon Misaki, the current

flows NE on the rising tide and SW on the falling tide, maximum rate about 1.3 knots. 

8.3 Caution.—Kan Se, an isolated rock with a depth of 1.5m,

lies on a small shoal near the middle of the entrance of Kagoshima Wan, about 4 miles NNW of Tatsume Saki. The vicinity

of the rock has been swept to a depth of 18m. It should also be

noted that in calm weather the rock can be detected from a

distance by discoloration; in bad weather, it breaks.

8.3 Due to the considerable size of the bay, the Caldera hills provide insufficient shelter to vessels seeking refuge from the

frequent typhoons affecting the Kyusu coast. Yamagawa Ko affords refuge for small ships.

Kagoshima Wan—East Side

8.4 Tatsume Saki (31°04'N., 130°39'E.), located on the

SE side of the entrance, is a steep, distinctive headland, 94m

high. This point, from which a light is shown, and the coast on

either side, is fringed with above-water and sunken rocks.

8.4 Tanisaki Bana (31°06'N., 130°41'E.), about 2.5 miles NE of

Tatsume Saki, is a grassy headland, surmounted by trees and

fringed with rocks. Small vessels with local knowledge can

take anchorage in an area on the SW side of the headland, in a

small bay, which affords shelter from winds from the E to S.

On the NE side of the headland is a shallow cove with a sandy

beach. Izashiki is a village at the head of the cove; local

weather signals are shown here.

8.4 Ukitsu Bana, located about 1.8 miles NE of Tanisaki Bana, is

a thickly wooded headland. Anchorage for small vessels with

local knowledge may be taken in Okawa Byochi, on the NE

side of the headland, sheltered from winds between the E to S.

The village of Okawa (Ogawa), on the E side of the bight, is

fronted by a stoney beach. Vessels should note the location of

the fish haven obstructions in these areas.

8.4 Koneshime Saki lies about 6 miles NNE of Ukitsu Bana. The

O Kawa flows into the sea on the N side of Koneshime Saki. A

shallow spit, whose edges are steep-to, extends about 0.8 mile

NW from the N side of the river mouth. A breakwater extends

WNW from the S of O Kawa.

8.4 The E coast of Kagoshima Wan, from the mouth of O Kawa,

N about 14.5 miles to a white cliff near the village of Suwa, is

fringed with reefs and shoals. The edges of these shoals are

steep-to, extending about 1 mile offshore in places.

8.4 Oneshime Ko (31°15'N., 130°47'E.) is located about 2.3

miles NE of the mouth of O Kawa. Tidal currents are, for the

most part, usually weak near Oneshime. Takasu Ko, is situated

about 6.3 miles N of Oneshima Ko, and is a small port utilized

mainly by local traffic.

8.5 Furue Ko (Kanoya Ko) (31°24'N., 130°46'E.), protected by breakwaters, within which the port area is shallow

and narrow. A new port is under construction on the N side of

the N breakwater. It is reported that the waterway has already

been dredged to a depth of 7.5m.
154 Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

8.5 A submerged oil pipeline extends ENE to the shore, from a

position 0.15 mile SW of the light on the S breakwater. The

seaward end of the pipeline is marked by a buoy, near which

are three mooring buoys.

8.5 Between Furue Ko and Suwa, about 3 miles NW, the coast is

fronted by shoals. From Suwa the coast leads NW to Kazusa

Bana, then about 5.5 miles N to the mass of lava that connects

Sakura Shima to the E shore of Kagoshima Wan. Tarumizu, a

village, lies 3.5 miles NW of Suwa. A light is shown from the S

breakwater at Tarumizu Ko, the small harbor of Tarumizu.

8.5 Sakura Shima (31°35'N., 130°40'E.) became joined to the E

side of Kagoshima Wan by a stream of lava as a result of an

eruption in 1914. It has at its center an active volcano, 1,116m

high, which is conspicuous from S.

8.5 Okoga Shima (Oki-Ko Shima), 37m high, lies about 0.6 mile

SW of Mo Saki, the SW tip of Sakura Shima. A rock, which

dries, 0.9m, lies close off the S end of the islet. In addition, a

shoal projects 0.15 mile from the N side of the islet. There are

numerous rocks and shoals surrounding Okoga Shima.

8.5 Kan Se, a reef which dries in spots, and has the remnants of a

fort just above the water, lies in the narrows between Sakura

Shima and Kagoshima Ko at the S end of Nishi Suido. Kan Se

lies about 1.8 miles NW of Okoga Shima.

8.5 Nishi Suido is the channel heading between Sakura Shima

and the mainland to the W, ultimately leading to the head of

Kagoshima Wan. The shallowest part, with depths from 16.5 to

23.8m, lies between Kan Se and the mainland SW. The recommended channel through Nishi Suido lies to the W of Kan Se.

8.5 Submarine cables are laid across the N end of Nishi Suido.

Kagoshima Wan—West Side

8.6 Kaimon Misaki (31°10'N., 130°31'E.), the NW entrance point of Kagoshima Wan, is the steep-to SW tip of a

rounded projection. This projection is crowned by Kaimon

Take, a conspicuous extinct cone-shaped volcano, 924m high,

the sides of which are densely wooded.

8.6 Shoals are scattered within 1.5 miles along the coast of the

W shore and anchorage in the inner bay, N of Sakura Shima, is

impractical if available.

8.6 The coast from Kaimon Misaki, 3.5 miles ESE to Nagasaki

Bana, is indented by a bay. The village of Kawajiri (Kawashiri)

is situated at the head of this bay, where local storm signals are

shown. Nagasaki Bana, from which a light is shown, is the S

extremity of a striking projection. A reef extends about 0.1

mile S of the point. Also a detached reef, with a depth of 2.7m,

lies about 0.5 mile ENE of the same point.

8.6 Akamizu Bana is located 0.65 mile NE of Nagasaki Bana. It

is marked by a hill on the slope of which is a prominent, single

pine tree. A rock, which dries 1.8m, lies about 0.13 mile SE of

the headland.

8.6 Chugamizu Wan (Chigogamizu Wan) is located between

Akamizu Bana and Torinokuchi, about 2 miles NE. This bay

has depths of less than 9.1m about 0.4 mile offshore. Katchika

Se (31°10'N., 130°36'E.), with a depth of 2.7m, is located

about 0.6 mile N of Akamizu Bana.

8.6 Torinokuchi is an abrupt headland, 205m high, about 0.3

mile NW of which is Take Yama (31°11'N., 130°37'E.), a

hump-shaped conspicuous hill, 210m high. Matagoshi (Matagusu), a rock with a hole in it, and with some vegetation on its

summit, lies about 0.4 mile ESE of Torinokuchi.

8.6 Kaigara Su (Kaigara Se) is a sandbank with depths of less

than 5.5m. This extensive sandbank, which fringes the coast,

projects about 1 mile offshore, and extends about 2.3 miles NE

from a position about 0.4 mile E of Matagoshi. Kuchino Se, a

detached rock, with a depth of 6.7m and steep-to on all sides,

lies about 1.8 miles NE of Matagoshi.

8.7 Yamagawa Ko (Yamakawa) (31°12'N., 130°38'E.)

(World Port Index No. 62230) lies on the W side of Kagoshima

Wan, about 13 miles N of Sata Misaki.

8.7 Yamagawa Ko is entered between the N edge of Kaigara Se

and Uno Se, which is at the S extremity of a shallow spit,

extends about 0.3 mile S from the S side of the projection that

terminates in Uyama Saki. The port consists of a town and a

small natural harbor with anchorage and berthing facilities for

small vessels. An L-shaped breakwater shelters the harbor;

lights are shown from the head and elbow.

8.7 Winds—Weather.—Yamagawa Ko is a harbor of refuge.

The velocity of the wind during a typhoon is lower in the inner

part of the harbor. West winds of gale force enter the inner part

through the valleys in the vicinity. Local weather signals are

shown from a telecommunication tower standing about 0.2

mile S of Bandokoro Bana Light.

8.7 Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval at Yamagawa is 7

hours; spring tides rise 2.5m and neap tides rise 1.8m.

8.7 Depths—Limitations.—Due to the shoals in the approach

to Yamagawa Ko, passage during bad weather or when there is

a swell is dangerous. Local knowledge is necessary at all times.

8.7 The channel S of Uno Se is about 0.2 mile wide, with a least

depth of 5.9m. On the E side of the inner port of the harbor,

there is a quay, with a depth of 4m alongside.

8.7 Vessels of 1,000 grt or less can obtain shelter in the inner

part of the harbor.

8.7 Aspect.—Identifying the entrance of the harbor from the S is

difficult due to the lack of prominent features and the heavilyforested land surrounding the harbor.

8.7 Pilotage.—While pilots are not available, vessels entering

for the first time may obtain advice from the harbormaster at

Kagoshima.

8.7 Anchorage.—The inner part of Yamagawa Ko is nearly a

landlocked basin; the bottom, mud and sand, affords excellent

holding ground, in depths of 36.6 to 41.2m.

8.7 Directions.—Vessels approaching from the S should steer

with the W shoulder of a plateau 109m high, about 0.5 mile W

of Uomi Take which is about 2.5 miles N of Uyama Saki, in

line with Uyama Saki, bearing about 345.5° leads toward the

entrance of the harbor. This course passes about 0.3 mile E of

Kuchino Se. When nearing Uyama Saki, change course W and

bring the light structure on Uno Se in line bearing 285° with

the E entrance of the railroad tunnel. From a position about 0.3

mile from Uno Se Light, course may be shaped for the inner

harbor. Vessels should navigate with caution as depths of 2.7m

lie ESE of Uno Se.

8.8 Uyama Saki (31°13'N., 130°40'E.) is a low, wooded

point. Kasa Se, with a depth of 1.2m and Naka Sone, with a

depth of 4.9m, lie about 0.7 and 0.6 mile E, respectively of
Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 155

Pub. 158

Uyama Saki. Several shoals are scattered between these rocks

and the mouth of the port.

8.8 The coast, N from Uyama Saki to Tara Misaki, about 2.8

miles, forms a bight at the head of which is the village of

Minato. Uomi Take rises to an elevation of 215m, about 0.8

mile WSW of Tara Misaki. Tarano Se, a detached shoal, with a

depth of 2.1m, lies about 1 mile SE of Tara Misaki. There are a

group of three conspicuous radio towers near Uomi Take; a

prominent radio mast with a parabolic antenna, stands near the

shore about 1.3 miles further SW.

8.8 Chirin Shima (31°16'N., 130°41'E.) lies about 0.5 mile NE

of Tara Misaki, to which it is joined by a narrow spit that dries.

The island is low on its W side, gradually rising to a height of

103m to the top of a group of pine trees, and ends abruptly in a

steep cliff, which forms the E side of the island. Ko Shima, a

small islet, lies 0.35 mile N of Chirin Shima and is 24m high.

A submarine cable extends 1.5 miles SW of Chirin Shima ESE

across Kaga Shima Wan, to Oneshima Ko. A reef projects 0.1

mile WNW from the islets NW side. A reef ledge extends

about 110m N from the N side of Ko Shima.

8.8 From Tara Misaki, the W coast of Kagoshima Wan trends

about 9.5 miles NW to Kiire Ko and is fringed with shoals that

project up to 1.3 mile offshore in places.

8.9 Kiire Ko (31°23'N., 130°33'E.) (World Port Index

No. 62225) is the site of a major oil staging terminal. The

fairway leading to the port is well-marked and has depths over

50m. The facility consists of four T-headed piers, which extend

about 0.2 mile from the NE side of reclaimed land. At the head

of each pier is a dolphin berth for a tanker, numbered 1 to 4

from the N. A line of dolphins, connected by catwalks, joins

the berths and extends 0.15 mile NW of Berth No. 1 and the

same distance SE of Berth No. 4. All berths are protected by

submersible oil booms and Berth No. 1 and Berth No. 2 are

used only for loading. Also there is a pier, with a dolphin head

on the NW side of the reclaimed land. Due to a steady SE current of 0.5 knot at the berths, tankers berth port side to.

8.9 Depth—Limitations.—There are four berths that can

accommodate vessels up to 500,000 dwt. Berth No. 1 and

Berth No. 2 can accommodate vessels of 33,000 to 150,000

dwt, with a maximum length of 300m and a draft of 16.2m.

Berth No. 3 can accommodate vessels of 33,000 to 450,000

dwt, with a maximum length of 400m and a draft of 25.2m.

Berth No. 4 can accommodate vessels up to 500,000 dwt, with

a maximum length of 458m and a draft of30.6m..

8.9 Pilotage.—A berthing master boards about 5 miles SE of

Kiire. Only vessels in ballast may berth after sunset.

Kiire Ko
156 Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

8.9 Anchorage.—There is an anchorage about 3 miles N of

Berth No. 3, in a depth of about 45m. There is a quarantine anchorage about 1.3 mile N of Berth No. 1, in 40 to 69m, moderate holding ground. Vessels should refer to the chart and note

the location of the fish haven obstructions in this area.

8.9 The coast NW from Kiire Ko to Kagoshima Ko, about 4

miles, is fringed with shoals that extend up to 1 mile offshore

in places.

Kagoshima Ko (31°35'N., 130°34'E.)

World Port Index No. 62220

8.10 Kagoshima Ko, a principal port, is divided into various parts, all of which lie within a 9 mile section of the W

coast of Kagoshima Wan. 

8.10 East Breakwater, 1 mile long, lies parallel to and 0.2 mile E

of the reclaimed land, between No. 2 and No. 1 areas. A light is

shown from the S head of East Breakwater.

8.10 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are SE from

April to September, and NW during the remainder of the year.

In general, the winter NW winds have the greatest force,

especially during January; and the summer winds, usually

those of July, are the weakest. The most violent storms occur in

early autumn, during which time there are one or two in the

average year.

8.10 Information regarding restrictions due to weather, navigation

warnings, and evacuation instructions are communicated by the

Kagoshima Ko Typhoon and Tsunami Safety Measures Committee. 

8.10 Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval at Kagoshima is 7

hours 5 minutes; spring tides rise 9 and neaps rise 2m.

8.10 The tidal currents off the entrances of the inner harbor flow

N on the rising tide from about 1 hour after LW to 1 hour after

HW, and S on the falling tide from 1 hour after HW to 1 hour

after LW. The change of the tidal currents occurs approximately 0.5 hour earlier than it does at the entrance of Kagoshima Wan. Tidal current velocities are strongest in the area between the inner harbor and Sakura Shima, where they attain a

maximum velocity of about 2 knots when setting S.

8.10 Depths—Limitations.—The sections of the port are described from the N to S. The main harbor, situated in the NW

part of the inner port, is about 1 mile long and surrounded by

four breakwaters. There is a N entrance and a S entrance.

Lights are shown on each side of both entrances. The primary

entrance is through the S entrance. Ship Channel No. 1 leads

between the outer breakwaters to Fairway No. 1 and then to

Hon Ko Basin. This basin is protected by a breakwater on its N

side and the N wharf on its S side. On the E side, there is a

berth with a depth of 13m alongside.

8.10 The main harbor has depths from 3.7 to 7.9m and a quay,

with two berths, with alongside depths of 7.8m. The outer harbor has open roads where vessels anchor. There is a ferry

crossing from the N entrance across to Sakura Sima.

8.10 Shin Ko, situated between the mouth of Kotuki Kawa and the

main port to the N, is entered between two breakwaters. It can

accommodate vessels up to 10,000 dwt, with depths available

to 9m within the basin.

8.10 Kamoike Ko, situated about 1 mile SSW of Kotuki Kawa,

and protected by breakwaters, is used mostly by ferry boats. It

has dredged depths of 4.5m and a pier 150m long.

8.10 Minami Ko (South Port) is entered through a channel between two breakwaters, which leads to a basin with quays and

piers with depths from 4 to 5.5m alongside. The least charted

depth in the entrance is 4.5m. Vessels up to 2,000 dwt can be

accepted at the 180m long pier.

8.10 Mokuzai Ko (a lumber port), another basin, lies 0.5 mile S of

Minami Ko. There are depths of 10m in the entrance and can

accommodate vessels up to 19,000 dwt at its 185m long pier.

8.10 Taniyamaikku, or the N section, entered between two breakwaters, has quays with depths alongside from 5 to 12m. A pier,

with depths of 5 and 5.6m alongside, lies about 0.6 mile NNE

of the N breakwater. Quay No. 1, Quay No. 2, and Quay No. 3

lie on North Wharf, and quay No. 5 lies on the W side of the

basin. Vessels with drafts up to 11.3m can berth in this basin.

8.10 Taniyamaniku, or the S section, is entered between the S

extremity of East Breakwater. On the N side of the entrance is a

berth and dolphin for the grain center. Depths here are 5 and

12m, respectively. Pier No. 1, with depths of 5.5 to 5.7m

alongside, lies in the NW part of the basin. Pier No. 2, with

depths of 5.5 to 7.5m alongside, and Pier No. 3, with a depth of

9m on its S side, lie on the W side of the basin.

8.10 Aspect.—The city of Kagoshima is erected at the foot of

Siro Yama, a hill that rises 122m, about 2.8 miles NW of Kan

Se. Two radio towers are conspicuous and stand near Shiro

Yama. There is a prominent tower, with a height of 46m on the

seaward edge of reclaimed land 1.3 miles W of Kan Se. Kotuki

Kawa flows through the city on the SW side of Siro Yama. A

bridge spans the seaward entrance to Nagata Kawa N of Taniyama. 

8.10 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory. Pilots board, as

follows: 

1. Vessels requiring quarantine bound for Hon Ko (Area

No. 1) and Shin Ko (Area No. 2)—in the vicinity of the

quarantine anchorage.

2. Vessels not requiring quarantine bound for Mozukai

Ko and Taniyama Ko (Area No. 1 and Area No. 2)—about 2

miles E of Taniyakama Ko Area No. 1 North Breakwater

Light.

8.10 Agents must give 24 hours notice to the port before the

vessel’s arrival. Berthing and unberthing, during daylight hours

only.

8.10 Signals.—Storm signals are shown from the harbor police

station, about 0.2 mile NW of the S end of East Breakwater.

8.10 Anchorage.—Kagoshima Ko provides the best anchorage in

Kagoshima Wan.

8.10 Large vessels may obtain anchorage off the main harbor, in

34.7m, mud and sand, with the light on the S end of East

Breakwater bearing about 298°, distant 0.7 mile or further N

with the same light bearing 247°, distant 0.35 mile, in a similar

depth. Vessels should anchor S of the ferry crossing. During

winter, strong winds may make the working of cargo difficult.

8.10 In an emergency, large vessels can seek anchorage in a

designated area. This area, which is situated SE of Kan Se

(31°34'N., 130°36'E.), provides anchorage, in depths of 38.5 to

43m, mud and sand. Shelter from winds between the N and E

may be obtained in this spacious area. However, vessels should

exercise caution due to the strong tidal currents between Kan
Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 157

Pub. 158

Se and Sakura Shima. The Quarantine Anchorage lies S of Kan

Se and has a general depth of 14m.

8.10 When the center of a typhoon passes the N part of this port,

rain and wind become extremely severe. Small ships should

seek refuge in Yamagawa-Ko and large ships in the N area of

the E coast of Kyusyu, Amani-O Shima, or along the W coast

of Kyusyu to the N of Yatusiro-Kai.

8.10 Submarine cables are laid S and E from the mouth of Kotuki

Kawa.

8.11 The head of Kagoshima Wan is nearly landlocked,

forming an inner bay which can only be entered through Nishi

Suido, the channel on the W side of Sakura Shima. Depths in

the central part of the bay range from 128 to 146m, and in an

area in the E part, depths exceed 183m. This bay has an uneven

bottom with no suitable anchorages, except those off Hamanoichi and Fukuyama; these are only suitable for small vessels.

8.11 A submarine cable and water pipeline are laid SW from Shin

Shima to Sakura Shima.

8.11 Kajiki, a town from which storm signals are shown, lies in

the NW part of the bay, 10 miles NE of Siro Yama.

8.11 Okiko Shima, 88m high, Benten Shima, 32m high, and

Hetako Shima, 124m high, are three islands lying in a N-S

direction within 1.25 miles of the shore.

8.11 Hamanoichi Hakuchi, an anchorage for small vessels with

local knowledge, lies N and E of Hetako Shima.

8.11 Fukuyama Ko is a small harbor situated about 5 miles ESE

of Okiko Shima. Local storm signals are shown at Fukuyama.

8.11 Okinozunbe, a shoal with a depth of 1.8m, lies 1.25 miles off

the NE coast of Sakura Shima.

8.12 Makurasaki Ko (31°16'N., 130°18'E.) (World Port

Index No. 62240) is situated on the SW coast of Kyushu, in a

position about 13 miles WSW of Kaimon Misaki. The port

consists of an outer harbor, with an anchorage, a town, and a

small inner harbor entered between two breakwaters. The inner

harbor is reported to be dredged to a depth of 4.5m. An outer

breakwater projects SW into the harbor, from the S end of the

town. A detached breakwater lies close NW of the outer breakwater.

8.12 Winds—Weather.—From the end of September to the beginning of June, 70 to 80 per cent of all winds are from the N

and NNW. During the remaining months, the winds from the S

and SW are the strongest. Local weather signals are displayed

at a meteorological observatory on a hill NW of the town.

8.12 Depths—Limitations.—An unloading embankment for

fishing boats is situated on the N side, with depths from 3.5 to

4.5m alongside. On the S side of the port is a fuel supply

embankment, with a depth of 3.5m alongside and Sin Ko

embankment, with depths of 4.5m alongside. A fish haven lies

2 miles ESE of Makurasaki Ko.

8.12 Aspect.—The meteorological observatory tower, standing

on a hill NW of the town area, and the four television towers on

the summit of Kurata Yama, about 4.3 miles N of the port, are

good landmarks. A crane, whose top is painted yellow, is situated near the root of the S breakwater and is prominent.

8.12 Anchorages.—Anchorage may be taken, in 12.8m, rock

covered with sand, in a position with the light on the head of

the E breakwater bearing 022°, distance 0.35 mile. However,

due to the nature of the bottom, sand over rock, the holding

ground is not good.

Makurasaki Ko
158 Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

8.12 A comparatively safe anchorage can be obtained in an area E

of the N-S line of the S breakwater light when a strong NE

wind occurs, and in an area to the W of this line when a strong

NW wind occurs.

8.12 Dora Shima, with a depth of 0.2m, lies on a shoal within 0.7

mile SE of Okinozunbe.

8.12 Inoko Shima dries 1.2m, and lies on a shoal between Doro

Shima and the NE tip of Sakura Shima, Nishisemari Bana.

Shin Shima, 42m high, lies about 1 mile E of Nishisemari

Bana. Io Shima and Nakano Shima are two rocky islets, which

are 2.7 and 6m high. The water depth between these rocks is

highly irregular. Attention must be paid as there are rocks in

this area other than the those mentioned here. Lava, from an

eruption reaches down to the shore on the E side of Sakura

Shima about 2 miles S of Shin Shima. Hama Shima, is a rock

pile, extending about 0.2 mile off the coast part of which dries,

1.2m, and is also located about 2 miles south of Shin Shima.

Oki Se, is a rock, with a water depth of 4.5m, located about 2.5

miles ESE of Shin Shima.

8.13 From Kaimon Misaki to Bono Misaki (31°15'N.,

130°13'E.), the S coast of Kyushu trends about 16.5 miles

WNW and is indented by but one bay of any size, Makurasaki

Wan. Then for about 11 miles NNW to Noma Misaki, the coast

is indented by small bays, fringed by numerous rocks.

8.13 Tidal currents between Kaimon Misaki and Bono Misaki

flow W on the flood and E on the ebb. In calm weather, the

Kuroshio and its countercurrent are recognizable, and subsequently the velocity of the flood is increased a bit, but about 2

miles offshore the combined rate is negligible.

8.13 Between the entrance of Kagoshima Wan and Bono Misaki,

discolored water, caused by fluvial mud and appearing as

shoals, may be noticed up to 2 miles offshore.

8.13 Akakue Bana (Akakuzure Bana), 123m high, and surmounted by a conspicuous growth of pines, is located about

11.5 miles NW of Kaimon Misaki. Also, near the W side of the

point, is a prominent reddish cliff.

8.13 Bisanko Iwa, about 0.1 mile W of Akakue Bana, is a conspicuous rock, 18m high, with a somewhat pointed summit. A

rock, 2.7m high, lies on the edge of the reefs, about 91m SW of

Bisanko Iwa.

8.14 Kaku Bana (31°15'N., 130°17'E.) is surmounted by a

conical hill, 92m high, named Yamatategami, that shows up

well from E. Tategami Se, about 0.2 mile SSE of the headland,

is a conspicuous rock.

8.14 Bono Misaki is a cliffy headland, which rises to a conical

hill, 96m high. A hill, with two summits, about 171m high, lies

about 0.5 mile NNE of the headland. Tide rips may be encountered in the offing about 2 miles W of the headland, especially

during the W current.

8.14 Fuko Shima, 41m high, lies about 0.6 mile NNW of Bono

Misaki. Unose Shima, 67m high, lies about 0.8 mile N of Bono

Misaki.

8.14 Bono Tsu is a small bay which lies on the N side of the

promontory of which Bono Misaki is the S extremity. Bono

Tsu is unsuitable as an anchorage due to rocks which extend as

far as 0.1 mile off the E side of the cove. At the head of the bay

is the village of Bo.

8.15 Minega Saki (31°16'N., 130°13'E.) ia a cliffy point,

the W side of which is fringed with reefs and rocks extending

up to 0.1 mile offshore. This point rises to Muko Yama, which

attains an elevation of 134m and is covered with bushes.

Minega Saki appears as an island from sea.

8.15 Tomura Ura, close N of Minega Saki, affords protection

from all winds except from the SW and W. This bay affords the

only suitable shelter in the W approach to Osumi Kaikyo, but

its entrance should be identified before thick weather sets in.

The coast in the vicinity of Tomura Ura is rocky; its N entrance

should be given a berth of at least 0.5 mile because of a group

of rocks projecting 0.2 mile SW and 0.4 mile S from it. These

rocks form a natural breakwater for the bay. Use Shima, the

southernmost of the rocks, is 22m high. Yama Shima, the

largest of the group, lies midway between Use Shima and the N

shore, and is 37m high. Two coves indent the N and S sides of

the bay. At the head of the bay, which is shallow and has a

sandy beach, is the village of Tomari. Matsu Shima, 15m high,

the NW of a group of rocks close off the S shore of the bay, is

located 0.55 mile E of Use Shima.

8.15 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 17.8 to

24.7m, about 0.4 mile from the head of the bay, with Use

Shima open about three times it own width. This anchorage is

situated N of Matsu Shima, which lies about 0.5 mile E of Use

Shima. Small vessels can obtain better shelter, in a depth of

about 15.5m, S of the above area, off the cove of the S side of

the bay with the summits of Matsu Shima and Use Shima in

line.

8.16 The coast between the N entrance point of Tomari Ura

and Noma Misaki, about 9 miles NNW, is rocky and indented

in its S part by two bays, namely, Kushi Wan and Akime Wan.

8.16 Tsurukui Saki, the NW entrance point of Kushi Wan, is

faced with an almost perpendicular cliff and detached rocks

extend 0.25 mile W from it. Close off the point is Tategami

Iwa, a black rocky islet, 23m high, which is difficult to observe

when it is bearing more than 030°. The farthest N of the detached rocks is pointed and 21m high. About 1.5 miles inland

from the point is Ima Take, a prominent conical peak, 270m

high, the summit of which is covered by trees.

8.16 Akime Wan, a small open bay with deep water, is entered

between Tsurukui Saki and Oki-akime Shima an island, about

1.8 miles NNW. This bay is also unsuitable as an anchorage.

However, small vessels with local knowledge may obtain

shelter, except during strong South winds, off a sandy beach on

the E shore or off the village of Akime, situated near the head

of the bay. A mountain, with a conspicuous radio tower on its

summit, is located about 2.5 miles E of Oki-akime Shima.

8.16 Oki-akime Shima is connected to the coast NE by abovewater rocks and submerged reefs, but elsewhere it is steep-to.

Sengan Se, with a depth of 0.3m, lies 1.5 miles WNW of the S

end of Oki-akime Shima. A rock, with a depth of 2.7m, lies 0.2

mile N of Sengan Se. Both rocks lie in the track of coastwise

shipping. In calm weather, they are usually marked by tide rips

and in rough weather the sea breaks heavily over them.

Noma Misaki to Tengu Bana

8.17 Noma Misaki (31°24'N., 130°07'E.) is the W extremity of a small peninsula known as Noma Hanto, which from the
Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 159

Pub. 158

N appears as an island. A group of radio towers stands on the

middle of the peninsula, 0.75 mile NE of its extremity. A light

is situated on Noma Misaki.

8.17 Ka Se is composed of two prominent rocks about 0.4 mile S

of Noma Misaki. The S rock is 18.9m high and its peak is

partly white; the N rock is black and low.

8.17 The coast 23 miles N from Noma Misaki to Tengu Bana

forms a bight. In the S part of the bight are two rocks lying

about 5 miles offshore. O Se, the SW rock, is steep-to and has a

depth of 2.7m. This rock lies about 4.8 miles NNE of Takasaki

Bana (Kosaki Bana), the N point of Noma Hanto. Kuta Shima,

located about 3 miles NE of O Se, is somewhat square in

shape, barren, and steep-to.

8.17 Between Kuro Misaki, the NW tip of Noma Misaki and

Takasaki Bana, the coast recedes and forms a bay, at the head

of which is Nome Ike, a salt water lagoon. The W shore of this

bay is fringed with rocks and the bottom is uneven. Hiro Se,

the NW of these rocks is 4.6m high. Kome Shima, a group of

islets, lies 0.4 mile E of Hira Se. Close SE of the group is a reef

with a depth of 5m.

8.17 Caution.—Vessels should not attempt to pass between

Kome Shima and the coast S. Reference should be made to the

chart for location of the fish haven obstructions in these waters.

8.17 A submarine cable lies 1 mile S of Kuta Shima and lands

11.5 miles NE of Kosaki Bana.

8.18 Noma Dake is the summit of Noma Hanto. Its W side

is steep, sloping upwards to a peak. When seen from S, the W

side appears as a perpendicular cliff.

8.18 Takasaki Bana (Kosaki Bana) (31°26'N., 130°10'E.), the N

tip of Noma Hanto, is the extremity of a treeless spur. Close off

the point is a rock, 4.5m high, conspicuous from, E or W. O Se,

a detached 4.5m rock, lies about 0.2 mile N of Takasaki Bana.

8.18 Tateba Shima (31°25'N., 130°11'E.), a wooded 76m high

islet, lies about 1.3 miles SE of Takasaki Bana. Tateba Shima is

steep-to, except on its S side, where it is almost joined to the

mainland by shoals. Its NW side is cliffy and its summit has a

rugged appearance when seen from seaward. Kamino Shima,

located about 0.4 mile NE of Tateba Shima, is a 54m high islet,

fringed with small rocks, with a particularly wooded summit.

Kannoshima Sone, a steep-to detached 2.7m rock, lies about

0.3 mile NNE of Kamino Shima.

8.18 Kazurase Bana (Sakiyamano Bana) is the N extremity of a

peninsula which makes up the E side of Kataura Wan. Between

Kazurase Bana and Kamino Shima, about 0.4 mile NW, are

numerous reefs and rocks, among which are Matsummura Se,

2.1m high, and Naka Se, 4.9m high. Funako Se, comprised of

three rocks, that dries 2.4m on its W side, lies about 0.3 mile

NE of Kazurase Bana.

8.19 Kataura Wan is entered between Banshono Bana and

Matsuga Saki, the NW tip of the peninsula of which Kazurase

Bana is the N extremity. The village of Kataura, from which

local storm signals are shown, lies close S of Banshono Bana.

A breakwater projects about 137m SE from Banshono Bana.

Hirayae Yama, which lies on the W side of the bay, attains a

height of 219m. The village of Koura lies at the head of the

bay.

8.19 Anchorage.—With the exception of winds between the

NNW and N, Kataura Wan affords shelter from winds from all

directions. The islands in the approach prevent the entry of

heavy seas; however, squalls descend from the mountains,

especially with W winds.

8.19 Vessels may obtain anchorage, in a depth of about 18m, off

the village of Kataura, with the E extremity of Kamino Shima

and Matsugi Saki in line bearing 003°. Small vessels may anchor on the same bearing, with the summit of Hirayae Yama

bearing about 240°. However, small vessels utilizing this anchorage should proceed no further S due to shoals in the head

of the bay. Most of Kataura Wan, except for the head and the

few patches in the middle, provides good holding ground in

hard mud.

8.19 Directions.—The entrance of Kataura Wan is not easily

made out due to the backdrop of high land. However, Tateba

Shima is conspicuous and should be approached bearing about

180°. Upon identification of Kamino Shima, vessels should

continue S with Tateba Shima open W of that islet to avoid

Kannoshima Sone. From abeam of Kamino Shima, a vessel

should pass midway between Tateba Shima and Matsugi Saki,

and anchor as above.

8.20 Off-lying islands and dangers.—Taka Shima

(31°27'N., 129°44'E.), a group of five small islets occupying an

area about 0.2 mile in extent, lies about 19 miles W of Noma

Misaki and 8 miles N of Tsukura Se. These islets, when seen

from the N or S, appear as a group of three. The center islet is

shaped like a pillar. The SE has a round summit and the SW

islet is triangular and 68m high. The NE islet has two pointed

summits and is conspicuous from the NW or SE. Two small

rocks are located S of Taka Shima. The rock is located 930m

from the group and is 1.9m high. The rock, which is awash at

the highest HW is located midway between the rock and Taka

Shima. At night, these rocks should be given a wide berth, as

various submerged rocks are in the vicinity.

Michiga Saki lies 2.25 miles SE of Kazurase Bana, and

between these points is a bight whose NW part contains several

islets and reefs. The SE section is comprised of mud flats and

sand, which dries.

8.20 Shikushi Saki, a small wooded promontory, is located about

1 mile NE of Michiga Saki.

8.20 Kimbo Zan, a conspicuous mountain with three summits,

lies about 7.5 miles ENE of Shikushi Saki.

8.21 Tosaki Bana (31°40'N., 130°18'E.) is a small, rocky

cape about 13m high, on which there are several pine trees.

This area of coastline is sandy and intersected by several

streams. Minato Kawa empties into the sea, about 2 miles

NNW of Tosaki Bana. Kuro Se, a rock 2.4m high, lies about

137m offshore, 0.4 mile NW of the mouth of the Minato Kawa.

Reefs, which dry in places, extend about 0.2 mile W from Kuro

Se.

8.21 Caution.—Vessels navigating in the waters between Kosaki

Bana and Tengu Bana, be aware of the fish haven obstructions

in this area. Some are situated as far as 10 miles off the coast.

8.22 Naga Saki (31°42'N., 130°16'E.), a prominent point,

is located 3.5 miles NNW of Tosaki Bana. This point, which is
160 Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

4.9m high, is covered with pines and appears black. Reefs

project W and S from the point.

8.22 Teru Shima, an islet 32m high, lies close inshore on the reef

fringing the S side of Naga Saki. The village of Shimabira,

which is connected to the islet at LW, is situated on the coast N

of Tera Shima.

8.22 Mitsu Se is a long narrow reef which extends about 750m

NE from a position about 0.5 mile S of Naga Saki.

8.22 Caution.—Vessels should not attempt to pass between

Mitsu Se and Naga Saki.

8.23 Nomoto Kawa (Gohand Kawa) empties out into the

sea about 0.7 mile NNE of Naga Saki.

8.23 Hira Se, a large flat rock about 4m high, lies on a shoal that

dries. This shoal projects about 0.4 mile from the coast W of

the mouth of Nomoto Kawa. A submarine cable lies about 0.5

mile N and 1.5 miles SE of Hira Se.

8.23 A breakwater extends 0.5 mile WSW from the shore, 0.3

mile NE of Hire Se. A quay, with alongside depths of 5.5 to

5.7m and used by ferries, has been completed on the NE side of

this breakwater. A detached breakwater extends 0.3 mile NNW

from a position 0.5 W of Hire Se. A light stands at the S head

of the detached breakwater.

8.23 A submarine pipeline lies 1.2 miles NE to an area of reclaimed land on the shore.

8.24 Kushikino Ko (31°42'N., 130°16'E.) (World Port

Index No. 62245) is primarily a fishing harbor, which is entered between two breakwaters. The port consists of a town, an

outer harbor with an anchorage, and a small inner harbor with

berthing facilities for small vessels.

8.24 Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval at Kushikino Ko is

7 hours 30 minutes; spring tides rise 2.8m and neap tides rise

2.1m.

8.24 Depths—Limitations.—The area in the vicinity of the

100m long central quay has been dredged to 3.5m. The end of

this pier can accommodate vessels up to 880 dwt.

8.24 Aspect.—Conspicuous landmarks include the radio tower on

the E side of the harbor, the group of oil tanks on the S side of

the basin in the inner harbor, and the breakwater lights.

8.24 Anchorage.—Shimabira Byochi, the S anchorage in Kushikino Ko, provides protection for vessels with local knowledge

from winds between the N and E.

8.24 The best anchorage, in a depth of 10.9m, sand, lies with

Naga Saki bearing 331° and Kuro Se bearing 095°. Small vessels can approach the W tip of Tera Shima to within 0.1 mile.

8.24 A quarantine anchorage is situated about 2.1 miles NW of

Kushikino Light.

8.24 Directions.—From a position about 1 mile bearing 288°

from Kushikino Light, head between the two breakwaters on a

course of 102°. However, vessels should take care not to

approach within 7m of the heads of either breakwater. Immediately after passing through the harbor entrance, course may

be altered to port to proceed to a berth. Rocks, awash at LW

extend from 5 to 10m off the E side of the N breakwater. Generally, within the harbor, depths are greater towards the breakwaters.

8.25 Hashima Saki (30°45'N., 130°12'W.) is a prominent

headland, 122m high, located about 4 miles NW by W of Naga

Saki. Okino Shima, a wooded islet 79m high, lies about 0.7

mile SW of Hashima Saki. Several fish havens lie in the

vicinity of Okino Shima. There is a 4m patch, close off the NE

tip of the island. Between this patch and Hashima Saki there is

a deep channel.

8.25 South of Hashima Saki, a W set occurs on the ebb current.

8.25 Hashima Ura, on the E side of Hashima Saki, is an open bay

whose shores are fringed with drying rocks. At the head of this

bay is the village of Hashima. Small vessels with local knowledge may take anchorage sheltered from winds between the W

and N, keeping Okino Shima open S of Hashima Saki.

8.25 Benzaiten Yama, a conspicuous peak, attains an elevation of

579m about 3 miles NE of Hashima Saki.

8.25 Tengu Bana, 3 miles NNW of Hashima Saki, is a promontory, with rocky cliffs, and a thickly wooded summit. About

1.3 miles NNW of Tengu Bana is Kamo Se, a detached, steepto rock, 8.6m high. This rock lies about 0.9 mile offshore and

may be passed on either side.

8.25 The tidal currents off Kamo Se usually attain velocities from

0.8 to 1 knot, with the flood current setting N and the ebb

current setting S.

8.26 Koshiki Retto (Kosikizima Retto) is a group of three

islands and a number of islets extending about 20 miles in a

SW direction from a position about 12 miles WNW of Tengu

Bana. The three islands, from S to N, are Shimo Koshiki

Shima, Naka Koshiki Shima (Taira Shima), and Kami Koshiki

Shima.

8.26 Shimo Koshiki Shima is the largest island and its interior is

mountainous. O Take, the summit of the island, is 604m high.

This mountain, the highest in the group, is wooded, and its

summit when seen from the W appears flattened. From NE or

E the summit appears pointed and conspicuous. The N part of

the island, N of O Take, is a narrow hilly promontory, that,

when seen from the E or W, resembles a chain of islets. The W

coast of the island is cliffy and the E side is comprised of a

number of sand and gravel beaches.

Shimo Koshiki Shima

8.27 South end.—Tsurikake Saki (31°37'N., 129°41'E.)

is a grassy round-topped headland, which is conspicuous from

the E or W. Teuchi Saki, the SE tip of Shimo Koshiki Shima,

has two round summits, 162m high. Kamino Se, a group of

rocks, 5.2m high. A light, with a ramark, stands on Tsurikake

Saki and storm signals are shown from it. Kamino Se, a group

of rocks 5.2m high, lies about 0.2 mile S of Teuchi Saki. These

rocks are steep-to, and the sea breaks heavily against them in

bad weather.

8.27 Teuchi Wan is entered between Teuchi Saki and the E side of

Tsurikake Saki. Shimone Se, a rock 3m high, is located off the

W entrance point and narrows the navigable width of the

fairway to less than 0.5 mile. The village of Teuchi is situated

at the head of the bay.

8.27 Tides—Currents.—In the vicinity of Tsurikake Zake, the

flood runs W and the ebb runs E. The current generally runs

between 1 and 2.5 knots, with occasional tide rips in the offing.

In the offing, between Taka Shima and Shimo Koshiki Shima,

a SE ebb current of 1 to 2 knots has been reported. In the

vicinity of Haya Saki, the flood runs N and the ebb S, at a
Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 161

Pub. 158

speed of 1 to 2.5 knots. Tide rips occasionally occur off No

Saki, a point 1.25 miles NW of Tsurikake Saki. An islet, 1.2m

high, lies close S of No Saki. Haya Saki (31°39'N., 129°40'E.)

is a steep, rocky headland, which rises to a wooded peak, and

lies 1.5 miles N of No Saki (Nosakino Saki).

8.27 Anchorage.—Small vessels with local knowledge may anchor, in 12.8 or 14.6m, sheltered from N winds, in the middle

of Teuchi Wan.

8.28 West Side.—The coast between Haya Saki and

Kabetachi Bana, about 4 miles NNE, is steep and backed by a

number of high peaks. Katano Ura is a small cove, the head

which lies about 1.25 miles E of Haya Saki. There is a rock,

4.6m high, about 0.1W of the N entrance point of the cove.

Seseno Ura is a small open bay situated NNE of Katano Ura.

The bay should not be approached closely, as the sea breaks

upon its shore except during E winds. Takanosu, a rock 33m

high, lies off the S side of the entrance.

8.28 Chu Se, a gray columnar rock, 127m high, is close W of

Taka Se Saki, which forms the N entrance to Seseno Ura. This

rock is conspicuous from the N or S, but is difficult to distinguish from W due to high ground.

8.28 Kabetachi Bana is a steep promontory, located 1 mile NE of

Chu Se. On the wooded hillsides in the vicinity of the cape,

reddish patches are visible between the trees. Haike Yama, a

sharp peak 512m high, is located 1.25 miles ESE of Kabetachi

Bana. Yura Shima, which is comprised of two islets, is located

about 3.3 miles ENE of Kabetachi Bana. The E and larger of

the two islets is 36m high and upon its summit lies a few pine

trees. Ikeya Saki, a group of three islets, lies about 2.5 miles

NE of Yura Shima.

8.28 Tsubura Saki, the N tip of Shimo Koshiki Shima, is located

about 3.25 miles NNE of Yura Shima. This steep promontory

rises to Yohagi Yama, a pointed wooded peak, 167m high.

8.29 East Side.—From Teuchi Saki, the coast leads about

2.5 miles NE to Sebi Saki, which rises to a hill, the N side of

which is cliffy and wooded. Close off the point is an abovewater rock that is only visible from the N.

8.29 Esaki Bana is a rocky, rounded headland, 93m high, which is

surmounted by several trees.

8.29 Nagahama Ura is a small bay entered between Nagahama

Saki and a point about 1 mile farther NE. It was reported that a

vessel of 5,000 dwt anchored in Nagahama Ura. The best berth

in this bay was reported, in a depth of 13m, is situated about 1

mile SW of Oda Yama, which rises to 426m on the NE side of

the entrance. 

8.29 Caution.—Caution is necessary when anchoring due to submarine cables.

8.30 Imuta Ura is a small bay on the S side of Hirase Saki,

which is sheltered from winds between the W and N. This bay

affords temporary anchorage for small vessels waiting to

transit Imu-tano Seto. When anchoring, care must be taken to

avoid submarine cables in the S part of the inlet.

8.30 Hirase Saki (31°47'N., 129°48'E.) is the NE tip of Shima

Koshiki Shima, and is the extremity of a small peninsula. This

point, which has three summits, is bordered by shoals extending up to 0.2 mile offshore in places.

8.30 Imutano Seto is the narrow strait which separates Shimo

Koshiki Shima from Taira Shima to the NE. This strait which

can be navigated by vessels with local knowledge keeping very

close to the W side of Okinosegami, a rock, 4.3m high, lying

0.5 mile NNE of Hirase Saki.

8.30 Tidal rips and strong tidal currents form on the SE of the NW

side of the narrows, depending on the direction of the current.

Reefs on either side of the strait reduce the fairway to a width

of 0.2 mile. Naka Bae, a rocky patch with a depth of 8.2m, lies

in the middle of the narrowest part of the fairway.

8.30 Tides—Currents.—At springs, the tidal currents can reach

a rate of over 3 knots. The flood runs N and the ebb S with

about a 15 minute slack water. The sea breaks heavily with the

wind against the current. There have also been periods when

the NW or SW current continued to flow all day.

8.31 Naka Koshiki Shima (Taira Shima) (31°48'N.,

129°50'E.) is without tall trees; there are patches of grass and

brush and also areas of cultivation. Benkei Shima, a conspicuous islet located on a reef which dries, is 49m high and lies

0.2 mile E of the S tip of Naka Koshiki Shima. A lone pine tree

stands atop the summit of the islet. About 137m E of Benkei

Shima is another islet, 28m high.

8.31 The tidal currents off Benkei Shima run N on the rising and

S on the falling tide, at a speed of about 1 knot. There are

periods when the N or S current may continue all day long.

8.31 Anchorage.—Taira Ura affords temporary anchorage sheltered from all winds from the N, through the W, to S. On the S

shore of the bight is the village of Taira, behind which is a large

conspicuous temple. Shoals extend as far as 0.13 mile off the E

and S sides of Taira Ura and as far as 137m off its head.

8.31 Eishi Ura, on the E side of Nakakoshiki Ura, affords anchorage in its central part, but submarine cables greatly reduce the

available anchorage space. The interior of Eishi Ura is fringed

with rocks within about 0.1 mile offshore.

8.31 Caution—There is considerable foul ground between Naka

Koshiki Shima and Kami Koshiki Shima to the N, and large

vessels cannot pass between these two islands. Naka Shima,

the larger of the two islands on the above foul ground, lies SW

of Kushi Saki, to which it is joined by drying rocks. Naka

Shima is densely wooded and has a flat summit. The passage

between the S side of Naka Shima and the N tip of Naka

Koshiki Shima is completely blocked by a gravel bank which

dries, on which is Maruyama Shima, a bare round-topped islet.

Soemon Se, a 9.1m rocky patch, is located about 0.2 mile NNE

of the W extremity of Naka Shima and about 0.15 mile off its

N side.

8.31 Kami Koshiki Shima is the NE of the main islands which

comprise Koshiki Retto. This island is mostly irregular in

shape and hilly. Several small bays indent the NE side, and on

the SW side are Nakagawara Ura and Nakakoshiki Ura.

8.31 Taira Ura, the bight on the W side of Nakakoshiki Ura, is entered close N of Ya Saki. 

8.32 Kayamuta Saki (31°48'N., 129°53'E.), the cliffy S

extremity of Kami Koshiki Shima, is the S entrance point of

Nakakoshiki Ura. Close off this point is a large black rock,

31.7m high. From this rock, a sunken reef extends about 137m

S to Kajikake Se, a rock, which dries 2.4m.
162 Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

8.32 Ko Shima, a wooded islet 20.7m high, lies off the SE side of

Kuratsuma Saki, about 350m offshore.

8.32 Kuratsuma Saki, on the E side of Nakakoshiki Ura, lies

about 1.5 miles NNW of Kayamuta Saki.

8.32 Nakakoshiki Ko (31°50'N., 129°52'E.), situated at the head

of Nakakoshiki Ura, is entered between two breakwaters.

Nakakoshiki Ko is exposed to S winds, but good anchorage

may be taken in its middle part; the best berth, in 11m to

12.8m, is about 0.5 mile SW of the village.

8.32 Tidal currents near the entrance of Nakakoshiki flow N on

the rising tide and S on the falling tide. Off Kayamuta Saki the

current attains a speed of 1 to 1.5 knots. There are times when

the N or S current runs all day.

8.32 Nakagawara Ura, situated on the SW coast of Kami Koshiki

Shima, is entered between Kuchinose Saki and Kushi Saki,

about 0.7 mile SE. Soemon Se, on the S side of the approach, is

a steep-to detached rock with a depth of 9.1m, located about

0.1 mile off the N shore of Naka Shima. Nakagawara Chume,

an isolated rock, with a depth of 5m, lies about 0.2 mile off the

E shore of Nakagawara Ura, 0.6 mile N of Kushi Saki.

8.32 Nakagawara Ura, from its entrance, leads 1.25 miles N, and

then branches off Unose Bana into two parts, Kuwano Ura, the N

part and Oshima Ura, the E part. The S part of the E shore of

Nakagawara Ura is fringed with reefs which project about 0.1 mile

offshore. Kotatsumaru Shima, 18m high, lies close off the W shore

of Nakagawara Ura, 0.35 mile N of Kuchinose Saki. A rock, that

dries 0.9m, lies close of the E side of the islet. The village of

Kuwanoura is situated on the W shore of Kuwano Ura.

8.32 Anchorage.—There is a safe anchorage in Nakagawara Ura,

which is situated about 1 mile N of Kushi Saki, in a depth of

about 25.6m. Small vessels can anchor, in a depth of 27m, on

the W side of the entrance to Oshima Ura or off the village of

Kuwanoura, in depths of 16.5 to 18.3m.

8.32 A phenomenon, locally known as Abiki, occurs in this region during spring and summer. This condition, where the level

of the sea rises 0.6 to 0.9m and then falls to normal, may take

place when there is a heavy sea in the offing, or before or after

rough weather.

8.32 The NW coast of Kami Koshiki Shima from Kuchinose Saki,

leads about 1.8 miles NNW to Hirase Saki, and then 1.5 miles

NE to Nawase Bana, the NW tip of the island. Sakuiba Se,

2.4m high, is the outermost of the rocks which lie off Nawase.

8.32 Tidal currents about 2 miles N of Nawase Bana set E on the

flood and W on the ebb, velocity not exceeding 1 knot.

8.32 Tomiyama Hanto is the peninsula forming the NE tip of the

island and lies about 4 miles ESE of Nawase Bana. Nishino

Ura is a small bay whose shores are mostly gravel. The bottom

in the middle of this bay is rocky. Higashino Ura, 1.5 miles S

of the NE tip of Tomiyama Hanto, is situated on the E side of

the peninsula. This bays N part has a bottom of primarily coral.

Koshiki Kaikyo

8.33 Koshiki Kaikyo is the strait lying between Kami Koshiki Shima and Tengu Bana, on the mainland about 12 miles

E. The main channel through the strait is about 6 miles wide

between Kamo Se, the 8.6m islet NNW of Tengu Bana, and

Naka Se, a shoal lying nearly in the center of the strait.

8.33 Naka Se, consists of two rocks, the highest of which is 4.3m

high. Close off the N and S sides of Naka Se are rocks with

depths less than 1.8m. About 0.2 mile S and 0.6 mile SW of

Naka Se are rocks with depths of 8.6 and 7.7m, respectively,

the latter being steep-to. Heavy overfalls occur in the vicinity

of the above dangers, even with only a light wind.

8.33 Kurogami Iwa, a conspicuous black rock located in the W

portion of Koshiki Kaikyo, about 2.8 miles NW of Naka Se, is

15.9m high. Kurogami Iwa has a pointed treeless summit and

is fringed by submerged rocks on all but the W side.

8.33 Tides—Currents.—On the E and W sides of Naka Se, the

flood current sets N and the ebb S, turning from 1 to 2 hours

after HW and LW at Nakagawara Ura. The current reaches a

maximum velocity of 1.5 knots off Naka Se. In the center part

of Koshiki Kaikyo, during August and September, a current

has been observed. Near either side of the channel, the combined velocity of this current and the S tidal current has been

found to be as much as 2.5 knots. However, in the center of the

channel, the tidal current velocity was less. Tide rips occur E

and W of Naka Se.

8.33 Directions.—The fairway through Koshiki Kaikyo lies E of

Naka Se and should be used instead of that channel W of Naka

Se. Koshiki Kaikyo should be, if possible, avoided altogether

in thick weather.

8.33 Caution.—Vessels should never attempt to pass between

Kurogami Iwa and Kami Koshiki Shima, for numerous islets

and rocks lie between them, and at times heavy tide rips are

formed.

8.34 Okino Shima, 43m high, is a densely-wooded islet

lying about 1.1 miles SW of Kurogami Iwa. The E side of the

islet has a steep brown cliff which is conspicuous from the E.

Numerous islets and submerged dangers lie between Okino

Shima and the E side of Tomiyama Banto. The largest of these

islets are Futago Shima, 59m high; No Shima, 95m high; and

Chika Shima, 94m high. Vessels heading N through Koshiki

Kaikyo at night, or in restricted visibility, should, after having

accurately determined its position, take care to avoid being set

W by the S current when S of Hashima Saki. When about 4

miles S of Naka Se, vessels should change course to the E to

avoid these rocks if depths are found to be greater than 54.9m.

Kyushu-Tenga Bana to Nagasaki Hanto

8.35 The stretch of coast, about 52 miles NNW, between

Tengu Bana and Noma Misaki, the SW tip of Nagasaki Hanto,

forms a large gulf. This gulf is separated into two sizable inlets

by a chain of islands and islets.

8.35 Yorita Saki lies 1.25 miles N of Tengu Bana and its summit

is thickly wooded. Yoseda Kawa empties out into the sea on the

N side of the point of Yorita Saki. Depths of less than 5.5m

which project about 0.4 mile offshore and sandbanks that dry,

can be found along this section of coast, NNE from the E

entrance point of Yoseda Kawa, to the mouth of Sendai Gawa.

The N side of Sendai Gawa is formed by a training wall about

2 miles long. Sendai Gawa can be ascended by small craft for

about 30 miles. With a wind, the sea breaks right across the

entrance, especially during the falling tide. Small craft entering

should do so on the flood tide if possible. The discharge from

the river gives to the surface water within about 1 mile of the

entrance a pale indigo color, which is quite distinct from the

dark indigo of the sea in the offing.
Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 163

Pub. 158

8.36 Sendai Ko (31°51'N., 130°12'E.), situated off the N

side of the mouth of Sendai Kawa, N of the training wall, is

divided into an inner and outer harbor. The inner harbor provides a basin for small vessels. The outer harbor is protected by

a detached W breakwater about 0.5 mile long. A lighted

breakwater is situated 0.75 mile WSW of the S entrance point

of Sendai Gawa. A light is shown 0.2 mile SSW of the S end of

the W breakwater. Fish havens lie in the approach to and N of

the port. 

8.36 The approach can be made from the N or S of the detached

breakwater, ih depths of 8 to 9m. 

8.36 There is a dolphin berth, 70m long, in the outer harbor,

which can accommodate tankers up to 7,700 dwt, with depths

of 8.4 to 9.6m.

8.36 The channel to the inner port is situated N of the training

wall. This channel, with depths from 3 to 5m, is used by small

vessels with local knowledge, and leads to a quay within the

inner port.

8.36 Hachiware, a rock with a depth of 0.8m, lies about 670m

WNW of Sendai Ko Light. A sunken rock, with a depth of

2.5m, lies about 100m SSE of Hachiware.

8.36 Tides—Currents.—From the mouth of Sendai Gawa and

the island of O Shima about 11 miles N, the N tidal current

flows from about 2 hours after LW, until about 2 hours after

HW. The S current flows from 2 hours after HW until 2 hours

after LW. The velocity does not exceed 1 knot.

8.36 Aspect.—Landmarks include the chimney with an elevation

of 206m in the industrial area and Tsukiya Yama. Tsukiya

Yama, a conspicuous roundtopped hill, rises to an elevation of

164m close to the N bank of Sendai Gawa, about 1.3 miles E of

the N entrance point; there is a reddish patch on its W side.

8.36 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory. Pilots from Kagoshima City board in approximate position 31°51.2'N, 130°09.5'E.

8.37 Tate Yama (31°54'N., 130°14'E.) is a conspicuous

conical hill, 138m high; with a clump of fir trees on its summit.

Fish havens lie 3 miles SW, 1 mile WNW and 2 miles NW of

Tate Yama.

8.37 The coast leads N from the mouth of Sendai Gawa about 8.8

miles to Sakata Saki. Sakata Saki is a small peninsula, 69m

high, that ends in a vertical cliff. Ushi Se, a rock 5.5m high, lies

about 1.8 miles SE of Sakata Saki. Within 1 mile either side of

Ushi Se, sunken reefs project about 0.5 mile offshore.

8.37 Akune Byochi provides an anchorage for small vessels, and

lies on the N side of Kuratsu Saki, a 42m headland which lies

1.5 miles N of Sakata Saki.

8.37 O Shima, located on the W side of Akune Byochi, is 51m

high. Numerous reefs, one of which is awash, lie within 0.4

mile S and 0.25 mile SE of O Shima. The entrance channel to

the anchorage within Akune Byochi trends between the SE

edge of the above reefs and the reefs projecting from Kuratsu

Saki.

8.37 Kuwa Shima, 63m high, is heavily wooded and lies about 0.3

mile N of O Shima. Between these two islets there is a reef on

which are several above-water rocks. A lighted buoy is moored

off the N extremity of Kuwa Shima; fish havens lie close W

and about 0.5 mile NE.

Photo Courtesy Japan Coast Guard

Sendai Ko
164 Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

8.37 Akune Byochi is protected from the N by an extensive shoal

flat, with depths less than 5.5m, which projects from the NE

side of O Shima E to the shore. Ko Shima, 51m high and Moto

Shima (Hon Shima), 14m high, lie on the E part of this bank

among several other rocks.

8.38 Akune Ko (32°01'N., 130°11'E.) is situated in the SE

part of Akune Byochi at the mouth of the Takamatu Kawa.

This port is entered between two breakwaters and is divided

into an inner and outer harbor. A light stands at the head of

both breakwaters. A detached breakwater lies 0.5 mile NW of

the W breakwater. 

8.38 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents in the channel between O

Shima and Kuratsu Saki attain a velocity of about 1 knot. Near

the NW tip of Kuwa Shima the S current is influenced by the

strong flow from Kuro Seto and a velocity of about 2.3 knots

may be attained, however, the N current is very weak.

8.38 Aspect.—Two radio towers, the NW marked by neon lights

situated NE of the inner harbor, are good marks. A group of

buildings, about 0.5 mile E of the W breakwater light, also

forms a conspicuous landmark.

8.38 Anchorage.—Small vessels with local knowledge can take

the anchorage outside of the breakwaters in Akune Byochi

sheltered from all but SW and NW winds, in depths of 5.5 to

10m, sand. 

8.38 Directions.—The main channel to Akune Byochi is between

O Shima and Kuratsu Saki. Small vessels from the S with local

knowledge head for the center of Moto Shima on a course

which passes about 100m E of Kajikake Lighted Buoy

(32°00.5'N., 130°10.5'E.).

8.38 The coast N 2.25 miles from Moto Shima leads to Se Saki

(32°04'N., 130°11'E.), and forms a bight called Wakimoto Ura.

This bay provides anchorage for small vessels with local

knowledge sheltered from W and N winds, in a depth of about

4.6m. On a drying flat at the head of Wakimoto Ura is Tera

Shima, an islet 43m high. At the head of the cove, NE of the

islet, is the village of Wakimoto, where local storm signals are

shown. Reference should be made to the chart for the location

of the fish havens in these waters. Seaweed and pearl cultivation facilities are installed along the shores inside this cove.

8.39 Kurono Seto is the channel leading between the mainland and Naga Shima, and then continues into Yatsushiro Kai.

8.39 Caution.—Hira Se, on the S side of the seaward approach to

Kurono Seto, is 0.3m high, and lies on the outer edge of foul

ground, which projects about 0.4 mile offshore.

8.39 Tatara Shima, 28m high, lies on the N side of the approach to

Kurono Seto. The N side of Tatara Shima is connected to the S

end of Naga Shima by rocky ledges and gravel banks, most of

which dry. Sone Se, a rock, on which there is a depth of about

0.2m, and Kone Se, a 4.6m shoal patch, lie about 0.32 mile S

and 0.74 mile SE of the S end of Tatara Shima.

8.39 Naga Shima lies across the seaward entrance to Yatsushiro

Kai and is separated from the mainland SE by Kurono Seto.

The E side is fairly high and undulating, but the W side is more

even and cultivated in places. Gionin Dake (Gyonin Take), a

conspicuous peak, with a heavily-wooded summit, 394m high,

rises a little N of the middle of a range of hills that extends in a

N and S direction through the island. The summit of the island

lies about 1.5 miles S of Gionin Dake.

Naga Shima—South and West Sides

8.40 Southwest and west sides of Naga Shima.—

Nagasaki Bana is the low SW tip of Naga Shima, which lies

about 3.25 miles NW of the S end of the island. Maru Yama, a

prominent hill, 183m high, lies about 0.5 mile NNW of the N

tip of Tatara Shima. A conspicuous group of pine trees surmount a 189m hill, about 0.8 mile NE of Nagasaki Bana.

8.40 From Nagasaki Bana, the W side of the island leads about

3.5 miles NNW to U Saki, a headland on the E side of the S

part of Nagashima Kaikyo.

8.40 Gesu Shima (32°11'N., 130°02'E.) is a horseshoe-shaped

island which lies close off the S end of Amakusa Shimo Shima

and forms the W side of Nagashima Kaikyo. Gesu Shima rises

to a conspicuous wooded summit, 136m high. A light stands at

the head of a breakwater close W of the island. Satsuki Ura is

entered on the S side of Gesu Shima between O Saki and Futako Saki, about 1.3 miles W.

8.40 Futago Shima (Futako Shima), close off Futako Saki, is

comprised of two islets, of which the N is 34.4m and the S is

29.6m high and conspicuous, being marked by a single pine

tree on its summit. A few above-water rocks lie S of these

above islets, the southernmost of which is 1.8m high.

8.40 Gan Se, about 1 mile S of Futako Shima, is a small reef on

which the highest and westernmost rock is 11m high.

8.40 Tsuki Shima (Tsukino Shima), which lies close off the E

entrance point of Satsuki Ura, is 65m high and has several

dangerous rocks close S which are usually marked by breakers.

Kuro Se, the southernmost of these rocks, has a depth of 1.2m.

About 0.4 mile NE of the E tip of Tsuki Shima is Oko Se, an

islet 13.4m high, from which reefs and shoals extend, about 0.2

mile S and E.

8.40 Hoga Shima, close off the E coast of Gesu Shima, is 49m

high and lies 0.3 mile N of Oko Se. A detached reef, with a

depth of 5.8m that is generally marked by tide rips, lies about

0.2 mile E of the N tip of Hoga Shima.

8.40 Ushi Shima, 57m high, lies close off the E side of Gesu

Shima, with its SE tip about 0.3 mile NNW of the N end of

Hoga Shima. Between these two islands are several sunken

rocks.

8.40 Shelter can be obtained by small vessels with local knowledge between the above islets and the E shore of Gesu Shima.

8.40 Tairo Sho, a detached patch with a depth of 14.6m, lies 0.7

mile E of SE extremity of Ushi Shima.

8.40 Idoi Ze, about 0.5 mile E of the NE tip of Gesu Shima, consists of two above-water rocks which can be passed on either

side.

8.41 Ushibuka Ko (32°12'N., 130°02'E.) (World Port

Index No. 62260) is a fishing port situated between the N side

of Gesu Shima and the S tip of Amakusa Shimo Shima. This

harbor also affords temporary shelter for vessels awaiting the

tides in Nagashima Kaikyo. Ushibuka Ko is entered between

Tokko Se, a 3.7m rock close off the NE end of Gesu Shima,

and Daibano Bana, a headland about 0.6 mile N. Reefs project

about 0.3 mile S and SE from Daibano Bana. On the W side of

Daibano Bana there is a basin protected by three breakwaters,

one of which is detached. Depths in the harbor may be as much

as 7m less than charted.
Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 165

Pub. 158

8.41 Winds—Weather.—For the most part, throughout the year

the N winds are most frequent. However, during winter months

winds from the W to N prevail; and summer E to S winds

prevail.

8.41 Local weather signals are displayed from a signal station on

a hill, 60m high, about 0.3 mile SW of Daibano Bana.

8.41 Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval at Ushibuka Ko is 7

hours 48 minutes. Spring tides rise 2.5m and neaps rise 2.1m.

8.41 In the vicinity of Ushibuka Ko the current flows NE on the

rising tide and SW during the falling tide. Due to the many

small islands and dangers in this general vicinity the current

tends to be complicated.

8.41 During the rising tide, the main tidal current flows midway

between O Shima and Kata Shima, then S of Gesu Shima and

joins the tidal current in Nagashima Kaikyo. A secondary tidal

current, after passing between O Shima and Kata Shima, flows

toward Kuro Shima, where it divides and flows E and W of the

latter island. The tidal current flowing E of Kuro Shima joins

the tidal current in Setowaki Seto and attains a rate of nearly 5

knots.

8.41 Aspect.—Tomi Yama, nearly 0.5 mile NW of Daibano Bana,

is 216m high and conspicuous. A silver-gray iron framework

radio tower, 15m high, stands on the summit of Tomi Yama;

two red obstruction lights are shown from the top of the tower.

Some oil tanks near the N end of Gesu Shima are conspicuous.

A meteorological station, N of the NE entrance point of the

inner harbor, is also conspicuous.

8.41 Anchorages.—Ushibuka Ko is well-protected, but the area

available for anchorage is small. Anchorage can be taken, in

22.8 to 25.6m, NW of Idoi Ze; small vessels with local knowledge can anchor closer to the head of the harbor.

8.41 Anchorage has been obtained, outside the harbor limit, with

Daibano Bana (32°12'N., 130°02'E.) bearing 295°, distant

about 0.5 mile, in which position the holding ground was found

to be good, and the effect of the tidal current small. Anchorage

can be taken in Kutama Ura, in depths of 22.9 to 25.6m, with

Idoi Ze bearing 154°, distant 0.75 mile.

8.41 Directions.—Vessels approaching Ushibuka Ko should pass

about 1.3 miles E of Hoga Shima. When Katsu Saki, the E

entrance point of Kutama Ura, bears 315°, steer for it on that

heading. When Daibano Bana bears 295°, alter course for that

point in order to pass between Idoi Ze and the reefs extending

off Katsu Saki. Vessels should then alter course for the harbor

and anchor as directed above.

8.41 Kutama Ura is an inlet located just outside of the harbor

limits of Ushibuka Ko and is entered between Diabano Bana

and Katsu Saki, about 0.7 mile E. The shores of this inlet are

fringed with shoals and reefs extend S from Katsu Saki. A

rock, 0.9m high, is located near the S end of the reefs which

project S of Katsu Saki. There is a breakwater on the E side of

the inlet. Reclamation is in progress along the W side of the

inlet.

Amukusa Shimo Shina—Southwest Side

8.42 Amakusa Shimo Shima represents the largest island

on the SW coast of Kyushu. This island, which is located

between Nagashima Kaikyo to the S and Hayasaki Seto to the

N, is very hilly and its coasts are rocky.

8.42 Suguchi Ura, a small bay almost completely blocked by

shoals, is entered between Nagateno Bana (32°11'N.,

130°01'E.) and Tsuru Saki, about 1 mile W. Kuro Shima, 76m

high, is located on the E side of the entrance. Hira Se, a group

of rocks which dry, lie on the E side of the S approach to

Suguchi Ura. These rocks project off the SW side of Gesu

Shima. A breakwater has been constructed from the NE

extremity of Gesu Shima, it extends N for approximately

250m. A light is shown from the head of the breakwater. A

wharf built on reclaimed land is situated 0.2 mile E of Kuro

Shima. A breakwater extends 30.5m WNW from its head. A

lighted buoy marks the limit of a reef extending S from Kuro

Shima.

8.42 Kata Shima, 66.5m high, lies about 2 miles SW of Hira Se.

Reefs extend about 0.19 mile from its S and 0.47 mile from its

N end. Kasa Se, a rock, which dries, 0.3m, lies about 1 mile N

of Kata Shima. Several rocks, some of which are above-water,

lie between Kata Shima and Kasa Se.

8.42 O Shima is located about 2.25 miles N of Kata Shima and is

67.4m high. Reefs and shoals extend about 0.25 mile offshore,

except on its SW side where they project as much as 0.45 mile

offshore. Hira Se, not to be confused with the group of rocks of

the name off Gesu Shima, consists of two flat-topped rocks

about 2.1m high and lies on a detached reef, about 0.75 mile

SW of the S end of O Shima.

8.42 Gongen Dashi, a detached shoal with a depth of 3.2m, lies

about 0.3 mile E of Hira Se. Nakano Se, a group of rocks, the

highest and northernmost being 34.8m high, lies about 0.8 mile

WSW of NW tip of O Shima. Two patches with depths of 1.8

and 6.4m, lie about 0.35 mile N of Nakano Se. Okino Se is a

rocky islet 21m high, surrounded by rocks and lies about 0.5

mile WSW of Nakano Se. About 0.25 miles SSW of Okino Se

is Kujira Baye, a group of rocks which dry 1.5m, lie on a detached shoal about 0.3 mile SW of Okino Se.

8.42 Kuwa Shima, about 0.9 mile N of O Shima, is 75m high.

Nakae Se, a detached rock, which is located midway between

O Shima and Kuwa Shima, has depths of less than 0.4m. Kuwa

Shima is impassable to the E due to a large number of reefs between it and Amakusa Shimo Shima.

8.42 Caution.—Due to the presence of many islets and dangerous rocks along the S coast of Amakusa Shimo Shima mariners should exercise particular care during poor visibility. The

channels between these islands and rocks are used primarily by

local fishing vessels and vessels who are without local knowledge should avoid them.

8.43 Oniki Wan is entered between Kuwa Shima and Oniki

Saki, a steep-to headland about 2 miles N. Tomi Dake, a

conspicuous dark hill 222m high, lies close E of Oniki Saki.

The shores of this small bay are mainly rocky and fringed with

reefs.

8.43 Okinohira Se is a flat rock, about 1.2m high, which lies in

the middle of the bay about 1.25 miles NE of Kuwa Shima.

This rock, which breaks in any sea, has drying reefs extending

about 0.25 mile W of it and a detached rock about 0.15 mile S.

A rock that dries, 1.5m, lies 0.25 mile E of Okinohira Se.

8.43 Aka Shima, 47m high, lies on the N side of the bay about

0.75 mile ESE of Oniki Saki. Reefs extend SW and SE from it.

Gongen Yama, at the head of the bay, rises to a height of 402m.
166 Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

8.43 Oniki Ko is situated in the NE part of the bay and fronts the

village of Oniki. Within the port is a small boat basin enclosed

by two breakwaters. There is a wharf N of this basin formed by

reclaimed land from which two piers project. These piers have

reported depths (1974) at their heads of 7m. Vessels up to

about 1,000 grt can be accommodated at the coal-loading facilities.

8.43 Anchorage.—Entry to Oniki Wan should not be attempted

without local knowledge due to the many reefs and shoals.

8.43 The anchorage for general shipping is situated NE of Okinohira Se, in a depth of 25m, gray clay and fine sand, good holding ground. The anchorage space here is restricted by the numerous shoals in the bay. The depth of water is comparatively

shallow; it is reported as being insecure when the wind and sea

are from the SW to W.

8.43 The anchorage nearest the coaling piers in Oniki Wan is in

about 11m, sand, but the space is very limited and local knowledge is essential.

8.43 Directions.—Because of the numerous reefs and shoals

vessels should not attempt entry without local knowledge.

Gongen Yama, bearing 085°, leads between the dangers in the

outer part of the bay.

Amukusa Shimo Shina—West Side

8.44 West side of Amakusa Shima.—Sakitsu Wan is

entered between Kurose Saki (32°18'N., 129°59'E.) and an

unnamed point about 1.25 miles S. The outer and central parts

of Sakitsu Wan are joined, about 2 miles E of Kurose Saki, by a

narrow channel, in the fairway of the approach to which the

least depth is 8.2m. The central and inner parts are separated by

Onizukano Hana, 1 mile further E. A reef, on which there are

several above-water rocks, extends about 0.1 SSW from

Kurose Saki. The N side of Sakitsu Wan is indented by two

coves, named from W, Ikusaga Ura and Sakitsu Ura. Ikusaga

Ura is shallow and used by small craft with local knowledge.

Sakitsu Ura partially dries at LW, but there is usually heavy

junk traffic in its outer part. On the W shore of Sakitsu Ura is

the village of Sakitsu, where there is a prominent church. There

is a conspicuous lighthouse on top of Naruseno Bana on the E

arm of the entrance to the inlet.

8.44 Kamena Ura is located on the S side of the outer part of Sakitsu Wan. A shoal projects from the W entrance point of

Kameno Ura leaving a channel utilized by small craft.

8.44 Ogamuseno Bana is located on the N side of the channel

separating the outer and central parts of Sakitsu Wan. On the N

side of this channel is a submerged rock, with a depth of 3.2m.

8.44 Onizukano Hana (32°18'N., 130°03'E.), a long promontory

which projects about 0.5 mile N from the S shore, divides the

inner part of Sakitsu Wan (Sakitsu Naiwan) into two anchorages. The better of the two anchorages lies between Onizukano Hana and Ogamuseno Hana, with depths of 10 to

23.8m. Ko Shima, a 23.5m islet, lies in the N section of this anchorage.

8.44 Hayano Ura is that part of Sakitsu Wan SE of Onizukano

Hana. Inu Se, a flat rock, which dries 3m, lies nearly in the

middle of Hayano Ura about 0.8 mile SSE of the extremity of

Onizukano Bana. Takeno Saki, about 0.3 mile E of Onizukano

Hana, is the E entrance point of Hayano Ura.

8.44 Anchorages.—Sakitsu Wan provides anchorage in its outer

section, in depths of 12.8 to 18.3m, but it is exposed to SW

winds and there is usually a swell. Sakitsu Ura affords sheltered anchorage in its S part, in depths of 5.5 to 12.8m, but it is

usually crowded with native craft.

Kurose Saki to Shiki Saki

8.45 Kurose Saki to Shiki Saki.—Oe Ko, a small fishing

harbor, is entered between Kurose Saki and a point about 0.75

mile NNW, from which drying reefs project. Shimabara Se, the

southernmost of these, dries 2.1m.

8.45 Koga Se is a prominent group of rocks located about 2 miles

NW of Kurose Saki. Two of these rocks are pointed, the highest being 27m. O Sone, a detached 3.2m rock, lies about 0.1

mile S of the group. About 0.1 mile N of the group is a rock

with a depth of 1.8m.

8.45 Gotsu Yama (32°17'N., 130°02'E.) and Kurose Saki, in

range 110°, leads about 0.1 mile S of O Sone.

8.45 Oga Se, a group of above-water rocks, located about 1.5

miles N of Koga Se. The highest and easternmost of these

rocks, is about 35m high.

8.45 Arao Dake, a conspicuous dark peak, rises to a height of

326m, about 3 miles N by W of Kurose Saki.

8.45 Takahama Ura, which provides shelter for small vessels, lies

about 2.5 miles NE of Oga Se.

8.45 Shimotsufukae Ko is a small harbor protected by a breakwater situated about 2.5 miles N of Takahama Ura. However,

due to extensive rocks in its approach it can only be entered in

calm weather with local knowledge. A lighted beacon stands

close SW of an area of reclaimed land; its protecting breakwater lies 3.2 miles NNE of Shimotsufuka Ko Breakwater

Light. The coast N, about 6.25 miles to Shiki Saki is fringed by

rocks and shoals projecting as much as 0.3 mile offshore in

places. 

8.46 Shiki Saki (Unose Saki) (Kakise Saki) (32°32'N.,

130°01'E.) is the W tip of Tomioka Hanto and the NW extremity of Amakusa Shimo Shima. Fuka Se, with a depth of

less than 1.8m lies about 1.75 miles SE of Shiki Saki. Byobu

Se, a detached rocky shoal with a depth of less than 1.8m, lies

about 1.25 miles SE of Shiki Saki.; a detached 2.1m patch lies

about 0.15 mile NE of this shoal. Several fish havens lie close

offshore between Takahama Ura and Shikisaki Misaki.

8.46 Tomioka Wan is an open bay on the E side of Tomioka

Hanto. The E shore of the bay is fringed by a shoal bank.

Tomoe Saki is situated at the tip of a low, sandy spit about 0.5

mile long which projects S from the E extremity of Tomioka

Hanto.

8.46 Yagata Sone and Tume Sone, with depths of 3.3 and 3.6m,

lie, respectively, about 0.35 mile NE and 0.5 mile ENE of

Tomoe Saki.

8.46 Tomoe Ura lies on the W side of the above sandy spit, and

the channel leading into it has depths of 4.6m. In its N part is a

detached rocky shoal with a depth of 1.2m.

8.46 Tomioka Ko (32°32'N., 130°02'E.), a small port situated on

the E side of Tomioka Hanto within Tomoe Ura, consists of a

town with berthing facilities for small vessels.

8.46 Tomura Ura is protected from swells during strong NW

winds. Local weather signals are shown from a sandy hill near
Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 167

Pub. 158

the middle of town. Several pine trees stand on the low sandy

spit that forms the E side of the harbor.

8.46 There is open anchorage E of Tume Sone, in a depth of 10m.

Vessels entering the harbor pass close E of the lighted buoy

marking Tume Sone and then pass close S of Tomoe Saki.

Nagasaki Hano—Southwest Side

8.47 Nomo Saki (32°34'N., 129°44'E.) is the SW extremity of Nagasaki Hanto. Gongen Yama, 214m high, is a conspicuous peak, located on this point. A large number of dangerous rocks fringe Nomo Saki within 500m, including Otategami, which is 26m high and conspicuous.

8.47 Nomo Ura is entered between Nomo Saki and the S tip of

Kaba Shima about 2 miles SE. This bay’s NE shore is fringed

with reefs extending about 0.2 mile offshore in places. Waki

Misaki is the end of a sandy spit which projects about 0.65

mile SSE from the NE part of his bay. Waki Misaki is marked

by a wooded hill, 51m high, from which local weather signals

are shown.

8.47 Kaba Shima is located about 12 miles W of Shiki Saki and

lies close S of the S end of Nagasaki Hanto. Kabashima Suido

separates Kaba Shima from Nagasaki Hanto. This island rises

to several steep hills, about 128m high, and is conspicuous

from W and SW. Kabuto Se (Kono Se) is 1.2m high, and lies

about 0.35 mile NE of the NE tip of Kaba Shima. Kajikake, a

reef with depths of less than 1.8m, lies within 0.4 mile NW of

the NW side of the island. Kai Se, a sunken rock, lies about 0.1

mile S of the S tip of the island.

8.47 Kabashima Suido is a passage, about 0.15 mile wide, between the N side of Kaba Shima and the S end of Waki Misaki.

Nearly in the middle of the E end of the passage is Naka

Shima, an islet 39m high, which reduces the navigable width to

less than 0.1 mile. At its shallowest part Kabashima Suido has

depths of 8.2m.

8.47 There are overhead cables suspended across Kabashima

Suido. The cable between Kabashima and Waki Misaki has an

overhead vertical clearance of 20m. A breakwater connects

Naka Shima to Kaba Shima. A submarine cable is laid across

Kabashima Suido.

8.47 Wakimisaki Ko, protected by breakwaters, lies on the E side

of the peninsula that terminates at Wakimisaki. The S side of

Wakimisaki Ko is formed by a low point, with Benton Shima, a

conspicuous islet 42m high, and some rocks within about 0.15

mile E of its extremity. Hire Se is the easternmost of the above

rocks; two detached breakwaters project NE and SW from it. 

8.47 The village of Wakimisaki lies on the W side of the harbor;

about 0.2 mile NW of the village is a conspicuous red house.

8.47 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can anchor in

Wakimisaki Ko, in depths of 9.1 to 14.6m, N of Hire Se or, in

about 18.3m, E of Hira Se.

8.47 Directions.—Vessels approaching Wakimisaki Ko from W

should round the S and SE extremities of Kaba Shima at a

distance not less than 0.2 mile. They should then pass E of

Kono Se prior to lining up for anchoring.

Yatsushiro Kai

8.48 Yatsushiro Kai is the southernmost of the inlets which

indents the W coast of Kyushu. Yatsushiro Kai is bounded on

the E by the mainland coast and on the W by the E coasts of

Naga Shima, Amakusa Kami Shima, and several smaller islands.

8.48 The main seaward entrance to Yatsushiro Kai is via Nagashima Kaikyo and its continuation Hachiman Seto. Kurono

Seto is the narrow S entrance from sea into the S end of the inlet.

8.48 The primary passage between Yatsushiro Kai and Shimabara

Wan, the large inlet to the N, is Zozono Seto and its continuation Misumino Seto. However, while the fairway of these

channels provide ample depths in their narrower parts, the tidal

currents are strong. The next best passage between Yatsushiro

Kai and Shimabara Wan leads through Otono Seto, Yanagino

Seto, and Michigoeno Seto, but it is more tortuous and narrow

than the primary one.

8.48 Vessels utilizing Nagashima Kaikyo and Hachiman Seto for

entry or exit of Yatsushiro Kai should do so at or near SW to

avoid difficulties with tidal currents.

8.48 Tides—Currents.—In Nagashima Kaikyo and Hachiman

Seto, the current flows N from 1 hour after LW in Yatsushiro

Kai to 1 hour after HW there, and the S current flows from 1

hour after HW to 1 hour after LW.

8.48 The tidal current, except in the vicinity of Yanagino Seto,

flows in a general N direction on the flood and in a general S

direction on the ebb, with the turn occurring within 1 hour after

HW or LW.

8.48 Tidal currents greater than 6 knots have been observed NW

of Naruse Bana (32°13'N., 130°06'E.).

8.49 Kurono Seto is the S seaward entrance to Yatsushiro

Kai between the mainland coast on the SE and the SE side of

Naga Shima. Depths within the fairway are not less than 18.3m

and it is only about 0.13 mile wide in places. Tidal currents are

so strong that vessels can pass through Kurono Seto only at or

near slack water.

8.49 No Se, which is 0.9m high, lies on the W side of the S part of

Kurono Seto about 0.35 mile E of Tatara Shima. No Se is

almost joined to the coast to the N by reefs, and from it a spit

with depths less than 5.5m projects about 0.15 mile S. Fuchinosiri is a rock which dries 0.3m, and lies about 0.13 mile NE

of No Se. Kasa Se, which dries 3m, lies on the W side of the

channel about 1 mile NNE of No Se.

8.49 Kajiori Saki lies on the E side of the channel about 1.25

miles NE of No Se. An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of 30m, and a bridge, with a vertical clearance of 24m,

crosses the channel. 

8.49 Ichigo Saki (Itigo Saki), the E extremity of Naga Shima, is

located about 3.25 miles NNE of Kajiori Saki.

8.49 Kasa Yama, a prominent dark cone-shaped peak on the E

side of Kurono Seto, rises to a height of 394m, about 2.5 miles

E of Kajiori Saki.

8.49 Katsura Shima, located on the E side of the N approach to

Kurono Seto, is comprised of two islets joined by a drying

bank. Okatsura Shima, the N islet, is prominent, round-topped,

and densely wooded. Kokatsura Shima, the S islet, is cliffy, and
168 Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

between it and the shore S are three detached reefs. Several fish

havens lie within a radius of 1.5 miles around Katsura Shima.

8.49 Tides—Currents.—Within Kurono Seto, the tidal current

runs N from 1 hour after LW until 1 hour after HW. The S current runs from 1 hour after HW to 1 hour after LW. The maximum rate reaches 5.3 knots.

Nagashima Kaikyo—East Side

8.50 Nagashima Kaikyo is the S section of the main channel which leads from sea to Yatsushiro Kai.

8.50 From U Saki (32°11'N., 130°06'E.), the E side of the passage

leads about 2 miles NNE to Naruse Bana, and then about 2.5

miles ENE to Nagase Bana. Many small inlets, available only

to small craft with local knowledge, indent this section of

shore. A detached 5.9m reef, which is usually marked by tide

rips and can be seen below the surface in calm weather, lies

about 0.5 mile NNW of Nagase Bana.

8.50 Shoura Shima (Syoura Shima), 91m high, lies with its S end

close N of Naga Shima, from which it is separated by Chino

Seto. This island makes up the E side of the N end of the main

fairway through Nagashima Kaikyo, and that of the S end of

Hachiman Seto. Take Saki, the NW tip of the S part of Shoura

Shima, lies about 1 mile NNE of Nagase Bana and is conspicuous from SW or N. Rocks project about 0.15 mile from this

point.

Nagashima Kaikyo—West Side

8.51 To Shima, a conical island, 145m high, lies on the W

side of the fairway about 1.25 miles NW of U Saki. About 0.2

mile W of the SW tip of the island, is a detached 5.9m patch,

which is usually marked by tide rips. To Shima is visible from

seaward, across Gesu Shima. In Se, consisting of two drying

reefs, lies on a shoal about midway between the W end of To

Shima and the coast NW.

8.51 Aka Shima, a cliffy islet, which lies on the W side of Nagashima Kaikyo about 1.25 miles NE of To Shima. A reef, on

which there are two rocky islets, projects about 0.15 mile S

from the S end. Close off the N end of Aka Shima is a conspicuous pointed rock 8m high. About 0.18 mile NNE of this

rock, is a 6.9m rocky patch usually marked by tide rips.

8.51 Matsusaki Wan is entered N of Aka Shima, between Kabuto

Bana (32°13'N., 130°05'E.) and a point about 0.5 mile SW.

This bay is accessible only to small vessels with local knowledge. A light is shown from a breakwater at the W end of the

bay. A shoal, with a depth of 4.6m and on which seaweed

grows thickly, is located about 0.4 mile WNW of Kabuto Bana.

8.51 Fukami Wan is entered between Otega Saki, about 1.5 miles

NNE of Kabuto Bana, and Gyotano Bana, about 0.35 mile

further NNE. This small bay is available only to small vessels

with local knowledge. On its N side is the village of Fukami,

where there is a basin enclosed by a breakwater.

8.51 Shimomate Shima is an islet lying on a shoal on the NW side

of the fairway, about 1 mile ESE of Gyotano Bana. A rock,

which dries, lies on the rocky ledge, projecting about 140m

offshore.

8.51 Ubu Shima (Ugu Shima), about 1 mile NNE of Shimomate

Shima, is a conspicuous cone-shaped island. A reef projects

from the N shore of the island, effectively blocking off nearly

0.5 of the width of the channel N of Ubu Shima. Kamimate

Shima, a rocky islet 15m high, lies about 0.4 mile off the SE

side of Ubu Shima and on the NW side of the junction of the

fairways of Nagashima Kaikyo and Hachiman Seto. A lighthouse stands on this islet.

8.51 Hachiman Seto is the NE continuation of Nagashima Kaikyo

and extends about 7 miles NE from Ubu Shima to abreast Yoka

Shima.

Hachiman Seto—Southeast Side

8.52 Dosaki Bana (32°16'N., 130°11'E.) is the N tip of

Shoura Shima. A rock, about 2.6m high, lies on a detached

shoal lying within 0.35 mile W of the headland. Kuro Shima,

an islet 45m high, lies 0.35 mile SW of Dosaki Bana.

8.52 Mate Shima, 16.2m high, lies about 0.5 mile N of Dosaki

Bana. Reefs project about 0.3 mile N from this small islet. Ko

Sone, a reef with 2.1m, lies about 0.25 mile W of Mate Shima;

there are shoals between them.

8.52 Oxo Ne (O Sone) is a dangerous detached reef 4.5m lying

close to the fairway, about 0.6 mile NW of Mate Shima.

8.52 Shishi Shima, the NW side of which forms part of the SE

side of Hachiman Seto, lies with its S tip about 1.75 miles SE

of Dosaki Bana. Reefs front the NW side of this island

extending as far as 0.35 mile offshore in places. The conspicuous summit of this island, Shichiro Yama, rises to a height of

393m, and is surmounted by pine trees.

8.52 Hire Se a reef, which dries 2.7m, lies 0.3 mile W of Shishi

Shima. Katasaba Ko Breakwater Light stands 0.3 mile ESE of

Hire Se.

Hachiman Seto—Northwest Side

8.53 Miyanokawachi Wan indents the NW side of the

passage between Medake Bana, about 2 miles NNE of

Kaminate Shima and Nihoughi Bana (Nihongi Bana), about 1

mile further NE. The central part of this bay is considered to be

a safe anchorage for vessels with local knowledge, in depths of

20 to 40m, with good holding ground. Kajiki Dake, on the

middle of the peninsula forming the S side of the bay, is conspicuous and attains a height of 254m.

8.53 Tsuno Se, which is comprised of two steep-to rocky patches

on which there is a least depth of 0.3m, lies 0.75 mile E of

Nihoughi Bana. These patches usually appear as white and can

easily be made out in smooth water. During the flood current

these patches are marked by heavy tide rips.

8.53 Between Tateno Bana, a point about 1.5 miles NE by E of

Nihoughi Bana, and Sozu Saki, an 34m, islet about 0.75 mile

further NE, the NW shore of the passage is fronted by shoals

extending as far as 0.4 mile offshore.

8.53 Yoko Shima, 116m high, lies about 2 miles NNE of Sozu

Saki and is located on the N side of the NE end of Hachiman

Seto.

8.53 Nankian Seto is the narrow and deep channel between the W

side of Yoko Shima and the E tip of Amakusa Shimo Shima.

This channel is used by local traffic with local knowledge.

8.53 Nabewari Yama, a conspicuous hill 233m high, is located

about 0.8 mile W of the SW entrance point of Nankian Seto.

8.53 Directions.—Vessels entering or leaving Yatsushiro Kai via

Nagashima Kaikyo and Hachiman Seto should do so at or near
Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 169

Pub. 158

slack water. Vessels should, after entering W of Nagasaki

Bana, shape a course generally NE to pass to the E of To

Shima, Aka Shima, Shimomate Shima, and Kamimate Shima.

Vessels should keep to the NW side of the channel until Oxo

Ne is cleared, then make good a mid-channel course to clear

Tsuno Se.

8.54 Gannoshiri Seto is the continuation of the main channel from the NE part of Hachiman Seto into the W part of

Yatsushiro Kai.

8.54 Tagui Saki, the N tip of Shishi Shima, is the SW entrance

point of the NW end of the channel. From Tagui Saki the SW

shore of the strait leads nearly 1 mile to Utsugi Saki (Nata

Saki) and then about 1 mile S to Takui Saki (Yuguchi Bana).

There is a 3m patch, located about 0.2 mile offshore, midway

between Tagui Saki and Utsugi Saki.

8.54 Tsuzura Shima (Tsutara Shima) (32°17'N., 130°16'E.) on

the NE side of the NW end of the fairway through the channel,

lies about 1 mile ENE of Tagui Saki. This islet has two summits, with the higher and W of the two being about 49m high.

From this islet, a reef projects about 91m NE; at its tip is a rock

that dries 2.7m.

8.54 Futago Shima is a rock, with two pointed peaks, which lie about

0.4 mile NNE of Tsuzura Shima. A rock, on which there is a depth

less than 0.3m, lies about 0.1 mile N of Futago Shima.

8.54 Kuro Shima, an islet 53m, lies about 1 mile NE of Futago

Shima and has a conspicuous tree on its S end. Reefs project

about 0.1 mile from its SW part. Hiotan Shima is a dark,

densely-wooded islet, 29m high, which lies on a drying gravel

bank extending about 0.1 mile N from Kuro Shima.

8.54 Take Shima (32°19'N., 130°18'E.), with two summits about

83m high and separated by a low isthmus, has the appearance

of two separate islands from a distance. Rocks project 0.2 mile

N from the NE tip of the island. An archipelago of reefs and

islets, the highest being 54m, extends about 0.6 mile S from the

S tip of the island.

8.54 Caution.—Due to the many detached patches and other dangers in this vicinity, vessels utilizing Gannoshiri Seto should

pass SW of Tsuzura Shima.

8.55 Goshonoura Shima (32°20'N., 130°20'E.) is

traversed throughout its length by mountains, the summit of

which is Karasuga Toga, 442m high. This peak appears conical

and from S is conspicuous. Ganno Shiri, the SW tip of the island, is a steep rocky promontory, on which is a hill 84m high,

surmounted by a conspicuous grove of trees. A submarine

water pipeline extends SE and S from a position 1 mile S of the

NE point of Goshoura Shima, to the W coast of Kyushu at O

Saki.

8.55 Anchorage.—Small vessels with local knowledge can take

anchorage off the NW side of Goshonoura Shima sheltered by

the off-lying islands.

8.55 Tides—Currents.—Within Gannoshiri Seto, the flood current sets SE and the ebb NW. A maximum velocity of about 2

knots is reached; the time of the turn varies with the locality.

8.56 Secondary channels southwest of Gannoshiri

Seto.—Chino Seto, which leads from Nagashima Kaikyo to

Ikara Seto, lies between the N part of Naga Shima and the S

part of Shoura Shima. At its narrowest part the channel is 50m

wide, and in its center are two rocks which dry 2.1m. The tidal

currents which set against these rocks cause heavy tide rips

making the passage difficult even for boats to pass, except at

slack water.

8.56 Mefuki Seto, a channel leading from Hachiman Seto to Yatsushiro Kai, lies between the E sides of Shoura Shima and

Ikara Shima on the W, and the W side of Shishi Shima on the

E. Due to the many dangers in this channel, large vessels

should avoid Mefuki Seto, using instead Gannoshiri Seto.

8.56 The E section of the N part of Mefuki Seto is obstructed by

reefs extending about 0.5 mile from the W coast of Shishi

Shima. Katasoba Ura, on the W side of Shishi Shima is located

about 1.5 miles ENE of Dosaki Bana, the NE tip of Shoura

Shima. Ajiro Se, a reef, which dries 1.5m, with a depth of 7.6m

0.15 mile N of it, lies about 0.9 mile ESE of Dosaki Bana. Ao

Shima (Hyotan Shima), 14m high, lies about 0.5 mile S of the

S end of Shishi Shima and is surmounted by conspicuous pine

trees. Rocks on which there are depths of 0.9 to 8m lie within

0.25 mile WSW and SSW of Ao Shima, obstructing the E side

of the channel.

8.56 Mefuki Bana, the N tip of Ikara Shima, lies about 0.9 mile W

of Ao Shima. A spit, on which there is a 32m islet, projects

0.25 mile N of Mefuki Bana.

8.56 Ikara Shima, the E side of which forms the W side of Mefuki

Seto, is a rather flat island rising to an elevation of 105m at its

highest part. Koikara Shima, an islet 35m high, lies on the S

side of SE entrance to Mefuki Seto. Koikara Shima is connected to Ikara Shima by foul ground. The S extremity of the

island, Biwa Kubi, is a headland connected to the peninsula N

of it by an isthmus. On the W side of the peninsula is a small

bay which affords shelter to small vessels with local

knowledge.

8.56 Ikara Seto is the channel between the W side of Ikara

Shima to the E; and the SE side of Shoura Shima and the NE

coast of Naga Shima to the W. This channel, entered from N by

Mefuki Seto or Chino Seto, is used only by small vessels with

local knowledge. There is a shoal in the entrance with a depth

of 8.2m. On the W side of the N part of the channel are three

islets and several shoals and rocks. Naka Se, a detached shoal

on which there is a rock that dries 0.3m, lies in mid-channel

about 0.6 mile NW of Biwa Kubi.

8.56 Kuen Saki, a cape on the S side of the SE entrance to Ikara

Seto, lies about 0.4 mile SSW of Biwa Kubi. From this cape

shoals project about 0.18 mile NE to O Sone, which has a

depth of 1.8m. Miyano Ura is a small cove on the SW side of

Ikara Seto, about 0.4 mile WSW of Biwa Kubi. An overhead

cable, with a vertical clearance of 29m, spans Ikara Seto, 0.15

mile S of the W tip of Ikara Shima.

8.56 A bridge, with a vertical clearance of 18m, spans Ikara Seto

close NW of the overhead cable.

8.56 Tides—Currents.—Within Mefuki Seto and Ikara Seto,

tidal currents flow E on the flood and W on the ebb. The turn

occurs within 1 hour after HW or LW. The current attains a

maximum rate of 4 knots in Mefuki Seto and 1.5 knots in Ikara

Seto.

8.56 Amakusa Kami Shima, a hilly island, lying between Yatsushiro Kai and Shimabara Kaiwan. The island is located E of

Amakusa Shimo Shima and is separated from it by Hondo No

Seto.
170 Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

8.57 South side of Amakusa Kami Shima.—Hondo No

Seto is generally used by small vessels and is less than 91m

wide at its narrowest part. This strait’s 30m wide fairway was

dredged (1961) to a depth of 3m. Since 1968, this channel has

been dredged to a depth of 4.5m covering a width of 50m in

order to allow the navigation of ships of 700 grt. The maximum

range of tide is about 3m. Two overhead cables span the strait

at its N end, with vertical clearances of 21 and 23m.

8.57 Hondo Ko (32°27'N., 130°12'E.) is a small harbor which

indents the NE coast of Amakusa Shimo Shima and is situated

close W of the N entrance to Hondo No Seto.

8.57 The entrance channel to the port is located S of the sand dike

which projects NE from the coast. This dredged channel is reportedly 40m wide, with a depth of 3.5m.

8.57 There is an unloading embankment on the W shore of the

inner port, with depths alongside of 3m. On the N and E sides

of the inner port are two reclaimed areas. The embankments

have reported depths alongside of 3 and 4.5m.

8.57 The S approach to Hondo No Seto is via Nankian Seto or

Yokoshima Seto. Yokoshima Seto, the channel between Yoko

Shima and Amakusa Kami Shima, is over 10m deep and has a

navigable width of 0.41 mile.

8.57 Both Nankian Seto and Yokoshima Seto lead into a nearly

landlocked bay and then into the S entrance of Hondo No Seto.

Shimochizuka Shima, 35m high, and Kamichizuka Shima 24m

high, lie in the NE part of this bay and are almost connected to

the NE shore by foul ground. Gosiki Shima is a small islet

lying close to the S end of Hondo No Seto.

8.57 Yufunebara Wan (32°24'N., 130°16'E.) is entered between

Funase Bana and Okinose Bana, about 1.5 miles ENE. This

bay, which is exposed from S, offers temporary anchorage to

vessels with local knowledge, in moderate depths, good

holding ground, in its S part.

8.57 From Okinose Bana, the low, rocky E entrance point of

Yufunebara Wan, a reef, which dries, projects 0.2 mile S.

Several rocks, with depths of 8.2m and less, lie within 0.65

mile W and WSW, and a 10.1m patch lies about 0.35 mile SE

of Okinose Bana. A fish haven is situated about 1.5 miles W of

Okinose Bana.

8.57 Se Saki, a prominent point backed by a small hill, lies about

1.12 mile E of Okinose Bana. About 0.38 mile E of Se Saki is a

spit, on the tip of which is a depth of 2.1m.

8.57 Ochiyodo Bana, about 1 mile E of Se Saki, is a bold pointed

headland fronted by a cliff. Two drying rocks lie about 0.15

mile ENE of this point.

8.57 Kuraga Take, which attains a height of 682m, is the summit

of a range of mountains in the S part of Amakusa Kami Shima.

Kuraga Take, 1.75 miles N of Ochiyodo Bana, is dark and

cone-shaped with a summit which is thickly covered with

bushes.

8.58 Tanasoko Wan, sheltered by off-lying islands, is entered between Ochiyodo Bana and a point about 0.75 mile SE.

The head of this bay dries for about 0.3 mile offshore, and on a

shoal off the E side is Ko Shima, an islet, 3.2m high. On the W

shore of this bay is the town of Tanasoko. Vessels with local

knowledge can obtain safe anchorage, in about 19.6m, good

holding ground.

8.58 The southernmost point of Amakusa Kami Shima, Karajiro

Bana, lies about 1.75 miles SE of Ochiyodo Bana. This point

rises to a height of 116m about 0.25 mile within its extremity.

A conspicuous point, 34m high, lies about 0.25 mile W of

Karajiro Bana. A grove of trees stands on this point. Ikeno Ura,

which indents the coast close N of the 34m high point, is a

small inlet, which affords anchorage to small vessels with local

knowledge sheltered from all but W winds. Odoka Se, a 4.5m

patch, lies about 0.3 mile W of the 34.4m point.

8.58 Matsuga Saki, a prominent rocky point, lies 1.33 miles ENE

of Karajiri Bana. A rock, which dries 0.6m, lies at the tip of a

reef which projects about 0.1 mile S of Matsuga Saki. A short

distance inland the land rises to an elevation of 118m and is

thickly wooded. About 1.25 miles N of Matsuga Saki is Riuga

Dake (Ryuga Dake), a hill 472m high, which has a large conspicuous rock on its SW side.

8.58 Wada Saki, a headland 40.2m high, lies about 1.25 miles NE

of Matsuga Saki and represents the SE tip of Amakusa Kami

Shima. Close off the S side of Wada Saki is Kube Shima, an

islet, 98m high, which has a lone pine tree on its summit. A

shallow channel, about 91m wide, separates Kube Shima from

Wada Saki.

8.59 Off-lying islands and dangers.—O Sone (Oso Ne),

an off-lying rock, on which there is a depth of 7.3m, lies about

1 mile S of Okinose Bana.

8.59 Maki Shima, a craggy island, 181m high, lies about 2.5

miles S of Se Saki. Naga Ura indents the SW side of this island. Hadaka Se, a pointed rock in the W approaches, is 5.2m

high.

8.59 Dateku Shima (Hagi Shima), 62m high, lies 1.25 miles S of

Se Saki, in the approach to a bay on the NW side of Maki

Shima. Small vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage

in Naga Ura. Kusumori Shima, about 0.4 mile E of Dateku

Shima, is a conspicuous, conical island 160m high, on which

there are clumps of pine trees. This island is separated from the

N coast of Maki Shima by a channel about 0.15 mile wide.

Hiotan Shima, 42m high, lies about midway between the N end

of Dateku Shima and the W side of Kusumori Shima. Between

Hiotan Shima and Kusumori Shima are reefs, on which there is

an islet.

8.59 Hirase Shima, 82m high, lies about 1 mile ESE of Se Saki. A

detached rock, with a depth of 5m, lies 0.2 mile W of Hirase

Shima.

8.59 O Seto, the channel between the N end of Kusumori Shima

and the S tip of Hirase Shima, is over 0.2 mile wide. The channel N of Hirase Shima is about 0.13 mile wide and is available

to vessels with local knowledge.

8.59 Yoko Shima, 52m high, lies on the E side of the approach to

Tanasoko Wan, about 0.5 mile SE of Hirase Shima. Within 0.1

mile SW of the SW end of Yoko Shima is a detached rock with

a depth of 5m.

8.59 Yoichigama Shima (Yokoura Shima) rises to a conspicuous

cone-shaped hill, 198m high, about 0.35 mile SW of Karajiro

Bana.

8.59 Yokoura Seto, which is the channel on the W side of Yokoura Shima, has a navigable width of 0.3 mile and depths ranging from 20 to 40m in the center. A submarine water pipeline

crosses the fairway between Yokoura Shima and Goshoura

Shima.
Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 171

Pub. 158

8.59 Karajiro Seto, which is the channel between Yokoura Shima

and Amakusa Kami Shima, has a navigable width of 40m and

use of it by large vessels is not advised. Odoka Se, a rock with

a depth of 4.5m, lies about 0.5 mile WNW of Karajiro Bana. A

rock shelf, with a depth of 0.4m, lies on the S side of Karajiro

Seto, and extends about 0.1 mile N from the N tip of Yokoura

Shima.

8.59 Aka Shima (Mae Shima), located about 0.45 mile SE of the

SE side of Yokoura Shima, is 92m high.

8.60 Naka Seto is the channel between the NW coast of

Goshoura Shima (32°20'N., 130°20'E.) and the SE part of

Maki Shima. Overhead cables, with a clearance of 18m, cross

this channel. At its narrowest part, the NW side of the channel

is obstructed by shoals, on which is an islet 0.3m high. Rocks,

which dry 2.7m, and are marked by a light, lie in the middle of

the N end of the channel. The fairway leads E of these rocks.

At its S entrance is Mayu Shima, an islet, 61m high. A basin,

protected by a breakwater, lies within Gosho Ura, a small cove

on the NW side of Goshoura Shima, SE of Mayu Shima.

8.60 Hino Shima lies with the N part of its W side close E of

Wada Saki (32°24'N., 130°24'E.) and Kube Shima, from

which it is separated by a narrow channel. An overhead power

cable spans the shallow channel between Wada Saki and Kube

Shima. This channel is primarily used by small vessels with

local knowledge. A bridge, with a vertical clearance of 12m,

connects Hino Shima and Kube Shima. The island has two

conspicuous peaks separated by a low isthmus. The highest

point, 238m high, is the dark, densely-wooded, and coneshaped N peak. Tomari Yama, the treeless S peak, has a coneshaped appearance when seen from S, and is very prominent.

Shakushi Take, at the N end of the island, is 141m high, and is

conspicuous from E.

8.60 Take Shima, an islet 74m high, lies about 0.4 mile NW of

Taku Bana, the S tip of Hino Shima. Biwa Kubi, 44.5m high,

lies close off the NE tip of the SE side of Hino Shima.

8.60 Ki Shima (Shiro Shima), 41m high, located on a spit, lies 1

mile NW of Biwa Kubi. Kuro Shima, another islet, lies about

0.25 mile NE of Ki Shima and between them is Naka Se, which

dries 0.6m.

8.60 Inu Se, which dries, 2.1m, lies about 0.25 mile NNE of

Yamashita Bana, the N tip of Hino Shima. Tawara Se, 1.2m

high, lies about 0.3 mile SW of Yamashita Bana.

8.60 Aka Shima, a rocky cone-shaped islet, lies about 1 mile NE

of Yamashita Bana. A shoal bank, with depths of about 5m,

projects about 0.13 mile off the NW side of the islet.

8.60 Tides—Currents.—The tidal current in O Seto sets E on the

flood, and then divides, one branch setting through Karajiro

Seto and the other through Yokoura Seto. The ebb current

flows in the opposite direction. The turn occurs about 1 hour

after HW and LW and the velocity sometimes exceeds 2 knots.

Yatsushiro Kai

8.61 South part.—The S part of Yatsushiro Kai may be

considered as being that area bounded on the W by the E sides

of Naga Shima and Ikara Shima and the SE side of Shishi

Shima and on the SE by the mainland coast NE of the E entrance to Kurono Seto.

8.62 West and northwest sides.—Sabanokuchi Bana

(32°10'N., 130°12'E.) is a prominent point on the E side of

Naga Shima, about 0.5 mile NNW of Ichigo Saki. A similar

point, Sakinoyama Bana, lies about 0.5 mile further WNW. Ko

Shima, 18.3m high, is located about 0.25 mile NE of Sakinoyama Bana, and a rock 0.9m high lies 0.2 mile E of the point.

The coast between Sakinoyama Bana and Kuen Saki, 1.5 miles

N, is indented by a small bight. Nanao Shima (Nano Shima) is

a rocky islet, 13m high, about 2.25 miles E of Sakinoyama

Bana.

8.62 Tokoro Shima lies off the bight formed in the S part of Shishi

Shima (32°17'N., 130°14'E.). The SE part of Tokoro Shima is

steep-to, but Toro Se, which is above water, lies about 0.25

mile NNE of its SE point.

8.63 Southeast side.—Warabi Shima (32°07'N.,

130°16'E.), 87m high, is located close off the W side on an

extensive shoal bight; about 1.25 miles S of Katsura Shima.

Warabi Shima is a conspicuous mark when approaching from

NW through Kurono Seto, but not so from NE. The SE shore

of the above bight is fringed with pine trees. Hirose Kawa

empties out into the sound about 3 miles E of Warabi Shima.

The village of Nago (Nagoura) is situated on the W side of the

river. A breakwater projects about 0.2 mile NW on the W side

of the river mouth.

Komenotsu Ko (32°08'N., 130°20'E.), a small local harbor,

is situated at the NE tip of reclaimed land, and protected by

two breakwaters. This harbor, used by small vessels, is not safe

during NW winds. Vessels with local knowledge can obtain

open anchorage NW of Komenotsu Ko, in a depth of about

9.1m.

8.63 Yahazu Dake, which attains an elevation of 687m, about 3

miles E of Komenotsu Ko, is a conspicuous cone-shaped peak

surmounted by a single pine tree. Oniga Take, also prominent,

lies about 3.25 miles ENE of Yahazu Take.

8.63 Koji Shima (Kogi Shima), which is distinguished by a single

pine tree, lies about 4.5 miles NNE of Komenotsu Ko.

8.63 Miojin Saki (32°12'N., 130°22'E.) is a low, rocky tip of a

narrow promontory. Between the point and Koji Shima is a

channel obstructed by foul ground, on which is Nanatsu Se,

which dries 1.2m.

8.63 Nakano Se (Naka Se), a detached steep-to reef, with a least

depth of 4.2m, lies about 0.25 mile S of Koji Shima.

8.63 In calm weather, when the sea is smooth, Nakano Se can be

made out by its gray-white color.

8.63 Hadaka Se, the NW edge of which lies about 0.1 mile S of

Nakano Se, is an extensive shoal, which has in its center a rock

which dries.

8.63 Fukuro Ura (32°11'N., 130°22'E.), which has a narrow entrance, is an almost landlocked bay affording shelter to small

vessels with local knowledge.

8.64 Minamata Ko (32°12'N., 130°23'E.) (World Port

Index No. 62250) is divided into a N part and a S part. The N

part, Umedo Ko, is entered between Miojin Saki and Futago

Shima, about 0.6 mile NNE. The S part, Hyakkan-Ko, is entered S of Koji Shima. The port provides anchorage and

mooring facilities for large vessels and berthing for small vessels. The maximum size vessel which can be accommodated at
172 Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

the anchorage is 40,000 dwt, with a maximum length 190m.

The depth at the anchorage is 10.5m.

8.64 Winds—Weather.—The N part of the harbor, Umedo Ko, is

exposed NW. The S part of the harbor is partially protected by

an off-lying island, Koji Shima, and there is relatively calm

water there, except during SW winds.

8.64 Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval at Minamata Ko is 8

hours 42 minutes; the tidal difference between HW and LW is

4.1m

8.64 Depths—Limitations.—Umedo Ko, a private harbor, whose

inner part is protected by a breakwater, which projects about

100m NE, has charted depths from 5 to 9m. A quay, which is

situated on the S shore of this N section, is about 250m long

and has depths from 3 to 5.2m; it can accommodate vessels to

about 3,000 dwt. There is a dolphin berth on the E side of the

breakwater with a depth of about 3m.

8.64 The S part of the harbor has charted depths from 10 to 19m.

A breakwater extends about 150m SW from Miojin Saki. A

quay, situated on the landfill W of Sannenga Ura, reportedly

has a depth of about 3 to 4.5m.

8.64 There is a mooring buoy, whose use is prohibited, about 0.2

mile WSW of Midorino Bana, the NE tip of Koji Shima.

8.64 It has been reported (1996) that New Whaf contains two additional berths. One berth is185m long, with a depth alongside

of 10m; the other berth is130m long, with a depth alongside of

7.5m. 

8.64 Hyakken Midora Pier, which lies on the NE side of the S part

of Minamata Ko, has a length of 220m and a depth alongside of

6.5m.

8.64 Aspect.—The chimneys and factory lights of a power plant

on the W bank of the mouth of Minamata Kawa are conspicuous at night.

8.64 Nakao Yama, 334m high, is located about 2.25 miles E of the

harbor; near its summit is a conspicuous silver iron framework

radio tower from which red and white obstruction lights are

shown.

8.64 Three silos are situated about 120m SW of the base of the

breakwater at Umedo Ko.

8.64 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory; however, pilots may

be requested from the Shimabara Kaiwan association between

0600 and 2000. Pilots board vessels about 1 mile S of To

Shima Light (32°12'N., 130°04'E.); 24 hours notice required.

It is also noted that availability of pilot is dependent upon the

tidal conditions.

8.64 Regulations.—The entrances to Minamata Ko are blocked

by fishing nets, except on the lighted range leading S of Koji

Shima.

8.64 Vessels entering or leaving the S section of Minamata Ko

shall use the channel mentioned above, between Lighted Buoy

No. 1 and Lighted Buoy No. 2 at the entrance.

8.64 It has been reported that the depths at the mooring embankment are less due to sunken ore spilled during loading operations.

8.64 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can anchor in

the S part of Minamata Ko, sheltered from all but SW winds, in

about 12.8m, mud and sand.

8.64 Temporary open anchorage can be taken off Umedo Ko. The

best berth is situated about 0.3 mile W of the SE islet of

Futako Shima (32°12'N., 130°23'E.), in 16.5m, mud and sand.

8.64 The quarantine anchorage, a circular area with a radius of 0.3

mile, lies with its center in position 32°12'N, 130°20.5'E.

8.64 Vessels should not anchor within the port boundary within a

0.33 mile radius centering on a point bearing 159°, distant 0.35

mile from Koji Shima Light. Exclusions from this restriction

are the areas to the S of the 072° range from a point bearing

165° distant 0.4 mile from Koji Shima Light and to the N of a

051° line from a point bearing 189°, distant 0.3 mile from the

light.

8.64 Anchored vessels should not block the lights of the beacons

on Midorina Bana.

8.64 Directions.—Local knowledge is essential for vessels

entering the N section, Umedo Ko. Vessels should exercise

caution with regard to a submerged rock, with a depth of 0.4m,

located about 80m W of the N end of the breakwater.

8.64 Futako Shima, located about 0.45 mile NE of Miojim Saki,

is comprised of two rocky islets lying on the reef close off

Umedo Bana (32°12'N., 130°23'E.). The SE and larger of

these two islets is about 14.6m high. The area between the SE

islet and Umedo Bana has been reclaimed.

8.65 Central section.—This section of Kai may be

considered as that area bounded on the NW by the SE sides of

Goshonoura Shima(32°20'N., 130°20'E.) and Hino Shima,

and on the SE by the coast between O Saki and Tatsu Saki.

8.65 O Saki, 1.75 miles NE of Umedo Bana, is a prominent point

backed by a mountain range which projects NE from Yahazu

Dake.

8.65 Minamata Kawa empties out into the head of a bay, which

nearly dries, between Umedo Bana and O Saki. The town of

Minamata lies at the head of this bay.

8.66 Southeast side.—I Shima (Yunoko Shima), a dark,

thickly wooded islet, 42m high, lies about 1.25 miles ENE of O

Saki. Close NW of the island are two above-water rocks, which

lie on a reef, having a steep-to outer side. Numerous fish

havens lie close offshore between Tsunagi Wan and Sashiki Ko

4 miles NNE.

8.66 Tsunagi Wan is entered between I Shima and Inse (Kurase)

Saki about 0.9 mile NNE. A rock, 0.6m high, lies about 91m W

of Inse Saki. This bay affords anchorage, sheltered from all but

W winds, to vessels, with local knowledge, in its middle, in

about 12.8m, mud, good holding ground. Close NE of Inse

Saki lies Egushi Ko, a fishing boat harbor protected by breakwaters 2.5 miles NE of Tsunagi Wan. A lighted tower stands at

the head of Breakwater No. 1. A lighted buoy marks a 2.2m

patch 0.5 miles SW of Egushi Ko.

8.66 Omon Saki (Oto Saki) , located about 0.9 mile NNE of Inse

Saki, is a low prominent point. Close off this point is a small

rocky islet, 13m high, surmounted by a solitary pine tree. Uzo

Ne (U Sone), a detached reef, with a least depth of 2.3m, lies

about 75 miles NE of Omon Saki. A rock with a depth of 6.4m

lies NNW of Uzo Ne.

8.66 Hobashira Saki, about 1.75 miles NE of Omon Saki, is the

NW tip of a wide peninsula and forms the W side of Fukura.

Close off this tip is a uniquely-shaped above-water rock; within

0.8 mile N is a rocky shoal on which there are three islets. Kino

Shima (Oki Shima), the W islet, 22.3m high, is surmounted by

a conspicuous pine tree. Ki Shima, the middle islet, is thickly
Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 173

Pub. 158

wooded and 27m high. Taka Shima, the northeasternmost, is

cone-shaped and 24m high. Mekari Se, which dries 0.9m, lies

close N of the peninsula.

8.66 Karafune Hana, about 1 mile NE of Hobashira Saki, is the

end of a narrow peninsula which forms the E side of Fukura. A

chain of rocks which dry extends from this point N to a rock

9.1m high.

8.66 Fukura can provide anchorage, sheltered from all but N

winds, for small vessels with local knowledge, in depths of 6.4

to 10.1m. However, caution must be taken to avoid a sunken

ledge, with a drying rock, which projects about 91m E from the

middle of the W side of Fukura.

8.66 Sashiki Wan, entered between Karafune Bana and a point

about 0.5 mile N, is shoal; most of it dries. Sashiki Kawa empties out into the head of this bay. A conspicuous cone-shaped

hill, 233m high, upon which is a dense growth of pine trees,

lies about mile S of the river mouth.

8.66 Ide Saki (Ideno Hana) (32°19'N., 130°28'E.) is a jutting,

rocky headland located about 1.75 miles N of Karafune Hana.

This point is conspicuous from S; a conical hill, 218m high, E

of the point, is a good mark.

8.66 Shirakami Se, which is prominent, pointed, and white, is located about 0.45 mile WNW of Ide Saki.

8.66 Donkame Se, which is awash, is located about 0.2 mile

further S. Ya Se, with a depth of 6.4m, lies about 1 mile S of

Ide Saki.

8.66 Hiu Se, with a depth of 1.2m, lies about 0.7 mile NNE of

Shirakami Se.

8.66 Umino Ura (32°20'N., 130°28'E.) affords anchorage, sheltered from all but NW winds, to small vessels with local

knowledge, in depths of 4.6 to 7.3m.

8.66 Tanoura Wan, with generally shallow depths within, is

entered between a point, about 1.5 miles NE of Ide Saki and

Tatsu Saki, about 0.9 mile NE.

8.66 Tatsu Saki (32°22'N., 130°29'E.) is a prominent denselywooded headland, which rises to a height of 29m. Tono Shima,

heavily wooded, with a round summit, 24m high, and conspicuous pine trees on its S side. The island is located about 0.25

miles SW of Tatsu Saki. A rock shelf, which dries, projects

about 0.1 mile SW from the island. Hiki Se, a rocky reef, with

a depth of 3.6m, lies about 0.35 mile S of Tono Shima.

8.66 Nanatsu Ze, a detached group or rocks, of which the westernmost dries, lies about 0.4 mile W of Tatsu Saki. Several fish

havens lie close W, S, and E of Nanatsu Ze.

8.67 North section.—The N section is bounded on the W

by the E side of Amakusa Kami Shima and the SE sides of

Senzoku Shima and Tobase Shima, and on the E and N by the

mainland N of Tatsu Saki.

8.67 The E side of the N part of Yatsushiro Kai leads about 18.5

miles NNE from Tatsu Saki to the head of the inlet and is

fringed with shoal and drying flats up to 3 miles offshore in

places.

8.67 Shiba Shima, about 1.8 miles N of Tatsu Saki, is a high conspicuous islet, 25m high, surmounted by a dense growth of

pine trees. Reefs project about 0.1 mile S from the islet, but its

N side is steep-to. Genjiro Se, which dries 0.9m, lies about

0.75 mile NE by N of Shiba Shima. Kature Se, with a depth of

7.3m, and a patch with a depth of 9.1m, lie respectively, about

1 mile SE and 1.25 miles E of Shiba Shima.

8.67 Hinagu Ko, a small harbor protected by breakwaters, lies

about 6 miles NE Tatsu Saki, and flats extend a considerable

distance off the harbor. Kushi Yama, 324m, lies about 0.5 mile

SSE of the root of the breakwater. This peak, which is surmounted by a conspicuous growth of trees, is particularly

prominent from SW.

8.67 Fune Se, a rocky islet 5.2m high, lies about 3 miles NNW of

the S breakwater of Hinagu Ko, on the edge of a drying bank.

Detached patches with depths of 4.9m and 5.2m lie, respectively, 1.25 miles SSW and 1.75 miles WSW of Fune Se.

8.67 Kuma Kawa empties out into the strait about 3.5 miles N of

Hinagu Ko. This river has a delta with three branches, the

middle being the main stream, Mae Kawa is the N and Kuma

Kawa (Minau Kawa) is the S. This river, which is noted for its

rapids, is accessible only to small boats.

8.67 Kaga Shima, which lies on the coastal bank, is 29m high and

is located about 2.25 miles N of Fune Se.

Yatsushiro Ko (32°30'N., 130°32'E.)

World Port Index No. 62255

8.68 Yatsushiro Ko is situated in the Mae Kawa. There is a

mooring embankment for large vessels on the SW side of the

tip of the reclaimed land to the SW of O Shima; another is

under construction in an area to the NE of these embankments.

On the reclaimed area to the E of O Shima, a petroleum handling port is being built.

8.68 A deep water channel, with depths greater than 20m, is

situated between Kotsuka Shima and Ne-Shima as well as

between O-Tuku Shima and Ne-Shima. Vessels must note that

the N part of this channel becomes shallow immediately. The

shipping lane leading into the port has soundings of 5 to 6m,

which shoal to 3m in the vicinity of Shiro Shima.

8.68 Winds—Weather.—Local weather signals are displayed

near two conspicuous chimneys of a cement factory, on the N

side of the river, about 1 mile SE of Shiro Shima.

8.68 Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval at Yatsushiro Ko is

8 hours 42 minutes; the tidal difference between HW and LW

is 4.3m.

8.68 It is reported that seiches enter the harbor during strong W

and SW winds.

8.68 The tidal currents off the entrance of Yatsushiro Ko set NE

on the rising tide and SW on the falling tide; the rates are 1.25

and 1.5 knots, respectively.

8.68 Depths—Limitations.—In the outer harbor there are five

quays. Quay A and Quay B has a length of 130m, with a depth

of 7.5m alongside. Quay C has a length of 165m, with a depth

of 9m alongside. Quay D has a length of 185m, with a depth of

10m alongside. Quay E is the largest, with a length of 240m

and an alongside depth of 12m.

8.68 Galko Wharf on reclaimed land N of the entrance have six

berths. Berth No. 1 to Berth No. 4 has a length of 740m, with a

depth of 13m. Berth No. 5 has a length of 240m, with a depth

of 13m alongside. Berth No. 6 has a length of 240m, with a

depth of 13m alongside. The approach is dredged to 10m.

8.68 The inner harbor has a quay, 720m long, with a depth of

5.5m alongside its quays and floating pier.
174 Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

8.68 A tanker port is situated about 1.75 miles NE of the S breakwater. This facility, enclosed by breakwaters, is entered

through a channel about 40m wide, which has been dredged to

about 5m. There are dolphin berths on the S shore with depths

of about 6m. 

8.68 A new wharf, 560m in length, 14m in depth, able to accomodate vessels up to 50,000 dwt is being developed at Ohshima

Kita.

8.68 Aspect.—O Shima, 83m high, and joined to the mainland by

reclamation, is NE of the entrance to the inner harbor and very

prominent. Cement silos situated atop the quay at the N entrance to the inner harbor are conspicuous. Two white chimneys, on the cement works, and the chimney on the incinerator

plant, mark the inner part of the inner harbor.

8.68 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory for entering or

leaving port, but can be obtained, if needed upon request from

Miiko Ko. Harbor pilots board at the quarantine anchorage just

S of O-Tuku Shima, and are not available after dark. Bay pilots

are available from 0600 to 2200 and board about 1 mile S of To

Shima Light.

8.68 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage is situated in

approximate position 32°28'N, 130°29'E.

8.68 Anchorage can be taken off the entrance to Yatsushiro Ko, in

a depth of 11m, E of Mitsu Shima.

8.68 Directions.—The approach to the entrance of the inner harbor may be made utilizing the channel between O-Tuku Shima

and Kotsuka Shima and then heading midway between Mitsu

Shima and the light on the end of the S breakwater, which leads

to the entrance. Mariners are advised to make the above transit

at slack water just after the HW, because there is a conspicuous

tidal current which flows from S to N.

8.68 Shiro Shima is 17m high and is located about 1 mile E of

Kaga Shima on reclaimed land. Taka Shima, which is prominent, and 43m high to the tops of the trees, is located about

0.75 mile NE of Shiro Shima.

8.68 O Shima is located about 1.75 miles NW of Taka Shima and

its limestone strata are notable.

8.69 Oasase is a comparatively narrow spit, which projects

about 9.5 miles S from Uto Hanto in the N part of Yatsushiro

Kai. There are depths less than 5.5m upon this spit. The channels leading to Shimabara Wan are approached on the W side

of Oasase. The channel on the E side of Oasase N of Yatsushiro

Kai ends about 4 miles from the NE head of Yatsu-shiro Kai.

8.69 Tsuki Shima Shoto is a group of five islets lying at the S tip

of Oasase, and within about 3.5 miles SW of Kaga Shima.

Tsuki Shima (O-Tuku Shima), the largest islet, is 95m high,

and comprised of limestone and white in color. On its NW side

are two shallow coves; its SE side is cliffy. Kannon Shima

(Kuro Shima), the southernmost islet of the group, lies about

0.35 mile S of Tsuki Shima, to which it is joined by a shoal

flat. A shoal bank, on which there are depths less than 9.1m,

projects about 0.5 mile S from Kannon Shima. 

8.69 Kuro Shima (Unoko Shima) , 39m high to the tree tops lies

about 0.1 mile NE of Kannon Shima. Close SE of Kuro Shima

is Hako Shima, a rocky wooded islet, 18m high. Ne Shima (Me

Shima), 12m high and black, lies about 0.5 mile E of Tsuki

Shima. Within about 1.25 miles S of Ne Shima, are shoals with

depths less than 5.5m. Kotsuki Shima, 60m high, the

northeasternmost islet lies about 0.3 mile E of Tsuki Shima.

Between Kotsuki Shima and Ne Shima are shoals, with depths

less than 5.5m.

8.69 Ushi Se (Oushi Se), which dries 3.4m, and Bebe Se (Koushi

Se), a stone post, 3.6m high, on the reef, lie on Oasase in

positions 10.75 and 2 miles N of Kotsuki Shima. Both rocks

are usually marked by breakers, even at HW when winds are

light.

8.69 Mitsu Shima, a group of three islets, lies on a shallow spit

that projects NE from the E side of Oasase. The southernmost

islet, Minami Shima, is 45m high to the tree tops, and lies

about 1.25 miles WSW of O Shima. Naka Shima, also 45m

high to the tree tops, lies about 183m NE of Minami Shima.

Kita Shima, 44m high to the tree tops, lies about 0.2 mile NE

of Naka Shima and about 0.1 mile NE of it is Benten Shima,

15m high.

Minor Passages Between Yatsushiro Kai and Shimabara Kaiwan

8.70 Otono Seto (Utono Seto) and Zozo No Seto, on the S

and NE sides of Senzoku Shima (Senzokuzozo Shima) are the

entrances to several connecting channels between Yatsushiro

Kai and Shimabara Kaiwan. Zozo No Seto and its continuations NW represent the main channels. Otono Seto and continuations W represent the minor channels.

8.71 Otono Seto-Yanagino Seto-Michigoeno Seto.—

These secondary channels, which connect Yatsushiro Kai with

Shimabara Wan, are available for vessels with local knowledge. Otono Seto is entered from Yatsushiro Kai between

Shimo-Utono Bana (32°32'N., 130°27'E.), the NE tip of Amakusa Kami Shima and Kami-Utono Bana, the S tip of Senzoku

Shima, about 0.6 mile NNE. Reefs project about 0.1 mile into

the channel from these two points. These reefs limit the navigable width to about 700m. Sobe Se, which dries 1.5m, lies

about 0.43 mile N of Shimo-Utono Light.

8.71 Se Shima, on the S side of the W end of Otono Seto, is

located about 1.25 miles WNW of Shimo Utono Bana. Several

shoals, some of which dry, lie within 0.25 mile NE and 0.15

mile N of the island.

8.71 Kadano Bana, about 1.25 miles NW of Kami-Utono Bana,

lies on the N side of the W end of Otono Seto. A spit with

depths less than 9.1m projects about 0.75 mile SE from the

point.

8.72 Yanagino Seto, the W continuation of Otono Seto,

between Funabito Shima and Ebisu Bana. Funabito Shima lies

close NW of the N tip of Se Shima. Detached patches are

located within 0.1 mile NE of its N tip. Ebisu Bana lies about

0.45 mile W of Kadano Bana. A shoal bank, with depths less

than 5.5m extends about 0.19 mile S. Also a patch, with a

depth of 6.9m, lies about 0.20 mile S of the point.

8.72 Mebari Se, 0.3m high, lies on the S side of Yanagino Seto,

0.15 mile WNW of the N tip of Funabito Shima.

8.72 Two overhead cables span this strait.

8.72 Michigoeno Seto, whose N side is formed by the S shore of

Oyano Shima, and whose S side is formed by the N shores of

Nagaura Shima, Hiai Shima and Takamoku Shima. Michigoeno Seto, is the continuation W of Yanagino Seto and leads

into Shimabara Wan. The narrowest part of the fairway is in the
Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 175

Pub. 158

vicinity of Maruyama Bana, the S tip of Oyano Shima, where

the fairway is about 91m wide. A bridge, showing green and

red lights, with a height of 14.8m, spans this section of the

channel extending from Maruyama Bana to the N coast of

Nagasura Shima. Overhead cables span this strait close W of

the bridge between Nagasura Shima and Amakusa Kami

Shima. Kodomari, a village which lies on the SW point of

Oyano Shima, about 0.9 mile WNW of Maruyama Bana. Suki

Bana lies about 0.18 mile NNW of Kodomari. The SW part of

Oyano Shima is fringed by reefs up to about 250m offshore.

Suki Bana Se, with a depth of 4.1m, lies on the N side of the W

end of the channel about 0.3 mile WSW of Suki Bana.

8.72 Takamoku Shima is cone-shaped, prominent, and 139m

high. This island’s SE coast is formed by white cliffs. For

shoals and other dangers in the W approach to Michigoeno

Seto, see Shimabara Wan, beginning in paragraph 8.82.

8.72 Tides—Currents.—The currents in Utono Seto flow N

along the E coast of Amakusa Kami Shima, turning NW and

then N between Kami-Utono Bana and Kadano Bana. It begins

from 1 to 10 hours 30 minutes before LW and continues until

from 4 hours 30 minutes to 5 hours after LW. Its maximum

rate, which occurs between 2 and 3 hours after LW, is about

0.75 knot. The tidal current flowing S between Kami-Utono

Bana and Kadano Bana continues in that direction across the

channel to Shimo-Utono Bana, and then flows S along the E

coast of Amakusa Kami Shima. It begins from 1 to 1 hour 30

minutes after HW and continues until from 4 hours 30 minutes

to 5 hours after HW. Its maximum rate, which occurs between

2 and 3 hours after HW, is about 1.5 knots near Shimo-Utono

Bana (32°32'N., 130°28'E.), but elsewhere it is less than 1

knot.

8.72 In Yanagino Seto, the E tidal current meets the current flowing from Utono Seto and combining with it flows N between

Kadano Bana and Kami-Utono Bana. The W current is a

branch of that flowing S between those two points.

8.72 In Michigoento Seto, the tidal current usually flows E during

the rising tide and W during the falling tide, but the duration of

flow varies greatly during the year. Between September and

March, the E current stream flows for about 10 hours, and the

W current for only a little over 1 hour. The W current begins

about 2 hours before LW, and slack water lasts about 20

minutes. The rate of the E current is about 1 knot and that of

the W current is about 0.75 knot. Between April and August, it

is reported that conditions opposite to the foregoing prevail,

and that the E current is at times inappreciable; it is possible

that the report is based on daylight observations, and that at

night the opposite is the case.

8.72 At the W end of Michigoeno Seto, N of Takamoku Shima,

the current, flowing E along the NW coast of Amakusa Kami

Shima during the rising tide, branches off Suki Bana, one part

flowing N in Shimabara Wan and the other entering the

channel; their rates are from 0.5 to 0.75 knot. The W current,

flowing out of the channel, combines with the current flowing

S along the W coast of Oyano Shima, off Suki Bana (32°33'N.,

130°24'E.), and the combined current then flows W.

8.73 Akamatsuno Seto-Marukono Seto-Ikeshimano

Seto.—Akamatsuno Seto is a narrow channel, usable only by

small vessels with local knowledge, which is situated between

the N coast of Amakusa Kami Shima on one side and the

islands of Se Shima, Naka Shima and Mae Shima on the other.

8.73 Marukono Seto, located between the NW sides of Se Shima,

Naka Shima, Mae Shima on one side; and a chain of islets,

reefs and shoals called Ikeshima Gunto on the other side. This

channel is only available to small craft.

8.73 Ikeshimano Seto is located between the N side of Ikeshima

Gunto on one side and the S coasts of Takamoku Shima, Hiai

Shima, and Nagaura Shima on the other side. Ikeshimano Seto,

which is entered on the S side of Yanagino Seto, leads W into

Shimabara Wan.

8.73 Nagasare Se, which dries 1.5m, lies on the SE side of the

channel between the NE end of Ikeshima Gunto and Mebari

Se. Ike Shima, 14.9m high, lies in about the middle of the NW

side of Ikeshima Gunto. A bridge, with a vertical clearance of

12m, spans the channel between Ike Shima and Nagaura

Shima.

8.73 Hira Se, 0.3m high, lies near the SW end of Ikeshima Gunto

about 0.65 mile SW of the summit of Ike Shima. On the N side

of the channel, reefs, which dry in places, project about 0.2

mile SW from the S tip of Hiai Shima. In the center of the

channel, lies a detached shoal, with a depth of 7.6m, about 0.25

mile SW of W extremity of Hiai Shima.

8.73 Biro Shima, 22m high to the tree tops, serves as a good mark

for identifying Ikeshimano Seto, and lies about 0.8 mile SW of

Takamoku Shima. Umigame Se, which dries 0.6m on the SW

side of the fairway, lies on a shoal about 0.3 mile NE of Biro

Shima.

8.73 Tides—Currents.—Within Ikeshimano Seto, the currents

resemble those in Michigoeno Seto, except off the W entrance.

West of Takamoku Shima, the currents occasionally sets E and

W directly into and out of the channel.

Zozo No Seto

8.74 Main approach.—Zozo No Seto, which leads between the NE side of Senzoku Shima and the SW side of

Tobase Shima, is the main channel leading from Yatsushiro

Kai to Misumi Ko to Shimabara Wan. This passage has depths

ranging from 15 to 30m, and at its narrowest part, off Tobase

Shima Light on Kata Shima Bana, it has a navigable width of

0.1 mile. An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of 51m,

spans Zozo No Seto SW from Katashima Bana.

8.74 A patch, with a depth of 4.5m, lies on the shoal which projects from the coast NE of Kami Utono Bana, the S tip of Senzoku Shima. This patch, which lies in the S approach to Zozo

No Seto, is located about 0.75 mile NE of Kami Utono Bana a

depth of 8.5m is located about 1.25 miles ESE of the same

point.

8.74 Senzoku Shima is separated from Oyano Shima by an

obstructed channel that can only be used by small vessels with

local knowledge, and then not without difficulty. Senzoku

Shima rises to a height of 167m near its E coast about 1.75

miles NNE of Kami Utono Bana.

8.74 Tobase Shima is low in its central part and densely wooded

in its N section. The island is separated from the S side of Uto

Hanto by a narrow, shallow channel available only to small

vessels with local knowledge. The summit of the island, which

is 83m high, lies near Katashima Bana, the S tip.
176 Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

8.74 Dangers on the NE side of the S approach include a shoal

bank, with depths less than 5.5m, which projects SE to join

Oasase. Between the NW edge of this shoal bank and the SE

side of Tobase Shima, about 0.4 mile NW, there are depths of

over 7.3m.

8.74 Amitori Se, which dries 1.8m, is located about 0.2 mile

NNW of Katashima Bana. A fish haven is situated about 0.75

mile ENE of Katashima Bana.

8.74 Nagakado Bana is a headland on the E side of Zozo No Seto,

lying about 0.35 mile N of Katashima Bana. Between Nagakado Bana and Usagi Bana, about 0.55 mile NW, is a bay almost completely obstructed by shoals.

8.74 The N tip of Senzoku Shima, Rokushiro Bana, lies on the

SW side of the channel opposite Usagi Bana. Genno Shima,

11m high, lies about 0.1 mile ESE of Rokushiro Bana and upon

which are some pine trees. Ge Se (Ige Se), 5.6m high, and on

which is a lone building, lies about 0.2 mile SE of Genno

Shima.

8.74 Currents.—In Zozo No Seto, the flood current sets N and

the ebb current sets S. A velocity of about 2.5 knots is attained

in the narrows; however, it was reported that a current of 4 to 5

knots has been experienced.

8.74 Tera Shima, 39m high, lies on a shoal, about 0.3 mile N of

Rokushiro Bana. Kotera Shima, 4.5m high, lies about 0.13 mile

S of the S side of Tera Shima.

8.74 Kabuto Shima, 13m high, lies on the E side of the fairway,

about 0.27 mile ENE of Tera Shima.

8.74 Shira Sw (Sira Se), above sections of which are always

above-water, lies in the center of a group of shoals with depths

less than 11m. These shoals project about 0.85 mile NW from

Tera Shima on the SW side of the fairway. The channel SW of

Tera Shima and Shira Se is shoal and not recommended.

Yemachino Se (Emachino Se), which dries 0.4m, lies about 0.1

mile SSE of the E tip of Shira Se. Another rock, which dries

0.3m, lies about 0.1 mile NW of the W extremity of Tera

Shima.

8.75 Misumi Ko (32°36'N., 130°28'E.) (World Port Index

No. 62280), a principal port, and the channel through it, form

the NW continuation of Zozo No Seto.

8.75 This port, which is a good natural harbor, is bound on the W

by the E side of Oyano Shima, on the S by the N end of

Senzoku Shima, and on the NE by the SW sides of Tobase

Shima and the Uto Hanto. Zozo No Seto leads into the SE part

of the harbor and Yoko Seto into the S part. Motareno Seto

leads E from the NE part of the harbor. Misumi No Seto leads

NW into Shimabara Wan from the NW part of the harbor.

8.75 Winds—Weather.—In general, the harbor is sheltered from

all winds but those from the S and occasionally those from the

N. The prevailing winds for the most part are from the N. At

times, during spring and summer, a strong S wind blows.

8.75 Local weather signals are shown from the harbor office near

the radio tower on the N side of Misumi Ko, about 0.5 mile E

of Sagari Matsu, the SW tip of Uto Hanto.

8.75 Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval at Misumi Ko is 8

hours 48 minutes. Spring tides rise 3.9m and neap tides rise

3m.

8.75 The tidal currents in Misumi No Seto, as in Zozo No Seto,

flow N on the rising tide and S on the falling tide, the turn

occurring about the times of HW and LW. The maximum rates

of the currents are usually about 3.5 knots. However, it has

been reported that in the narrows NW of the Sagari Matsu, a

rate of 5 knots has been observed. Also, in O Seto, at springs, a

rate of 6 knots has been observed. In addition, a vessel reported

(1951) that the best time to enter or depart Misumi Ko through

Misumi No Seto is about 1 hour before HW or LW at Misumi

Ko. At this time it was ascertained that at about 40 minutes

before HW or LW there, the current had already turned.

8.75 Depths—Limitations.— The Ganpeki Wharves A, B, and C

are situated E of Sagari Matsu. The depths alongside range

from 6 to 8m. Vessels up to 10,000 dwt can be accommodated.

There are mooring buoys situated SE and S of Sagari Matsu

which can accommodate vessels to 10,000 dwt with drafts to

about 10.5m. The berths NE of these have depths alongside of

2 to 4.5m and are for scheduled liners. Reclamation has been

carried out in the vicinity of West Pier, 0.25 mile ENE of Quay

A.

Aspect.—Misumi Take, 406m high, is located about 0.85

mile E of the E entrance of Misumi No Seto. This peak’s sharp

summit is prominent.

8.75 Shibao Yama, 225m high, lies on the W side of the entrance

of Misumi No Seto.

8.75 Hi Take (Tobi Take), 230m high, is located about 0.35 mile

SW of Ushikorobi Bana and is prominent. Near the S end of

Misumi No Seto it is crossed by an overhead cable and the

Tenmon-Hasi Bridge (Amakusa Dai-itigo Hasi Bridge). The

cable has a vertical clearance of 41m and the bridge has a

height of 38 to 41m. A cable, having a vertical clearance of

51m, crosses the S entrance of the Zozo No Seto; another, with

a vertical clearance of 23m, crosses the center part of Motare

No Seto.

8.75 Nakagami Shima, an islet in the middle of the N entrance to

Misumi No Seto, is about 89m high. This islet divides the N

entrance of Misumi No Seto into two channels, the E being Ko

Seto, and the W, O Seto, which is the preferred channel.

8.75 Pilotage.—Vessels approaching Misumi Ko are boarded by

pilots off Kuchinotsu Ko (32°36'N., 130°12'E.) in Hayasaki

Seto, the channel in the seaward entrance of Misumi No Seto.

Pilots will board in either quarantine anchorage. Pilots are not

available after sunset and their availability depends on tidal

conditions. When clearing the port the pilots are usually

dropped close off the N entrance of Misumi No Seto. During

bad weather the pilots may remain on board as far as Kuchinotsu Ko.

8.75 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage is situated about

0.8 mile NNE of Shibao Yama (32°37'N., 130°27'E.). Another

quarantine anchorage is situated about 0.8 mile S of the S

entrance of Zozo No Seto.

8.75 There is an anchorage, in 15m, mud, good holding ground,

between the shore E of Sagari Matsu and the N edge of the

shoal NW of Shiro Se. Vessels should refer to the latest chart,

because the space is limited in this area. There are mooring

buoys here and vessels can moor. Vessels should anchor with

caution because of hard materials on the sea bottom, and being

a menace to anchoring lie close off the shore just E of Sagari

Matsu. Midway between the N edge of Shira Se and the S coast

of Uto are sunken lumbers. Misumi Light and Seto-no-Bana,

39m high, on the E side of Ko Seto, are reported suitable for

bearings when anchoring.
Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 177

Pub. 158

8.75 Fish havens are set about 0.7 mile NE of Misumi Light, and

about 0.5 mile ENE and 0.6 mile S, respectively, of Katashima

Bana.

Directions.—Entry to Misumi Ko by way of Yatsushiro Kai

or from Shimabara Wan requires local knowledge.

8.75 Vessels approaching Misumi Ko from Yatsushiro Kai should

pass through the narrowest part of Zozo No Seto with the pine

trees on Genno Shima and the building on Ige Se in range

about 320°. This range should lead close W of the lighted buoy

marking Amitori Se. However, care should be taken to avoid

opening Genno Shima to the NE of Ige Se. When abeam of the

N end of the village of Zozo, Amitori Se will be cleared and

course should be changed to pass midway between Tera Shima

Light and Kabuto Shima. A course of 339° can be steered.

Then course may be shaped for the flagstaff, 84m high, on the

summit of a hill about 0.35 mile ENE of Sagari Matsu, bearing

about 328°. When abeam of No Saki (32°36'N., 130°29'E.),

vessels should alter course for the anchorage.

8.75 Vessels proceeding from Misumi Ko into Shimabara Wan

must pass through Misumi No Seto. Misumi No Seto is narrow

and affected by strong tidal currents. Also, this channel has a

very sharp bend, making the possibility of meeting a vessel

passing through from the opposite direction a primary

consideration. Due to all of the above factors, transit of Misumi

No Seto should be made at slack water at a reduced speed. In O

Seto, vessels should pass as close as practicable to the SW side

of Nakagami Shima. The tidal currents in this vicinity come

into contact upon Nakagami Shima and set across the fairway

to the shore off Shibao Yama, where they again deflect back

across the fairway in an opposite direction. 

8.75 Caution.—Caution is especially needed to avoid the vicinity

of Usikorobe Bana on the W shore, near the bridge. Vessels

southbound for Yatsushiro Kai should follow roughly the

reciprocal of the courses described above from the vicinity of

Shira Se.

Nagasaki Hanto—East Side

8.76 Tameishi Ura (32°38'N., 129°50'E.) is a cove at the

head of a bight, about 5 miles NNE of Kaba Shima. It is sheltered

from all winds except from the S. Depths in the cove are from 1 to

5m. The village of Tameishi lies at the head of the cove.

8.76 Between Tameishi Ura and Mogi Ko, a distance of about 5.5

miles, the coast trends in a NE direction, and is fringed with

reefs extending about 0.2 mile offshore in places.

8.76 A breakwater extends SW from the reef fringing the N shore

of the entrance to the inlet. Another breakwater extends NE

from the reef fringing the S shore of the entrance; a light stands

at its head. An inner breakwater protects the harbor on the W

side of the inlet; a light stands at its head.

8.77 Mogi Ko (32°42'N., 129°55'E.) (World Port Index

No. 62340) is entered between Shiomi Saki and Aka Saki,

about 0.5 miles to the NE. The W side of the harbor is fronted

by a bank that dries. The town of Mogi lies on the W side of the

harbor, where a pier is situated near the N end. A light is shown

from the head of a breakwater SE of the pier.

8.77 Mogi Ko affords anchorage, sheltered from all winds except

those between E and S, to small vessels with local knowledge,

in depths of 6.9 to 8.2m. Large vessels can anchor near the

entrance of the harbor, in depths of 14.6 to 20m.

8.77 Biwaga Saki (32°43'N., 129°56'E.) is the E point of Ikano

Ura and lies almost 1 mile NNE of Aka Saki. The point is a

conspicuous overhanging headland. Kajikake Iwa, a drying

rock, lies 0.25 mile offshore and 0.75 mile NE of Biwaga Saki.

8.77 Aba Wan is located about 1.5 miles NE of Kajikake Iwa and is

entered between Tate Ishi, a conspicuous black pointed rock, and

Tsu Shima, about 1 mile to the E. The village of Aba Wan lies on

the W side of the bay, where a basin for small boats is situated.

8.77 Anchorage.—Aba Wan affords anchorage, sheltered from

all winds except from the S and SE, in a depth of 16.5m, in the

center of the bay.

8.78 Maki Shima (32°45'N., 129°59'E.) forms the E side

of Aba Wan; small vessels with local knowledge can obtain

anchorage, sheltered from all winds, between the NE side of

the island and the mainland coast, in depths of 2.7 to 4.6m. 

8.78 Caution.—Caution is necessary because of shoals in both

entrances.

8.78 Eno Ura, a small boat harbor, lies about 3.25 miles ENE of

Aba Wan. A shoal, on which lies Biwa Shima and Shamisen

Shima (Samison Shima), extends more than 1 mile E of the entrance. A narrow channel with a depth of 3m leads into the boat

harbor. A light is shown from Shamisen Shima and the S entrance point of the harbor.

Tachibana Wan

8.79 Tachibana Wan (32°44'N., 130°08'E.) is entered between Shamisen Shima and Kuni Saki, 6 miles to the SE on the

opposite shore. The bay is open to the SW and depths range

from 31 to 37m in most parts of the bay.

8.79 Yuki (Uki), a village on the N side of the bay, lies about 3

miles NE of Shamisen Shima. Three conspicuous radio towers

lie about 3.5 miles E of Yuki; the village of Chijiwa lies about

2.5 miles SE of the radio towers.

8.79 Obama Ko (32°43'N., 130°13'E.) lies about 3.25 miles S of

Chijiwa and is conspicuous by a number of white buildings on

its shore. The roadstead off Obama affords good anchorage,

sheltered from all winds except those between S and W. The

bottom is mud and the holding ground is good, but the depths

are somewhat great.

8.79 Kyodomari, a boat harbor, protected by a breakwater, lies

about 4.25 miles SW of Obama Ko. The village of Kyodomari

lies on the SE side of the boat basin. A light is shown from the

head of the breakwater.

8.79 Kuni Saki (32°41'N., 130°08'E.) is a densely-wooded peninsula, faced with a white overhanging cliff, located about 1 mile

NW of Kyodomari. A reef, with depths of less than 2.7m, extends about 0.15 mile NE from Ko Shima, an islet, 0.5 mile

ESE of Kuni Saki. Kamino Se, a detached rock that dries,

1.8m, lies 0.3 mile offshore, about 0.75 mile S of Kuni Saki.

8.79 From Kuni Saki, the coast trends S for about 3 miles and

then SE for 3 miles to Setsume Saki, the NW entrance point to

Hayasaki Kaikyo. A light is shown from the point.
178 Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

Hayasaki Kaikyo

8.80 Hayasaki Kaikyo (32°34'N., 130°10'E.), the main entrance of Shimabara Wan, leads from seaward between the N

side of Amakusa Simo Shima and the S extremity of Shimabara Hanto.

8.80 Tides—Currents.—In Hayasaki Kaikyo, the tidal current

flows E from 1 hour after LW until 1 hour after HW, and W

from about 1 hour after HW until 1 hour after LW. The maximum rate is about 8 knots, and eddies and tide rips are formed

between Gotsu Iwa and Setsume Saki, especially in the vicinity

of the latter.

8.80 Gotsu Sho (32°34'N., 130°07'E.), on the S side of the main

fairway, lies about 1.5 miles off the coast of Amakusa Shimo

Shima, about 3 miles WSW of Setsume Saki; from it a shoal

extends about 0.3 mile southward. There is a detached 12.5m

patch about 1 mile E of Gotsu Sho. A light is shown from a

tower on Gotsu Sho.

8.80 Tsujino Shima lies about 1.25 miles S of Gotsu Sho and is

separated from a point on the coast of Amakusa Shimo Shima

by a narrow and shallow channel. A light marks the NW side of

the channel and a lighted buoy marks the SW side. The N side

of the islet is fringed with foul ground of a spit, on which lies

Kogame Sho, a rock, showing a light. A light is also shown

from the E end of Tsujino Shima.

8.80 From the point abreast Tsujino Shima, the S shore of Hayasaki Kaikyo trends about 3.5 miles E to Oniike Ko and is

fringed with a shoal bank extending about 0.3 mile offshore in

places.

8.80 Oniike Ko (32°33'N., 130°11'E.) is located on the SE side of

the strait, about 3.25 miles E of the E extremity of Tsujino

Shima. The harbor, used mainly by small craft, is protected by

a breakwater. A light is shown from the head of the breakwater.

Kuchinotsu Ko (32°36'N., 130°12'E.)

World Port Index No. 62330

8.81 Kuchinotsu Ko (Kutinotu Ko), on the N side of Hayasaki Kaikyo, is entered between Tsuchibira Saki, about 1.5

miles NE of Setsume Saki, and Miyasaki Bana, about 0.5 mile

to the ENE. The port consists of a small natural harbor and

town, with anchorage afforded to most vessels awaiting a favorable tide in Hayasaki Kaikyo.

8.81 Depths—Limitations.—Charted depths in the middle part

of the harbor are from 5 to 19m. A rocky patch, with a depth of

14m, lies about 0.3 mile SSE of Tsuchibira Saki.

8.81 It was reported (1963) that the water depth at a point bearing

110°, 0.3 mile from Kuchinotsu Light is less than charted.

8.81 Pilotage.—Pilots are available and will board vessels in

Hayasaki Kaikyo.

8.81 Anchorage.—Large vessels can anchor SE of Tsuchibira

Saki, in about 18.3m, mud bottom. Small vessels can anchor

inside the harbor, in a depth of 5.5m, mud.

Shimabara Wan—South Part

8.82 Shimabara Wan is entered from seaward through

Hayasaki Kaikyo. Vessels approaching the strait from the W or

S should proceed to a position N of Gotsu Sho, and then steer

for the middle of the narrows of Hayasaki Kaikyo. If an opposing tidal current is encountered, it is best to enter the passage from a position NW of Setsume Saki, passing reasonably

close to that headland.

8.82 Pilotage.—Pilots are available for Shimabara Wan and the

ports within. By arrangement, pilots meet vessels in the entrance to Hayasaki Kaikyo, in the vicinity of Gotsu Sho or Setsume Saki.

8.82 The locations of fish haven obstructions should be noted on

the chart.

8.83 South and southeast shore of Shimabara Wan.—

From Oniike Ko, the E coast of Amakusa Shimo Shima, forming part of the S shore of Shimabara Wan, trends about 5.5

miles S to Hondo Ko, on the W side of the N end of Hondono

Seto, and is fringed with a coastal bank, with depths of less

than 5.5m extending about 0.75 mile offshore in places.

8.83 Fish haven obstructions are situated about 1.25 miles offshore.

8.83 Hondo Ko (32°27'N., 130°12'E.) is only available to small

vessels with local knowledge, as the coastal bank in the

vicinity dries for a distance of 0.75 mile. The town of Hondo

overlooks the harbor. Two lights are shown offshore, E of the

town.

8.83 From the E side of the N end of Hondono Seto, the NW coast

of Amakusa Kami Shima, forming part of the S shore of

Shimabara Wan, trends about 7 miles NE to Akasaki. This

stretch of the coast is fringed with a coastal bank, with depths

of less than 5.5m, extending about 0.5 mile offshore in places,

and from it a bank, with depths of less than 18.3m and on

which lie some 8.3m patches, extends up to 4 miles offshore.

Lights are shown close offshore from the villages of Oshimako, Kotsu, and Akasaki. Numerous fish havens lie up to 1

mile offshore between Hondo Ko and Michigoeno Seto.

8.84 Kuro Shima (32°32'N., 130°20'E.) lies about 0.5 mile

offshore, 1.25 miles NE of Akasaki. Take Shima lies about

0.25 mile offshore and 1.75 miles E of Kuro Shima. The village of Oura, on the N coast of Amakusa Shimo Shima, lies

0.75 mile SW of Take Shima. A lighted buoy is moored 0.5

mile WNW of the N extremity of Take Shima.

8.84 Yu Shima, a flat-topped island, is conspicuous when entering

Shimabara Wan through Hayasaki Kaikyo. The island lies

about 4.5 miles N of Kuro Shima. Two conspicuous radio

towers stand on the S side of the island and lights are shown

from the W and S sides of Yu Shima. Shoals with depths less

than 5m extend E, SE and S of Yu Shima.

8.84 Yushima Seto, the channel taken by nearly all vessels which

enter Shimabara Wan, leads between Yu Shima and Yoko

Sone, nearly 3.25 miles to the W.

8.84 Nogama Shima (Nokama Shima) (32°35'N., 130°23'E.) lies

on the SE side of the S end of Shimabara Wan, close off the W

extremity of Oyano Shima, about 2.25 miles SE of Yu Shima.

The coast between Nogama Shima and a small peninsula about

2 miles NE is fringed by a shoal bank. Habo Shima, an abovewater rock, lies close off the NW side of the bank.

8.84 Ebito Ko, a fishing harbor on the W coast of Oyano Shima,

1.5 miles E of Nokama Shima. A light stands on the head of

the protecting breakwater.
Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 179

Pub. 158

8.84 Misumi No Seto lies about 2.75 miles NE of Habo Shima

and is entered between the NE end of O Yano Shima, which

shows a light, and the SW end of Uto Hanto.

Shimabara Wan—Central Part—East and West

Sides

8.85 Uto Hanto (32°39'N., 130°35'E.) is the mountainous

peninsula on the SE side of the central part of Shimabara Wan,

and its N coast extends about 9 miles ENE from Setono Bana,

to the mouth of the Midori Kawa. O Take, the summit of the

peninsula, attains an elevation of 478m, and lies about 5.75

miles E of Misumi Take, and is a good landmark. The point on

the S side of the mouth of Midori Kawa is low and wooded,

and from a distance appears dark and is fairly prominent.

8.85 A light is shown from the village of Sumiyoshi, which lies

near the S entrance point of Midori Kawa. A lighted buoy is

moored off the mouth of the river. A fish haven lies close NE of

the lighted buoy.

8.85 Between the middle of the N side of Uto Hanto and Nagasu

Ko, about 15 miles NNW of the mouth of Midori Kawa, the E

shore of Shimabara Wan forms a bight, from the shores of

which a shoal bank with depths of less than 5.5m, most of the

inner part which dry, extends about 2.75 miles offshore in

places.

8.85 Hyakkanishi Ko (32°48'N., 130°37'E.) lies at the mouth of

the Tsuboi Kawa, which is located about 4.75 miles N of the

mouth of the Midori Kawa. The port is used by small vessels

with local knowledge. A light is shown from the N entrance

point to the river, and a lighted buoy is moored about 1.9 miles

W of the light.

8.85 Two small harbors, protected by breakwaters, and showing

lights, lie within 2.25 miles, NW of Hyakkanishi Ko Light.

8.86 West side of the south part of Shimabara Wan.—

Kareki Saki (32°44'N., 130°23'E.) is a headland marked by

several houses, and lies about 8.5 miles NNE of Yu Shima. A

line of trees extends inland at right angles to the coast and

makes the point somewhat conspicuous.

8.86 Unzen Take lies almost in the middle of Shimabara Hanto,

about 4.5 miles WNW of Kareki Saki. Its summit is somewhat

flat and its sides are steep, making it a prominent mark.

Shimabara Ko (32°46'N., 130°23'E.)

World Port Index No. 62320

8.87 Shimabara Ko is situated 2 miles N of Kareki Shima

and consists of the two towns of Minato and Shimabara. The

port is made up of the outer and inner harbors, with anchorages

and docking facilities for small vessels.

8.87 Winds—Weather.—Local weather signals are displayed at

the town of Minato in a position SW of the railroad station.

8.87 Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval at Shimabara Ko is

8 hours 54 minutes, spring tides rise 4.3m and neap tides rise

3.1m.

8.87 The tidal currents flow N and S during the rising and falling

tides, respectively; the change occurring at approximately HW

and LW. The velocity exceeds a rate of 2.5 knots.

8.87 Depths—Limitations.—Coastal vessels and car ferries use

the outer harbor and fishing vessels frequent the inner harbor.

The outer harbor pier has depths of 2.5 to 3m alongside.

8.87 Aspect.—A radio tower, marked by a red obstruction light,

standing about 0.7 mile NNW of Shimabara Light, and Shimabara Castle, marked by intermittent illuminating lights until

2100, are excellent landmarks both day and night.

8.87 Pilotage.—Local knowledge is essential for entering either

the outer or inner harbor.

8.87 Anchorage.—Small vessels anchor in the inner harbor, in

depths of 0.3 to 5m, sheltered from all winds.

8.88 West side of the north part of Shimabara Wan.—

Taira Ko (32°52'N., 130°19'E.), a small harbor protected by

breakwaters, lies about 7.5 miles NNW of Shimabara Ko. A

light is shown from the head of the W breakwater.

8.88 Small vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage in

the unnamed bay entered between Taira Ko and Takesaki

Shima, about 6.5 miles to the NW. Two conspicuous radio

masts stand near the village of Isahaya (32°50'N., 130°04'E.),

about 2.5 miles inland from the head of the bay.

8.88 Takesaki Shima (32°57'N., 130°14'E.) shows a light from

its E extremity; close N of this light, a second light is shown

from the head of the N breakwater in Michikoshi Ko. Takesaki

Ko lies on the S side of Takesaki Shima and is protected by

breakwaters.

8.89 East side of the north part of Shimabara Wan.—

Nagasu Ko (32°55'N., 130°27'E.) is entered between two

breakwaters. A light stands on the head of the N breakwater. A

submerged jetty extends 0.15 mile SW from a position 0.1 mile

SW of the N breakwater light. Several fish havens lie within 2

miles of the entrance to the harbor. Two building docks, with a

capacity of 800,000 dwt, and a quay, 310m long, with depths

from 5.5 to 7m alongside, are situated on reclaimed land close

SE of Nagasaka Ko.

8.89 From Nagasu Ko, the coast trends about 4.75 miles N to

Miike Ko and is fringed with a bank that dries out about 1.75

miles offshore; the edge of the bank is comparatively steep-to.

Miike Ko (33°00'N., 130°25'E.)

World Port Index No. 62290

8.90 The port of Miike Ko, a principal port and a port of

entry, is situated about 5 miles NNW of Nagasu Ko, and consists of a city, an outer harbor, a small artificial inner harbor,

and a wet dock, and anchoring and berthing facilities for large

vessels. Miike Ko is principally a coal exporting port.

8.90 Winds—Weather.—Winds between SE and SW prevail

during the summer in the vicinity of Miike Ko, and in the

winter winds between W and N predominate. Heavy seas are

sometimes experienced with SW winds but seldom at other

times. The heaviest rainfall occurs in June and July. Visibility

is frequently poor, but the fogs here cannot be described as

being thick.

8.90 Local weather signals are displayed near the SE corner of the

inner harbor.
180 Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 

Pub. 158

8.90 Tides—Currents.—In a position about 1.5 miles SW of the

light on the head of the N breakwater, the tidal current flows N

during the rising tide and S during the falling tide, at the rate of

about 2 knots. Off the heads of the breakwaters, these currents

sometimes attain a rate of 5 knots, necessitating great care in

entering or leaving the entrance channel. In the fairways between the breakwaters, the current may obtain a rate of about 1

knot; in the approach to the wet dock, they do not exceed 0.5

knot.

8.90 Depths—Limitations.—There is a passage from about 1.4

miles S of the entrance to this port up to the dock area after

passing through an area between the N and S groins. This

passage has depths from 6.5 to 13m. The inner portion of the

channel is being dredged to maintain a constant water depth of

about 7m at LWST. New Berth No. 5 is at a pier with dolphins

138m N of Berth No. 5. There are depths of 9.5m alongside

New Berth No. 5 and depths of 10.4m alongside Berth No. 5.

North Wharf has eight wharves with a maximum depth of 10m.

The maximum draft for vessels up to 20,000 dwt is 9m; for

vessels up to 25,000 dwt the maximum draft is 8.5m; and for

vessels up to 30,000 dwt the maximum draft is 7.5m. The

depth on the sill of the wet dock is 10.4m at ordinary spring

tides, and a depth of 8.5m is maintained within the wet dock.

8.90 The channel leading from the inner harbor to the wet dock has a

width of 36.6m, with a navigable width of 20m at the wet dock

gate. The gate is closed from 3 hours after to 3 hours before HW

thereby enabling a depth of 8.5m to be maintained in the wet dock.

A dam, 11m high, on both sides of the gate, decreases the velocity

of the current when the range of the tide is high. The wet dock has

a water area of about 32 acres, and the height of the quay wall is

1.5m above HW ordinary spring tides.

8.90 There are two berths in the inner harbor capable of berthing

vessels up to 10,000 grt. It has been reported (1977) the largest

vessel to dock in this port was 25,532 dwt. Vessels with a draft

of more than 7m must wait for high tide.

8.90 Aspect.—Yotsu Yama, close to the coast, SE of the inner

harbor, is a conspicuous landmark. It consists of four peaks in a

row, from 39 to 55m high, extending in a NW/SE direction for

about 0.4 mile, with yellowish brown cliffs on its seaward side.

Kokuzo Yama, the southernmost peak is the highest of the four.

A gray mine shaft at the foot of Yotsu Yama can be recognized

at a distance of several miles offshore.

8.90 The large chimney of a power station on the S side of the

harbor is conspicuous. 

8.90 Lights are shown, but only when vessels are entering or

leaving the inner harbor, at intervals along each breakwater;

they serve to mark the breakwater but are not visible from

seaward.

8.90 Lights are shown at the N and S entrance points of the inner

harbor.

8.90 Several piles remain at the site of a former beacon, situated

about 2.25 miles WSW of Miike Ko Breakwater Light. The site

is marked by a light.

8.90 Pilotage.—Pilots are available, though not mandatory, for

bay transit and will board 1 mile S of Kuchinotsu Light. Harbor pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in position

32°24.5'N, 130°12.0'E during daylight hours only. Vessels are

to forward their ETA to Kuchinotsu 48 hours prior to arrival.

8.90 Regulations.—Vessels are to reduce speed in the harbor to a

point just sufficient to maintain steerage way.

8.90 Vessels must not proceed abreast of or overtake another

vessel in the fairway.

8.90 Vessels must not anchor or stop in the fairway.

8.90 Vessels over 100 grt are to moor, or secure bow and stern to

buoys.

8.90 Vessels are prohibited to approach within 50m of tankers

loading or discharging in the inner harbor.

8.90 Signals.—There is a signal station at the harbor office, close

NW of the wet dock gate, from which traffic, depth, and tidal

signals are displayed.

8.90 The following traffic signals are in force:

1. A green light indicates docking and undocking permitted.

2. A red light indicates docking and undocking prohibited.

8.90 Anchorage.—Small vessels anchor in the inner harbor;

however, when winds from between NW and SW exceed 40

knots, they shift berth to the wet dock.

8.90 There are mooring buoys in the inner harbor for large vessels.

8.90 A quarantine anchorage has been established off the entrance

to Miike Ko.

8.91 Omuta Ko (33°02'N., 130°25'E.) (World Port Index

No. 62300), at the mouth of the Omuta Kawa, lies about 1.5

miles NNE of Miike Ko and is approached across a bank that

dries. On either side of the mouth of the river extensive reclamation work has been carried out, and on the N side, a wet

dock is available to vessels of 300 grt. The approach channel is

shallow, but kept dredged to a depth of 0.6m.

8.91 The city of Omuta extends from the N side of the mouth of

Omuta Kawa to the E side of Miike Ko. Suwa Kawa flows

through the S part of the city and can be ascended by vessels

drawing less than 1.8m as far as the first bridge across the river.

8.92 North part of Shimabara Wan.—The N part or head

of Shimabara Wan is much obstructed by shoals and is fringed

with banks that dry out about 4.5 miles in places. Into it flows

several rivers of which Chikugo Kawa and Suminoe are the

largest.

8.92 Chikugo Kawa flows into the head of Shimabara Wan, about

8 miles NNW of Miike Ko. The river flows through mud flats

that extend nearly 5 miles offshore. The land in the vicinity of

the mouth of the river is very low, but is backed by mountains

some 15 miles inland. In the channels across the mud flats, the

depths in places are about 0.6m, but in the river they are

greater.

8.92 The channel across the mud flats is marked by beacons, but

the channel frequently changes so that local knowledge is essential for passage.

Suminoe Ko (33°12'N., 130°13'E.)

World Port Index No. 62310

8.93 Suminoe Ko, a specified harbor, is situated in the

mouth of the Suminoe Kawa, about 7 miles WNW of Chikugo

Kawa. The harbor is used chiefly for the export of coal. The
Sector 8. Southwest Coast of Kyushu, including Off-lying Islands 181

Pub. 158

port consists of two villages, Higashi Suminoe and Nishi Suminoe, and a small, natural, shallow harbor where small vessels can anchor and moor to buoys.

8.93 Winds—Weather.—Local weather signals are displayed at

the village of Higashi Suminoe.

8.93 Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval at Suminoe Ko is 9

hours 12 minutes; spring tides rise 5.5m and neap tides rise 4m.

8.93 The tidal current in the river attains a rate of over 3 knots and

on occasion may reach 5 knots.

8.93 Depths—Limitations.—There is a maximum depth of 5.2m

in the anchorage area at LW.

8.93 The approach channel is shallow, but vessels up to 2,000 grt

enter the harbor. Entry into the harbor is impossible except by

making use of the tidal range, which is about 6m at its greatest.

8.93 Aspect.—The equipment for gathering seaweed at the seaward end of the drying bank is a good guide for vessels approaching the port.

8.93 Pilotage.—A pilot is available; vessels should anchor

temporarily E of Suminoe Ko Lighted Buoy to await the pilot’s

arrival. It is recommended that vessels calling at this port for

the first time employ a pilot. entering the harbor at night should

be avoided, particularly in the case of the vessel’s first call to

the harbor.

8.93 Anchorage.—Mooring buoys are anchored in the harbor

nearly 0.5 mile downstream from a bridge that spans the river

between the two villages. Vessels secure their sterns to the

mooring buoys and ride with two anchors down. Two vessels,

headed upstream and downstream, respectively, can secure to

the same buoy. 

8.93 A vessel mooring heading upstream should do so when the

ebb tidal current is flowing, and should moor heading

downstream during the flood, otherwise difficulty may be

experienced in maneuvering. Mooring is not possible at LW.
Pub. 158

Glossary 183

Glossary

Japanese

JAPANESE English

A

abura................................................................................. oil

asai ........................................................................... shallow

asase...................................................................ledge, shoal

B

bae (see hae).............................................. bank, shoal, rock

bakufu .................................................................... waterfall

bana (see hana).................................................... cape, point

bashi................................................................. bridge, point

byochi.......................................................anchorage, harbor

C

chiiasi..................................................................little, small

cho.......................................................................... township

chu..............................................................................middle

D

dai........................................................................large, great

daiba................................................................................fort

dake (see take) ............................................... hill, mountain

dashi...................................................................... rock, reef

F

fukai .............................................................................. deep

futo...................................................................... wharf, pier

G

ga..................................................................... of (in names)

gaiko..................................................................outer harbor

gake................................................................................ cliff

gan..................................................................................rock

ganpeki.................................................quay, wharf, seawall

gata............................................................ lagoon, bay, inlet

gawa (see kawa)............................................................ river

genya................................................................... field, plain

genyu.......................................................................crude oil

guchi (see kuchi).............................entrance, strait, channel

gun .............................................................................district

gunto .................................................................island group

guri.................................................... reef, rock, shoal, bank

gyoko ............................................................. fishing harbor

H

hae (see bae).............................................. bank, shoal, rock

hakuchi................................................roadstead, anchorage

hama.................................................................. beach, coast

hana..................................................................... cape, point

hanto...................................................................... peninsula

hashi................................................................. bridge, point

hatoba.......................................................................... wharf

heigen.................................................................. plain, field

higashi............................................................................ east

hikui ................................................................................low

hira.........................................................................flat, level

hiro.............................................................................fathom

hiroi....................................................................wide, broad

ho .................................................................................. cove

ho .................................................................................. peak

hoku ............................................................................. north

I

ikari............................................................................anchor

ike ........................................................................ lake, pond

ishi .................................................................................rock

iso ............................................................... reef, rock, shoal

iwa ..........................................rock, island, shoal, mountain

J

jima (see shima).........................................island, rock, reef

jorikusho ......................................................... landing place

ju ................................................................................middle

juyu ........................................................ crude oil, heavy oil

K

kai ....................................................................................sea

kaiho ............................................................................... fort

kaikyo ............................................................ strait, channel

kaiwan........................................................gulf, inlet, sound

kaku .................................................................... point, cape

kami .............................................................................upper

kawa guchi................................................................ estuary

kawa.............................................................................. river

kei ................................................................................. river

ken ........................................................................prefecture

ki .....................................................................................tree

kita ............................................................................... north

ko ....................................................................... harbor, port

ko ............................................................lagoon, lake, small

kubi ................................................................. cape, isthmus

kuchi ......................................... mouth of channel, entrance

kuri.........................................................................reef, rock

kuro, kuroi ................................................................... black

M

machi ............................................................................town

matsu................................................... cape, point, pine tree

michi ..............................................................................road

mijikai...........................................................................short

minami......................................................................... south

minato ................................................................ harbor, port

mine ............................................................. peak, mountain

misaki ................................................cape, point, peninsula

mizu ............................................................................. water

mori...................................................................forest, wood

mura...........................................................................village

myaku ..................................................chain (of hills, reefs)

JAPANESE English
Pub. 158 

184 Glossary

N

nada......................................................................... sea, gulf

nagai...............................................................................long

naikai.....................................................................inland sea

naiko..................................................................inner harbor

naka............................................................................middle

nan................................................................................south

ne................................................................rock, reef, island

nippon, nihon ...............................................................japan

nishi............................................................................... west

no ........................................................of (possessive like 's)

nobori.....................................................................mountain

numa...............................................................marsh, swamp

nupuri.....................................................................mountain

O

o ..........................................................................great, large

o ...................................................................................small

oka............................................................. hill, land, mound

oki ........................................................ offing, offshore, bay

okii ......................................................................great, large

P

pii .................................................................................. cape

R

ressho .........................................chain of islets, archipelago

retsugan..........................................................chain or rocks

retto .........................................chain of islands, archipelago

S

saki...................................................................... cape, point

sambashi......................................................................... pier

san ............................................................. mount, mountain

satai ........................................................................sandbank

sawa ......................................................marsh, swamp, lake

se ........................................................bank, islet, reef, shoal

sei.................................................................................. west

seki.............................................................cape, point, rock

sekiyu............................................................................... oil

sen ................................................................................. peak

sendan .......................................................................... shoal

seto................................................................. strait, channel

sha ................................................................................. sand

shi....................................................................................city

JAPANESE English

shima..........................................................island, rock, reef

shimo ...........................................................................lower

shio ....................................................................current, tide

shiri ..................................................................... cape, point

sho....................................................bank, reef, shoal, small

sho....................................................................... island, reef

shoto .............................................archipelago, island chain

shu....................................................country, province, state

sima (see shima) ........................................island, rock, reef

son..............................................................................village

sone..................................................................... rock, shoal

su................................................................ bank, reef, shoal

sui ...............................................................water, waterway

suido .............................................................. channel, strait

suna................................................................................sand

syoto (see shoto) ...........................archipelago, island chain

T

ta ..............................................................................ricefield

tai .................................................................bank, sandbank

takai ........................................................................high, tall

take................................................................. hill, mountain

taki ..........................................................................waterfall

to ....................................................... island, islet, east, rock

toge ...............................................................mountain, pass

torii ...............................................gateway of shinto temple

tsu ...................................................................... harbor, port

U

uchi .................................................................bay, in, inside

umi......................................................................... in, inside

unga ............................................................................. canal

ura ..............................................................bay, bight, beach

W

wan.................................................................................. bay

Y

yama ....................................................mountain, hill, range

Z

zaki (see saki) .....................................cape, point, headland

zan.........................................................peak, mountain, hill

ze.................................................................................. shoal

zeikanjo............................................................customhouse

zen..........................................................................mountain

zone, zono.................................................................... shoal

JAPANESE English
185

 Pub. 158

How to use the Index—Gazetteer

Geographic names of navigational features are generally those used by the nation having sovereignty and are listed

alphabetically. Diacritical marks, such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to specific letters in certain foreign

languages, are not used in the interest of typographical simplicity.

Geographic names or their spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political status of an area by the United States

Government. Positions are approximate and are intended merely as locators to facilitate reference to the charts.

To use as a Gazetteer note the position and Sector number of the feature and refer to the Chart Information diagram for the

Sector. Plot the approximate position of the feature on this diagram and note the approximate chart number.

To use as an Index of features described in the text note the paragraph number at the right. To locate this feature on the best

scale chart use the Gazetteer procedure above. 

Index—Gazetteer

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

A

ABASHIRI KO 44 01 N 144 17 E 1.9

ABUJIRI SAKI 28 04 N 129 10 E 7.44

ABURATSU 31 35 N 131 24 E 6.30

ABURATU 31 35 N 131 24 E 6.30

AGO WAN 34 17 N 136 47 E 5.44

AGUNI SHIMA 26 35 N 127 14 E 7.22

AIKUCHI HANA 34 07 N 136 19 E 5.48

AITAKA IWA 34 40 N 138 14 E 5.12

AJIRO KO 35 03 N 139 05 E 3.36

AKA SAKI 26 49 N 128 19 E 7.36

AKAISHINO HANA 34 16 N 136 38 E 5.46

AKAISI HANA 34 16 N 136 38 E 5.46

AKAO SHO 25 54 N 124 34 E 7.2

AKKESHI KO 43 02 N 144 51 E 1.29

AKUNE KO 32 01 N 130 11 E 8.38

AKUSEKI SHIMA 29 27 N 129 36 E 7.62

AMAGI SHO 43 43 N 146 24 E 1.20

AMAI SAKI 29 28 N 129 37 E 7.55

AMAMI-O SHIMA 28 20 N 129 26 E 7.50

ANI SHIMA 27 07 N 142 13 E 4.14

AOGA SHIMA 32 27 N 139 46 E 4.7

ARA HAMA 38 02 N 140 55 E 2.35

ARA SAKI 30 36 N 130 57 E 7.79

ARAGUSUKU SHIMA 24 13 N 123 56 E 7.10

ARIAKE WAN 31 22 N 131 10 E 6.32

ARUTORI MISAKI 42 30 N 140 47 E 1.41

ASAN SAKI 28 21 N 129 19 E 7.53

ASHIZURI MISAKI 32 43 N 133 01 E 6.7,

6.14

ASIKA SHIMA 35 13 N 139 44 E 3.14

ASIZURI MISAKI 32 43 N 133 01 E 6.14

ATAGI SAKI 33 33 N 135 27 E 5.62

ATAKI SAKI 33 33 N 135 27 E 5.62

ATAMI HAKUCHI 35 05 N 139 05 E 3.36

ATASIKA WAN 33 54 N 136 10 E 5.52

AYORO BANA 42 27 N 141 12 E 1.38

AYUKAWAHAMA 38 18 N 141 31 E 2.30

AZI SHIMA 38 15 N 141 29 E 2.29

B

BANZU HANA 35 25 N 139 54 E 3.25

BATEN KO 26 10 N 127 47 E 7.33

BATEN KO 26 11 N 127 47 E 7.32

BENTEN HANA 40 13 N 141 50 E 2.7

BENTEN SAKI 39 57 N 141 58 E 2.9

BEYONEISU RETSUGAN 31 55 N 139 54 E 4.7

BIRO SHIMA 31 26 N 131 07 E 6.35

BISE SAKI 26 43 N 127 53 E 7.29

BIWAGA SAKI 32 43 N 129 56 E 8.77

BOKKIRISO KO 43 11 N 145 31 E 1.25

BONIN ISLANDS 27 09 N 142 05 E 4.10

BONO MISAKI 31 15 N 130 13 E 8.13

BOROSE SAKI 28 27 N 129 30 E 7.53

BOROSE SAKI LIGHT 28 27 N 129 32 E 7.51

C

CHIBA KO 35 35 N 140 02 E 3.26

CHIBA LIGHT 35 34 N 140 03 E 3.26

CHICHI SHIMA 27 04 N 142 12 E 4.14

CHICHISHIMA RETTO 27 06 N 142 12 E 4.13

CHIKYU MISAKI 42 18 N 141 00 E 1.38

CHINO SAKI 33 35 N 134 22 E 6.5

CHIRIN SHIMA 31 16 N 130 41 E 8.8

CHITA WAN 34 47 N 136 58 E 5.39

CHOBOSHI SAKI 43 16 N 145 34 E 1.25

CHOSHI KO 35 44 N 140 51 E 2.45

D

DAIBANO BANA 32 12 N 130 02 E 8.41

DAKE 43 27 N 144 10 E 1.32

DOSAKI BANA 32 16 N 130 11 E 8.52

E

E SAN 41 48 N 141 08 E 1.44

EBOSHI SAKI 32 45 N 132 33 E 6.20

EBOSHI YAMA 28 17 N 129 12 E 7.52

EMINO HANA 35 03 N 140 04 E 3.6

ENA KO 36 58 N 140 58 E 2.38

ENASHI YAMA 35 00 N 138 48 E 5.4

ENASI YAMA 35 00 N 138 48 E 5.4

ERIMO KO 42 01 N 143 09 E 1.34

ERIMO SAKI 41 56 N 143 15 E 1.34

ESAN MISAKI 41 49 N 141 11 E 1.45

ESAN SAKI 41 49 N 141 11 E 1.45

ESASHI KO 44 56 N 142 35 E 1.5

ESASI KO 44 56 N 142 35 E 1.5

ESOKUSOKI SAKI 42 30 N 140 47 E 1.41

ESU SAKI 33 30 N 135 36 E 5.61

ETOMO HANTO 42 20 N 140 59 E 1.39

F

FUJI SAN 35 22 N 138 44 E 5.16

FUKAI 24 27 N 124 12 E 7.14

FUKE KO 34 39 N 137 07 E 5.34

FUKUDA KO 34 40 N 137 54 E 5.18

FUKURO URA 32 11 N 130 22 E 8.63

FUKUSHIMA KO 31 26 N 131 12 E 6.33

FUKUURA 37 33 N 141 02 E 2.36

FUNAKOSHI WAN 39 23 N 141 58 E 2.13

FURUE KO 31 24 N 130 46 E 8.5

FUTAKO SHIMA 32 12 N 130 23 E 8.64

FUTAMI KO 27 05 N 142 12 E 4.15

G

GAJA SHIMA 29 54 N 129 32 E 7.67
186 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 158

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

GAMAGORI KO 34 48 N 137 13 E 5.36

GAMO SAKI 28 30 N 129 39 E 7.55

GESU SHIMA 32 11 N 130 02 E 8.40

GINAN SAKI 26 38 N 128 14 E 7.36

GOBO KO 33 52 N 135 09 E 5.65

GOISHI SAKI 38 59 N 141 45 E 2.19

GOKASHO KO 34 18 N 136 41 E 5.45

GOSHONOURA SHIMA 32 20 N 130 20 E 8.55

GOSHOURA SHIMA 32 20 N 130 20 E 8.60

GOTSU SHO 32 34 N 130 07 E 8.80

GOTSU YAMA 32 17 N 130 02 E 8.45

GOYO SAN 39 12 N 141 44 E 2.15

GOYOMAI KAIKYO 43 23 N 145 50 E 1.16

GOYOMAI SAKI 43 22 N 145 49 E 1.22

H

HABOMAI KO 43 21 N 145 46 E 1.22

HACHIJO SHIMA 33 06 N 139 48 E 4.5

HACHIMAN SAKI 35 08 N 140 19 E 3.3

HACHINOHE KO 40 32 N 141 33 E 2.4

HAGATI SAKI 34 41 N 138 45 E 5.3

HAHA SHIMA 26 39 N 142 09 E 4.17

HAHASHIMA RETTO 26 38 N 142 08 E 4.16

HAKACHI SAKI 34 41 N 138 45 E 5.3

HAKAMAGOSHI DAKE 41 55 N 140 49 E 1.44

HAKO SAKI 30 43 N 130 59 E 7.80

HAKONE YAMA 39 01 N 141 42 E 2.20

HAMANA KO 34 40 N 137 36 E 5.18

HAMANAKA WAN 43 07 N 145 10 E 1.27

HAMASHIMA KO 34 18 N 136 46 E 5.45

HAMAZIMA KO 34 18 N 136 46 E 5.45

HANASAKI KO 43 17 N 145 35 E 1.24

HANASAKI MISAKI 43 17 N 145 36 E 1.23

HASHIDA HANA 34 46 N 137 10 E 5.37

HASHIMA SAKI 30 45 N 130 12 W 8.25

HASIDA HANA 34 46 N 137 10 E 5.37

HATERUMA SHIMA 24 03 N 123 47 E 7.7

HATIMAN SAKI 35 08 N 140 19 E 3.3

HATINOHE KO 40 32 N 141 33 E 2.4

HATIZYO SHIMA 33 06 N 139 48 E 4.5

HATOBANARE SHIMA 24 25 N 123 49 E 7.9

HATOMA SHIMA 24 28 N 123 49 E 7.9

HATSU SHIMA 35 02 N 139 10 E 3.37

HAYA SAKI 30 22 N 130 40 E 7.75

HAYA SAKI 31 02 N 130 43 E 6.36

HAYA SAKI 31 39 N 129 40 E 8.27

HAYA SAKI 38 24 N 141 32 E 2.26

HAYASAKI KAIKYO 32 34 N 130 10 E 8.80

HAZU SAKI 34 42 N 136 58 E 5.25

HEANZA BANARE 26 21 N 127 57 E 7.31

HEDA KO 34 58 N 138 46 E 5.6

HEDO MISAKI 26 52 N 128 16 E 7.29

HEI SAKI 39 39 N 142 02 E 2.11

HENOKO SAKI 26 31 N 128 03 E 7.35

HETA KO 34 58 N 138 46 E 5.6

HETONO KO 27 49 N 128 54 E 7.41

HI SAKI 31 17 N 131 08 E 6.34

HIKIMOTO KO 34 06 N 136 15 E 5.49

HINO MISAKI 33 53 N 135 04 E 5.65

HIRAKATA KO 35 51 N 140 48 E 2.40

HIRASE SAKI 31 47 N 129 48 E 8.30

HIROO 42 17 N 143 20 E 1.33

HIROTA SAKI 38 56 N 141 42 E 2.19

HIROTA WAN 38 58 N 141 40 E 2.20

HITACHI KO 36 30 N 140 38 E 2.42

HITACHI-NAKA KO 36 T24 N 140 37 E 2.43

HITATI KO 36 30 N 140 38 E 2.42

HITOTSU SE 30 21 N 130 59 E 7.81

HIUCHIGAMORI 33 17 N 133 12 E 6.13

HONDO KO 32 27 N 130 12 E 8.57,

8.83

HOROIZUMI KO 42 01 N 143 09 E 1.34

HOSOSHIMA 32 26 N 131 40 E 6.27

HOSOSHIMA KO LIGHT 32 25 N 131 44 E 6.27

HOZA KO 34 14 N 136 31 E 5.46

HOZAURA WAN 34 14 N 136 31 E 5.46

HUKU SHIMA DAIITI 37 25 N 141 02 E 2.36

HUKUE KO 34 39 N 137 07 E 5.34

HUTTU LNG TANKER BERTH 35 20 N 139 50 E 3.25

HUZI SAN 35 22 N 138 44 E 5.16

HYAKKANISHI KO 32 48 N 130 37 E 8.85

I

I SHIMA 33 51 N 134 49 E 6.3

ICHI SAKI 28 13 N 129 29 E 7.56

IDE SAKI 32 19 N 130 28 E 8.66

IDEMITSU TOA SEA BERTH 34 55 N 136 44 E 5.30

IDENO HANA 32 19 N 130 28 E 8.66

IGURAZU KO 34 41 N 136 33 E 5.28

IHEYA SHIMA 27 03 N 127 59 E 7.37

IIGUSUKU YAMA 26 43 N 127 49 E 7.29

IKEMA SHIMA 24 56 N 125 16 E 7.16

IKOMO WAN 28 05 N 129 15 E 7.46

IKORISHIRETO SAKI 42 34 N 140 35 E 1.42

IKUI BAE 32 27 N 131 42 E 6.27

IKURATSU KO 34 41 N 136 33 E 5.28

IMAI SAKI 28 29 N 129 37 E 7.54

IMAI SAKI 29 28 N 129 37 E 7.55

IMOTO SHIMA 26 33 N 142 12 E 4.18

INAMBA SHIMA 33 39 N 139 18 E 4.4

INATORI KO 34 46 N 139 03 E 3.38

INO HANA 33 53 N 136 08 E 5.53

INO MISAKI 33 01 N 133 05 E 6.14

INOKUSHI KO 32 48 N 131 54 E 6.24

INUBO SAKI 35 42 N 140 52 E 2.45

IO SHIMA 24 47 N 141 19 E 4.20

IO ZAN 44 08 N 145 11 E 1.8

IOSHIMA KO 30 46 N 130 17 E 7.90

IRAGO KO 34 35 N 137 01 E 5.25

IRAGO SUIDO 34 34 N 137 00 E 5.20

IRAGO SUIDO LIGHT 34 30 N 137 01 E 5.21

IRIHIANNA SAKI 24 55 N 125 17 E 7.17

IRIOMOTE SHIMA 24 20 N 123 50 E 7.6

IRISUNA SHIMA 26 23 N 127 06 E 7.21

ISAHAYA 32 50 N 130 04 E 8.88

ISE BUOY NO. 1 34 30 N 137 03 E 5.35

ISE WAN 34 45 N 136 45 E 5.19

ISE WAN LIGHT 43 56 N 136 48 E 5.31

ISE WAN SEA BERTH 34 55 N 136 44 E 5.30

ISHIGA HAE 33 19 N 133 19 E 6.12

ISHIGAKI 24 20 N 124 10 E 7.12

ISHIGAKI SHIMA 24 25 N 124 12 E 7.11

ISHIGAKI SHIMA 24 27 N 124 19 E 7.14

ISHINOMAKI KO 38 24 N 141 19 E 2.32

ISHINOMAKI WAN 38 20 N 141 20 E 2.28

ISIGAKI SHIMA 24 25 N 124 12 E 7.11

ISINOMAKI KO 38 24 N 141 19 E 2.32

ISINOMAKI WAN 38 20 N 141 20 E 2.28

ISO SAKI 36 23 N 140 38 E 2.43

ISOMOSHIRI TO 43 20 N 145 47 E 1.22

ISSO KO 30 27 N 130 30 E 7.74

ISU WAN 28 08 N 129 23 E 7.56

ITO KO 34 58 N 139 06 E 3.37

IWAI SAKI 38 49 N 141 36 E 2.23

IWO SHIMA 24 47 N 141 19 E 4.20

IZU SHICHITO 32 20 N 130 50 E 4.2

IZU SHIMA 38 27 N 141 32 E 2.24

J

JOGA SHIMA 35 08 N 139 37 E 3.28

JONO HANA 30 27 N 130 16 E 7.86

K

KA SAKI 28 04 N 129 13 E 7.47

KABIRA WAN 24 27 N 124 09 E 7.14

KABURAKO SUIDO 34 28 N 136 54 E 5.22

KABUTO BANA 32 13 N 130 05 E 8.51

KADO 40 32 N 141 35 E 2.5

KADOKURA SAKI 30 20 N 130 53 E 7.81

KAGOSHIMA KO 31 35 N 130 34 E 8.10

KAIGARA SENDAN 43 23 N 145 52 E 1.16

KAIMON MISAKI 31 10 N 130 31 E 8.6

KAIMON MISAKI 31 11 N 130 32 E 6.37

KAITORO HANA 33 54 N 136 09 E 5.53

KAITSU SAKI 28 07 N 129 23 E 7.48,

7.56
Index—Gazetteer 187

 Pub. 158

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

KAJIKAKE LIGHTED BUOY 32 00 N 130 10 E 8.38

KAKEROMA SHIMA 28 07 N 129 15 E 7.47

KAKISE SAKI 32 32 N 130 01 E 8.46

KAKU BANA 31 15 N 130 17 E 8.14

KAMADO MISAKI 35 50 N 134 45 E 6.0

KAMAE KO 32 47 N 131 56 E 6.24

KAMAISHI KO 39 16 N 141 54 E 2.15

KAMI SE 33 29 N 135 54 E 5.58

KAMI SHIMA 34 33 N 136 59 E 5.21

KAMINATO KO 33 08 N 139 49 E 4.6

KAMINO SHIMA 34 12 N 136 49 E 5.43

KAMINONE SHO 28 50 N 129 13 E 7.59

KAMODA MISAKI 33 50 N 134 45 E 6.3

KAMUI MISAKI 45 04 N 142 30 E 1.4

KAN SE 31 34 N 130 36 E 8.10

KANAMI SAKI 27 53 N 128 59 E 7.42

KANNON SAKI 24 22 N 124 07 E 7.13

KANNON SAKI 35 15 N 139 45 E 3.17

KANOYA KO 31 24 N 130 46 E 8.5

KANTORI SAKI 33 35 N 135 58 E 5.56

KAREKI SAKI 32 44 N 130 23 E 8.86

KASHIMA KO 35 56 N 140 42 E 2.44

KATA WAN 33 57 N 136 15 E 5.52

KATAHARA KO 34 47 N 137 12 E 5.37

KATCHIKA SE 31 10 N 130 36 E 8.6

KATSUO SHIMA 33 51 N 135 09 E 5.64

KATSURA SHIMA 34 18 N 136 41 E 5.45

KATSUREN SAKI 26 17 N 127 55 E 7.32

KATSUURA KO 33 37 N 135 57 E 5.56

KATSUURA WAN 33 36 N 135 57 E 5.56

KATUNAN KU 35 40 N 139 59 E 3.27

KATUURA WAN 33 36 N 135 57 E 5.56

KAWASAKI KO 35 30 N 139 46 E 3.22

KAYAMUTA SAKI 31 48 N 129 53 E 8.32

KAZAN RETTO 24 52 N 141 20 E 4.19

KEIHIN KO 35 30 N 139 50 E 3.20

KEMBOKI SHIMA 43 03 N 145 07 E 1.28

KEN SAKI 35 08 N 139 41 E 3.14

KESENNUMA KO 38 52 N 141 36 E 2.22

KESENNUMA WAN 38 51 N 141 38 E 2.21

KETOKU 27 49 N 128 59 E 7.42

KIIRE KO 31 23 N 130 33 E 8.9

KIKAI SHIMA 28 19 N 129 59 E 7.57

KIKAIGA SHIMA 28 19 N 129 59 E 7.57

KIN WAN 26 22 N 127 58 E 7.34

KINCHAKU SHIMA 31 44 N 131 28 E 6.29

KINEN SAKI 27 40 N 129 00 E 7.42

KINKASAN TO 38 17 N 141 34 E 2.26

KINOMOTO HAKUCHI 33 53 N 136 07 E 5.53

KINUURA KO 34 51 N 136 57 E 5.39

KIRIME SAKI 33 47 N 135 14 E 5.64

KISARAZU KO 35 22 N 139 53 E 3.25

KITA-IO SHIMA 25 26 N 141 17 E 4.19

KITAKAME HANA 30 29 N 130 10 E 7.87

KITANO SHIMA 27 43 N 142 06 E 4.11

KIYAMANOKO 28 01 N 129 17 E 7.45

KIYAN SAKI 26 05 N 127 40 E 7.25

KO GAJA SHIMA 29 53 N 129 37 E 7.68

KOAZIRO WAN 35 10 N 139 36 E 3.32

KOBARINO SHI 33 39 N 134 26 E 6.6

KOBE SAKI 39 06 N 141 55 E 2.16

KOBI SHO 25 56 N 123 41 E 7.2

KOCHI KO 33 30 N 133 34 E 6.10

KOGAWA GYOKO 34 51 N 138 20 E 5.14

KOMA SAKI 33 39 N 135 59 E 5.55

KOMBU SE 43 07 N 145 13 E 1.27

KOMBU SE 43 08 N 145 26 E 1.26

KOMENOTSU KO 32 08 N 130 20 E 8.63

KOMINATO WAN 33 28 N 135 46 E 5.61

KOMO SAKI 32 54 N 132 29 E 6.0

KOMORI BANA 30 18 N 130 39 E 7.75

KONE 39 29 N 142 03 E 2.13

KONEGA SAKI 39 29 N 142 03 E 2.13

KONGAN SAKI 27 43 N 129 01 E 7.42

KONIYA KO 28 08 N 129 19 E 7.48

KONO SHIMA 33 57 N 136 16 E 5.52

KOSAKI BANA 31 26 N 130 10 E 8.18

KOSHIBA SAKI 35 21 N 139 39 E 3.20

KOSIBA SAKI 35 21 N 139 39 E 3.20

KOTAKARA SHIMA 29 13 N 129 20 E 7.61

KOYAMADA WAN 31 13 N 131 01 E 6.36

KOZA-NISHIMUKAI KO 33 31 N 135 50 E 5.57

KOZU SHIMA 34 12 N 139 09 E 4.3

KOZUSHIMA KO 34 12 N 139 08 E 4.3

KUBA SAKI 26 17 N 127 49 E 7.32

KUCHINO SHIMA 29 58 N 129 55 E 7.69

KUCHINOTSU KO 32 36 N 130 12 E 8.75,

8.81

KUJI WAN 28 12 N 129 16 E 7.49

KUJI WAN 40 12 N 141 50 E 2.8

KUKI SAKI 34 01 N 136 17 E 5.51

KUKI URA 34 00 N 136 16 E 5.51

KUMANO NADA 33 55 N 136 30 E 5.43

KUMANO YAMA 30 28 N 130 58 E 7.81

KUME SHIMA 26 20 N 126 47 E 7.20

KUME SHIMA LIGHT 26 21 N 126 42 E 7.20

KUNI SAKI 32 41 N 130 08 E 8.79

KUNIGAMI SAKI 27 27 N 128 43 E 7.40

KUREMA SHIMA 24 43 N 125 16 E 7.16

KURIHAMA WAN 35 13 N 139 43 E 3.15

KURO SAKI 30 14 N 130 27 E 7.75

KURO SAKI 38 16 N 141 32 E 2.26,

2.28

KURO SE 27 53 N 128 54 E 7.42

KURO SHIMA 32 32 N 130 20 E 8.84

KUROSE SAKI 32 18 N 129 59 E 8.44

KUROSHIMA SAKI 30 46 N 130 16 E 7.90

KURUMA SHIMA 24 43 N 125 16 E 7.16

KUSAKAKI SHIMA 30 51 N 129 28 E 7.93

KUSHIKINO KO 31 42 N 130 16 E 8.24

KUSHIMOTO KO 33 28 N 135 47 E 5.59

KUSHIRO KO 42 59 N 144 22 E 1.31

KUSUKAWA 30 24 N 130 36 E 7.75

KUTINOERABU SHIMA 30 27 N 130 13 E 7.84

KUTTARA YAMA 42 30 N 141 12 E 1.38

KUZI KO 40 12 N 141 50 E 2.8

KUZI SAKI 26 16 N 127 43 E 7.28

L

LA PEROUSE STRAIT 45 40 N 142 00 E 1.3

M

MA SAKI 39 45 N 142 00 E 2.9

MABIRO SAKI 42 59 N 144 53 E 1.28

MAE SHIMA 26 13 N 127 27 E 7.23

MAGE SE 30 32 N 131 02 E 7.82

MAGE SHIMA 30 44 N 130 51 E 7.83

MAGENOSE 30 32 N 131 02 E 7.82

MAKI SHIMA 32 45 N 129 59 E 8.78

MAKURASAKI KO 31 16 N 130 18 E 8.12

MANAZURU KO 35 09 N 139 09 E 3.34

MARCUS 24 17 N 153 59 E 4.23

MATOYA KO 34 22 N 136 55 E 5.42

MATSUSAKA KO 34 36 N 136 34 E 5.27

MATSUSAKI KO 34 36 N 136 34 E 5.27

MATSUSHIMA WAN 38 20 N 141 05 E 2.33

METO HANA 34 12 N 136 24 E 5.47

MEZAMASHI YAMA 33 39 N 135 59 E 5.54

MI SAKI 30 23 N 130 23 E 7.73

MI SAKI 32 29 N 131 44 E 6.26

MI SAKI 34 17 N 136 41 E 5.45

MI SAKI 40 08 N 141 53 E 2.8

MIE SHIMA 34 15 N 136 33 E 5.46

MIEGUSUKU 26 12 N 127 40 E 7.27

MIIKE KO 33 00 N 130 25 E 8.90

MIKAWA WAN 34 45 N 137 03 E 5.32

MIKOMOTO SHIMA 34 34 N 138 57 E 3.40

MIKURA SHIMA 33 53 N 139 36 E 4.4

MINAMATA KO 32 12 N 130 23 E 8.64

MINAMI-DAITO SHIMA 25 50 N 131 15 E 7.4

MINAMI-IO SHIMA 24 14 N 141 28 E 4.21

MINAMI-TORI SHIMA 24 17 N 153 59 E 4.0,

4.23

MINATO KO 39 02 N 141 48 E 2.17

MINEGA SAKI 31 16 N 130 13 E 8.15

MIOJIN SAKI 32 12 N 130 22 E 8.63

MISAKI 34 42 N 136 58 E 5.25

MISAKI KO 35 08 N 139 37 E 3.28

MISUMI KO 32 36 N 130 28 E 8.75

MIWASAKI WAN 33 40 N 135 59 E 5.55
188 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 158

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

MIYA KO 34 48 N 137 15 E 5.36

MIYAKE SHIMA 34 05 N 139 32 E 4.4

MIYAKO KO 39 38 N 141 59 E 2.10

MIYAKO SAKI 28 23 N 129 24 E 7.53

MIYAKO SHIMA 24 45 N 125 20 E 7.15

MIYANOURA DAKE 30 20 N 130 31 E 7.72

MIYANOURA KO 30 26 N 130 35 E 7.76

MIYASAKI KO 31 54 N 131 28 E 6.28

MIYATO SHIMA 38 20 N 141 10 E 2.33

MIYEGUSUKU 26 12 N 127 40 E 7.27

MOGI KO 32 42 N 129 55 E 8.77

MOKOTO YAMA 43 42 N 144 20 E 1.8

MOMBETSU KO 44 21 N 143 21 E 1.6

MOMOTORI SUIDO 34 31 N 136 50 E 5.24

MONBETU KO 44 21 N 143 21 E 1.6

MORI KO 42 07 N 140 35 E 1.43

MORITO SAKI 33 32 N 135 53 E 5.57

MOROSAKI KO 34 42 N 136 59 E 5.39

MOROSAKI SUIDO 34 41 N 136 59 E 5.38

MUKO SHIMA 26 36 N 142 08 E 4.18

MUKO SHIMA 27 41 N 142 08 E 4.12

MUKOSHIMA RETTO 27 37 N 142 11 E 4.11

MURORAN KO 42 21 N 140 58 E 1.40

MUROTO SAKI 33 14 N 134 11 E 6.5

MUTSU-OGAWARA KO 40 57 N 141 25 E 2.3

MYOGA SHIMA 33 27 N 135 48 E 5.59

MYOKEN YAMA 35 10 N 140 09 E 3.5

N

NAARAI KO 35 42 N 140 51 E 3.2

NAGA SAKI 31 42 N 130 16 E 8.22

NAGASHIMA WAN 34 11 N 136 21 E 5.47

NAGASU KO 32 55 N 130 27 E 8.89

NAGATA 30 24 N 131 26 E 7.73

NAGATA MISAKI 30 23 N 130 23 E 7.73

NAGATENO BANA 32 11 N 130 01 E 8.42

NAGO WAN 26 34 N 127 56 E 7.28

NAGOYA KO 35 04 N 136 52 E 5.31

NAHA KO 26 13 N 127 41 E 7.26

NAHA SHIN KO 26 14 N 127 41 E 7.26

NAHARI KAWI 33 25 N 134 01 E 6.8

NAKA KOSHIKI SHIMA 31 48 N 129 50 E 8.31

NAKA SE 30 34 N 131 03 E 7.82

NAKADACHI SHIMA 27 38 N 142 11 E 4.12

NAKAGUSUKU WAN 26 14 N 127 55 E 7.32

NAKAGUSUKU WAN (26°16'N., 127°55'E.) 7.31

NAKAGUSUKU 26 16 N 127 55 E 7.31

NAKAHISE SAKI 28 19 N 129 33 E 7.56

NAKAMINATO KO 36 20 N 140 36 E 2.43

NAKANO SHIMA 29 51 N 129 51 E 7.65

NAKANO SONE 30 18 N 130 08 E 7.70

NAKAYAMA SUIDO 34 39 N 137 02 E 5.33

NAKIRI KO 34 17 N 136 54 E 5.42

NAKODO SHIMA 27 38 N 142 11 E 4.12

NAON 28 20 N 129 19 E 7.53

NARUSE BANA 32 13 N 130 06 E 8.48

NAZE KO 28 23 N 129 30 E 7.54

NE BREAKWATER LIGHTTOWER 35 19 N 139 41 E 3.20

NE SAKI 39 31 N 142 04 E 2.11

NEMURO KO 43 20 N 145 35 E 1.15

NIGISHIMA WAN 33 56 N 136 13 E 5.52

NII SHIMA 34 23 N 139 16 E 4.2

NISHI SAKI 24 26 N 123 47 E 7.9

NISHINO SHIMA 27 15 N 140 53 E 4.15

NO SAKI 30 29 N 130 09 E 7.85

NO SE 31 30 N 131 24 E 6.31

NO. 21 BEACON 21 24 N 123 56 E 7.10

NOGAMA 32 35 N 130 23 E 8.84

NOKAMA 32 35 N 130 23 E 8.84

NOKANO SE 43 22 N 145 57 E 1.17

NOKKAMAPPU SAKI 43 23 N 145 39 E 1.16

NOKKE SAKI 43 34 N 145 21 E 1.14

NOMA MISAKI 31 24 N 130 07 E 8.17

NOMO SAKI 32 34 N 129 44 E 8.47

NOMO SAKI 32 34 N 129 45 E 8.0

NOSAPPU SAKI 43 23 N 145 49 E 1.16

NOSE HANA 30 19 N 130 24 E 7.73

NOSHIMA SAKI 34 54 N 139 54 E 3.7

NOTARI 34 37 N 138 15 E 5.10

NOTORO MISAKI 44 07 N 144 15 E 1.7

NOZIMA SAKI 34 54 N 139 54 E 3.7

NU SAKI 26 13 N 127 21 E 7.23

NUMAZU KO 35 05 N 138 51 E 5.8

O

O NE 38 48 N 141 38 E 2.22

O NE 41 26 N 141 29 E 2.3

O SAKI 38 51 N 141 41 E 2.20

O SAKI 39 15 N 141 58 E 2.16

O SHIMA 31 33 N 131 25 E 6.31

O SHIMA 33 28 N 135 50 E 5.58

O SHIMA 33 38 N 134 30 E 6.4

O SHIMA 34 09 N 136 22 E 5.47

O SHIMA 34 44 N 139 24 E 3.10,

4.2

O SHIMA 39 24 N 142 00 E 2.13

O URA 30 28 N 130 58 E 7.81

OAKAN DRAKE 43 27 N 144 10 E 1.32

OAKAN TAKE 43 27 N 144 10 E 1.32

OBAMA KO 32 43 N 130 13 E 8.79

OCHIISHI SAKI 43 09 N 145 30 E 1.25

ODAWARA 35 15 N 139 10 E 3.31,

3.33

ODOMARI WAN 31 01 N 130 41 E 6.36

OFUNATO 39 03 N 141 44 E 2.18

OGAME SHO 28 15 N 129 53 E 7.57

OGAMI SHIMA 24 55 N 125 20 E 7.18

OGAN MISAKI 24 27 N 124 05 E 7.14

OGASAWARA GUNTO 27 09 N 142 05 E 4.10

OGINOHAMA KO 38 22 N 141 27 E 2.31

OHAKO SAKI 39 21 N 142 00 E 2.14

OIGAWA KO 34 46 N 138 18 E 5.13

OKACHI YAMA 28 02 N 129 10 E 7.44

OKAGE YAMA 33 45 N 134 30 E 6.2

OKAGE YAMA 33 45 N 134 31 E 6.3

OKIKAJITAKA NE 38 17 N 141 09 E 2.33

OKINAWA GUNTO 26 20 N 127 30 E 7.19

OKINO-DAITO SHIMA 24 28 N 131 11 E 7.3

OKINO-ERABU SHIMA 27 22 N 128 35 E 7.40

OKINOKUWA 28 00 N 129 15 E 7.45

OKINOTAKA NE 38 17 N 141 09 E 2.33

OKINO-TORI SHIMA 20 25 N 136 05 E 4.0,

4.22

OMAE SAKI 34 36 N 138 14 E 5.9

OMAESAKI KO 34 36 N 138 14 E 5.11

OMINE YAMA 26 11 N 127 39 E 7.25

OMONAWA 27 40 N 128 58 E 7.42

OMUTA KO 33 02 N 130 25 E 8.91

ONAGAWA 38 27 N 141 27 E 2.25

ONAHAMA KO 36 56 N 140 54 E 2.39

ONAHAMA WAN 36 55 N 140 52 E 2.38

ONESHIME KO 31 15 N 130 47 E 8.4

ONIGA SE 34 54 N 139 49 E 3.9

ONIIKE KO 32 33 N 130 11 E 8.80

ONIZUKANO HANA 32 18 N 130 03 E 8.44

ORA WAN 26 32 N 128 04 E 7.35

ORI SAKI 30 29 N 130 12 E 7.86

ORI SE 30 31 N 131 00 E 7.82

ORYUZAKO BYOCHI 31 48 N 131 29 E 6.29

OSANBASHI 35 27 N 139 39 E 3.21

OSASHI SAKI 38 36 N 141 32 E 2.24

OSATSUBE KO 41 54 N 141 00 E 1.45

OSE SAKI 35 02 N 138 47 E 5.4

OSHIME HANA 32 46 N 132 38 E 6.18

OSUMI GUNTO 30 30 N 130 00 E 7.71

OTAKE SAKI 30 22 N 130 58 E 7.81

OTO YAMA 28 19 N 129 16 E 7.53

OTOTO SHIMA 27 10 N 142 11 E 4.13

OTSU MISAKI 36 50 N 140 T48 E 2.41

OTSUCHI WAN 39 21 N 141 57 E 2.14

OTU MISAKI 36 50 N 140 48 E 2.41

OURA WAN 26 32 N 128 04 E 7.35

OWASE KO 34 04 N 136 13 E 5.50

OWASE WAN 34 03 N 136 17 E 5.49

P

PORONUPURI DAKE 44 58 N 142 24 E 1.4

PORT OF HIRARA 24 48 N 125 17 E 7.17
Index—Gazetteer 189

 Pub. 158

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

PORT OF NASE 28 23 N 129 30 E 7.54

R

RAUSU HAKUCHI 44 01 N 145 12 E 1.13

RAUSU KO 44 01 N 145 12 E 1.13

RUKAN SHO 26 06 N 127 32 E 7.23

RYOISHI WAN 39 18 N 141 56 E 2.14

RYORI 39 02 N 141 48 E 2.17

S

SABA SAKI 24 21 N 123 42 E 7.8

SABANOKUCHI BANA 32 10 N 130 12 E 8.62

SAGAMI NADA 35 00 N 139 30 E 3.9

SAGAMI WAN 35 12 N 139 22 E 3.31

SAKI 39 57 N 141 58 E 2.9

SAKISHIMA GUNYO 24 30 N 124 30 E 7.5

SAKURA SHIMA 31 35 N 130 40 E 8.5

SAMANI KO 42 08 N 142 55 E 1.35

SAMBOMMATSU REEF 33 31 N 133 37 E 6.8

SAME KADO 40 32 N 141 35 E 2.5

SAME KAKU 40 32 N 141 35 E 2.5

SAN KO 27 52 N 128 58 E 7.42

SANDON IWA 28 45 N 129 46 E 7.57

SARAHAMA 24 50 N 125 14 E 7.16

SASA YAMA 42 28 N 142 31 E 1.36

SATA MISAKI 30 59 N 130 40 E 6.36,

8.0, 8.2

SATA MISAKI 30 59 N 131 40 E 6.0

SATSUKAWA WAN 28 10 N 129 14 E 7.49

SAWA SAKI 34 05 N 136 18 E 5.48

SAWARA KO 42 08 N 140 41 E 1.43

SE SAKI 32 04 N 130 11 E 8.38

SEDAN IWA 28 28 N 129 44 E 7.56

SENAGA SHIMA 26 10 N 127 39 E 7.25

SENBONGA MINE 33 29 N 134 12 E 6.5

SENDAI KO 31 51 N 130 12 E 8.36

SENDAI-SHIOGAMA KO 38 19 N 141 02 E 2.34

SENTO SHOSHO 25 47 N 123 38 E 7.1

SENZOKUNO HANA 30 27 N 130 28 E 7.74

SESOKO BYOCHI 26 38 N 127 53 E 7.28

SETO SAKI 33 40 N 135 20 E 5.62

SHARI HAKUCHI 43 55 N 144 40 E 1.10

SHIBAO YAMA 32 37 N 130 27 E 8.75

SHIBETSU HAKUCHI 43 40 N 145 08 E 1.14

SHIBOTSU SHIMA 43 30 N 146 08 E 1.18

SHIBU SAKI 33 23 N 133 18 E 6.12

SHIBUSHI 31 28 N 131 06 E 6.35

SHIKI SAKI 32 32 N 130 01 E 8.46

SHIKINE SHIMA 34 19 N 139 13 E 4.3

SHIKOTAN SUIDO 43 40 N 146 30 E 1.20

SHIKOTSU SAKI 39 11 N 141 56 E 2.16

SHIMA 25 10 N 131 15 E 7.3

SHIMA 27 10 N 142 11 E 4.13

SHIMABARA KO 32 46 N 130 23 E 8.87

SHIMANOKOSHI 39 55 N 141 57 E 2.9

SHIMANOKOSU 39 55 N 141 57 E 2.9

SHIMIZU 32 46 N 132 57 E 6.17

SHIMIZU KO 35 01 N 138 30 E 5.15

SHIMO YUBETSU 44 14 N 143 37 E 1.8

SHIMODA KO 34 40 N 138 57 E 3.39

SHIMO-UTONO BANA 32 32 N 130 28 E 8.72

SHINKO SIGNAL STATION 35 36 N 140 05 E 3.26

SHIONOMISAKI HANTO 33 27 N 135 47 E 5.58

SHIOYA MISAKI 37 00 N 140 59 E 2.36

SHIRA SAKI 32 51 N 132 40 E 6.20

SHIRETO HANA 42 58 N 144 22 E 1.30

SHIRETOKO MISAKI 44 21 N 145 20 E 1.10

SHIRIYA SAKI 41 26 N 141 28 E 2.2

SHIRO HANA 32 51 N 132 40 E 6.20

SHIRONO HANA 33 26 N 133 28 E 6.11

SHISHI SHIMA 32 17 N 130 14 E 8.62

SHIWA SAKI 33 13 N 133 15 E 6.13

SHIZUURA KO 35 02 N 138 54 E 5.8

SHODON WAN 28 04 N 129 18 E 7.46

SIBUSI WAN 31 22 N 131 10 E 6.32

SIKINE SHIMA 34 19 N 139 13 E 4.3

SIMIZU 32 46 N 132 57 E 6.17

SIMIZU KO 35 01 N 138 30 E 5.15

SIMODA KO 34 40 N 138 57 E 3.39

SIMOHAYA WAN 33 44 N 135 21 E 5.64

SIN-IO SHIMA 30 48 N 130 21 E 7.91

SIOYA MISAKI 37 00 N 140 59 E 2.36

SIRIYA SAKI 41 26 N 141 28 E 2.2

SOFU GAN 29 48 N 140 21 E 4.9

SOMA KO 37 50 N 140 57 E 2.35

SOMACHI KO 28 20 N 130 00 E 7.57

SOTSUKO SAKI 28 15 N 129 08 E 7.51,

7.54

SOYA KAIKYO 45 40 N 142 00 E 1.3

SOYA MISAKI 45 31 N 141 57 E 1.3

SUENO SAKI 38 44 N 141 34 E 2.23

SUGA SAKI 34 22 N 136 55 E 5.41

SUGA SHIMA 34 29 N 136 54 E 5.22

SUGASHIMA SUIDO 34 30 N 136 54 E 5.22

SUISHO TO 43 26 N 145 55 E 1.17

SUKI BANA 32 33 N 130 24 E 8.72

SUKOMO BANARE 28 07 N 129 10 E 7.47

SUKUMO 32 56 N 132 44 E 6.21

SUMINOE KO 33 12 N 130 13 E 8.93

SUMISU SHIMA 31 27 N 140 02 E 4.8

SUNA SAKI 42 08 N 140 43 E 1.44

SUNABI 26 20 N 127 45 E 7.28

SUNE SAKI 39 04 N 141 53 E 2.17

SUNO SAKI 34 58 N 139 46 E 3.8

SURUGA WAN 34 50 N 138 35 E 5.2

SUSAKI KO 33 23 N 133 18 E 6.12

SUSAMI KO 33 33 N 135 30 E 5.61

SUWANOSE SHIMA 29 38 N 129 43 E 7.63

SYONAN KO 35 18 N 139 29 E 3.32

T

TACHIBANA WAN 32 44 N 130 08 E 8.79

TACHIME 31 04 N 130 39 E 8.2

TAGO KO 34 48 N 138 46 E 5.4

TAGONOURA KO 35 08 N 138 42 E 5.17

TAHARA KO 34 42 N 137 16 E 5.34

TAIRA KO 32 52 N 130 19 E 8.88

TAIRA SHIMA 29 41 N 129 32 E 7.58

TAIRA SHIMA 31 48 N 129 50 E 8.31

TAITO SAKI 35 18 N 140 25 E 3.3

TAKA BAE 33 29 N 133 54 E 6.8

TAKA SHIMA 31 27 N 129 44 E 8.20

TAKABATAKE YAMA 31 26 N 131 20 E 6.31

TAKARA SHIMA 29 08 N 129 12 E 7.58,

7.60

TAKASAKI BANA 31 26 N 130 10 E 8.18

TAKE SHIMA 30 48 N 130 26 E 7.88

TAKE SHIMA 32 19 N 130 18 E 8.54

TAKE YAMA 31 11 N 130 37 E 8.6

TAKESAKI SHIMA 32 57 N 130 14 E 8.88

TAMEISHI URA 32 38 N 129 50 E 8.76

TANABE KO 33 43 N 135 22 E 5.63

TANDE SHIMA 28 03 N 129 15 E 7.45

TANEGASHIMA KAIKYO 30 20 N 130 47 E 7.77

TANISAKI BANA 31 06 N 130 41 E 8.4

TARAKU SHIMA 43 38 N 146 19 E 1.18

TARAMA SHIMA 24 39 N 124 42 E 7.15

TATE YAMA 31 54 N 130 14 E 8.37

TATEBA SHIMA 31 25 N 130 11 E 8.18

TATEGAMI 28 20 N 129 16 E 7.53

TATEYAMA WAN 35 00 N 139 48 E 3.13

TATSU SAKI 32 22 N 130 29 E 8.66

TATSUME 31 04 N 130 39 E 8.2

TATSUME SAKI 31 04 N 130 39 E 8.4

TATSUMINO SE 43 15 N 145 42 E 1.23

TEI SAKI 33 31 N 133 46 E 6.8

TENNIYA SAKI 26 34 N 128 09 E 7.36

TIBA KO 35 35 N 140 02 E 3.26

TIKIU MISAKI 42 18 N 141 00 E 1.38

TITA WAN 34 47 N 136 58 E 5.39

TO SHIMA 34 31 N 139 17 E 4.2

TO SHIMA LIGHT 32 12 N 130 04 E 8.64

TOBA KO 34 29 N 136 51 E 5.23

TOBUTSU SAKI 43 04 N 145 10 E 1.28

TODO SHIMA 43 34 N 146 25 E 1.18

TODOGA SAKI 39 33 N 142 05 E 2.11

TODOHOKKE KO 41 50 N 141 09 E 1.45

TOGAWA KO 35 42 N 140 51 E 3.2
190 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 158

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

TOGUCHI KO 26 40 N 127 53 E 7.29

TOI MISAKI 31 22 N 131 32 E 6.31

TOKACHI HIROO 42 17 N 143 20 E 1.33

TOKACHI KO 42 17 N 143 20 E 1.33

TOKARA GUNTO 29 40 N 129 40 E 7.58

TOKASHIKI SHIMA 26 11 N 127 21 E 7.23

TOKUNO SHIMA 27 45 N 128 58 E 7.41

TOKYO GAS TERMINAL 35 28 N 139 59 E 3.26

TOKYO KO 35 40 N 139 45 E 3.23

TOKYO LIGHT 35 34 N 139 50 E 3.23

TOMAKOMAI KO 42 38 N 141 38 E 1.37

TOMBARA IWA 27 55 N 129 00 E 7.42

TOMIOKA KO 32 32 N 130 02 E 8.46

TOMOSHIRI SHIMA 43 18 N 145 40 E 1.23

TOMOSHIRI TO 43 18 N 145 40 E 1.23

TONAKI SHIMA 26 22 N 127 09 E 7.21

TONO SE 34 38 N 137 01 E 5.25

TORI SHIMA 26 36 N 126 50 E 7.20

TORI SHIMA 27 52 N 128 14 E 7.43

TORI SHIMA 30 29 N 140 19 E 4.9

TORIYAMA 32 10 N 131 32 E 6.28

TORIYAMA HANA 35 11 N 140 22 E 3.3

TOSA BAE 33 05 N 134 38 E 6.2

TOSAKI BANA 31 40 N 130 18 E 8.21

TOSI SHIMA 34 31 N 136 53 E 5.22

TOTORO KO 32 31 N 131 41 E 6.25

TOYOHASHI KO 34 43 N 137 18 E 5.35

TOYOHASI KO 34 43 N 137 18 E 5.35

TSU KO 34 42 N 136 32 E 5.28

TSUGEN SHIMA 26 15 N 127 57 E 7.31

TSUKA SAKI 30 26 N 130 34 E 7.76

TSUKEN SHIMA 26 15 N 127 57 E 7.31

TSUKURA SE 31 18 N 129 45 E 8.2

TSURIKAKE SAKI 31 37 N 129 41 E 8.27

TSURUGI SAKI 35 08 N 139 41 E 3.14

TSURUMI SAKI 31 56 N 132 05 E 6.0

TSURUMI SAKI 32 56 N 132 05 E 6.22

TSUTARA 32 17 N 130 16 E 8.54

TSUZURA 32 17 N 130 16 E 8.54

TURUGI SAKI 35 08 N 139 41 E 3.14

TURUMI SAKI 32 56 N 132 05 E 6.22

TYOSI KO 35 44 N 140 51 E 2.45

U

U SAKI 32 11 N 130 06 E 8.50

UBANARE SHIMA 24 22 N 123 57 E 7.9

UCHIUMI 31 45 N 131 28 E 6.29

UCHIURA WAN 35 03 N 138 50 E 5.7

UCHIURA WAN 35 07 N 140 12 E 3.6

UGUSU KO 34 51 N 138 46 E 5.5

UJI GUNTO 31 11 N 129 27 E 8.1

UJI-YAMADA KO 34 31 N 136 45 E 5.26

UKE SHIMA 28 01 N 129 14 E 7.45

UKESHIMA KAIKYO 28 03 N 129 15 E 7.46

UKI SHIMA 35 06 N 139 49 E 3.13

UMEDO BANA 32 12 N 130 23 E 8.64

UMINO URA 32 20 N 130 28 E 8.66

UNOO SAKI 37 49 N 141 00 E 2.35

UNOSE SAKI 32 32 N 130 01 E 8.46

UNTEN KO 26 41 N 128 01 E 7.29

URAGA KO 35 14 N 139 43 E 3.16

URAGA SUIDO 35 05 N 139 45 E 3.12

URAGAMI KO 33 34 N 135 55 E 5.57

URAKAMI KO 33 34 N 135 55 E 5.57

URAKAWA KO 42 10 N 142 47 E 1.35

USHIBUKA KO 32 12 N 130 02 E 8.41

USHIMA SAKI 43 10 N 145 30 E 1.26

USU TAKE 42 32 N 140 50 E 1.41

USUBAE SAKI 32 44 N 132 58 E 6.16

UTIURA WAN 35 03 N 138 50 E 5.7

UTO HANTO 32 39 N 130 35 E 8.85

UWANO SE 30 12 N 130 04 E 7.70

UYAMA SAKI 31 13 N 130 40 E 8.8

W

WADA SAKI 32 24 N 130 24 E 8.60

WADOMARI KO 27 24 N 128 40 E 7.40

WARABI SHIMA 32 07 N 130 16 E 8.63

WATANOHA 38 25 N 141 22 E 2.31

Y

YABI SE 24 47 N 124 46 E 7.15

YADON SAKI 28 16 N 129 11 E 7.52

YAE BISE 25 01 N 125 17 E 7.18

YAEME SAKI 24 18 N 123 40 E 7.7

YAENE KO 33 06 N 139 46 E 4.6

YAGI KO 40 21 N 141 46 E 2.7

YAHAZU SAKI 30 28 N 130 30 E 7.74,

7.76

YAIZU KO 34 52 N 138 20 E 5.14

YAKATA SHIMA 32 46 N 131 55 E 6.24

YAKU SHIMA 30 20 N 130 32 E 7.72

YAKUMO 42 16 N 140 17 E 1.42

YAMA 44 58 N 142 24 E 1.4

YAMA SE 30 33 N 131 02 E 7.82

YAMADA KO 39 28 N 141 58 E 2.12

YAMAGAWA KO 31 12 N 130 38 E 8.7

YAMAKAWA 31 12 N 130 38 E 8.7

YAMATOHAMA WAN 28 22 N 129 24 E 7.53

YARABU SAKI 24 26 N 124 04 E 7.13

YASUMINO HANA 30 36 N 131 03 E 7.82

YAYE BISE 25 01 N 125 17 E 7.18

YOKKAICHI KO 34 58 N 136 38 E 5.29

YOKKAITI KO 34 58 N 136 38 E 5.29

YOKO SE 30 21 N 130 59 E 7.81

YOKOATE SHIMA 28 48 N 129 00 E 7.59

YOKOHAMA KO 35 27 N 139 35 E 3.21

YOKOSUKA KO 35 17 N 139 40 E 3.19

YOME SHIMA 27 30 N 142 12 E 4.12

YONAGUNI SHIMA 24 27 N 123 00 E 7.6

YORI SAKI 34 25 N 136 56 E 5.19

YORO SHIMA 28 01 N 129 10 E 7.44

YOROI NE 38 21 N 141 11 E 2.33

YORON SHIMA 27 03 N 128 27 E 7.39

YOSHIDA KO 34 47 N 137 05 E 5.37

YOSHIHAMA HAKUCHI 35 08 N 139 08 E 3.36

YOSHIURANO HANA 35 03 N 140 04 E 3.6

YOSIDA GYOKO 34 45 N 138 16 E 5.12

YOSIDA KO 34 47 N 137 05 E 5.37

YOTSUKURA KO 37 06 N 141 00 E 2.36

YOTUKURA KO 37 06 N 141 00 E 2.36

YU SE 30 45 N 130 06 E 7.91

YUFUNEBARA WAN 32 24 N 130 16 E 8.57

YURI SHIMA 43 25 N 146 04 E 1.17

YURURI SHIMA 43 13 N 145 36 E 1.25

YURURI TO 43 13 N 145 36 E 1.25

Z

ZAMPA MISAKI 26 26 N 127 43 E 7.28

ZENI SU 33 57 N 138 49 E 4.4

ZYO-GA SHIMA 35 08 N 139 37 E 3.28